Carrier Refrigerator 30XW150 400 User Manual
AQUAFORCE®  
30XW150-400  
Water-Cooled Liquid Chillers  
Controls, Start-Up, Operation, Service  
and Troubleshooting  
Page  
CONTENTS  
Page  
Ramp Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35  
Temperature Reset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35  
• RETURN WATER RESET  
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2  
GENERAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9  
Conventions Used in This Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3  
Display Module Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3  
• TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY  
• SPACE TEMPERATURE RESET  
• 4-20 mA TEMPERATURE RESET  
Demand Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39  
• SWITCH CONTROLLED DEMAND LIMIT  
• EXTERNALLY POWERED CAPACITY BASED  
DEMAND LIMIT  
• NAVIGATOR™ DISPLAY MODULE  
CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18  
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9  
Main Base Board (MBB). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9  
Compressor Protection Module (CPM) . . . . . . . . . . 10  
Electronic Expansion Valve (EXV) Board . . . . . . . . 13  
MLV/Condenser Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15  
Enable-Off-Remote Contact Switch (SW1). . . . . . . 16  
Emergency On/Off Switch (SW2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16  
Energy Management Module (EMM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16  
Local Equipment Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17  
Board Addresses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17  
Touch Pilot Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17  
Control Module Communication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17  
• RED LED  
• EXTERNALLY POWERED CURRENT BASED  
DEMAND LIMIT  
• CCN LOADSHED CONTROLLED DEMAND LIMIT  
Ice Storage Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41  
Broadcast Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41  
• ACTIVATE  
• BROADCAST ACKNOWLEDGER  
Alarm Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42  
• ALARM ROUTING CONTROL  
• ALARM EQUIPMENT PRIORITY  
• COMMUNICATION FAILURE RETRY TIME  
• RE-ALARM TIME  
• ALARM SYSTEM NAME  
• GREEN LED  
• YELLOW LED  
Daylight Saving Time Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . 43  
Capacity Control Overrides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43  
Head Pressure Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46  
• LOW CONDENSER FLUID TEMPERATURE HEAD  
PRESSURE CONTROL OPTION  
Carrier Comfort Network® (CCN) Interface. . . . . . . 18  
Remote Alarm and Alert Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18  
CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-46  
Touch Pilot Operation Configuration Tables. . . . . 18  
Machine Control Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20  
Machine On/Off Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20  
• TOUCH PILOT MACHINE CONTROL  
• NAVIGATOR DISPLAY MACHINE CONTROL  
Entering Fluid Control Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25  
Cooling Set Point Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25  
• SET POINT OCCUPANCY  
Chilled Water Fluid Type Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27  
• FRESH WATER  
PRE-START-UP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46,47  
System Check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46  
START-UP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47-53  
Actual Start-Up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47  
Operating Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47  
• TEMPERATURES  
• VOLTAGE  
• MINIMUM FLUID LOOP VOLUME  
• FLOW RATE REQUIREMENTS  
OPERATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-59  
Sequence of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54  
Dual Chiller Sequence of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54  
• PUMP OPERATION  
• BRINE OR GLYCOL OPERATION  
Cooler Pump Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28  
• COOLER PUMP CONTROL CONFIRGURATIONS  
Machine Start Delay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29  
Circuit/Compressor Staging and Loading . . . . . . . 29  
• CIRCUIT/COMPRESSOR STAGING  
Operating Modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54  
Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56  
• THERMISTORS  
• CIRCUIT/COMPRESSOR LOADING  
• TRANSDUCERS  
Minimum Load Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29  
Dual Chiller Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29  
• DUAL CHILLER CONTROL FOR PARALLEL  
APPLICATIONS  
• DUAL CHILLER PUMP CONTROL FOR PARALLEL  
CHILLER APPLICATIONS  
SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59-67  
Economizer Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59  
Electronic Expansion Valve (EXV). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59  
• MAIN EXV CONTROL  
• ECONOMIZER EXV CONTROL  
• EXV TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE  
Compressor Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63  
• COMPRESSOR OIL SYSTEM  
• DUAL CHILLER CONTROL FOR SERIES  
APPLICATIONS  
• DUAL CHILLER PUMP CONTROL FOR SERIES  
CHILLER APPLICATIONS  
Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.  
Catalog No. 04-53300024-01 Printed in U.S.A. Form 30XW-1T Pg 1 11-09 Replaces: New  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
GENERAL  
LCD TOUCH  
SCREEN  
a30-4456 (b&w)  
This publication contains controls, operation, start-up, ser-  
vice and troubleshooting information for the 30XW150-400  
water-cooled liquid chillers with electronic controls. The  
30XW chillers are equipped with ComfortLink™ controls and  
electronic expansion valves. The AquaForce® 30XW chillers  
offer two different user interface devices, the Touch Pilot™  
display and the Navigator ™ display.  
LARM  
DICATOR  
LIGHT  
START-STO
BUTTON  
Conventions Used in This Manual — The follow-  
ing conventions for discussing configuration points for the  
Navigator module and Touch Pilot display will be used in this  
manual.  
Fig. 1 — Touch Pilot™ Display  
Point names for the Touch Pilot display will be shown in  
bold. See Appendix A for a complete list of point names. Item  
names for the Navigator module will be shown in bold italics.  
See Appendix B for the complete path name preceding the item  
name. The point and item names in Appendices A and B will  
be listed in alphabetical order and the path name for each will  
be written with the mode name first, then any sub-modes, each  
separated by an arrow symbol (.  
“HOME” displays the Default Group Display screen  
for Touch Pilot display. The Default Screen is a user-  
configured display of up to 9 points on each of 8 screens. This  
allows for quick access to various, frequently viewed points,  
without navigating through the Main Menu structure. This but-  
ton is available at all menu levels and returns the user to the  
first Default Group Display screen.  
This path name will show the user how to navigate through the  
Navigator module or the Touch Pilot display to reach the desired  
configuration. The user would scroll through the modes and sub-  
“MAIN MENU” displays the Main Menu screen. This  
allows access for viewing and configuration, where  
possible, of all points supported by the controller. This includes  
points such as set point and operational configuration. This  
button is available at all menu levels and returns the user to the  
Main Menu screen.  
“PREVIOUS” moves the user to the next earlier  
screen in a group of sequential screens of the same  
type.  
modes using the  
and  
keys on the Navigator display. For  
the Touch Pilot display, the user would simply touch the menu  
item on the screen. The arrow symbol in the path name represents  
pressing  
to move into the next level of the menu struc-  
ENTER  
ture for the Navigator module, or touching the menu item on the  
screen for the Touch Pilot display.  
“NEXT” advances the user to the next screen in a  
group of sequential screens of the same type.  
“OK” agrees with, or says “yes” to a prompt and per-  
forms the appropriate processing.  
When a value is included as part of the point name, it will be  
shown after the point name after an equals sign. If the value  
represents a configuration setting, an explanation will be  
shown in parentheses after the value. The Touch Pilot name  
will be shown first with the Navigator name following. As an  
example,  
“NO” rejects, or says “no” to a prompt and performs  
the appropriate processing.  
“CANCEL” terminates an ongoing action and returns  
to the current screen without any other processing.  
“CLEAR DATA” clears the data value in a data entry  
dialog box. This button is used to clear incorrect data.  
“RESET DATA” zeros the data value in a data entry  
dialog box.  
“ADD” adds the active point to a Group Display  
screen.  
“REMOVE” deletes a point from a Group Display  
screen.  
(Staged Loading Sequence = 1, LLCS = Circuit A leads).  
Press the  
and  
keys simultaneously on  
ENTER  
ESCAPE  
the Navigator module to display an expanded text description of  
the point name or value. The expanded description is shown in the  
Navigator display tables (Appendix B) but will not be shown with  
the path names in text. The Touch Pilot display will show an ex-  
panded description of the point name. To view the expanded point  
name for the Touch Pilot display go to Appendix A.  
The Touch Pilot display configures the unit via the CCN  
(Carrier Comfort Network®) Tables, which are located in Ap-  
pendix C of this manual.  
“INCREASE” modifies the value of a field within its  
defined limits or “SCROLL UP” and shifts the screen  
view up by one item.  
Display Module Usage  
“DECREASE” modifies the value of a field within its  
defined limits or “SCROLL DOWN” and shifts the  
screen view down by one item.  
“PAGE DOWN” will replace the items currently on  
the screen with the next group of items if the current  
table or list has more data than will fit on the screen.  
TOUCH PILOT DISPLAY — The Touch Pilot display is the  
standard user interface for the AquaForce 30XW chillers with  
the ComfortLink control system. The display includes a large  
LCD (liquid crystal display) touch screen for display and user  
configuration, a Start/Stop button, and an Alarm Indicator LED  
(light-emitting diode). See Fig. 1.  
The Touch Pilot display can be used to access various  
Carrier Comfort Network® devices. For operation under these  
circumstances, contact your Carrier representative.  
“PAGE UP” will replace the items currently on the  
screen with the previous group of items if the current  
table or list has more data than will fit on the screen.  
Operation of the Touch Pilot display is driven from the  
displays on the touch screen. The Touch Pilot display uses the  
following screen “buttons” to allow the user to operate the dis-  
play and navigate within and between screens.  
“FORCE” begins the process of forcing or overriding  
the value of a point.  
“AUTO” begins the process of removing a force from  
a point.  
“MODIFY” begins the process of modifying a config-  
uration value.  
“BACK” returns to the next higher screen in the  
hierarchy.  
3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
“ALARM INDICATOR LIGHT” activates when a  
new alarm condition occurs. The alarm indicator light  
LED, located on the right side of the display, remains  
activated until it is manually reset using the Reset button on the  
Main menu.  
PDS-XAXQXW  
“START/STOP BUTTON” enables the user to start  
or stop the chiller from the Touch Pilot™ display.  
See Enable-Off-Remote Contact Switch (SW1) on  
page 16 for additional information.  
Several items are password protected. When required, a  
Password dialog box will be displayed for field input of the  
password. The default password is 3333. The password can be  
changed if desired.  
Power-Up Display — When the Touch Pilot display is pow-  
ered up, it displays an initialization progress bar and attaches  
(initiates communication) to the Main Base Board. The Touch  
Pilot display then shows that controller’s default Group Dis-  
play screen. See Fig. 2. This is a user-configured display screen  
with up to 9 points on 8 separate screens. For more information  
on adding or removing points from the Group Display screen,  
see the Group Display Screens section on page 7.  
a30-4910.ep  
Fig. 2 — Group Display Screen  
Touch any of the screen point buttons and Point Data Dialog  
box will be displayed with expanded information. In the exam-  
ple shown, the CTRL_PNT button in the bottom left corner  
was selected. See Fig. 2 and 3.  
To exit the box, press  
.
Main Menu Display — The default screen for the Touch Pilot  
controller is the Group Display screen. To access the Main  
Menu, press the  
button. The screen shown in Fig. 4 will be  
displayed. Selecting a button will display the screens associat-  
ed with that category. The user can also access the login screen  
from the Main Menu if needed.  
a30-4471  
Fig. 3 — Point Data Dialog Box  
Touch Pilot Menu Structure — The user can navigate through  
the Touch Pilot display screens by selecting the buttons that ap-  
pear on the screen. When a button is selected, either a sub-  
menu or a list of point names and values will be shown. Sub-  
menus will display a list of associated point names. See Fig. 5  
for the Touch Pilot menu structure.  
If the list of point names and values are shown, the top line  
of the display is the table name. The line and total line counter  
is displayed in the upper right corner of the display. Selecting  
an item will cause a Point Data dialog box to appear.  
Setup Menu Screen — The Setup Menu screen, shown in  
Fig. 6, is accessed by pressing the Setup button from the Main  
Menu. This configuration allows the user to configure the basic  
operation and look of the display. Table 1 summarizes the Set-  
up Menu functions.  
a30-4472  
Fig. 4 — Main Menu Display  
4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User interface  
Group display x 8  
Main menu  
Status  
Setpoint  
Schedule  
Service  
Maint  
Config  
Ctrl-ID  
Alarms  
Reset  
Time  
Attach  
Setup  
Regional  
Language  
Contrast  
Backlight  
Calibrate  
Password  
Display  
Login  
GENUNIT  
CIRCA_AN  
CIRCA_D  
OCC1PO1S  
FACTORY  
LOADFACT  
FANCTRL  
ALARHIST  
ALARHIS2  
ALAM_CUR  
OCC2PO2S FACTORY2  
SERVICE1  
DISPCONF  
USER  
M_MSTSLV  
DEFROSTM  
LAST_POR  
PR_LIMIT  
CIRCB_AN  
CIRCB_D  
CP_UNABL  
MST_SLV  
CFG_TAB1  
…
UPDTHOUR  
CIRCC_D  
CIRCC_AN  
STATEGEN  
RECLAIM  
MODES  
UPDHRFAN  
MAINTCFG  
BOARD_PN  
SERMAINT  
EXV_CTRL  
CUR_PHAS  
OCCDEFCFM  
…
CFG_TAB8  
BRODEFS  
OCCDEFCS  
HOLIDAY  
ALARMDEF  
CCN  
STRTHOUR  
FANHOURS  
FREECOOL  
QCK_TST1  
QCK_TST2  
SERV_TST  
a30-4829  
Fig. 5 — Touch Pilot™ Display Menu Structure  
5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
a30-4474  
Fig. 6 — Setup Menu Display  
Table 1 — Setup Menu  
SETUP MENU BUTTON  
REGIONAL  
FUNCTION  
This button specifies the time and date format and the base unit of measure. Time display can be configured as  
12-hour AM/PM setting or as a 24-hour setting. The date can be formatted in one of 3 settings, MM-DD-YYYY (Month-  
Day-Year), DD-MM-YYYY (Day-Month-Year), or YYYY-MM-DD (Year-Month-Day). Units of measure can be either US  
(English) or Metric (SI).  
This button selects the active language and font of the display. Available languages are English and Spanish (Espanol).  
If a preferred language is not available, additional software for the Main Base Board (MBB) and the Touch Pilot™ dis-  
play are required. Contact your Carrier representative for instructions and software.  
This button adjusts the LCD contrast. Press and hold the [MOON] button to increase/darken the contrast or the [STAR]  
button to decrease/lighten the current contrast.  
NOTE: Touching the screen anywhere for 5 seconds while powering-up will prompt the user to restore contrast and  
calibration settings to factory defaults.  
LANGUAGE  
CONTRAST  
BACKLIGHT  
CALIBRATE  
This button specifies whether backlighting should be kept on at all times or turned off during inactive periods.  
This button is used to adjust the LCD touch screen calibration. Touch the screen in the circular targets located first in  
the upper left and then in the lower right corner of the screen to adjust.  
This button is used to configure the limited and full logged-in access system passwords. In order to change passwords,  
the user must be logged in with full access to view and change the passwords. All passwords must consist of 4-digits,  
which can be entered using the numeric keypad. Access levels and associated privileges are as follows:  
Limited Logged-in Access - Provides the user with read/write access to all available tables (except service configura-  
tion tables, where the user will not be permitted to modify point data, and Group Display tables, where the user will not  
be permitted to add points.) This access level also provides read/write access to all Touch Pilot display setup properties  
except Display, CCN, and Password.  
PASSWORDS  
Full Logged-in Access - Provides user with read/write access to all available tables for the attached device and all  
Touch Pilot display properties.  
If the user does not log in, read-only access to all tables is allowed. The user will be prompted to log in when attempting  
to access password-required functions.  
This button is used to view the description data and part number from the Ctlr-ID Table and to specify the Operating  
Mode. The Operating mode can be configured for Equipment mode or Network mode. For Touch Pilot displays that are  
standard with the unit, Operating mode should not be changed from Equipment mode. Equipment mode provides  
access only to the chiller’s MBB via the Local Equipment Network (LEN) Bus. For remote access, a remote Touch Pilot  
display can be set to Network mode. Network mode provides access to all devices on the CCN (Carrier Comfort Net-  
work®) bus.  
DISPLAY  
CCN  
NOTE: When changing the operating mode, a power cycle is required in order for the new operating mode to take  
effect. The user should view and correct the following CCN data: address and baud rate, alarm acknowledger, and  
broadcast acknowledger designation.  
This button is used to configure the bus and element numbers and the baud rate of the control on the network.  
6
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting the Time and Date — The ComfortLink™ control has  
a time and date function. This can be useful for diagnostics to  
determine when alarms occur. The control is factory config-  
ured for the proper date and is set for the Eastern Time Zone.  
The date and time zone must be checked and corrected if nec-  
essary, to allow the machine to function on an internal time  
schedule and to display a proper time and date stamp for  
alarms. The time and date is displayed on the Group Display  
Screen.  
To Remove A Point From A Group Display — From the Point  
Data Dialog box, press the REMOVE button and follow the  
prompts. The display will return to the Group Display screen  
from which the point was removed, and the button correspond-  
ing to the deleted point will be blank and disabled.  
NAVIGATOR™ DISPLAY MODULE — The Navigator dis-  
play module provides a mobile user interface to the  
ComfortLink control system. The display has up and down ar-  
row keys, an  
key, and an  
key. These keys  
ESCAPE  
ENTER  
are used to navigate through the different levels of the display  
structure. Press the key until ‘Select a Menu Item’ is  
To change the Time and Date, press the  
Main Menu  
button. Select Time. On the display, a day and date box  
ESCAPE  
with a time box will be shown. To change the day and date,  
press the day and date box. A calendar will be displayed. If the  
correct month is displayed, touch the correct date. If the wrong  
displayed. Use the up and down arrow keys to move through  
the top 11 mode levels indicated by LEDs on the left side of the  
display. See Fig. 7. See Table 2 and Appendix B for more de-  
tails about the display menu structure.  
month is displayed, use the  
month and select the correct date. The date will highlighted.  
Press to accept the change. The previous screen will be  
displayed with the corrected day and date shown. To correct  
the time, use the or on the left to change the hour. Use  
the or on the left to change the minutes. Continuously  
touching the or will sequence the numbers. The time is  
shown in a 24-hour format. To accept the changes, press the  
or buttons. A “Save” dialog box is displayed with the  
or  
to change to the correct  
Once within a mode or sub-mode, a “>” indicates the  
currently selected item on the display screen. Pressing the  
and  
keys simultaneously will put the  
ENTER  
ESCAPE  
Navigator module into expanded text mode where the full  
meaning of all sub-modes, items, and their values can be dis-  
played. Pressing the  
and  
keys when the  
ENTER  
ESCAPE  
display says ‘Select Menu Item’ (Mode LED level) will return  
the Navigator module to its default menu of rotating display  
items (those items in Run StatusVIEW). In addition, the  
password will be disabled, requiring that it be entered again be-  
fore changes can be made to password protected items. Press  
words, “Do you wish to save changes?” Press  
the changes.  
to accept  
the  
key to exit out of the expanded text mode.  
ESCAPE  
When a specific item is located, the item name appears on  
the left of the display, the value will appear near the middle of  
the display and the units (if any) will appear on the far right of  
Group Display Screens — The Touch Pilot™ display sup-  
ports up to eight Group Display screens. Group Display  
screens show status information along the top of the screens  
and 9 buttons that display 9 point names and point values that  
are chosen by the user. All Group Display screen points are  
user configurable. The bottom line of the screen contains navi-  
gation buttons that can be used to move between the Group  
Display screens.  
Pressing a point button will show that point’s Point Data  
dialog box. See Fig. 2 and 3. This box contains buttons that  
remove the point from the group display and apply or remove a  
force (point override). When touching any button in the display  
screen, the button will be outlined to acknowledge input. There  
may be a delay in response to input, but if the button is out-  
lined, do NOT press any other button until the previous input  
has been processed.  
the display. Press the  
key at a changeable item and  
ENTER  
the value will begin to flash. Use the up and down arrow keys  
to change the value, and confirm the value by pressing the  
key.  
ENTER  
Changing item values or testing outputs is accomplished in  
the same manner. Locate and display the desired item. Press  
so that the item value flashes. Use the arrow keys to  
ENTER  
change the value or state and press the  
key to accept  
ENTER  
key to return to the next higher level of  
it. Press the  
ESCAPE  
structure. Repeat the process as required for other items.  
Items in the Configuration and Service Test modes are pass-  
word protected. The words Enter Password will be displayed  
when required, with 1111 also being displayed. The default  
password is 0111. Use the arrow keys to change each number  
If there is a communication failure with the MBB (Main  
Base Board), all point buttons will be displayed in inverse vid-  
eo and the message Communication Failure will be displayed  
in the top left line of the screen.  
and press  
to accept the digit. Continue with the  
ENTER  
Default Group Designation — The default group is the first of  
the 8 Group Display screens. This is the default screen of the  
display. Information on this screen as well as the other 7  
screens can be user-modified to meet the needs of the site.  
remaining digits of the password. The password can only be  
changed through CCN operator interface software such as  
ComfortWORKS®, ComfortVIEW™ and Service Tool.  
Power-Up Display — When the Navigator display is powered  
up it will display:  
To Add A Point To A Group Display — From the Main Menu,  
press the desired menu button (Status, Setpoint, Service,  
Maint, or Config) and, if necessary, the sub-menu button to  
access the point to be added. Press the point button to show the  
source point’s Point Data dialog box. See Fig. 3. From the  
Point Data dialog box, press the ADD button. The display will  
show the last Group Display accessed. Use the navigation but-  
tons to access the destination Group Display. Press an existing  
point button or a blank button to update the highlighted button  
with the source point’s name. Press to add the highlighted  
point to the group and return to the table display.  
ComfortLink  
Navigator  
By  
Carrier  
7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
This indicates an initialization period while the Navigator™  
display initiates communication with the Main Base Board.  
Once communication is established, the default rotating dis-  
play will be shown. If communication is not established, the  
Navigator module will display:  
Communication  
Failure  
If the Navigator module is connected to a Main Base Board  
without software loaded, the display will remain at the  
powered-up initialization display.  
Setting the Time and Date — The ComfortLink control has a  
time and date function. This can be useful for diagnostics to de-  
termine when alarms occur. The control is factory configured  
for the proper date and for use in the Eastern Time Zone. The  
control must be checked and corrected if necessary. The correct  
time is important if the machine is to function on an internal  
time schedule and display a proper time and date stamp for  
alarms. The time and date will be displayed on the default ro-  
tating display of the Navigator module. The time and date can  
also be checked and changed under the Time Clock mode as  
described below.  
Adjusting the Contrast — The contrast of the display can be  
adjusted to suit ambient conditions. To adjust the contrast, enter  
the LED Test mode of the device.  
ITEM  
ITEM EXPANSION  
PATH  
VALUE  
TEST Test Display LEDs  
ConfigurationDISP  
Pressing  
will access the TEST point. Pressing  
ENTER  
again will cause the “OFF” to flash. Use the up or  
ENTER  
down arrow to change “OFF” to “ON.” Pressing  
will  
ENTER  
illuminate all LEDs and display all pixels in the view screen.  
Pressing and simultaneously allows the  
ENTER  
ESCAPE  
user to adjust the display contrast. The display will read:  
Adjust Contrast  
- - - -+ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -  
Use the up or down arrows to adjust the contrast. The  
screen’s contrast will change with the adjustment. Press  
to accept the change. The Navigator module will  
ENTER  
keep this setting as long as it is plugged in to the LEN (Local  
Equipment Network) bus.  
ITEM  
ITEM EXPANSION  
PATH  
Time ClockTIME  
VALUE  
XX.XX  
Adjusting the Backlight Brightness — The backlight of the  
display can be adjusted to suit ambient conditions. The factory  
default is set to the highest level. To adjust the backlight of the  
Navigator module, enter the LED Test mode of the device.  
HH.MM Time of Day  
To change the time, press the arrow key to move to the cor-  
rect hour and press  
similar manner.  
. The minutes can be changed in a  
ENTER  
ITEM ITEM EXPANSION  
PATH  
VALUE  
TEST Test Display LED’s Configuration ModeDISP  
To check or change the date, the following items must be  
checked and changed if necessary.  
Pressing  
will access the TEST point. Pressing  
ENTER  
again will cause the “OFF” to flash. Use the up or  
ENTER  
down arrow to change “OFF” to “ON.” Pressing  
ITEM  
ITEM EXPANSION  
PATH  
VALUE  
WW  
XX  
YY  
ZZ  
will  
ENTER  
MNTH Month of Year  
DOM  
DAY  
Time ClockDATE  
Time ClockDATE  
Time ClockDATE  
Time ClockDATE  
illuminate all LEDs and display all pixels in the view screen.  
Pressing the up and down arrow keys simultaneously allows  
the user to adjust the display brightness. The display will read:  
Day of Month  
Day of Week  
YEAR Year of Century  
Adjust Brightness  
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - +  
Use the up or down arrow keys to adjust screen brightness.  
NOTE: WW is the current month of the controller, (01=January,  
02=February, etc.).  
XX is the current day of the month  
YY is the day of the week, (01=Monday, 02-Tuesday, etc.)  
ZZ is the year of the century, (06=2006, 07=2007)  
Press  
to accept the change. The Navigator module  
ENTER  
will keep this setting as long as it is plugged in to the LEN bus.  
Changing the Unit of Measure — The Navigator display has  
two options for unit of measure on the display, English or SI  
(metric). The factory default for the units of measure is  
English. To change the unit of measure, the following item  
must be changed.  
C
o
mfor  
t
Li  
n
k
ITEM ITEM EXPANSION  
PATH  
VALUE  
OFF – English  
ON – SI (Metric)  
METR Metric Display  
ConfigurationDISP  
Changing the Display Language — The Navigator display  
has five language options to select from, English, Espanol,  
Francais, Portugues, and Translated. The “Translated” option is  
not supported at this time. The factory default language is  
English. To change the display language, the following item  
must be changed.  
MODE  
Alarm Status  
Run Status  
Service  
T
est  
T
emperatures  
Pressures  
Setpoints  
Inputs  
Outputs  
Configuration  
T
ime Clock  
E
Operating Modes  
S
C
Alarms  
ENTER  
ITEM ITEM EXPANSION  
PATH  
VALUE  
English  
Espanol  
LANG Language Selection ConfigurationDISP Francais  
Portugues  
Translated  
a30-3924  
NOTE: When the Language Selection (Configuration  
DISPLANG) variable is changed, all appropriate display  
expansions will immediately change to the new language. The  
four letter/digit code will not change. No power-off or control  
reset is required when reconfiguring languages.  
Fig. 7 — Navigator Display Module  
8
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 2 — ComfortLink™ Navigator™ Display Menu Structure  
MODE  
RUN  
STATUS  
SERVICE  
TEST  
SET  
POINTS  
TIME  
CLOCK  
OPERATING  
MODES  
TEMPERATURES PRESSURES  
INPUTS OUTPUTS CONFIGURATION  
ALARMS  
Auto Display  
(VIEW)  
Manual  
Test Mode  
(TEST)  
Unit  
Temperatures  
(UNIT)  
Circuit A  
Pressures  
(PRC.A)  
Cooling General Circuit A  
Display  
Configuration  
(DISP)  
Time of Day  
(TIME)  
Operating Reset Current  
Setpoints Inputs  
(COOL) (GEN.I)  
Outputs  
(CIR.A)  
Control Type  
(SLCT)  
Alarms  
(R.ALM)  
Machine  
Starts/Hours  
(RUN)  
Quick  
Test Mode  
(QUIC)  
Circuit A  
Temperatures  
(CIR.A)  
Circuit B  
Pressures  
(PRC.B)  
Heating  
Setpoints  
(HEAT)  
Circuit B  
Outputs  
(CIR.B)  
Unit  
Configuration  
(UNIT)  
Day, Date  
(DATE)  
Operating  
Modes  
(MODE)  
Current  
Alarms  
(ALRM)  
Compressor  
Run Hours  
(HOUR)  
Circuit B  
Temperatures  
(CIR.B)  
Circuit C  
Pressures  
(PRC.C)  
Misc.  
Setpoints  
(MISC)  
Circuit C  
Outputs  
(CIR.C)  
Service  
Configurations  
(SERV)  
Schedule 1  
(SCH1)  
Alarm  
History  
(H.ALM)  
Compressor  
Starts  
(STRT)  
Circuit C  
Temperatures  
(CIR.C)  
General  
Outputs  
(GEN.O)  
Options  
Configuration  
(OPTN)  
Schedule 2  
(SCH2)  
Fan Run  
Hours  
(FAN)  
Reset,  
Demand Limit,  
Master/Slave  
(RSET)  
Holidays  
(HOLI)  
Compressor  
Disable  
(CP.UN)  
Service  
Maintenance  
Configuration  
(MCFG)  
Predictive  
Maintenance  
(MAIN)  
Software Versions  
(VERS)  
machine. See Fig. 8. The MBB continuously monitors input/  
output channel information received from its inputs and from  
all other modules. The MBB receives inputs from status and  
feedback switches, pressure transducers and thermistors. The  
MBB also controls several outputs. Some inputs and outputs  
that control the chiller are located on other boards, but are  
transmitted to or from the MBB via the internal communica-  
tions bus. Information is transmitted between modules via a  
3-wire communication bus or LEN (Local Equipment Net-  
work). The CCN (Carrier Comfort Network®) bus is also sup-  
ported. Connections to both LEN and CCN buses are made at  
TB3. For a complete description of Main Base Board inputs  
and outputs and their channel identifications, see Table 3.  
CONTROLS  
General — The 30XW water-cooled liquid chillers contain  
the ComfortLink™ electronic control system that controls and  
monitors all operations of the chiller. The control system is  
composed of several components as listed in the following sec-  
tions. All machines have a Main Base Board (MBB), Touch Pi-  
lot™ module or Navigator™ device, electronic expansion  
valve board (EXV), auxiliary board, Compressor Protection  
board, Emergency On/Off switch, and an Enable-Off-Remote  
Contact switch.  
Main Base Board (MBB) — The MBB is the core of  
the ComfortLink control system. It contains the major portion  
of operating software and controls the operation of the  
CCN  
J13  
J9D  
LEN  
G
LEN  
G
LEN  
G
SIO  
+
–
+
–
(LEN)  
+
–
STATUS  
J10  
+
G
-
221  
2 2 1  
221  
2 2 1  
J9C  
J9B  
J9A  
CCN  
D15  
J3  
TR1  
TR2 TR3  
C43  
TR4 TR5  
J1A  
K1  
K2  
MOV1  
195  
1 9 5  
DISCRETE  
INPUTS  
J5A  
C41  
C32  
J2A  
C42  
195  
195  
195  
RELAY  
OUTPUTS  
195  
C33  
C34  
C35  
195  
J8  
J5B  
J5C  
11  
ANALOG  
INPUTS  
J2C  
C16  
J4  
J2B  
CH  
15a  
+
C
+
C
CH  
16a  
+
C
CH  
16b  
CH17  
CH18  
CH  
CH19 CH20  
CH21  
CH22 CH23  
CH24 CH25 CH26  
CH10 CH11 CH12 CH13  
CH14  
15A  
LOCATION OF  
SERIAL NUMBER  
a30-4255  
Fig. 8 — Main Base Board  
9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 3 — Main Base Board Inputs and Outputs  
CONNECTION POINT  
DESCRIPTION  
INPUT/OUTPUT  
I/O TYPE  
DISPLAY MODULE POINT NAME  
Pin  
Notation  
MBB-J1, MBB-J1A,  
MBB-J1B  
Power (24 vac supply)  
—
—
—
11  
12  
24 vac  
Ground  
MBB-J9A, MBB-J9B,  
MBB-J9C, MBBJ9D  
+
RS485 Port (D+)  
RS485 Port (Gnd)  
RS485 Port (D-)  
MBB-J12  
Local Equipment Network  
—
—
—
G
-
+
G
-
RS485 Port (D+)  
RS485 Port (Gnd)  
RS485 Port (D-)  
MBB-J5B-CH17  
Carrier Communication  
Network  
—
—
—
Chilled Water Flow Switch  
CWFS  
Switch  
Cooler Flow Switch, LOCK  
17  
Demand Limit Switch No. 1  
Condenser Flow Switch  
Demand Limit SW1  
CDFS  
Switch  
Switch  
Limit Switch 1 Status, DLS1  
Condenser Flow Switch, COND  
MBB-J4-CH13  
16A MBB-J5A-CH16A  
MBB-J7A-CH6  
5V  
S
+5 vdc Ref.  
Signal  
Circuit A Discharge  
Pressure Transducer  
DPTA  
Pressure Transducer  
Discharge Pressure, DP.A  
R
Return  
MBB-J7C-CH8  
+5 vdc Ref.  
Signal  
5V  
S
Circuit B Discharge  
Pressure Transducer  
DPTB  
DUAL  
Pressure Transducer  
5k Thermistor  
Discharge Pressure, DP.B  
CHWS Temperature, CHWS  
R
Return  
Dual Chiller  
LWT Thermistor  
Dual Set Point Input  
Heat/Cool Switch  
MBB-J6-CH3  
MBB-J4-CH12  
Dual Set Point  
HC_SW  
EWT  
Switch  
Switch  
Remote Setpoint Switch, DUAL  
Heat/Cool Select Contact, HC_SW  
Cooler Entering Fluid, EWT  
Cooler Leaving Fluid, LWT  
MBB-J4-CH14  
MBB-J6-CH2  
MBB-J6-CH1  
Entering Water Thermistor  
Leaving Water Thermistor  
5k Thermistor  
5k Thermistor  
LWT  
Condenser Entering Water  
Thermistor  
Condenser Leaving Water  
Thermistor  
External Chilled  
Water Pump Interlock  
CEWT  
CLWT  
PMPI  
5k Thermistor  
5k Thermistor  
Switch  
Condenser Entering Fluid, CEWT  
Condenser Leaving Fluid, CLWT  
Electrical Box Interlock, ELEC  
MBB-J6-CH5  
MBB-J6-CH4  
MBB-J4-CH15A  
MBB-J7B-CH7  
+5 vdc Ref.  
Signal  
5V  
S
Circuit A Suction  
SPTA  
SPTB  
Pressure Transducer  
Pressure Transducer  
Suction Pressure, SP.A  
Suction Pressure, SP.B  
Pressure Transducer  
R
Return  
MBB-J7D-CH9  
+5 vdc Ref.  
Signal  
5V  
S
Circuit B Suction  
Pressure Transducer  
R
Return  
Unit Status  
Alarm Relay  
Alert Relay  
Remote Contact-Off-Enable  
Switch  
Relay  
On/Off Remote Switch, ONOF  
Alarm Relay Output, ALRM  
Alert Relay Output, ALRT  
Cooler Pump 1, CPUMP_1  
Cooler Pump 2, CPUMP_2  
Condenser Pump, COND_PMP  
MBB-J4-CH11  
MBB-J3-CH24  
MBB-J3-CH25  
MBB-J2A-CH19  
MBB-J2A-CH20  
MBB-J2C-CH22  
ALM R  
ALT R  
PMP1  
PMP2  
CPMP  
Relay  
Cooler Pump Relay 1  
Cooler Pump Relay 2  
Condenser Pump Relay  
Contactor  
Contactor  
Contactor  
Pump #1 Interlock  
Pump #2 Interlock  
PMP_1  
PMP_2  
Switch  
Cooler Pump Run Status, PUMP  
MBB-J5C-CH18  
LEGEND  
I/O  
— Input or Output  
LWT — Leaving Water Temperature  
Equipment Network). The CPM has three DIP switch input  
banks, Switch 1 (S1), Switch 2 (S2), and Switch 3 (S3). The  
CPM board DIP switch (S1) configures the board for the type  
of starter, the location and type of the current transformers and  
contactor failure instructions. See Table 4 for description of  
DIP switch 1 (S1) inputs. See Appendix D for DIP switch  
settings.  
Compressor Protection Module (CPM) — There  
is one CPM per compressor. See Fig. 9. The device controls the  
compressor contactors, oil solenoid, and loading/unloading the  
solenoid. The CPM also monitors the compressor motor tem-  
perature, high pressure switch, oil level switch, discharge gas  
temperature, oil pressure transducer, motor current, MTA  
(must trip amps) setting and economizer pressure transducer  
(sizes 175,200,350,400 only). The CPM responds to com-  
mands from the MBB (Main Base Board) and sends the MBB  
the results of the channels it monitors via the LEN (Local  
10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DIP  
SWITCH 2  
(S2)  
J 1 0 B  
C H 0 4  
R
J 1 0 A T M P  
T M P  
M O  
C H 0 1  
J 9  
J 1 1  
J 2  
T
D G  
M S T  
3
C H 0  
R
1 4  
C H  
3 1  
C H  
1 2  
1 1  
C H  
1 0  
C H  
0 6  
C H  
C
0 5  
C H  
C H 0 2  
C
5
S
5
S
DIP  
SWITCH 3  
(S3)  
R
1 2  
1 1  
R
C H  
S S P
O
S
H P  
E C O  
R 2 0  
R O T C O O M L S O I N O G L  
S
A D L E O R  
2 4 V D C / O L L  
1
X
A U  
151  
151  
5 6 1  
5 6 1  
151  
151  
151  
151  
5 6 1  
5 6 1  
151  
151  
1 5 1  
102  
102  
1 5 1  
6 2 0  
0N  
102  
102  
102  
S 3  
1
2
3
4
1 0 1  
A
M T  
LOCATION OF  
SERIAL NUMBER  
40  
K
0N  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2 S  
40  
K
0N  
1 S  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
151  
151  
1 0 0 K  
1 0 2  
1 0 0  
K
1 0 0  
1 0 1  
K
1 0 1  
1 0 1  
1 0 1  
SI0 STATUS  
(LEN)  
–
G
2
+
1
–
3
G
2
+
1
J3  
CH  
08  
CH  
07  
02  
01  
3
J5  
J1  
J12  
DIP  
SWITCH 1  
(S1)  
STATUS  
SIO  
(LEN)  
a30-4215  
Fig. 9 — Compressor Protection Module  
Table 4 — DIP Switch 1 (S1) Inputs  
DIP SWITCH POSITION  
1
FUNCTION  
Starter Configuration  
SETTING  
MEANING  
OFF  
ON  
Across-the-line Start  
Wye-Delta Start  
Current Transformer (CT) Position  
OFF (2), OFF (3)  
ON (2), OFF (3)  
CT is located in the main line  
CT is located in the Delta of the motor  
Reserved for future use  
2, 3  
OFF (2), ON (3)  
ON (2), ON (3)  
Invalid; will cause MTA configuration alarm  
100A/1V CT1  
Current Transformer (CT) Selection  
OFF (4), OFF (5), OFF (6)  
ON (4), OFF (5), OFF (6)  
OFF (4), ON (5), OFF (6)  
ON (4), ON (5), OFF (6)  
OFF (4), OFF (5), ON (6)  
ON (4), OFF (5), ON (6)  
OFF (4), ON (5), ON (6)  
ON (4), ON (5), ON (6)  
OFF  
100A/0.503V CT2  
100A/0.16V CT3  
Invalid; will cause MTA configuration alarm  
Invalid; will cause MTA configuration alarm  
Invalid; will cause MTA configuration alarm  
Invalid; will cause MTA configuration alarm  
Invalid; will cause MTA configuration alarm  
All units should be off  
4, 5, 6  
Contactor Failure Action  
Not Used  
7
8
ON  
Used when Shunt Trip is available in the unit  
—
—
The CPM board DIP switch S2 setting determines the must  
trip amps (MTA) setting. See Appendix D for DIP switch set-  
tings. The MTA setting which is calculated using the settings  
S2 must match the MTA setting in the software or an MTA  
alarm will be generated.  
See below for CPM board DIP switch S3 address informa-  
tion. See Table 5 for CPM inputs and outputs.  
CPM-A DIP Switch 3  
1
2
3
4
Address:  
OFF  
OFF  
OFF  
OFF  
CPM-B DIP Switch 3  
1
2
3
4
Address:  
OFF  
OFF  
ON  
OFF  
11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 5 — Compressor Protection Module Inputs and Outputs*  
CONNECTION POINT  
DESCRIPTION  
INPUT/OUTPUT  
I/O TYPE  
DISPLAY MODULE POINT NAME  
Pin  
Notation  
CPM-X-J1  
Power (24 vac supply)  
—
—
—
11  
12  
24 vac  
Ground  
CPM-X-JP12  
1
2
3
RS485 Port (D+)  
RS485 Port (Gnd)  
RS485 Port (D-)  
CPM-X-J12  
Local Equipment Network  
—
—
—
1
2
3
RS485 Port (D+)  
RS485 Port (Gnd)  
RS485 Port (D-)  
CPM-X-J7-CH05  
1
2
Circuit X High Pressure Switch  
Oil Level Switch  
HPS-X  
Oil LS X  
MTA (S2)  
S1  
Switch  
Not available  
CPM-X-J6-CH06  
1
2
Switch  
Circuit X Oil Solenoid, OLS.X  
Must Trip Amps, MTA.X  
S1 Config Switch, C.SW.X  
Motor Temperature, CTP.X  
Discharge Gas Temp, DGT.X  
Must Trip Amps†  
8-Pin DIP Switch  
8-Pin DIP Switch  
NTC Thermistor  
NTC Thermistor  
Configuration Switch†  
CPM-X-J9-CH01  
CPM-X-J9-CH02  
1
2
Compressor X Motor Temperature  
Compressor X Discharge Gas Temperature  
MTR-X  
DGT X  
1
2
CPM-X-J10B-CH04  
5V  
+ 5 vdc ref  
Signal  
Oil Pressure Transducer  
OPT X  
EPT X  
Pressure Transducer  
Pressure Transducer  
Oil Pressure, OP.X  
S
R
Return  
CPM-X-J10A  
+ 5 vdc ref  
5V  
S
Economizer Pressure Transducer  
(sizes 175,200,350,400 only)  
Economizer Pressure, ECP.X  
Signal  
R
Return  
CPM-X-J8-CH01  
1
2
Compressor Current X Phase A  
Compressor Current X Phase B  
Compressor Current X Phase C  
Current Sensor  
Current Sensor  
Current Sensor  
CUR.A  
CUR.B  
CUR.C  
CPM-X-J8-CH02  
CPM-X-J8-CH3  
1
2
1
2
CPM-X-J1-CH07  
CPM-X-J2-CH8  
CPM-X-J2-CH9  
CPM-X-J2-CH12  
Compressor X 1M Contactor  
Compressor X 2M Contactor  
Compressor X S Contactor  
C X 1M  
C X 2M  
C X S  
Contactor  
Contactor  
Contactor  
Compressor Output, CP.X  
Not available  
1
2
1
2
Not available  
1
2
Oil Solenoid X  
Load Solenoid X  
Unload Solenoid X  
Oil solenoid-X  
Solenoid  
Solenoid  
Solenoid  
Oil Solenoid Output, OLS.X  
Slide Valve 1 Output, SL1.X  
Slide Valve 2 Output, SL2.X  
1
2
CPM-X-J2-CH13  
CPM-X-J2-CH14  
Loading Solenoid-X  
Unloading Solenoid-X  
1
1
2
*“X” denotes the circuit, A or B.  
†See Appendix D for MTA settings.  
12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Electronic Expansion Valve (EXV) Board —  
The 30XW150-325 units have one EXV board. The  
30XW350,400 units have one EXV board per circuit. See  
Fig. 10. The board is responsible for monitoring the suction gas  
temperature and economizer gas temperature thermistors. The  
board also signals the main EXV and economizer EXV  
(ECEXV) motors to open or close. The electronic expansion  
valve board responds to commands from the MBB and sends  
the MBB the results of the channels it monitors via the LEN  
(Local Equipment Network). See below for DIP switch infor-  
mation. See Tables 6 and 7 for EXV inputs and outputs.  
EXV BOARD 1  
(150-400)  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
DIP SWITCH  
Address:  
ON ON ON ON ON ON OFF ON  
EXV BOARD 2  
(350,400)  
DIP SWITCH  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Address:  
OFF ON ON ON ON ON OFF ON  
COMM J4  
2
3
-
1
G
+
R3 L3  
D1  
L2  
R2  
C49  
DIP  
SWITCH  
712  
D2  
Q5 Q4  
C25  
U6  
C39 C37  
U1  
L1  
U2  
Q7  
S1  
C10  
D15  
Q12  
Q10  
Q17  
257-01  
Q15  
Q22  
Q20  
Q27  
D29  
D9 D8  
SI0  
STATUS  
(LEN)  
Q30  
Q25  
Q37  
Q2  
U5  
Q1  
L4  
Q42  
G2  
U4  
LOCATION OF  
Q35  
+
SERIAL NUMBER  
Q45  
D5  
C16  
C17  
C15  
D6  
D4  
MOV1  
J1  
24VAC  
12/11  
a30-4216  
Fig. 10 — EXV Board  
13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 6 — EXV1 Board Inputs and Outputs (30XW150-325)  
CONNECTION POINT  
DESCRIPTION  
INPUT/OUTPUT  
I/O TYPE  
DISPLAY MODULE POINT NAME  
Pin  
Notation  
EXVA-J1  
Power (24 vac supply)  
—
—
—
11  
12  
24 vac  
Ground  
EXVA-J4  
1
2
3
RS485 Port (D+)  
RS485 Port (Gnd)  
RS485 Port (D–)  
EXVA-J3  
Local Equipment Network  
—
—
—
Circuit A Suction Gas Thermistor  
Circuit B Suction Gas Thermistor  
SGTA  
SGTB  
5k Thermistor  
5k Thermistor  
Compressor Suction Temp, SGT.A TH  
A
EXVA-J3  
Compressor Suction Temp, SGT.B TH  
B
EXVA-J2A  
1
2
3
4
Circuit A EXV  
EXV-A  
EXV-B  
Stepper Motor  
Stepper Motor  
EXV Position, EXV.A  
EXV Position, EXV.B  
EXVA-J2B  
1
2
3
4
Circuit B EXV  
(size 325 only)  
Table 7 — EXV1,2 Board Inputs and Outputs* (30XW350,400)  
CONNECTION POINT  
DESCRIPTION  
INPUT/OUTPUT  
I/O TYPE  
DISPLAY MODULE POINT NAME  
Pin  
Notation  
EXVX-J1  
Power (24 vac supply)  
—
—
—
11  
12  
24 vac  
Ground  
EXVX-J4  
—
1
2
3
RS485 Port (D+)  
RS485 Port (Gnd)  
RS485 Port (D–)  
EXVX-J3  
Local Equipment Network  
—
—
TH  
A
Circuit X Suction Gas Thermistor  
SGT X  
ECT X  
5k Thermistor  
5k Thermistor  
Compressor Suction Temp, SGT.X  
Economizer Gas Temp, ECT.X  
EXVX-J3  
TH  
B
Circuit X Economizer Gas Thermistor  
EXVX-J2A  
1
2
3
4
Circuit X EXV  
EXV-X  
Stepper Motor  
EXV Position, EXV.X  
EXVX-J2A  
1
2
3
4
Circuit X Economizer EXV  
ECEXV-X  
Stepper Motor Cir X Economizer EXV Pos, ECO.X  
*“X” denotes the circuit: 1 = Circuit A; 2 = Circuit B.  
14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Network (LEN). See below for auxiliary board A, B and C DIP  
switch addresses. See Table 8 for inputs and outputs.  
MLV/Condenser Board — One auxiliary board is op-  
tionally installed in each unit. See Fig. 11. The auxiliary board  
contains an analog output for head pressure control and dis-  
crete outputs for minimum load control. The auxiliary board  
responds to commands from the MBB and sends the MBB the  
results of the channels it monitors via the Local Equipment  
AUX BOARD  
DIP SWITCH  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Address:  
OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF  
DIP SWITCH  
LOCATION OF  
SERIAL NUMBER  
a30-4046  
STATUS SIO (LEN)  
ON  
1
2
5
3
7
4
6
8
L5  
1 0 0 K  
1 0 0 K  
1 0 0 K  
CH13  
D12  
J4  
JP1  
TR1  
TR2  
TR3  
TR4  
J3  
TR5  
TR6  
TR7  
CH7  
TR8  
CH8  
J2  
CH1  
CH4  
CH5 CH6  
CH2  
CH3  
CH9  
CH10  
CH12  
CH11  
Fig. 11 — Auxiliary Board with Optional Minimum Load Control or Head Pressure Control  
Table 8 — Auxiliary Board Outputs  
CONNECTION POINT  
DESCRIPTION  
INPUT/OUTPUT  
I/O TYPE  
DISPLAY MODULE POINT NAME  
Pin  
Notation  
AUX-J1  
Power (24 vac supply)  
—
—
—
11  
12  
24 vac  
Ground  
AUX-J9  
+
G
-
+
G
-
RS485 Port (D+)  
RS485 Port (Gnd)  
RS485 Port (D-)  
RS485 Port (D+)  
RS485 Port (Gnd)  
RS485 Port (D-)  
AUX-CH9  
Local Equipment Network  
—
—
—
Condenser Head Pressure Control  
Speed Signal  
HD_A  
0-10 VDC  
Head Press Actuator Pos, SPD.A  
+
-
Signal  
Ground  
Minimum Load Valve A  
Minimum Load Valve B  
MLV-A  
MLV-B  
Solenoid  
Solenoid  
Minimum Load Valve Circuit A, MLV.A  
Minimum Load Valve Circuit B, MLV.B  
AUX-J2-CH3  
AUX-J2-CH4  
15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Enable-Off-Remote Contact Switch (SW1) —  
This switch is installed in all units and provides the owner and  
service person with a local means of enabling or disabling the  
machine. It is a 3-position switch and it is used to control the  
chiller. When switched to the Enable position, the chiller will  
be under its own control. When switched to the Off position,  
the chiller will shut down. When switched to the Remote Con-  
tact position, a field-installed dry contact can be used to start  
the chiller. The contacts must be capable of handling a 24-vac,  
50-mA load. In the Enable and Remote Contact (dry contacts  
closed) positions, the chiller is allowed to operate and respond  
to the scheduling configuration, CCN configuration, and set  
point data.  
Energy Management Module (EMM) — The EMM  
is available as a factory-installed option or as a field-installed  
accessory. See Fig. 12. The EMM receives 4 to 20 mA inputs  
for the temperature reset, cooling set point and demand limit  
functions. The EMM also receives the switch inputs for the  
field-installed second stage 2-step demand limit and ice done  
functions. The EMM communicates the status of all inputs  
with the MBB, and the MBB adjusts the control point, capacity  
limit, and other functions according to the inputs received. See  
Table 9.  
CAUTION  
Care should be taken when interfacing with other manufac-  
turer’s control systems due to possible power supply differ-  
ences, full wave bridge versus half wave rectification,  
which could lead to equipment damage. The two different  
power supplies cannot be mixed. ComfortLink™ controls  
use half wave rectification. A signal isolation device should  
be utilized if incorporating a full wave bridge rectifier sig-  
nal generating device is used.  
For units with a Touch Pilot™ display, the position of the  
Enable/Off/Remote contact switch is ignored except when the  
Remote Mode operating type is selected. Refer to the Machine  
Control Methods section on page 20 for more details.  
Emergency On/Off Switch (SW2) — This switch is  
installed in all units. The Emergency On/Off switch should  
only be used when it is required to shut the chiller off immedi-  
ately. Power to all modules is interrupted when this switch is  
off and all outputs from these modules will be turned off.  
J9B  
J9A  
+
G
-
+
G
-
I O S L E N  
I O S L E N  
100K  
221  
221  
2 2 1  
100K  
2 2 1  
100K  
100K  
J8  
J7B  
J7A  
100K  
J6  
J5  
CH  
21  
CH  
22  
CH  
23  
CH  
19  
CH  
CH  
20  
CH  
17  
CH  
18  
CH CH  
17 16  
a30-4911  
J1  
J2A  
J2B  
J3  
J4  
Fig. 12 — Energy Management Module  
16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 9 — Energy Management Module (EMM) Inputs and Outputs  
INPUT/OUTPUT  
4-20 mA Demand Limit  
DESCRIPTION  
4-20 mA Demand Limit  
I/O TYPE  
4-20 mA*  
DISPLAY MODULE POINT NAME  
Limit 4-20 mA Signal, DMD  
CONNECTION POINT  
EMM-J7B-CH6  
4-20 mA Temperature  
Reset/Cooling Setpoint  
4-20 mA Temperature Reset/  
Cooling Set point  
4-20 mA*  
EMM-J7A-CH5  
Reset/Setpnt 4-20 mA Signal, RSET  
Demand Limit SW2  
Ice Done  
Occupancy Override  
Remote Lockout Switch  
SPT  
% Total Capacity  
RUN R  
SHD R  
Demand Limit Step 2  
Ice Done Switch  
Switch Input  
Switch Input  
Switch Input  
Switch Input  
10k Thermistor  
0-10 vdc  
Switch Limit Setpoint 2, DLS2  
Ice Done Storage Switch, ICE.D  
Occupied Override Switch, OCCS  
Remote Interlock Switch, RLOC  
Optional Space Temp, SPT  
Chiller Capacity Signal, CATO  
Running Status, RUN  
Shutdown Indicator State, SHUT  
Compressor A Run Status, Q_RUN_A  
Compressor B Run Status, Q_RUN_B  
EMM-J4-CH9  
EMM-J4-CH11A  
EMM-J4-CH8  
EMM-J4-CH10  
EMM-J6-CH2  
EMM-J8-CH7  
EMM-J3-CH25  
EMM-J3-CH24  
EMM-J2A-CH17  
EMM-J2A-CH18  
Occupied Schedule Override  
Chiller Lockout  
Space Temperature Thermistor  
Percent Total Capacity Output  
Run Relay  
Relay  
Shutdown Relay  
Relay  
CA_S  
CB_S  
Run Status for Circuit A  
Run Status for Circuit B  
Relay  
Relay  
* A field-supplied 1/2 watt 250 ohm resistor is required across terminals TB6-1,2 (CH6) and/or TB6-3, 4 (CH5).  
potential communication errors at the board connectors. See  
input/output Tables 3-10 for LEN connector designations. A  
3-wire bus accomplishes communication between modules.  
These 3 wires run in parallel from module to module. The J9A  
connector on the MBB provides communication directly to the  
Navigator™ display module.  
YELLOW LED — The MBB has one yellow LED. The  
Carrier Comfort Network® (CCN) LED will blink during times  
of network communication.  
Local Equipment Network — Information is trans-  
mitted between modules via a 3-wire communication bus or  
LEN (Local Equipment Network). External connection to the  
LEN bus is made at TB3.  
Board Addresses — All boards (except the Main Base  
Board and Energy Management Module Board) have  
8-position DIP switches.  
Touch Pilot™ Display — The Touch Pilot display port  
connections are shown in Table 10. Wiring is shown in Fig. 13.  
Table 10 — Touch Pilot™ Display Port  
Connections  
Control Module Communication  
RED LED — Proper operation of the control boards can be  
visually checked by looking at the red status LEDs (light-  
emitting diodes). When operating correctly, the red status  
LEDs will blink in unison at a rate of once every 2 seconds. If  
the red LEDs are not blinking in unison, verify that correct  
power is being supplied to all modules. Be sure that the Main  
Base Board (MBB) is supplied with the current software. If  
necessary, reload current software. If the problem still persists,  
replace the MBB. A red LED that is lit continuously or blink-  
ing at a rate of once per second or faster indicates that the board  
should be replaced.  
CONNECTOR  
PIN  
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
5
6
FUNCTION  
24VAC +  
24VAC -  
J1 (Power)  
Earth Ground  
RS485 Port (D+)  
RS485 Port (GND)  
RS485 Port (D-)  
24VAC (+)  
RS485 Port (D+)  
RS485 Port (GND)  
Unused (no connect)  
RS485 Port (D-)  
24VAC(-)  
J2 (COM1)  
J3 (RJ11)  
GREEN LED — All boards have a green LEN (SIO) LED  
which should be blinking whenever power is on. If the LEDs  
are not blinking as described check LEN connections for  
Fig. 13 — Touch Pilot™ Display Wiring  
17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Carrier Comfort Network® (CCN) Interface —  
All 30XW units can be connected to a CCN system, if desired.  
The communication bus wiring is a shielded, 3-conductor cable  
with drain wire and is field supplied and installed. The system  
elements are connected to the communication bus in a daisy  
chain arrangement. The positive pin of each system element  
communication connector must be wired to the positive pins of  
the system elements on either side of it. The negative and sig-  
nal ground pins of each system element must also be wired in  
the same manner. Wiring connections for CCN should be made  
at TB3. Consult the CCN Contractor’s Manual for further in-  
formation. See Fig. 14.  
1. Turn off power to the control box.  
2. Cut the CCN wire and strip the ends of the red (+), white  
(ground), and black (–) conductors. (Substitute appropri-  
ate colors for different colored cables.)  
3. Connect the red wire to (+) terminal on TB3 of the plug,  
the white wire to COM terminal, and the black wire to the  
(–) terminal.  
4. The RJ14 CCN connector on TB3 can also be used, but is  
only intended for temporary connection (for example, a  
laptop computer running Service Tool).  
IMPORTANT: A shorted CCN bus cable will prevent  
some routines from running and may prevent the unit  
from starting. If abnormal conditions occur, discon-  
nect the CCN bus. If conditions return to normal,  
check the CCN connector and cable. Run new cable if  
necessary. A short in one section of the bus can cause  
problems with all system elements on the bus.  
NOTE: Conductors and drain wire must be 20 AWG (Ameri-  
can Wire Gage) minimum stranded, tinned copper. Individual  
conductors must be insulated with PVC, PVC/nylon, vinyl,  
Teflon, or polyethylene. An aluminum/polyester 100% foil  
shield and an outer jacket of PVC, PVC/nylon, chrome vinyl,  
or Teflon with a minimum operating temperature range of  
–20 C to 60 C is required. See Table 11 for recommended wire  
manufacturers and part numbers.  
Remote Alarm and Alert Relays — The 30XW  
chiller can be equipped with a remote alert and remote alarm  
annunciator contacts. Both relays connected to these contacts  
must be rated for a maximum power draw of 10 va sealed,  
25 va inrush at 24 volts. The alarm relay, indicating that the  
complete unit has been shut down, can be connected to TB5-12  
and TB5-13. Refer to unit wiring diagrams. For an alert relay,  
indicating that at least 1 circuit is off due to the alert, a field-  
supplied and installed relay must be connected between MBB-  
J3-CH25-3 and TB5-13. The action of the alarm and alert re-  
lays can be reversed from normally open to normally closed by  
using the Reverse Alarms Relay configuration (Reverse  
Alarms Relay, RV.AL).  
Table 11 — CCN Communication Bus Wiring  
PART NUMBER  
MANUFACTURER  
Regular Wiring  
1895  
Plenum Wiring  
Alpha  
American  
Belden  
Columbia  
Manhattan  
Quabik  
—
A48301  
884421  
—
A21451  
8205  
D6451  
M13402  
6130  
M64430  
—
It is important when connecting to a CCN communication  
bus that a color-coding scheme be used for the entire network  
to simplify the installation. It is recommended that red be used  
for the signal positive, black for the signal negative, and white  
for the signal ground. Use a similar scheme for cables contain-  
ing different colored wires.  
At each system element, the shields of its communication  
bus cables must be tied together. If the communication bus is  
entirely within one building, the resulting continuous shield  
must be connected to a ground at one point only. If the commu-  
nication bus cable exits from one building and enters another,  
the shields must be connected to grounds at the lightning  
suppressor in each building where the cable enters or exits the  
building (one point per building only). To connect the unit to  
the network:  
CONFIGURATION  
Touch Pilot™ Operation Configuration  
Tables — The Touch Pilot display operation is controlled by  
configuration information entered in the following configura-  
tion tables. These tables are accessible by using Network Ser-  
vice Tool or ComfortVIEW™ software. The tables are the  
CtrlID (Controller Identification) configuration table and the  
USERCONF (User Configuration) table. See Tables 12 and 13.  
NOTE: Always perform an Upload to obtain the latest config-  
uration before making configuration table changes.  
(+) (COM) (-) SHIELD  
(+) (COM) (-) SHIELD  
CCN  
(+) (COM) (-) SHIELD  
CCN  
CCN  
LEN  
CCN  
CCN  
LEN  
CCN  
LEN  
SHIELD  
TO NEXT  
DEVICE  
LEGEND  
Carrier Comfort Network®  
Local Equipment Network  
a30-4706  
CCN  
LEN  
—
—
Fig. 14 — ComfortLink™ CCN Communication Wiring  
18  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 12 — Touch Pilot Controller Identification Configuration Table  
CONTROLLER ID DATA  
Device Name  
BLOCK NO.  
VALUE AND RANGE  
QUALIFIERS  
Default  
Optional  
CHILLDSP  
1
8 character Name field  
Local address  
Bus number  
2
2
115  
0
Default  
Default  
0 = Non-bridge  
3 = Broadcast Acknowledger  
Default  
Optional  
Device (driver) type  
2
Primary baud rate  
Secondary baud rate  
3
3
38400  
38400  
Default  
Fixed  
Global Chiller Display  
24 character text field  
(Blank)  
24 character text field  
Default  
Device description  
Device location  
4
4
Optional  
Default  
Optional  
Software part number  
Model number  
Serial number  
4
4
4
4
CESR-131363-01  
(Blank)  
(Blank)  
Fixed  
Fixed  
Fixed  
Fixed  
Reference number  
Version 1.0  
241-251, 254, 255 enabled  
241-255 enabled/disabled  
none  
Defaults  
Optional  
Not applicable  
Broadcast address processing list (primary)  
Broadcast address processing list (secondary)  
5
5
Table 13 — Touch Pilot™ User Configuration (USERCONF) Table  
DESCRIPTION  
Backlight always on?  
LIMITS  
No  
Yes  
UNITS  
NAME  
DEFAULT  
BACKLITE  
No  
0
Full access password  
Limited access password  
Active language  
Time format  
PSWDFULL  
PSWDLMTD  
ACTLANG  
TIMEFMT  
3333  
2222  
0
9999  
0
9999  
0
1
0
1
0
0
2
Date format  
DATEFMT  
0
US  
Units base  
UNITBASE  
CONTRAST  
NETWORK  
US  
Auto  
0
Metric  
Manual  
Auto  
0
1
Contrast control  
Network mode  
Network settings  
Alarm acknowledger  
No  
ALARMACK  
BROADACK  
No  
No  
Yes  
No  
Yes  
Broadcast acknowledger  
Equipment CCN address  
Bus number  
0
239  
1
239  
EQUIPBUS  
EQUIPELE  
0
1
Element number  
Control variables  
Name  
char 8  
Name  
char 8  
Name  
char 8  
Name  
char 8  
Equipment status (Not Used)  
EQSTATUS  
STARSTOP  
ALSTATUS  
ALRESET  
NOT USED  
NOT USED  
NOT USED  
NOT USED  
Equipment start/stop (Not Used)  
Alarm status (Not Used)  
Alarm reset (Not Used)  
BACKLIGHT ALWAYS ON? — This configuration is used  
to keep the backlight on continuously or to turn it off after 60  
seconds with no activity.  
FULL ACCESS PASSWORD — This configuration is used  
to specify the full access password. Refer to Table 1, Setup  
Menu, for additional information on passwords.  
Allowable Entries: No/Yes (No=0 or Yes=1)  
Allowable Entries: 0 through 9999  
Default Value:  
No  
Default Value:  
3333  
19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
LIMITED ACCESS PANEL — This configuration is used to  
specify the limited access password.  
Allowable Entries: 0 through 9999  
BROADCAST ACKNOWLEDGER — This configuration  
is used to indicate whether the Touch Pilot display will act as  
the broadcast acknowledger for its CCN bus. There can be only  
one broadcast acknowledger per CCN bus.  
NOTE: The display must be in Network mode and this deci-  
sion set to Yes for broadcast acknowledgement to be enabled.  
Default Value:  
2222  
ACTIVE LANGUAGE — This configuration is used to spec-  
ify the display’s active language. All translatable text will be  
displayed in this language.  
Allowable Entries: No  
Yes  
Allowable Entries: 0 (English), 1 (alternate, installed by user)  
Default Value:  
0
Default Value:  
0
EQUIPMENT CCN ADDRESS — When in equipment  
mode (USERCONF Table’s Network Mode decision is set to  
Disable), the Bus Number and Element Number decisions are  
used to specify the CCN address of the piece of equipment to  
communicate with. An Attach or power cycle must be  
performed for changes to take effect. These decisions will be  
ignored when the display is connected to the LEN bus or in  
Network mode. In Network mode, specify the bus and element  
number of the equipment communicate with using the dis-  
play’s Attach function.  
NOTE: In Network mode, these configurations will be over-  
written with the default device address if it is changed through  
the Attach process.  
BUS NUMBER — This configuration is used to specify the  
Equipment Controller bus number.  
TIME FORMAT — This configuration is used to specify the  
format for display of time.  
Allowable Entries: 0 = H:MM AM/PM without leading zero  
1 = HH:MM with leading zero when  
necessary  
Default Value:  
0
DATE FORMAT — This configuration is used to specify the  
format for display of date.  
Allowable Entries: 0 = MM-DD-YYYY with leading zero  
when necessary  
1 = DD-MM-YYYY with leading zero  
when necessary  
2 = YYYY-MM-DD  
Default Value:  
0
Allowable Entries: 0 through 239  
UNITS BASE — This configuration is used to specify the for-  
mat of the units of measure.  
Allowable Entries: U.S.  
Metric  
Default Value:  
0
ELEMENT NUMBER — This configuration is used to speci-  
fy the Equipment Controller element number.  
Allowable Entries: 1 through 239  
Default Value:  
U.S.  
Default Value:  
1
CONTRAST CONTROL — This configuration is used to en-  
able or disable the display’s auto contrast adjustment feature.  
When enabled, the display’s contrast will be automatically ad-  
justed as required, based on temperature.  
Machine Control Methods — Three variables con-  
trol how the machine operates. These variables control the  
On-Off function, set point operation, and Heat-Cool operation.  
Machine On/Off Control — Machine On/Off control  
depends on which interface display is used. The control is dif-  
ferent for Touch Pilot™ or Navigator™ displays. Select the  
correct configuration procedure below based on which inter-  
face is being used.  
Allowable Entries: Manual  
(Auto Contrast Adjustment Disabled)  
Auto  
(Auto Contrast Adjustment Enabled)  
Default Value:  
Auto  
TOUCH PILOT MACHINE CONTROL — Machine On/Off  
control is determined locally by pushing the Start/Stop button  
on the Touch Pilot display. Pressing this button will cause the  
Equipment Start screen to be displayed. See Fig. 15.  
NETWORK MODE — This configuration is used to set the  
display’s operating mode. For additional information on oper-  
ating mode, refer to Display in the Table Setup Menu. This de-  
cision will be ignored and the mode will default to Equipment  
when the display is connected to a device (the LEN Bus).  
NOTE: A power cycle is required for this decision to take  
effect.  
Allowable Entries: Disable = Equipment Mode  
Enable = Network Mode  
Default Value:  
Disable  
ALARM ACKNOWLEDGER — This configuration is used  
to specify whether the Touch Pilot™ display will act as the  
alarm acknowledger for the CCN. There can be only one alarm  
acknowledger per CCN. Therefore, if another CCN device  
such as ComfortVIEW™ software, the Autodial Gateway or  
TeLINK is already set as the alarm acknowledger for the CCN  
network then this decision should be set to No.  
NOTE: The display must be in Network mode and connected  
to the primary CCN bus and this decision set to Yes for alarm  
acknowledgement to be enabled.  
Allowable Entries: No  
Yes  
Fig. 15 — Equipment Start Screen  
Default Value:  
No  
20  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 14 summarizes the unit control type and stop or go  
status with regard to the following parameters:  
• Operating type: this is selected by using the start/stop button  
on the front of the user interface.  
Schedule 2 is used for Dual Set Point/Occupied-Unoccu-  
pied set point control. The control will ignore the position of  
Enable/Off/Remote Contact switch and all CCN network force  
commands, except the Emergency Stop Command.  
• Remote start/stop contacts: these contacts are used when the  
unit is in remote operating type (Remote mode).  
• CHIL_S_S: this network command variable relates to the  
chiller start/stop when the unit is in CCN control (CCN  
mode). When this variable forced to Disable, then the unit is  
stopped. When this variable is forced to Enable, then the  
unit runs in accordance with schedule 1.  
• Start/Stop schedule: occupied or unoccupied status of the  
unit as determined by the chiller start/stop program (Sched-  
ule 1).  
• Master control type: This parameter is used when the unit is  
the master unit in a two chiller lead/lag arrangement. The  
master control type determines whether the unit is to be  
controlled locally, remotely or through CCN (this parameter  
is a Service configuration).  
The Run Status variable will indicate the current status of  
the machine — OFF, RUNNING, DELAY, or READY. The  
Chiller Occupied? variable will indicate the occupied state of  
the machine according to Time Schedule 1 and will be either  
YES (occupied) or NO (unoccupied). The Control Type vari-  
able will indicate the type of control. For this configuration,  
Control Type will be Local. The Operating Type variable  
will change to L-Sched (Local Schedule).  
The schedules consist of 8 user-configurable occupied time  
periods. The control supports time schedules for local control,  
remote control, and ice building. These time periods can be  
flagged to be in effect or not in effect on each day of the week.  
The day begins at 00.00 and ends at 24.00. The machine will be  
in unoccupied mode unless a scheduled time period is in effect.  
If an occupied period extends past midnight, the occupied  
period will automatically end at 24:00 hours (midnight) and the  
new occupied period must be programmed to begin at 00:00  
hours.  
In the following example, the occupied period starts at 6:00  
AM, Monday through Friday and 10:00 AM on Saturday and  
Sunday. The occupied time ends at 6:30 PM on Monday  
through Friday and 2:00 PM on Saturday and Sunday. See  
Fig. 16.  
NOTE: This schedule was designed to illustrate the program-  
ming of the schedule function and is not intended as a  
recommended schedule for chiller operation.  
• CCN emergency shutdown: if this CCN command is acti-  
vated, it shuts the unit down whatever the active operating  
type.  
• General alarm: the unit is totally stopped due to failure.  
Local Mode — To start the machine in local mode, press the  
Start/Stop button on the Touch Pilot display. The Equipment  
Start screen will be displayed. Select Local On. The control  
will ignore the position of Enable/Off/Remote Contact switch  
and all CCN network force commands, except an Emergency  
Stop Command. The Run Status variable, indicating the cur-  
rent status of the machine, will change to RUNNING, DELAY  
or READY. The Chiller Occupied? variable will change to  
YES. The Control Type variable indicates the type of control.  
For this configuration, Control Type will be Local. The Oper-  
ating Type variable will change to L-On (Local On).  
Local Schedule — To start the machine with a local schedule,  
press the Start/Stop button on the Touch Pilot display. The  
Equipment Start screen will be displayed. Select Local Sched-  
ule. The unit will start and stop according to the schedule de-  
fined in the Time Schedule menu. Two Internal Time Sched-  
ules are available and must be field programmed. Time  
Schedule 1 is used for single set point On-Off control. Time  
If the chiller is to be controlled to a single set point, use  
Schedule 1 (OCCPC01S). This will start and stop the machine.  
During the unoccupied times, the chiller will be off. If the chill-  
er is to be controlled to 2 set points, occupied and unoccupied,  
use Schedule 2 (OCCPC02S). This will cause the chiller to  
control to an occupied set point and an unoccupied set point.  
The machine will be able to provide cooling at any time.  
To configure this option on the Touch Pilot™ display see  
Table 15.  
Table 14 — Touch Pilot™ Start/Stop Control  
ACTIVE OPERATING TYPE  
PARAMETER STATUS  
CONTROL  
TYPE  
UNIT  
STATUS  
Remote  
Start/Stop  
Contact  
Start/Stop  
Schedule  
Mode  
CCN  
Emergency  
Shutdown  
Local Local  
Local  
Remote CCN Master CHIL_S_S  
Master Unit  
Control Type  
General  
Alarm  
On  
On  
Schedule Mode Mode Mode  
Variable  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Active  
-
Yes  
-
-
Off  
Off  
Off  
Off  
Off  
Off  
Off  
Off  
Off  
Off  
Off  
Off  
Off  
On  
On  
On  
On  
On  
On  
On  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Active  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Local  
Local  
Remote  
Remote  
CCN  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Active  
-
-
-
-
-
-
Unoccupied  
-
-
-
-
Active  
-
-
-
Off  
-
-
-
-
-
-
Active  
-
-
-
-
-
Unoccupied  
-
-
-
-
-
-
Active  
-
Off  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Active  
-
-
-
-
Local  
Remote  
Remote  
CCN  
CCN  
-
-
-
-
CCN  
-
-
-
-
Active  
Active  
Active  
Active  
Active  
-
-
-
Unoccupied  
-
-
-
Local  
Remote  
Remote  
CCN  
-
-
-
-
-
Off  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Unoccupied  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Off  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Unoccupied  
-
-
-
CCN  
Active  
-
-
-
-
-
-
Disabled  
Disabled  
Disabled  
Disabled  
Disabled  
Disabled  
Disabled  
No  
No  
No  
No  
No  
No  
No  
Local  
Local  
Remote  
CCN  
-
-
-
-
-
-
Active  
-
-
-
-
-
Occupied  
Occupied  
Occupied  
Occupied  
Occupied  
Occupied  
-
-
-
-
-
Active  
-
-
-
On Cool  
-
-
-
-
-
Active  
-
On  
-
-
-
-
-
-
Active  
Active  
Active  
-
Local  
Remote  
CCN  
Local  
Remote  
CCN  
-
On Cool  
-
On  
21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
on a one-time basis. To configure this option for the Touch  
Pilot display:  
LINE  
NO.  
DISPLAY NAME  
PATH  
VALUE  
Timed Override  
Hours  
Config\OCCDEFCS\  
OCC1P01S or OCC1P02S  
Range: 0 to 4  
Default: 0  
1
If configured for a timed override, the override can be can-  
celled by changing the Timed Override Hours to 0.  
CCN Global Time Schedule — A CCN global schedule can  
be used if desired. The schedule number can be set anywhere  
from 65 to 99 for operation under a CCN global schedule. The  
30XW chillers can be configured to follow a CCN Global  
Time Schedule broadcast by another system element. The  
ComfortVIEW™ Network Manager’s Configure and Modify  
commands or the Service Tool’s Modify/Names function must  
be used to change the number of the Occupancy Equipment  
Part Table Name (OCC1P01E) to the Global Schedule Num-  
ber. The Schedule Number can be set from 65 to 99  
(OCC1P65E to OCC1P99E).  
Fig. 16 — Chiller Schedule Screen  
The Occupancy Supervisory Part table name (OCC1P01S)  
number must be changed to configure the unit to broadcast a  
Global Time Schedule. The Schedule Number can be set from  
65 to 99 (OCC1P65S to OCC1P99S). When OCC1PxxS is set  
to a value greater than 64, an occupancy flag is broadcast over  
the CCN every time it transitions from occupied to unoccupied  
or vice-versa. By configuring their appropriate Time Schedule  
decisions to the same number, other devices on the network can  
follow this same schedule. The Enable/Off/Remote Contact  
must be in the Enable position or the Remote Contact position  
with the contacts closed for the unit to operate. The Unit Run  
Status (STAT) will indicate the current status of the machine  
(OFF, RUNNING, STOPPING or DELAY), depending on the  
schedule. The unit Occupied status (OCC) will indicate the  
current occupied schedule according to the schedule, either NO  
or YES. The Status Unit Control Type (CTRL) will be LOCAL  
OFF when the switch is Off. The Status Unit Control Type will  
be CCN when the Enable/Off/Remote Contact switch input is  
On.  
Table 15 — Configuring the Schedule with  
Touch Pilot Display  
DISPLAY NAME  
Period 1 DOW (MTWTFSSH)  
Occupied from  
PATH  
LINE NO.  
VALUE  
10000000  
00:00  
2
3
Occupied to  
4
03:00  
Period 2 DOW (MTWTFSSH)  
Occupied from  
5
11000000  
07:00  
6
Occupied to  
7
18:00  
Config\  
Period 3 DOW (MTWTFSSH)  
Occupied from  
Occupied to  
Period 4 DOW (MTWTFSSH)  
Occupied from  
Occupied to  
Period 5 DOW (MTWTFSSH)  
Occupied from  
Occupied to  
8
00100000  
07:00  
OCCDEFCS\  
OCC1P01S  
or OCC1P02S  
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
21:30  
00011000  
07:00  
17:00  
00000100  
07:00  
12:00  
Refer to Appendix F for more detailed instructions regard-  
ing global schedules and the i-Vu® device.  
Holiday Schedule — For the Touch Pilot display, the control  
allows up to 16 holiday periods. All holidays are entered with  
numerical values. To configure, first change the month (Holi-  
day Start Month), then the day (Holiday Start Day), then the  
duration (Holiday Duration) of the holiday period in days. If a  
holiday in included in one of the Occupied Time Periods of the  
schedule, the machine will follow that operating condition for  
the holiday. In the following examples, the holidays July 4 and  
December 25-26 are programmed for Holiday 1 and Holiday 2,  
respectively. To configure these holidays with the Touch Pilot  
display, see Table 16. To configure Holidays with the Naviga-  
tor display, check the H (holiday) schedule on the Schedule  
screen and program in the desired occupied times. See Fig. 16.  
CCN Mode — To allow machine control by CCN commands,  
press the Start/Stop button on the Touch Pilot™ display. The  
Equipment Start screen will be displayed. Select CCN Mode.  
The unit will be controlled by a CCN command to the CCN  
Chiller Start/Stop variable. An external CCN device, such as  
Chillervisor, controls the On/Off state of the machine. When  
controlled by a Chillervisor, it is recommended that the Auto  
Start When SM Lost configuration be set to Yes. In the event  
of a loss of communication with the network, the machine will  
start and be controlled locally.  
Careful evaluation of chilled water plant control should be  
reviewed. In the event local control is established, be sure that  
all pumps, valves, and other devices are capable of operating  
properly. The control will ignore the position of Enable/Off/  
Remote Contact switch. The Run Status variable will indicate  
the current status of the machine — OFF, RUNNING, DELAY,  
or READY. The Control Type variable will change to CCN.  
The Operating Type variable will change to CCN.  
Table 16 — Programming Holiday Schedules with  
Touch Pilot Display  
DISPLAY NAME  
Holiday Start Month  
Start Day  
Duration (days)  
Holiday Start Month  
Start Day  
PATH  
LINE NO. VALUE  
1
2
3
1
2
3
7
4
Config\HOLIDAY\HOLDY_01  
1
For dual chiller control applications, the slave chiller must  
be enabled using the CCN Mode button.  
12  
25  
2
Config\HOLIDAY\HOLDY_02  
Remote Mode — To allow machine to start and stop via a  
remote contact closure, press the Start/Stop button on the  
Touch Pilot display. The Equipment Start screen will be dis-  
played. Select Remote Mode. The unit will be controlled by the  
Enable/Off/Remote Contact switch (SW1). Switching the En-  
able/Off/Remote Contact switch to the Enable or Remote  
Contact position (external contacts closed) will force the unit  
into an occupied state. In this mode, all CCN network force  
Duration (days)  
Timed Override — With the Touch Pilot display only, each  
time schedule can be overridden to keep the chiller in an  
Occupied mode (Timed Override Hours) for 1, 2, 3 or 4 hours  
22  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
commands, except the Emergency Stop Command will be  
ignored. The Run Status variable will indicate the current sta-  
tus of the machine (OFF, RUNNING, DELAY, or READY),  
depending on the position of the Remote/Off/Enable Switch  
closure. The Chiller Occupied? variable will change to YES.  
The Control Type variable will change to Remote. The Oper-  
ating Type variable will change to Remote.  
Master Mode — To activate Dual Chiller Control, each ma-  
chine must be individually configured for Dual Chiller Control.  
To operate the machines in Dual Chiller Mode, one machine  
must be designated as the master unit and one machine as the  
slave unit. On the master unit, press the Start/Stop button on the  
Touch Pilot display. The Equipment Start screen will be dis-  
played. Select Master Mode. Failure to start the Master unit in  
this manner will cause both machines to operate in local mode.  
NAVIGATOR™ DISPLAY MACHINE CONTROL — Ma-  
chine On/Off control with the Navigator display is determined  
by the configuration of the Operating Type Control (OPER).  
Options to control the machine locally via a switch, from a lo-  
cal Time Schedule, or via a Carrier Comfort Network® com-  
mand are offered. See Table 17.  
The schedules consist of 8 user-configurable occupied time  
periods. The control supports time schedules for local control,  
remote control, and ice building. These time periods can be  
flagged to be in effect or not in effect on each day of the week.  
The day begins at 00.00 and ends at 24.00. The machine is in  
unoccupied mode unless a scheduled time period is in effect. If  
an occupied period is to extend past midnight, the occupied  
period must end at 24:00 hours (midnight) and a new occupied  
period must be programmed to begin at 00:00 hours.  
The Master Unit Control can be done locally, remotely or  
through CCN commands per the master/slave configuration  
(Master Control Type). The control will ignore the position of  
Enable/Off/Remote Contact switch if the Master Control  
Type is configured for Local Control or CCN Control. The  
Run Status variable, Chiller Occupied? variable, and Con-  
trol Type variable will change based on the Master Control  
Type configured above and the Machine On/Off Control de-  
fined above. The Operating Type variable will change to  
Master.  
To Turn Machine Off — To turn the machine off, press the  
Start/Stop button on the Touch Pilot display. See Fig. 17. The  
machine will shut down. While the unit is in Local Off, it will  
remain shut down and ignore all CCN commands as well as  
the position of Enable/Off/Remote Contact switch. The Run  
Status variable, indicating the current status of the machine,  
will change to OFF. The Chiller Occupied? variable will  
change to NO. The Control Type variable will indicate  
Local. The Operating Type variable will change to L-OFF  
(Local Off).  
In the following example, a early morning pulldown time  
period is scheduled for Monday morning from 12:00 AM to  
3:00 AM. The occupied period starts at 7:00 AM, Monday  
through Saturday. The occupied time ends at 6:00 PM on Mon-  
day and Tuesday, 9:30 PM on Wednesday, 5:00 PM on Thurs-  
day and Friday, and 12:00 PM on Saturday.  
NOTE: This schedule was designed to illustrate the program-  
ming of the schedule function and is not intended as a recom-  
mended schedule for chiller operation.  
Switch Control — In the Switch Control operating type, the  
Enable/Off/Remote Contact switch controls the machine local-  
ly. All models are factory configured with Operating Type  
Control (OPER) set to SWITCH CTRL (Switch Control).  
With SWITCH CTRL, switching the Enable/Off/Remote  
Contact switch to the Enable or Remote Contact position (ex-  
ternal contacts closed) will put the chiller in an occupied state.  
The Unit Run Status (STAT) will indicate the current status of  
the machine and will change from OFF to RUNNING or  
DELAY. The unit Occupied Status (OCC) will change from  
NO to YES. The Status Unit Control Type (CTRL) will change  
from LOCAL OFF when the switch is Off to LOCAL ON  
when in the Enable position or in the Remote Contact position  
with external contacts closed.  
ITEM ITEM EXPANSION  
PATH  
Operating  
VALUE  
SWITCH  
ModesSLCTOPER CTRL  
Operating Control  
OPER  
Type  
Fig. 17 — Equipment Stop Screen  
Table 17 — Navigator Start/Stop Control  
CONTROL  
ACTIVE  
CCN CHILLER EMERGENCY  
REMOTE  
ALARM LOCKOUT  
SWITCH  
REMOTE/OFF/ENABLE REMOTE ON/OFF  
UNIT  
STATUS  
METHOD OPERATING  
TIME SCHEDULE 1 START/STOP  
(CHIL_S_S)  
STOP  
SWITCH  
SWITCH  
(OPER)  
TYPE  
(EMSTOP)  
Off  
Remote  
—
—
Open  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Yes  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Off  
Off  
Off  
Off  
Off  
On  
On  
On  
On  
Off  
On  
Off  
On  
Off  
—
—
All  
Local Off  
—
—
Enable  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Closed  
—
Enable  
Remote  
Enable  
Remote  
—
—
—
—
Disable  
Disable  
Disable  
Disable  
Disable  
Disable  
Disable  
Disable  
Disable  
Switch  
Control  
Local On  
Closed  
—
—
—
—
Occupied  
—
—
Time  
Schedule  
Local  
Schedule  
Closed  
—
Occupied  
—
—
Unoccupied  
—
—
Remote  
Remote  
Enable  
Enable  
Closed  
Closed  
—
—
—
—
—
Enable  
Disable  
Enable  
Disable  
—
—
CCN  
Control  
CCN  
—
—
—
23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Time Schedule — With Time Schedule Operating Type con-  
trol, the machine operates under a local schedule programmed  
by the user as long as the Enable/Off/Remote Contact switch is  
in the Enable or Remote Contact position (external contacts  
closed). To operate under this Operating Type Control (OPER)  
must be set to TIME SCHED (Time Schedule). Two Internal  
Time Schedules are available and must be field programmed.  
Time Schedule 1 (SCH1) is used for single set point On-Off  
control. Time Schedule 2 (SCH2) is used for dual set point  
On-Off and Occupied-Unoccupied set point control. The  
control will use the operating schedules as defined under the  
Time Clock mode in the Navigator display module.  
Table 18 — Configuring Schedules with  
Navigator™ Display  
ITEM  
ITEM EXPANSION  
PATH  
VALUE  
00:00  
03:00  
Yes  
No  
OCC.1 Occupied Time  
UNO.1 Unoccupied Time  
MON.1 Monday Select  
TUE.1  
Tuesday Select  
Time  
WED.1 Wednesday Select  
THU.1  
FRI.1  
No  
No  
No  
No  
No  
No  
07:00  
18:00  
Yes  
Yes  
No  
No  
No  
No  
No  
ClockSCH1PER.1  
or Time  
Thursday Select  
Friday Select  
ClockSCH2PER.1  
SAT.1  
SUN.1  
HOL.1  
Saturday Select  
Sunday Select  
Holiday Select  
ITEM ITEM EXPANSION  
PATH  
VALUE  
Operating Control  
Type  
Operating  
TIME  
OPER  
ModesSLCTOPER SCHED  
OCC.2 Occupied Time  
UNO.2 Unoccupied Time  
MON.2 Monday Select  
If the chiller is to be controlled to a single set point, use  
Schedule 1 (SCH1). This type of schedule will start and stop  
the machine only. During the unoccupied times, the chiller will  
be off. If the chiller is to be controlled to 2 set points, occupied  
and unoccupied, use Schedule 2 (SCH2). This will cause the  
chiller to control to an occupied set point and an unoccupied set  
point. The machine will be able to provide cooling at any time.  
TUE.2  
Tuesday Select  
Time  
WED.2 Wednesday Select  
THU.2  
FRI.2  
ClockSCH1PER.2  
or Time  
ClockSCH2PER.2  
Thursday Select  
Friday Select  
SAT.2  
SUN.2  
HOL.2  
Saturday Select  
Sunday Select  
Holiday Select  
To configure this option while using the Navigator™ dis-  
play, see Table 18.  
No  
OCC.3 Occupied Time  
UNO.3 Unoccupied Time  
MON.3 Monday Select  
07:00  
21:30  
No  
No  
Yes  
No  
No  
No  
No  
No  
07:00  
17:00  
No  
No  
No  
Yes  
Yes  
No  
No  
No  
07:00  
12:00  
No  
No  
No  
No  
No  
Yes  
No  
No  
Holiday Schedule — The unit control allows up to 16 holiday  
periods. All holidays are entered with numerical values. First  
enter the month (MON.x), then the day (DAY.x), then the  
duration (DUR.x) of the holiday period in days. If a holiday in  
included in one of the Occupied Time Periods of the schedule,  
the machine will follow that operating condition for the  
holiday. In the following examples, the holidays July 4 and  
December 25-26 are programmed for Holiday 1 and Holiday 2  
respectively.  
TUE.3  
Tuesday Select  
Time  
WED.3 Wednesday Select  
ClockSCH1PER.3  
or Time  
ClockSCH2PER.3  
THU.3  
FRI.3  
Thursday Select  
Friday Select  
SAT.3  
SUN.3  
HOL.3  
Saturday Select  
Sunday Select  
Holiday Select  
To configure this option for the Navigator display, see  
Table 19.  
OCC.4 Occupied Time  
UNO.4 Unoccupied Time  
MON.4 Monday Select  
CCN Global Time Schedule — A CCN global schedule can  
be used if desired. The schedule number can be set anywhere  
from 65 to 99 for operation under a CCN global schedule. The  
30XW chillers can be configured to follow a CCN Global  
Time Schedule broadcast by another system element. The  
ComfortVIEW™ Network Manager’s Configure and Modify  
commands or the Service Tool’s Modify/Names function must  
be used to change the number of the Occupancy Equipment  
Part Table Name (OCC1P01E) to the Global Schedule Num-  
ber. The Schedule Number can be set from 65 to 99  
(OCC1P65E to OCC1P99E).  
The Occupancy Supervisory Part table name (OCC1P01S)  
number must be changed to configure the unit to broadcast a  
Global Time Schedule. The Schedule Number can be set from  
65 to 99 (OCC1P65S to OCC1P99S). When OCC1PxxS is set  
to a value greater than 64, an occupancy flag is broadcast over  
the CCN every time it transitions from occupied to unoccupied  
or vice-versa. By configuring their appropriate Time Schedule  
decisions to the same number, other devices on the network can  
follow this same schedule. The Enable/Off/Remote Contact  
must be in the Enable position or the Remote Contact position  
with the contacts closed for the unit to operate. The Unit Run  
Status (STAT) will indicate the current status of the machine  
(OFF, RUNNING, STOPPING or DELAY), depending on the  
schedule. The unit Occupied status (OCC) will indicate the  
current occupied schedule according to the schedule, either NO  
or YES. The Status Unit Control Type (CTRL) will be LOCAL  
OFF when the switch is Off. The Status Unit Control Type will  
be CCN when the Enable/Off/Remote Contact switch input is  
On.  
TUE.4  
Tuesday Select  
Time  
WED.4 Wednesday Select  
ClockSCH1PER.4  
or Time  
THU.4  
FRI.4  
Thursday Select  
Friday Select  
ClockSCH2PER.4  
SAT.4  
SUN.4  
HOL.4  
Saturday Select  
Sunday Select  
Holiday Select  
OCC.5 Occupied Time  
UNO.5 Unoccupied Time  
MON.5 Monday Select  
TUE.5  
Tuesday Select  
Time  
WED.5 Wednesday Select  
ClockSCH1PER.5  
or Time  
THU.5  
FRI.5  
Thursday Select  
Friday Select  
ClockSCH2PER.5  
SAT.5  
SUN.5  
HOL.5  
Saturday Select  
Sunday Select  
Holiday Select  
Table 19 — Configuring Holiday Schedules  
for Navigator Display  
ITEM  
ITEM EXPANSION  
PATH  
VALUE  
MON.1 Holiday Start Month  
DAY.1 Holiday Start Day  
DUR.1 Holiday Duration in Day  
MON.2 Holiday Start Month  
DAY.2 Holiday Start Day  
7
4
1
12  
25  
2
Time  
ClockHOLIHOL.1  
Refer to Appendix F for more detailed instructions regard-  
ing global schedules and the i-Vu® device.  
Time  
ClockHOLIHOL.2  
DUR.2 Holiday Duration in Day  
24  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CCN Control — With CCN Operating Type control, the ma-  
chine operates under CCN control as long as the Enable/Off/  
Remote Contact Switch is in the Enable or Remote Contact  
position (external contacts closed.) To operate under this  
Operating Control, OPER must be set to CCN CONTROL. An  
external CCN device, such as Chillervisor, controls the On/Off  
state of the machine. When controlled by a Chillervisor, it is  
recommended that the Auto Start When SM Lost (AU.SM) be  
set to Yes.  
Careful evaluation of Chilled Water Plant control should be  
reviewed. In the event Local Control is established, be sure that  
all pumps, valves, and other devices are capable of operating  
properly. In the event of a loss of communication with the net-  
work, the machine will start and be controlled locally. The  
CCN device forces the variable CHIL_S_S to control the chill-  
er. The Unit Run Status (STAT) will indicate the current status  
of the machine (OFF, RUNNING, STOPPING or DELAY),  
depending on the CCN command. The unit Occupied status  
(OCC) will indicate the current occupied state according to the  
CCN command and will be displayed as either NO or YES.  
The Status Unit Control Type (CTRL) will be LOCAL OFF  
when the Enable/Off/Remote Contact switch is Off. The Status  
Unit Control Type will be CCN when the Enable/Off/Remote  
Contact switch input is Closed and the CHIL_S_S variable is  
Stop or Start.  
Table 20A — Cooling Set Point Selection  
with Touch Pilot Display  
DISPLAY NAME  
PATH  
LINE NO.  
VALUE  
Cooling Setpoint 1  
Setpoint  
2
Range: 14 to 70 F  
(–10.0 to 21.1 C)  
Default: 44 F (6.6 C)  
Cooling Setpoint 2  
Cooling Ice Setpoint  
Setpoint  
Setpoint  
3
4
Range: 14 to 70 F  
(–10.0 to 21.1 C)  
Default: 44 F (6.6 C)  
Range: -20 to 32 F  
(–28.9 to 0 C)  
Default: 44 F (6.6 C)  
Table 20B — Cooling Set Point Selection  
with Navigator Display  
ITEM ITEM EXPANSION  
PATH  
VALUE  
Range: 14 to 70 F  
CSP.1 Cooling Setpoint 1  
SetpointsCOOL (–10.0 to 21.1 C)  
Default: 44 F (6.6 C)  
Range: 14 to 70 F  
SetpointsCOOL (–10.0 to 21.1 C)  
Default: 44 F (6.6 C)  
CSP.2 Cooling Setpoint 2  
CSP.3 Ice Setpoint  
Range: -20 to 32 F  
SetpointsCOOL (–28.9 to 0 C)  
Default: 44 F (6.6 C)  
In all cases, there are limits on what values are allowed for  
each set point. These values depend on the Cooler Fluid Type  
and the Brine Freeze Set point, discussed later. See Table 21.  
For Dual Chiller Control applications, the Slave Chiller  
must be enabled using the CCN CONTROL option.  
Table 21 — Configuration Set Point Limits  
ITEM  
ITEM EXPANSION  
Operating Control  
Type  
PATH  
VALUE  
CCN  
COOLER FLUID TYPE  
Operating  
(COOLER FLUID TYPE, FLUD)  
SET POINT LIMITS  
OPER  
ModesSLCTOPER  
CONTROL  
1, Water  
2, Brine  
Auto Start when  
SM Lost  
AU.SM  
ConfigurationSERV  
YES  
Minimum *  
Maximum  
38 F (3.3 C)  
14 F (–10.0 C)  
60 F (15.5 C)  
Entering Fluid Control Option — The factory de-  
fault for the chilled water fluid set point is controlling to the  
leaving water temperature. An option to configure the machine  
for entering water control is available. The control operation  
remains the same except the control point is focused on the  
entering water temperature, rather than the leaving water tem-  
perature when configured.  
*The minimum set point for Medium Temperature Brine applications  
is related to the Brine Freeze Point. The set point is limited to be no  
less than the Brine Freeze Point +5° F (2.8° C).  
The Setpoint Select configuration can be set to five different  
control options: Set Point Occupancy, Set Point 1, Set Point 2,  
4-20 mA Input, and Dual Switch.  
CAUTION  
To configure this option for the Touch Pilot™ display:  
Brine duty application (below 40 F [4.4 C] LCWT) for  
chiller normally requires factory modification. Contact a  
Carrier Representative for details regarding specific  
applications. Operation below 40 F (4.4 C) LCWT with-  
out modification can result in compressor failure.  
LINE  
DISPLAY NAME  
PATH  
VALUE  
NO.  
Entering Fluid  
Control  
Service\  
SERVICE1  
No = Leaving Water Control  
Yes = Entering Water Control  
5
To configure this option for the Navigator™ display:  
ITEM  
ITEM EXPANSION  
PATH  
ConfigurationSERV  
VALUE  
SET POINT OCCUPANCY — Set Point Occupancy is the  
default configuration for the Setpoint Select variable. When  
Setpoint Select (Setpoint Select, SP.SE) is configured to 0  
(Setpoint Occ), the unit’s active set point is based on Cooling  
Set Point 1 (Cooling Setpoint 1, CSP.1) during the occupied  
period while operating under Time Schedule 1 (SCH1). If the  
Time Schedule 2 (SCH2) is in use, the unit’s active set point is  
based on Cooling Set Point 1 (Cooling Setpoint 1, CSP.1) dur-  
ing the occupied period and Cooling Set Point 2 (Cooling Set-  
point 2, CSP.2) during the unoccupied period. See Tables 22  
and 23.  
EWTO Entering Water  
No = Leaving  
Water Control  
Yes = Entering  
Water Control  
Control  
Cooling Set Point Selection — Several options for  
controlling the Leaving Chilled Water Set Point are offered and  
are configured by the Cooling Set Point Select (Setpoint Se-  
lect, SP.SE) variable. In addition to the Cooling Set Point Se-  
lect, Ice Mode Enable discussed later in this book, and Heat  
Cool Select (Heat/Cool Select, HC.SE) variables also have a  
role in determining the set point of the machine. All units are  
shipped from the factory with the Heat Cool Select set to 0.  
To configure this option while using a Touch Pilot display:  
All default set points are based on Leaving Water Control  
(Entering Fluid Control, EWTO) set to No. Values must be  
confirmed for the individual set points. Limits for the set points  
are listed in the configurations noted below.  
To configure these options for the Touch Pilot display, see  
Table 20A. To configure these options for the Navigator dis-  
play, see Table 20B.  
DISPLAY NAME  
Setpoint select  
PATH  
StatusGENUNIT  
LINE NO.  
VALUE  
0 (Setpoint Occupied)  
25  
To change this value, a Control Point Force must be applied.  
When configured correctly, Setpoint Control (Setpoint Con-  
trol, SP.SE) will indicate Auto.  
To configure this option while using a Navigator display:  
ITEM ITEM EXPANSION  
PATH  
VALUE  
SP.SE Setpoint Select  
Operating ModesSLCT  
Setpoint Occ  
25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 22 — Cooling Set Point Selection Touch Pilot™ Parameters  
SET POINT  
CONFIGURATION  
(Setpoint Select)  
ICE MODE  
ENABLE  
(ice_cnfg)  
DUAL SET  
POINT INPUT  
(SETP_SW)  
ICE DONE INPUT  
(ICE_SW)  
TIME  
SCHEDULE 2  
ACTIVE  
SET POINT  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Open  
Closed  
Open  
Closed  
Closed  
—
—
Open  
Closed  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Open  
Closed  
Occupied  
Unoccupied  
Unoccupied  
Unoccupied  
Cooling Setpoint 1  
Cooling Setpoint 2  
Cooling Ice Setpoint  
Cooling Setpoint 2  
Cooling Setpoint 1  
Cooling Setpoint 1  
Cooling Setpoint 2  
4 to 20 mA Input  
Cooling Setpoint 1  
Cooling Setpoint 2  
Cooling Setpoint 1  
Cooling Ice Setpoint  
Cooling Setpoint 2  
NO  
0
(Auto)  
YES  
Occupied  
1 (Setp 1)  
2 (Setp 2)  
3 (4-20 mA)  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
NO  
4 (Setp Sw)  
YES  
Table 23 — Cooling Set Point Selection Navigator™ Parameters  
PARAMETER STATUS  
ACTIVE  
SET POINT  
Setpoint  
Occupied  
(SP.OC)  
Control Method  
Heat/Cool  
Select (HC.SE)  
Setpoint  
Ice Mode  
Enable (ICE.M)  
Ice Done  
(ICE.D)  
Dual Setpoint  
Switch (DUAL)  
(OPER)  
Select (SP.SE)  
Setpoint Occ  
Setpoint Occ  
Setpoint Occ  
Setpoint 1  
Setpoint 2  
4-20mA Setp  
—
—
—
Enable  
—
—
—
Enable  
Enable  
—
—
—
Open  
—
—
—
Open  
Closed  
—
—
—
—
—
—
Occupied  
Unoccupied  
Unoccupied  
CSP.1  
CSP.2  
CSP.3  
CSP.1  
CSP.2  
4_20mA  
CSP.3  
CSP.2  
CSP.1  
CSP.2  
CSP.1  
CSP.2  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
LOCAL  
COOL  
COOL  
—
Closed  
Closed  
Open  
Closed  
—
—
—
Dual Setp Sw  
—
—
—
—
—
Occupied  
Unoccupied  
CCN  
—
—
—
—
Set Point 1 — When Set Point Select (Setpoint Select, SP.SE)  
is configured to 1 (Setpoint 1), the unit’s active set point is  
based on Cooling Set Point 1 (Cooling Setpoint 1, CSP.1).  
To configure this option with the Navigator display:  
ITEM ITEM EXPANSION  
PATH  
VALUE  
SP.SE Setpoint Select  
Operating ModesSLCT Setpoint 2  
To configure this option with the Touch Pilot display:  
4 to 20 mA Input — When Set Point Select (Setpoint Select,  
SP.SE) is configured to 3 (4-20 mA Setp), the unit’s active set  
point is based on an field supplied, external 4 to 20 mA signal  
input to the Energy Management Module (EMM). Care should  
be taken when interfacing with other manufacturer’s control  
systems, due to power supply differences of full wave bridge  
versus half wave rectification. The two different power sup-  
plies cannot be mixed. ComfortLink™ controls use half wave  
rectification. A signal isolation device should be utilized if a  
full wave bridge signal generating device is used.  
LINE  
DISPLAY NAME  
Setpoint Select  
PATH  
VALUE  
NO.  
StatusGENUNIT  
25  
1 (Set Point 1)  
To change this value, a Control Point Force must be applied.  
When configured correctly, Setpoint Control will indicate  
Setp 1.  
To configure this option with the Navigator™ display:  
ITEM ITEM EXPANSION  
SP.SE Setpoint Select  
PATH  
VALUE  
The following equation is used to control the set point. See  
Fig. 18.  
Operating ModesSLCT Setpoint 1  
Set Point 2 — When Set Point Select (Setpoint Select, SP.SE)  
is configured to 2 (Setpoint 2), the unit’s active set point is  
based on Cooling Set Point 2 (Cooling Setpoint 2, CSP.2).  
Fahrenheit Set Point = 10 + 70(mA – 4)/16 (deg F)  
Celsius Set Point = –12.2 + 38.9(mA – 4)/16 (deg C)  
To configure this option while using a Touch Pilot display:  
To configure this option with the Touch Pilot™ display:  
LINE  
LINE  
DISPLAY NAME  
PATH  
VALUE  
DISPLAY NAME  
Setpoint Select  
PATH  
VALUE  
NO.  
NO.  
Setpoint Select StatusGENUNIT  
25  
3 (4-20 mA Input)  
StatusGENUNIT  
25  
2 (Set Point 2)  
To change this value, a Control Point Force must be applied.  
When configured correctly, Setpoint Control will indicate  
4-20 mA.  
To change this value, a Control Point Force must be applied.  
When configured correctly, Setpoint Control (Status  
GENUNIT) will indicate Setp 2.  
26  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
90  
80  
70  
60  
50  
40  
30  
20  
10  
0
Max LWT  
Min LWT, Cooler Fluid Type = 1, FLUD=Water  
Min LWT, Cooler Fluid Type = 1, FLUD=Brine  
0
2
4
6
8
10  
12  
14  
16  
18  
20  
A30-4830  
mA Signal  
Fig. 18 — 4 to 20 mA Set Point Control  
To configure this option while using a Navigator display: To configure this option with the Touch Pilot display:  
ITEM ITEM EXPANSION  
SP.SE Setpoint Select  
PATH  
VALUE  
DISPLAY  
NAME  
Cooler  
Fluid Type  
LINE  
NO.  
PATH  
VALUE  
Operating ModesSLCT 4-20 mA Setp  
Main MenuServiceSERVICE1  
1
1 = Water  
Dual Switch — When Set Point Select (Setpoint Select,  
SP.SE) is configured to 4 (Dual Setp Sw), the unit’s active set  
point is based on Cooling Set Point 1 (Cooling Setpoint 1,  
CSP.1) when the Dual Set Point switch contact is open and  
Cooling Set Point 2 (Cooling Setpoint 2, CSP.2) when it is  
closed.  
To configure this option with the Navigator display:  
ITEM  
ITEM EXPANSION  
PATH  
VALUE  
Water  
FLUD Cooler Fluid Type  
ConfigurationSERV  
To configure this option while using a Touch Pilot display:  
BRINE OR GLYCOL OPERATION — Configure the unit  
for Cooler Fluid Type (Cooler Fluid Type, FLUD) to brine for  
brine or glycol chilled water loops. This option will allow for a  
set point temperature range of 14 to 60 F (–10.0 to 15.5 C).  
Before configuring this selection, confirm that a suitable anti-  
freeze has been added and is at a sufficient concentration to  
protect the loop. Additionally, the Brine Freeze Set Point  
(Brine Freeze Setpoint, LOSP) must be set for proper freeze  
protection operation. Set the Brine Freeze Set Point to the burst  
protection provided by the glycol concentration. This value  
will be Freeze Point for the fluid.  
LINE  
DISPLAY NAME  
PATH  
VALUE  
4 (Dual  
NO.  
Setpoint Select StatusGENUNIT  
25  
Setpoint Switch)  
To change this value, a Control Point Force must be applied.  
When configured correctly, Setpoint Control will indicate  
Setp Sw.  
To configure this option while using a Navigator display:  
ITEM ITEM EXPANSION  
PATH  
VALUE  
To configure this option with the Touch Pilot display:  
Dual  
Setp Sw  
SP.SE Setpoint Select  
Operating ModesSLCT  
DISPLAY  
NAME  
Cooler Fluid Main Menu  
Type  
Brine Freeze Main Menu  
Setpoint  
LINE  
NO.  
PATH  
VALUE  
2 = Brine  
Chilled Water Fluid Type Selection — The chilled  
water fluid must be configured. The fluid type must be config-  
ured to obtain the proper leaving water set point control range  
and freeze protection. The Cooler Fluid Type (Cooler Fluid  
Type, FLUD) can be set to water or brine.  
1
3
ServiceSERVICE1  
Dependent on  
fluid concentration  
ServiceSERVICE1  
To configure this option with the Navigator display:  
FRESH WATER — Configure the unit for Cooler Fluid Type  
(Cooler Fluid Type, FLUD) to water for units without brine or  
glycol installed in the chilled water loop. The factory default  
fluid type is fresh water. Use this option for fresh water sys-  
tems. This will allow for a water temperature set point of 38 to  
60 F (3.3 to 15.5 C). With water as the selection, the Freeze  
Point is fixed at 34 F (1.1 C).  
ITEM ITEM EXPANSION  
PATH  
VALUE  
FLUD Cooler Fluid Type ConfigurationSERV Brine  
Brine Freeze  
Setpoint  
Dependent on  
LOSP  
ConfigurationSERV  
fluid concentration  
27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2 pumps, Pump 1 will be started on even days (such as day 2, 4,  
or 6 of the month); Pump 2 will be started on odd days. The de-  
fault for this option is PM.PS=NO.  
The pump will continue to run for 60 seconds after an off  
command is issued.  
COOLER PUMP CONTROL CONFIGURATIONS  
No Pump Control — To configure cooler pump control op-  
tions with the Touch Pilot™ display:  
Cooler Pump Control — It is required for all chillers  
that the cooler pump control be utilized unless the chilled water  
pump runs continuously or the chilled water system contains a  
suitable concentration of antifreeze solution. When the Cooler  
Pumps Sequence is configured, the cooler pump output will be  
energized when the chiller enters an "ON" mode. The cooler  
pump output is also energized when certain alarms are generat-  
ed. The cooler pump output should be used as an override to  
the external pump control if cooler pump control is not utilized.  
The cooler pump output is energized if a P.01 Water Exchanger  
Freeze Protection alarm is generated, which provides addition-  
al freeze protection if the system is not protected with a suitable  
antifreeze solution.  
LINE  
NO.  
DISPLAY NAME  
PATH  
VALUE  
Cooler Pumps  
Sequence  
Main  
0 (No Pump  
Control)  
8
MenuConfigUSER  
The 30XW units can be configured for external cooler  
pump control. Cooler Pumps Sequence is the variable that  
must be confirmed in the field. Proper configuration of the  
cooler pump control is required to provide reliable chiller oper-  
ation. The factory default setting for Cooler Pumps Sequence is  
0 (No Pump). The configuration settings for Cooler Pumps Se-  
quence are 1 (1 pump only) for single pump control and 2 (2  
pumps auto). Configuration settings 3 (PMP 1 Manual) and 4  
(PMP 2 Manual) are for dual pump control only.  
To configure cooler pump control options with the Naviga-  
tor™ display:  
ITEM  
ITEM EXPANSION  
PATH  
VALUE  
Cooler Pumps  
Sequence  
PUMP  
ConfigurationOPTN  
No Pump  
Single Pump Control — To configure cooler pump control  
options with the Touch Pilot display:  
If the Cooler Pumps Sequence (PUMP) is set to 1, the con-  
trol will start the pump. If a flow failure is detected, the unit  
will shut down and must be manually reset. If the Cooler  
Pumps Sequence (PUMP) is set to 2, the control will start the  
lead pump and automatically alternate the operation of the  
pumps to even the wear. If a flow failure is detected, the unit  
will shut down and the lag pump will attempt to start. If flow is  
established within the Unit Off to On Delay (DELY) period the  
unit will restart automatically.  
Two manual control options are also available. When the  
Cooler Pumps Sequence (PUMP) is set to 3, Cooler Pump 1  
will always operate. If a flow failure is detected, the unit will  
shut down and must be manually reset. When the Cooler  
Pumps Sequence (PUMP) is set to 4, Cooler Pump 2 will al-  
ways operate. If a flow failure is detected, the unit will shut  
down and must be manually reset.  
For all Cooler Pumps Sequence (PUMP) settings (including  
0), closure of both the chilled water flow switch (CWFS) and  
the chilled water pump interlock contact (connected across  
TB5 terminals 1 and 2) are required. In addition, for Cooler  
Pumps Sequence settings of PUMP = 1, 2, 3, 4, normally open  
auxiliary contacts for Pump 1 and Pump 2 (wired in parallel)  
must be connected to the violet and pink wires located in the  
harness from the MBB-J5C-CH18 connector. The wires in the  
harness are marked "PMP1-13" and "PMP1-14". See the field  
wiring diagram in the 30XW Installation Instructions.  
LINE  
DISPLAY NAME  
PATH  
VALUE  
NO.  
Cooler Pumps  
Sequence  
Main  
1 (Single  
Pump Control)  
8
MenuConfigUSER  
Default = No  
No = Disabled  
Yes = Enabled  
Pump Sticking  
Protection  
Main  
15  
17  
MenuConfigUSER  
Default = Yes  
No = Disabled  
Yes = Enabled  
Flow Checked  
if C Pump Off  
Main  
MenuConfigUSER  
To configure cooler pump control options with the Naviga-  
tor display:  
ITEM  
ITEM EXPANSION  
PATH  
VALUE  
Cooler Pumps  
Sequence  
PUMP  
ConfigurationOPTN  
1 Pump Only  
Default = No  
No = Disabled  
Yes = Enabled  
Periodic Pump  
Start  
PM.PS  
P.LOC  
ConfigurationOPTN  
ConfigurationOPTN  
Default = Yes  
No = Disabled  
Yes = Enabled  
Flow Checked  
if Pmp Off  
Dual Pump and Manual Control — To configure cooler  
pump control options with the Touch Pilot™ display:  
LINE  
NO.  
DISPLAY NAME  
PATH  
VALUE  
2 (2 Pumps Automatic)  
3 (Pump 1 Manual)  
4 (Pump 2 Manual)  
Cooler Pumps  
Sequence  
Main Menu  
8
ConfigUSER  
Pump Auto  
Main Menu  
Regardless of the cooler pump control option selected, if the  
chilled water flow switch/interlock does not close within the  
Unit Off to On Delay period after the unit is enabled and in an  
ON mode, alarm P.91 will be generated. Other conditions  
which will trigger this alarm include:  
• Cooler pump interlock is open for at least 15 seconds during  
chiller operation.  
• Lag chiller in Master/Slave Control pump interlock does not  
close after 1 minute of the pump start command.  
• Cooler pump control is enabled and the chilled water flow  
switch/interlock is closed for more than 2 minutes following  
a command to shut down the pump.  
The last alarm criterion can be disabled. If Flow Checked if  
Pmp Off (Configuration OPTN P.LOC) is set to NO, the con-  
trol will ignore the pump interlock input if the cooler pump  
output is OFF.  
14 Default = 48 hours  
Rotation Delay  
ConfigUSER  
Default = No  
15 No = Disabled  
Yes = Enabled  
Pump Sticking  
Protection  
Main Menu  
ConfigUSER  
Default = Yes  
17 No = Disabled  
Yes = Enabled  
Flow Checked  
if C Pump Off  
Main Menu  
ConfigUSER  
To configure cooler pump control options with the Naviga-  
tor™ display:  
ITEM  
ITEM EXPANSION  
PATH  
VALUE  
2 Pumps Auto  
PMP1 Manual  
PMP2 Manual  
Cooler Pumps  
Sequence  
PUMP  
ConfigurationOPTN  
Pump Rotation  
Delay  
Default =  
48 hours  
ROT.P  
PM.PS  
ConfigurationOPTN  
Default = No  
No = Disabled  
Yes = Enabled  
Periodic Pump  
Start  
ConfigurationOPTN  
The ComfortLink™ controls have the ability to periodically  
start the pumps to maintain the bearing lubrication and seal in-  
tegrity. If Pump Sticking Protection (Configuration OPTN  
PM.PS) is set to YES, and if the unit is off at 2:00 PM, a pump  
will be started once each day for 2 seconds. If the unit has  
Default = Yes  
No = Disabled  
Yes = Enabled  
Flow Checked  
if Pmp Off  
P.LOC  
ConfigurationOPTN  
28  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
The control will alternate between circuits to maintain the same  
percentage of capacity on each circuit.  
Machine Start Delay — An option to delay the start of  
the machine is also available. This parameter is useful in keep-  
ing multiple machines from starting at the same time in case of  
a power failure. The parameter has a factory default of  
1 minute. This parameter also has a role in the timing for a  
chilled water flow switch alarm. The flow switch status is not  
checked until the delay time has elapsed.  
Staged Loading — If staged loading is selected, the circuit  
which starts first will gradually load its slide valve to match  
capacity requirements until the circuit is fully loaded. Once the  
circuit is fully loaded and additional capacity is required, the  
control will start an additional circuit fully unloaded. The con-  
trol will gradually unload the circuit which was fully loaded to  
match capacity requirements.  
To configure this option with the Touch Pilot display:  
LINE  
DISPLAY NAME  
PATH  
Main Menu  
ConfigUSER  
VALUE  
To configure this option with the Touch Pilot™ display:  
NO.  
Unit Off to  
On Delay  
6
Default = 1 Minute  
LINE  
NO.  
DISPLAY NAME  
PATH  
VALUE  
Default = No  
No (Equal)  
To configure this option with the Navigator display:  
Staged Loading  
Sequence  
Main  
4
MenuConfigUSER  
Yes (Staged)  
ITEM  
DELY  
ITEM EXPANSION  
PATH  
VALUE  
Default =  
1 Minute  
To configure this option with the Navigator™ display:  
Minutes Off Time  
ConfigurationOPTN  
ITEM  
ITEM EXPANSION  
PATH  
VALUE  
Circuit/Compressor Staging and Loading —  
The AquaForce® 30XW chillers employ one compressor per  
circuit. As a result, circuit and compressor staging are the  
same. The control has several control option parameters to load  
the compressors. The circuit/compressor start can be config-  
ured as well as the loading of each circuit/compressor.  
CIRCUIT/COMPRESSOR STAGING — The control can be  
configured to decide which circuit/compressor starts first, by  
configuring Lead/Lag Circuit Select (Staged Loading  
Sequence, LLCS). Three options for this variable are allowed:  
Automatic Lead-Lag, Circuit A Leads or Circuit B Leads. The  
factory default is Automatic Lead-Lag.  
The automatic lead-lag function determines which circuit/  
compressor starts. When enabled, the control will determine  
which circuit/compressor starts to even the wear of the com-  
pressor. The compressor wear factor (combination of starts and  
run hours) is used to determine which compressor starts.  
Default = Equal  
Equal  
Loading Sequence  
Select  
LOAD  
ConfigurationOPTN  
Staged  
Minimum Load Control — Minimum Load Control  
can be a factory-installed option or a field-installed accessory.  
If installed, and its operation is desired, the Minimum Load  
Control must be enabled. Once enabled, the valve will be oper-  
ational only during the first stage of cooling.  
To configure this option with the Touch Pilot display:  
LINE  
NO.  
DISPLAY NAME  
PATH  
VALUE  
Default = No  
Main  
No (No Minimum  
Load Control)  
Hot Gas  
Bypass Select  
MenuService  
14  
FACTORY  
Yes (Minimum Load  
Control Installed)  
A power cycle is required for the values to take effect.  
To configure this option with the Navigator display:  
Compressor Wear Factor = (Compressor Starts) + 0.1 (Com-  
pressor Run Hours)  
The circuit/compressor with the lowest compressor wear  
factor is the circuit that starts first.  
If starting a particular circuit/compressor first is desired, that  
can also be configured with the same variable.  
ITEM  
EXPANSION  
ITEM  
PATH  
VALUE  
No = No Minimum  
Load Control  
Yes = Minimum Load  
Control Installed  
Hot Gas  
Bypass Select  
HGBP  
ConfigurationUNIT  
A power cycle is required for the values to take effect.  
To configure this option with the Touch Pilot display:  
Dual Chiller Control — The dual chiller routine is  
available for the control of two units installed in series or paral-  
lel supplying chilled fluid on a common loop. One chiller must  
be configured as the master chiller, the other as the slave chill-  
er. An additional leaving fluid temperature thermistor (dual  
chiller LWT) must be installed in the common chilled water  
piping as described in the Installation Instructions for both the  
master and slave chillers. See the Field Wiring section in the  
30XW Installation Instructions for dual chiller LWT sensor  
control wiring.  
The control algorithm relies on several parameters that must  
be field configured for operation. Both chillers must be on the  
same Carrier Comfort Network® bus with different addresses.  
On both chillers, Master/Slave Select (Master/Slave Select,  
MSSL) must be enabled. The water piping arrangement, Chill-  
ers in Series (Chiller in Series, SERI), must be configured.  
The master chiller must be programmed with the Slave Chiller  
Address (Slave Address, SLVA). Additional optional pro-  
gramming parameters may be configured to meet application  
requirements.  
LINE  
DISPLAY NAME  
PATH  
VALUE  
NO.  
0 (Automatic Lead-lag)  
1 (Circuit A Leads)  
2 (Circuit B Leads)  
Default = 0  
Circuit Loading  
Sequence  
Main Menu  
ConfigUSER  
1
(Automatic Lead-lag)  
To configure this option with the Navigator display:  
ITEM  
ITEM EXPANSION  
PATH  
VALUE  
Range: Automatic,  
Cir A Leads,  
Lead/Lag  
Circuit Select  
Configuration  
LLCS  
Cir B Leads,  
OPTN  
Cir C Leads  
Default – Automatic  
CIRCUIT/COMPRESSOR LOADING — The control can  
be configured to stage the circuit/compressors. The Loading  
Sequence Select (Circuit Loading Sequence, LOAD) setting  
determines how the control will perform loading. The configu-  
ration can be set to Equal or Staged.  
Equal Loading — With Equal loading, the circuit which starts  
first will maintain the minimum stage of capacity with the slide  
valve fully unloaded. When additional capacity is required, the  
next circuit with the lowest compressor wear factor is started  
with its slide valve at minimum position. As additional capaci-  
ty is required, the slide valve for a circuit will be adjusted in  
approximately 5% increments to match capacity requirements.  
Lead/Lag Balance Select (Lead Lag Select, LLBL) deter-  
mines which chiller is the lead machine. The options are Al-  
ways Lead, Lag if Fail, and Runtime Select. Under Runtime  
Select control, the lead chiller will change based on the time in-  
crement selected in the Lead/Lag Balance Delta configuration  
(Lead/Lag Balance Data, LLBD). If the run hour difference  
29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
between the master and the slave remains less than the Lead/  
Lag Balance Delta, the chiller designated as the lead will  
remain the lead chiller. The Lead/Lag changeover between the  
master and the slave chiller due to hour balance will occur dur-  
ing chiller operating odd days, such as day 1, day 3, and day 5  
of the month, at 12:00 a.m. If a lead chiller is not designated,  
the master chiller will always be designated the lead chiller.  
The dual chiller control algorithm has the ability to delay  
the start of the lag chiller in two ways. The Lead Pulldown  
Time parameter (Lead Pulldown Type, LPUL) is a one-time  
time delay initiated after starting the lead chiller, before  
checking whether to start an additional chiller. This time delay  
gives the lead chiller a chance to remove the heat that the  
chilled water loop picked up while being inactive during an un-  
occupied period. The second time delay, Lead/Lag Delay (Lag  
Start Timer, LLDY) is a time delay imposed between the last  
stage of the lead chiller and the start of the lag chiller. This pre-  
vents enabling the lag chiller until the lead/lag delay timer has  
expired.  
Minimum Running Time, LAG.M). This parameter causes  
the control to run the lag chiller for the programmed minimum  
on time. The Lag Unit Pump Select (Lag Unit Pump Control,  
LAGP) can be configured such that the pump can be on or off  
while the chiller is off. This parameter is only active in Parallel  
Chiller Operation.  
For units with a Touch Pilot display, two additional steps  
must be completed to start the machine. On the master chiller,  
the Master Control Type must be configured for the start con-  
trol defined in the Machine Control configuration. To start the  
machines, the master chiller must be started with the Start/Stop  
button and Master Mode selected. The slave chiller must be  
started with the CCN Mode selected.  
Each application, Parallel and Series, are described sepa-  
rately below.  
DUAL CHILLER CONTROL FOR PARALLEL APPLI-  
CATIONS — To configure the master chiller for parallel  
applications using the Touch Pilot display, see Table 24. To  
configure the master chiller for parallel applications using the  
Navigator display, see Table 25. A power cycle is required for  
the values to take effect.  
To configure the slave chiller for parallel applications using  
the Touch Pilot display, see Table 26. To configure the slave  
chiller for parallel applications using the Navigator display, see  
Table 27.  
A quicker start of the lag chiller can be accomplished by  
configuring the Start if Error Higher parameter (Start if Error  
Higher, LL.ER). If the difference between the common leav-  
ing water temperature and the set point is greater than the con-  
figured value, then the lag chiller will start.  
A minimum on time for the lag chiller can be programmed  
with the Lag Minimum Running Time configuration (Lag  
30  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 24 — Dual Master Chiller Control Parameters for Parallel Applications with Touch Pilot™ Display  
DISPLAY NAME  
Master/Slave Select  
PATH  
LINE NO.  
VALUE  
1 (Master)  
Default: 0 (Disable)  
Main MenuConfigMST_SLV  
3
1=Local Control  
2=Remote Control  
3=CCN Control  
Default: 1  
Master Control Type  
Main MenuConfigMST_SLV  
7
Configure for proper control type.  
Must be set to the Slave Chiller’s address.  
The master and slave chiller must have  
different addresses and be on the same  
Bus Number  
Slave Address  
Main MenuConfigMST_SLV  
Main MenuConfigMST_SLV  
11  
12  
Default: 2  
0 (Master Always Leads)  
1 (Lag Once Failed Only)  
Lead Lag Select  
2 (Lead/Lag Runtime Select)  
Default: 0 (Master Always Leads)  
Range: 40 to 400 hours  
Default: 168 hours  
Range: 2 to 30 minutes  
Default: 10 minutes  
Range: 0 to 60 minutes  
Default: 0 minutes  
Range: 3.0 to 18 F (1.7 to 10.0 C)  
Default: 4.0 F (2.2 C)  
Lead/Lag Balance Delta  
Lag Start Timer  
Main MenuConfigMST_SLV  
Main MenuConfigMST_SLV  
Main MenuConfigMST_SLV  
Main MenuConfigMST_SLV  
Main MenuConfigMST_SLV  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
Lead Pulldown Time  
Start If Error Higher  
Lag Minimum Running Time  
Range: 0 to 150 minutes  
Default: 0 minutes  
0 (Stop If Unit Stops)  
Lag Unit Pump Control  
Chiller In Series  
Main MenuConfigMST_SLV  
Main MenuConfigMST_SLV  
21  
22  
1 (Run If Unit Stops)  
Default: 0 (Stop If Unit Stops)  
Default: No  
Value: No  
31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 25 — Dual Master Chiller Control Parameters for Parallel Applications with Navigator™ Display  
ITEM  
MSSL  
ITEM EXPANSION  
Master/Slave Select  
PATH  
VALUE  
Master  
Default: Disable  
ConfigurationRSET  
Must be set to the Slave Chiller’s address.  
The master and slave chiller must have  
different addresses and be on the same  
Bus Number  
SLVA  
Slave Address  
ConfigurationRSET  
Default: 2  
Range: Always Lead, Lag if Fail, Runtime Sel  
Default: Always Lead  
Range: 40 to 400 hours  
Default: 168 hours  
Range: 2 to 30 minutes  
Default: 10 minutes  
Range: 3.0 to 18 F (1.7 to 10.0 C)  
Default: 4.0 F (2.2 C)  
Range: Off If U Stp, On If U Stop  
Default: Off If U Stp  
Range: 0 to 60 minutes  
Default: 0 minutes  
LLBL  
LLBD  
LLDY  
LL.ER  
LAG.M  
LPUL  
Master Lead Lag Select  
Lead/Lag Balance Delta  
Lag Start Delay  
ConfigurationRSET  
ConfigurationRSET  
ConfigurationRSET  
ConfigurationRSET  
ConfigurationRSET  
ConfigurationRSET  
Start If Error Higher  
Lag Unit Pump Select  
Lead Pulldown Time  
No  
Default: No  
SERI  
Chillers in Series  
ConfigurationRSET  
OPER  
Operating Control Type  
Operating ModesSLCT  
Set to desired control  
Table 26 — Dual Slave Chiller Control Parameters for Parallel Applications with Touch Pilot™ Display  
DISPLAY NAME  
Master/Slave Select  
PATH  
LINE NO.  
VALUE  
2 (Slave)  
Default: 0 (Disable)  
Main MenuConfigMST_SLV  
3
1 (Local Control)  
2 (Remote Control)  
3 (CCN Control)  
Default: 1  
Master Control Type  
Main MenuConfigMST_SLV  
7
Configure for proper control type.  
Must be set to the Slave Chiller’s address.  
The master and slave chiller must have  
different addresses and be on the same  
Bus Number  
Slave Address  
Main MenuConfigMST_SLV  
Main MenuConfigMST_SLV  
11  
12  
Default: 2  
0 (Master Always Leads)  
1 (Lag Once Failed Only)  
Lead Lag Select  
2 (Lead/Lag Runtime Select)  
Default: 0 (Master Always Leads)  
Range: 40 to 400 hours  
Default: 168 hours  
Range: 2 to 30 minutes  
Default: 10 minutes  
Range: 0 to 60 minutes  
Default: 0 minutes  
Range: 3.0 to 18 F (1.7 to 10.0 C)  
Default: 4.0 F (2.2 C)  
Lead/Lag Balance Delta  
Lag Start Timer  
Main MenuConfigMST_SLV  
Main MenuConfigMST_SLV  
Main MenuConfigMST_SLV  
Main MenuConfigMST_SLV  
Main MenuConfigMST_SLV  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
Lead Pulldown Time  
Start If Error Higher  
Lag Minimum Running Time  
Range: 0 to 150 minutes  
Default: 0 minutes  
0 (Stop If Unit Stops)  
Lag Unit Pump Control  
Chiller In Series  
Main MenuConfigMST_SLV  
Main MenuConfigMST_SLV  
21  
22  
1 (Run If Unit Stops)  
Default: 0 (Stop If Unit Stops)  
No  
Default: No  
32  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DUAL CHILLER PUMP CONTROL FOR PARALLEL  
CHILLER APPLICATIONS — It is recommended that a  
dedicated pump be used for each unit. The chiller must start  
and stop its own water pump located on its own piping. If  
pumps are not dedicated for each chiller, chiller isolation  
valves are required and each chiller must open and close its  
own isolation valve.  
configure the master chiller for series applications using the  
Navigator™ display, see Table 29. A power cycle is required  
for the values to take effect.  
To configure the slave chiller for series applications using  
the Touch Pilot™ display, see Table 30. To configure the slave  
chiller for series applications using the Navigator™ display,  
see Table 31.  
DUAL CHILLER CONTROL FOR SERIES APPLICA-  
TIONS — To configure the master chiller for series applica-  
tions using the Touch Pilot™ display, see Table 28. To  
Table 27 — Dual Slave Chiller Control Parameters for Parallel Applications with Navigator™ Display  
ITEM  
MSSL  
ITEM EXPANSION  
Master/Slave Select  
PATH  
VALUE  
Slave  
Default: Disable  
ConfigurationRSET  
Must be set to the Slave Chiller’s address.  
The master and slave chiller must have  
different addresses and be on the same  
Bus Number  
SLVA  
Slave Address  
ConfigurationRSET  
Default: 2  
Range: Always Lead, Lag if Fail, Runtime Sel  
Default: Always Lead  
Range: 40 to 400 hours  
Default: 168 hours  
Range: 2 to 30 minutes  
Default: 10 minutes  
Range: 3.0 to 18 F (1.7 to 10.0 C)  
Default: 4.0 F (2.2 C)  
Range: Off If U Stp, On If U Stop  
Default: Off If U Stp  
Range: 0 to 60 minutes  
Default: 0 minutes  
LLBL  
LLBD  
LLDY  
LL.ER  
LAG.M  
LPUL  
Master Lead Lag Select  
Lead/Lag Balance Delta  
Lag Start Delay  
ConfigurationRSET  
ConfigurationRSET  
ConfigurationRSET  
ConfigurationRSET  
ConfigurationRSET  
ConfigurationRSET  
Start If Error Higher  
Lag Unit Pump Select  
Lead Pulldown Time  
No,  
Default: No  
SERI  
Chillers in Series  
ConfigurationRSET  
OPER  
Operating Control Type  
Operating ModesSLCT  
CCN Control  
Table 28 — Dual Master Chiller Control Parameters for Series Applications with Touch Pilot Display  
DISPLAY NAME  
Master/Slave Select  
PATH  
LINE NO.  
VALUE  
1 (Master)  
Default: 0 (Disable)  
Main MenuConfigMST_SLV  
3
1 (Local Control)  
2 (Remote Control)  
3 (CCN Control)  
Master Control Type  
Main MenuConfigMST_SLV  
7
Default: 1 (Local Control)  
Value: Configure for proper control type.  
Must be set to the Slave Chiller’s address.  
The master and slave chiller must have  
different addresses and be on the same  
Bus Number  
Slave Address  
Main MenuConfigMST_SLV  
Main MenuConfigMST_SLV  
11  
12  
Default: 2  
0 (Master Always Leads)  
1 (Lag Once Failed Only)  
Lead Lag Select  
2 (Lead/Lag Runtime Select)  
Default: 0 (Master Always Leads)  
Range: 40 to 400 hours  
Default: 168 hours  
Range: 2 to 30 minutes  
Default: 10 minutes  
Range: 0 to 60 minutes  
Default: 0 minutes  
Range: 3.0 to 18 F (1.7 to 10.0 C)  
Default: 4.0F (2.2 C)  
Lead/Lag Balance Delta  
Lag Start Timer  
Main MenuConfigMST_SLV  
Main MenuConfigMST_SLV  
Main MenuConfigMST_SLV  
Main MenuConfigMST_SLV  
Main MenuConfigMST_SLV  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
Lead Pulldown Time  
Start If Error Higher  
Lag Minimum Running Time  
Range: 0 to 150 minutes  
Default: 0 minutes  
0 (Stop If Unit Stops)  
Lag Unit Pump Control  
Chiller In Series  
Main MenuConfigMST_SLV  
Main MenuConfigMST_SLV  
21  
22  
1 (Run If Unit Stops)  
Default: 0 (Stop If Unit Stops)  
Yes  
Default: No  
33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 29 — Dual Master Chiller Control Parameters for Series Applications with Navigator™ Display  
ITEM  
MSSL  
ITEM EXPANSION  
Master/Slave Select  
PATH  
VALUE  
Master  
Default: Disable  
ConfigurationRSET  
Must be set to the Slave Chiller’s address.  
The master and slave chiller must have  
different addresses and be on the same  
Bus Number  
SLVA  
Slave Address  
ConfigurationRSET  
Default: 2  
Range: Always Lead, Lag if Fail, Runtime Sel  
Default: Always Lead  
Range: 40 to 400 hours  
Default: 168 hours  
Range: 2 to 30 minutes  
Default: 10 minutes  
Range: 3.0 to 18 F (1.7 to 10.0 C)  
Default: 4.0 F (2.2 C)  
Range: Off If U Stp, On If U Stop  
Default: Off If U Stp  
Range: 0 to 60 minutes  
Default: 0 minutes  
LLBL  
LLBD  
LLDY  
LL.ER  
LAG.M  
LPUL  
Master Lead Lag Select  
Lead/Lag Balance Delta  
Lag Start Delay  
ConfigurationRSET  
ConfigurationRSET  
ConfigurationRSET  
ConfigurationRSET  
ConfigurationRSET  
ConfigurationRSET  
Start If Error Higher  
Lag Unit Pump Select  
Lead Pulldown Time  
YES  
Default: NO  
SERI  
Chillers in Series  
ConfigurationRSET  
OPER  
Operating Control Type  
Operating ModesSLCT  
Set to desired value  
Table 30 — Dual Slave Chiller Control Parameters for Series Applications with Touch Pilot™ Display  
DISPLAY NAME  
Master/Slave Select  
PATH  
LINE NO.  
VALUE  
2 (Slave)  
Default: 0 (Disable)  
Main MenuConfigMST_SLV  
3
1 (Local Control)  
2 (Remote Control)  
3 (CCN Control)  
Master Control Type  
Main MenuConfigMST_SLV  
7
Default: 1 (Local Control)  
Value: Configure for proper control type.  
Must be set to the Slave Chiller’s address.  
The master and slave chiller must have  
different addresses and be on the same  
Bus Number  
Slave Address  
Main MenuConfigMST_SLV  
Main MenuConfigMST_SLV  
11  
12  
Default: 2  
0 (Master Always Leads)  
1 (Lag Once Failed Only)  
Lead Lag Select  
2 (Lead/Lag Runtime Select)  
Default: 0 (Master Always Leads)  
Range: 40 to 400 hours  
Default: 168 hours  
Range: 2 to 30 minutes  
Default: 10 minutes  
Range: 0 to 60 minutes  
Default: 0 minutes  
Range: 3.0 to 18 F (1.7 to 10.0 C)  
Default: 4.0 F (2.2 C)  
Lead/Lag Balance Delta  
Lag Start Timer  
Main MenuConfigMST_SLV  
Main MenuConfigMST_SLV  
Main MenuConfigMST_SLV  
Main MenuConfigMST_SLV  
Main MenuConfigMST_SLV  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
Lead Pulldown Time  
Start If Error Higher  
Lag Minimum Running Time  
Range: 0 to 150 minutes  
Default: 0 minutes  
0 (Stop If Unit Stops)  
Lag Unit Pump Control  
Chiller In Series  
Main MenuConfigMST_SLV  
Main MenuConfigMST_SLV  
21  
22  
1 (Run If Unit Stops)  
Default: 0 (Stop If Unit Stops)  
Yes  
Default: No  
34  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 31 — Dual Slave Chiller Control Parameters for Series Applications with Navigator Display  
ITEM  
MSSL  
ITEM EXPANSION  
Master/Slave Select  
PATH  
VALUE  
Slave  
Default: Disable  
ConfigurationRSET  
Must be set to the Slave Chiller’s address.  
The master and slave chiller must have  
different addresses and be on the same  
Bus Number  
SLVA  
LLBL  
Slave Address  
ConfigurationRSET  
ConfigurationRSET  
Default: 2  
Range: Always Lead, Lag if Fail,  
Runtime Sel  
Default: Always Lead  
Master Lead Lag Select  
Range: 40 to 400 hours  
Default: 168 hours  
Range: 2 to 30 minutes  
Default: 10 minutes  
Range: 3.0 to 18 F (1.7 to 10.0 C)  
Default: 4.0 F (2.2 C)  
Range: Off If U Stp, On If U Stop  
Default: Off If U Stp  
LLBD  
LLDY  
LL.ER  
LAG.M  
LPUL  
Lead/Lag Balance Delta  
Lag Start Delay  
ConfigurationRSET  
ConfigurationRSET  
ConfigurationRSET  
ConfigurationRSET  
ConfigurationRSET  
Start If Error Higher  
Lag Unit Pump Select  
Lead Pulldown Time  
Range: 0 to 60 minutes  
Default: 0 minutes  
YES  
Default: NO  
SERI  
Chillers in Series  
ConfigurationRSET  
OPER  
Operating Control Type  
Operating ModesSLCT  
CCN Control  
DUAL CHILLER PUMP CONTROL FOR SERIES  
CHILLER APPLICATIONS — Pump control for series chill-  
er applications is controlled by the master chiller only. The  
control of the slave chiller is directed through commands emit-  
ted by the master chiller. The slave chiller has no action in  
master/slave operations. The slave chiller only verifies that  
CCN communication with the master chiller is present. See the  
Dual Chiller Sequence of Operation section on page 54.  
Under normal operation, the chiller will maintain a constant  
entering or leaving fluid temperature, based on the configura-  
tion, approximately equal to the chilled fluid set point. As the  
cooler load varies, the cooler fluid temperature difference will  
change in proportion to the load. For example, if the chiller was  
selected for a Entering to Leaving Water Temperature  
difference of 10 F (5.5 C) at full load, at 50% load the tempera-  
ture difference would be 5 F (2.2 C). See Fig. 19. Because the  
change in temperature through the cooler is a measure of the  
building load, the temperature difference reset is the average  
building load. Usually the chiller size and fluid temperature set  
point are selected based on a full-load condition. At part load,  
the fluid temperature set point may be lower than required. If  
the fluid temperature were allowed to increase at part load, the  
efficiency of the machine would increase. The chiller can also  
be set for return water temperature control. See Fig. 20.  
Other indirect means of estimating building load and con-  
trolling temperature reset are also available and are discussed  
below.  
To verify that reset is functioning correctly, subtract the Set-  
point Select (Current Setpoint, SETP) from the Control Point  
(Control Point, CTPT) to determine the degrees reset.  
RETURN WATER RESET — The control system is capable  
of performing fluid temperature reset based on cooler fluid  
temperature difference. Because the change in temperature  
through the cooler is a measure of the building load, the tem-  
perature difference reset is, in effect, an average building load  
reset method.  
Ramp Loading — Ramp Loading limits the rate of  
change of the leaving fluid temperature. If the unit is in a Cool-  
ing mode and configured for Ramp Loading Select (Ramp  
Loading Select, RL.S), the control makes two comparisons  
before deciding to increase capacity. First, the control calcu-  
lates the temperature difference between the control point and  
leaving fluid temperature. If the difference is greater than 4° F  
(2.2° C) and the rate of change (°F or °C per minute) is more  
than the configured Cool Ramp Loading rate (Cooling Ramp  
Loading, CRMP), then the control does not allow any increase  
of capacity.  
To configure this option with the Touch Pilot display:  
DISPLAY NAME  
PATH  
LINE NO.  
VALUE  
Ramp Loading  
Select  
Main Menu  
ConfigUSER  
5
Yes  
Range: 0.2 to 2.0 °F  
(0.1 to 1.1 °C)  
Default: 1.0 °F (0.5 °C)  
Cooling Ramp  
Loading  
Main Menu  
Setpoint  
14  
To configure this option with the Navigator display:  
Return Water Temperature Reset allows for the chilled  
water temperature set point to be reset upward as a function of  
the fluid temperature difference (building load).  
ITEM  
ITEM  
RL.S  
PATH  
VALUE  
EXPANSION  
Ramp Load  
Select  
ConfigurationOPTN  
Yes  
NOTE: Return Water Temperature Reset should not be used  
with variable cooler flow rate systems.  
Range: 0.2 to 2.0 °F  
(0.1 to 1.1 °C)  
Default: 1.0 °F (0.5 °C)  
Cool Ramp  
Loading  
CRMP  
SetpointsCOOL  
To use Return Water Temperature Reset, four variables  
must be configured. Cooling Reset Type (Cooling Reset  
Select, CRST) must be enabled. The variable Delta T No Reset  
Temp (Delta T No Reset Value, CRT1) should be set to the  
cooler temperature difference (T) where no chilled water tem-  
perature reset should occur. The variable Delta T Full Reset  
Temp (Delta T Full Reset Value, CRT2) should be set to the  
cooler temperature difference where the maximum chilled  
water temperature reset should occur. The variable Degrees  
Cool Reset (Cooling Reset Deg. Value, DGRC) should be set  
to the maximum amount of reset desired.  
Temperature Reset — Temperature reset is a value  
added to the basic leaving fluid temperature set point and the  
resulting sum of these values is the new control point. When a  
non-zero temperature reset is applied, the chiller controls to the  
new control point, not the set point. The type of temperature re-  
set is configured with the Cooling Reset Type (Cooling Reset  
Select, CRST) variable. Types of temperature reset are avail-  
able: Return Water Reset, Space Temperature Reset, and 4-20  
mA Temperature Reset.  
35  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
To configure this option with the Touch Pilot™ display:  
In the space temperature reset example in Fig. 22, 0° F  
(0° C) chilled water set point reset at 72 F (22.2 C) space  
temperature and 6° F (3.3° C) reset at 68 F (20.0 C) space  
temperature.  
4-20 mA TEMPERATURE RESET — The control system is  
also capable of temperature reset based on an externally pow-  
ered 4 to 20 mA signal. The Energy Management Module  
(EMM) is required for temperature reset using a 4 to 20 mA  
signal.  
To use 4-20 mA Temperature Reset, four variables must be  
configured. Cooling Reset Type (Cooling Reset Select, CRST)  
must be enabled. The milliamp signal at which no temperature  
reset is required, Current No Reset Value (Current No Reset  
Value, CRV1), must be set. The milliamp signal at which full  
temperature reset is required, Current Full Reset Value (Cur-  
rent Full Reset Value, CRV2), must be set. Finally, the  
amount of temperature reset desired, Degrees Cool Reset  
(Cooling Reset Deg. Value, DRGC), must be set.  
DISPLAY NAME  
PATH  
LINE NO.  
VALUE  
Default =0  
(No Reset)  
2 (Delta T)  
Cooling Reset  
Select  
Main  
19  
MenuConfigUSER  
Delta T No  
Main  
Default =  
0 F (0 C)  
7
8
Reset Temp  
MenuSetpointSETPOINT  
Delta T Full  
Reset Temp  
Cooling Reset  
Deg. Value  
Main  
Default =  
0 F (0 C)  
MenuSetpointSETPOINT  
Main  
Default =  
0 F (0 C)  
13  
MenuSetpointSETPOINT  
To configure this option with the Navigator™ display:  
ITEM  
ITEM EXPANSION  
PATH  
VALUE  
Default =  
Cooling Reset  
Type  
CRST  
ConfigurationRSET  
No Reset  
Delta T Temp  
Delta T No  
Default =  
0 F (0 C)  
CRT1  
CRT2  
DGRC  
SetpointsCOOL  
SetpointsCOOL  
SetpointsCOOL  
Reset Temp  
Delta T Full  
Reset Temp  
Default =  
0 F (0 C)  
Degrees Cool  
Reset  
Default =  
0 F (0 C)  
CAUTION  
Care should be taken when interfacing with other control  
systems due to possible power supply differences such as a  
full wave bridge versus a half wave rectification. Connec-  
tion of control devices with different power supplies may  
result in permanent damage. The ComfortLink™ controls  
incorporate power supplies with half wave rectification. A  
signal isolation device should be utilized if the signal gen-  
erator incorporates a full wave bridge rectifier.  
In the example in Fig. 21 using Return Water Temperature  
Reset, the chilled water temperature will be reset by 5° F  
(2.8° C) when the Fluid Temperature Difference is 2° F  
(1.1° C) and 0° F (0° C) reset when the Temperature Difference  
is 10° F.  
SPACE TEMPERATURE RESET — The control system is  
also capable of temperature reset based on space temperature  
(SPT). An accessory sensor must be used for SPT reset  
(33ZCT55SPT). The Energy Management Module (EMM) is  
also required for temperature reset using space temperature.  
To configure this option with the Touch Pilot™ display:  
To use Space Temperature Reset, four variables must be  
configured. Cooling Reset Type (Cooling Reset Select, CRST)  
must be enabled. The space temperature at which no tempera-  
ture reset is required, Space T No Reset Temp (Space T No  
Reset Value, CRS1) must be set. The space temperature at  
which full temperature reset is required, Space T Full Reset  
Temp (Space T Full Reset Value, CRS2) must be set. Finally,  
the amount of temperature reset desired, Degrees Cool Reset  
(Cooling Reset Deg. Value, DRGC), must be set.  
DISPLAY NAME  
PATH  
LINE NO.  
VALUE  
Default =0  
(No Reset)  
3 (4-20mA  
Control)  
Cooling Reset  
Select  
Main Menu  
ConfigUSER  
19  
Current No  
Reset Value  
Current Full  
Reset Value  
Cooling Reset  
Deg. Value  
Main Menu  
9
10  
13  
Default = 0.0  
Default = 0.0  
SetpointSETPOINT  
Main Menu  
SetpointSETPOINT  
Main Menu  
Default =  
0.0 F (0.0 C)  
SetpointSETPOINT  
To configure this option with the Touch Pilot display:  
To configure this option with the Navigator™ display:  
LINE  
DISPLAY NAME  
PATH  
VALUE  
NO.  
ITEM  
ITEM EXPANSION  
PATH  
VALUE  
Default =0  
Cooling Reset  
Select  
Main Menu  
Default =  
19  
(No Reset)  
Cooling Reset  
Type  
ConfigUSER  
CRST  
ConfigurationRSET  
No Reset  
4 (Space Temp)  
4-20mA Input  
Space T No  
Reset Value  
Space T Full  
Reset Value  
Cooling Reset  
Deg. Value  
Main Menu  
Default =  
14 F (–10 C)  
11  
12  
13  
Current No  
Reset Temp  
SetpointSETPOINT  
CRV1  
CRV2  
DGRC  
SetpointsCOOL  
SetpointsCOOL  
SetpointsCOOL  
Default = 0.0  
Default = 0.0  
Default = 0.0  
Main Menu  
Default =  
14 F (–10 C)  
Current Full  
Reset Temp  
SetpointSETPOINT  
Main Menu  
Default =  
0 F (0 C)  
Degrees Cool  
Reset  
SetpointSETPOINT  
To configure this option with the Navigator display:  
In the example in Fig. 23, at 4 mA no reset takes place and  
at 20 mA, 5° F (2.8° C) chilled water set point reset is required.  
ITEM  
ITEM EXPANSION  
PATH  
VALUE  
Default =  
CRST Cooling Reset Type  
ConfigurationRSET  
No Reset  
Space Temp  
Space T No Reset  
Default =  
CRS1  
SetpointsCOOL  
SetpointsCOOL  
SetpointsCOOL  
Temp  
14 F (–10 C)  
Space T Full Reset  
Temp  
Default =  
14 F (–10 C)  
CRS2  
Default =  
0 F (0 C)  
DGRC Degrees Cool Reset  
36  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
56  
54  
52  
50  
48  
46  
44  
42  
40  
EWT  
Design  
Rise  
(typical)  
LWT  
a30-4066  
0
10  
20  
30  
40  
50  
% Load  
60  
70  
80  
90  
100  
Fig. 19 — Leaving Chilled Water Temperature Control  
56  
54  
52  
50  
48  
46  
44  
42  
40  
EWT  
Design  
Rise  
(typical)  
LWT  
a30-4478  
100  
0
10  
20  
30  
40  
50  
60  
70  
80  
90  
% Load  
Fig. 20 — Return Water Temperature Control Load Profile  
37  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Cooling  
Reset  
Deg. Value,  
DGRC  
Delta T No Reset Temp,  
CRT1  
Delta T Full Reset Temp,  
CRT2  
6
8
0
2
4
10  
a30-4479  
Entering-Leaving Water Temperature (deg F)  
Fig. 21 — Return Water Reset  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Cooling Reset  
Deg. Value,  
DGRC  
Space T No Reset Value,  
CRS1  
Space T Full Reset Value,  
CRS2  
60  
65  
70  
75  
80  
a30-4481  
Space Temperature (deg F)  
Fig. 22 — Space Temperature Reset  
38  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Cooling Reset  
Deg. Value,  
DGRC  
Current No Reset Value,  
CRV1  
Current Full Reset Value,  
CRV2  
0
2
4
6
8
10  
12  
14  
16  
18  
20  
a30-4482  
mA Signal  
Fig. 23 — 4 to 20 mA Temperature Reset  
Demand Limit — Demand limit is a feature that allows  
the unit capacity to be limited during periods of peak energy  
usage. This allows the owner to keep energy costs down. There  
are three types of demand limiting that can be configured. The  
first type is through 2-step switch control, which will reduce  
the maximum capacity to 2 user configurable percentages. The  
second type is by 4 to 20 mA signal input which will reduce the  
maximum capacity linearly between 100% at a 4 mA input  
signal (no reduction) down to the user-configurable level at a  
20 mA input signal. The third type uses the CCN Loadshed  
module and has the ability to limit the current operating capaci-  
ty to maximum and further reduce the capacity if required. De-  
mand limit control can be based on a calculated capacity level  
or by compressor current level.  
To use demand limit, select the type of demand limiting to  
use by configuring the Demand Limit Select variable (De-  
mand Limit Type Select, DMDC) to Switch. Configure the  
Demand Limit set points based on the type selected.  
Switch Controlled (Capacity Based) — If using 2-step de-  
mand limit control, an energy management module must be in-  
stalled. One-step demand limit control does not require the en-  
ergy management module. To configure Demand Limit for  
switch control, three parameters for 1-step switch control must  
be configured. For 2-step control, four parameters must be  
configured. The parameters are: the type of Demand Limit  
Selection (Demand Limit Type Select, DMDC), the setting  
for Switch Limit Set Point 1 (Switch Limit Setpoint 1, DLS1),  
The setting for Switch Limit Set Point 2 (Switch Limit Set-  
point 2, DLS2), and Current Limit Select (Current Limit Se-  
lect, CUR.S). Current Limit Select must be set to NO.  
NOTE: If using the compressor current level for demand limit,  
take into account the other power draws such as the condenser-  
fan motors when determining the limit value desired.  
To configure this option with the Touch Pilot™ display:  
SWITCH CONTROLLED DEMAND LIMIT — The con-  
trol system is capable of demand limit based on a field-sup-  
plied switch for 1-step demand limit or 2 switches for 2-step  
demand limit. One-step demand limit is standard. The 2-step  
switch control of demand limiting requires the Energy Man-  
agement Module (EMM). Demand limit steps are controlled  
by two relay switch inputs field wired to TB5-5 and TB5-14  
for Switch 1 and TB6-14 and TB6-15 for Switch 2.  
For demand limit by switch control, closing the first de-  
mand limit contact will put the unit on the first demand limit  
level, either by capacity or compressor current. The unit will  
not exceed the percentage of capacity or compressor current  
entered as Demand Limit Switch 1 set point. Closing contacts  
on the second demand limit switch prevents the unit from ex-  
ceeding the demand limit entered as Demand Limit Switch 2  
set point. The demand limit percent capacity or compressor  
current that is set to the lowest demand takes priority if both de-  
mand limit inputs are closed. If the demand limit percentage  
does not match unit operation, the unit will limit capacity or  
current to the closest step without exceeding the value.  
DISPLAY NAME  
PATH  
LINE NO.  
VALUE  
Demand Limit  
Type Select  
1 (Switch Control)  
Default = 0 (None)  
ConfigUSER  
24  
Switch Limit  
Setpoint 1  
SetpointsSETPOINT  
SetpointsSETPOINT  
ConfigUSER  
33  
34  
30  
Default = 100%  
(Not required  
for 1-Step)  
Default = 100%  
Switch Limit  
Setpoint 2  
Current Limit  
Select  
No  
Default = No  
To configure this option with the Navigator™ display:  
ITEM  
ITEM EXPANSION  
Demand Limit  
Select  
PATH  
VALUE  
SWITCH  
Default = NONE  
DMDC  
ConfigurationRSET  
Switch Limit  
Setpoint 1  
DLS1  
DLS2  
CUR.S  
SetpointsMISC  
SetpointsMISC  
ConfigurationOPTN  
Default = 100%  
(Not required  
for 1-Step)  
Default = 100%  
Switch Limit  
Setpoint 2  
Current Limit  
Select  
NO  
Default: NO  
39  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
In the following example, 2-step demand limit based on  
capacity is desired with the first switch closure limiting the  
capacity to 60%. The second switch closure is to limit the  
capacity to 40%. Demand Limit Switch 1 is 60% and Demand  
Limit Switch 2 is 40%.  
CAUTION  
Care should be taken when interfacing with other control  
systems due to possible power supply differences such as a  
full wave bridge versus a half wave rectification. Connec-  
tion of control devices with different power supplies may  
result in permanent damage. ComfortLink™ controls  
incorporate power supplies with half wave rectification. A  
signal isolation device should be utilized if the signal gen-  
erator incorporates a full wave bridge rectifier.  
TOUCH PILOT DISPLAY  
Display Name  
Demand Limit Type Select  
Switch Limit Setpoint 1  
Switch Limit Setpoint 2  
Current Limit Select  
NAVIGATOR DISPLAY  
Value  
1
Item  
DMDC  
DSL1  
Value  
SWITCH  
60%  
60%  
40%  
No  
DSL2  
40%  
CUR.S  
NO  
To configure this option with the Touch Pilot™ display:  
Switch Controlled (Current Based) — If using 2-step de-  
mand limit control, an energy management module must be  
installed. One-step demand limit control does not require the  
energy management module. Four parameters for 1-step switch  
control must be configured. For 2-step control, five parameters  
must be configured. The parameters are: the type of Demand  
Limit Selection (Demand Limit Type Select, DMDC), the  
setting for Switch Limit Set Point 1 (Switch Limit Setpoint 1,  
DLS1), the setting for Switch Limit Set Point 2 (Switch Limit  
Setpoint 2, DLS2), the Current Limit Select (Current Limit  
Select, CUR.S), and the Compressor Current limit at 100%  
signal, (Current Limit at 100%, CUR.F).  
DISPLAY NAME  
PATH  
LINE NO.  
VALUE  
Demand Limit  
Type Select  
2 (4-20mA Control)  
Default = 0 (None)  
ConfigUSER  
24  
mA For 100%  
Demand Limit  
mA For 0%  
Demand Limit  
Current Limit  
Select  
ConfigUSER  
ConfigUSER  
ConfigUSER  
28  
29  
30  
Default = 0.0 mA  
Default = 10.0 mA  
No  
Default = No  
To configure this option with the Navigator display:  
ITEM  
ITEM EXPANSION  
PATH  
VALUE  
To configure this option with the Touch Pilot display:  
Demand Limit  
Select  
4-20MA INPUT  
Default = NONE  
DMDC  
ConfigurationRSET  
LINE  
mA for 100%  
Demand Lim  
Default =  
0.0 mA  
DISPLAY NAME  
PATH  
VALUE  
DMMX  
DMZE  
CUR.S  
ConfigurationRSET  
ConfigurationRSET  
ConfigurationOPTN  
NO.  
1 (Switch Control)  
mA for 0%  
Demand Limit  
Default =  
10.0 mA  
Demand Limit  
Type Select  
ConfigUSER  
24 Default = 0  
(None)  
Current Limit  
Select  
NO  
Default: NO  
Switch Limit  
Setpoint 1  
SetpointsSETPOINT  
SetpointsSETPOINT  
33 Default = 100%  
(Not required  
34 for 1-Step)  
Default = 100%  
In the following example, a 4 mA signal is Demand Limit  
100% and a 20 mA Demand Limit signal is 0%. The 4 to  
20 mA signal is connected to TB6-1 and TB6-2. The demand  
limit is a linear interpolation between the two values entered. In  
Fig. 24, if the machine receives a 12 mA signal, the machine  
controls will limit the capacity to 50%.  
Switch Limit  
Setpoint 2  
Current Limit  
Select  
Current Limit  
at 100%  
Yes  
30  
ConfigUSER  
ConfigUSER  
Default = No  
Default =  
31  
2000.0 Amps  
EXTERNALLY POWERED (4 to 20 mA) CURRENT  
BASED DEMAND LIMIT — The energy management  
module is required for 4 to 20 mA demand limit control. An  
externally powered 4 to 20 mA signal must be connected to  
TB6-1 and TB6-2. To configure demand limit for 4 to 20 mA  
control based on compressor current, five parameters must be  
configured. The parameters are: the type of Demand Limit  
Selection (Demand Limit Type Select, DMDC), the current at  
which 100% capacity limit takes place (mA For 100%  
Demand Limit, DMMX), the current at which 0% capacity  
limit takes place (mA For 0% Demand Limit, DMZE), the  
Current Limit Selection (Current Limit Select, CUR.S), and  
the Compressor Current limit at 100% signal (Current Limit  
at 100%, CUR.F).  
To configure this option with the Navigator™ display:  
ITEM  
ITEM EXPANSION  
PATH  
VALUE  
SWITCH  
Default =  
NONE  
Demand Limit  
Select  
DMDC  
ConfigurationRSET  
Switch Limit  
Setpoint 1  
Default =  
100%  
DSL1  
DSL2  
SetpointsMISC  
SetpointsMISC  
(Not required  
for 1-Step)  
Default =  
100%  
Switch Limit  
Setpoint 2  
Current Limit  
Select  
NO  
CUR.S  
CUR.F  
ConfigurationOPTN  
ConfigurationOPTN  
Default: NO  
Current Limit  
at 100%  
Default =  
2000  
EXTERNALLY POWERED (4 to 20 mA) CAPACITY  
BASED DEMAND LIMIT — The energy management  
module is required for 4 to 20 mA demand limit control. An  
externally powered 4 to 20 mA signal must be connected to  
TB6-1 and TB6-2. To configure demand limit for 4 to 20 mA  
control based on unit capacity, four parameters must be config-  
ured. The parameters are: the type of Demand Limit Selection  
(Demand Limit Type Select, DMDC), the current at which  
100% capacity limit takes place (mA For 100% Demand  
Limit, DMMX), the current at which 0% capacity limit takes  
place (mA For 0% Demand Limit, DMZE), and the Current  
Limit Selection (Current Limit Select, CUR.S).  
To configure this option with the Touch Pilot display:  
DISPLAY NAME  
PATH  
LINE NO.  
VALUE  
Demand Limit  
Type Select  
2 (4-20mA Control)  
Default = 0 (None)  
ConfigUSER  
24  
mA For 100%  
Demand Limit  
mA For 0%  
Demand Limit  
Current Limit  
Select  
Current Limit  
at 100%  
ConfigUSER  
ConfigUSER  
ConfigUSER  
ConfigUSER  
28  
29  
30  
31  
Default = 0.0 mA  
Default = 10.0 mA  
Yes  
Default = No  
Default = 2000.0 Amps  
40  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
100  
90  
80  
70  
60  
50  
40  
30  
20  
10  
0
mA For 0% Demand Limit,  
DMZE  
mA For 100% Demand Limit,  
DMMX  
2
20  
0
12  
14  
16  
18  
4
6
8
10  
a30-4831  
mA Demand Limit Signal  
Fig. 24 — 4 to 20 mA Demand Limit (Capacity)  
To configure this option with the Navigator display:  
Ice Setpoint, CSP.3) is used during the unoccupied period  
while ice is building (Ice Done Switch is open).  
ITEM  
ITEM EXPANSION  
PATH  
VALUE  
To configure this option with the Touch Pilot display:  
4-20MA INPUT  
Default =  
NONE  
Demand Limit  
Select  
DMDC  
ConfigurationRSET  
DISPLAY NAME  
Ice Mode Enable  
PATH  
ConfigUSER  
LINE NO.  
42  
VALUE  
Yes  
mA for 100%  
Demand Lim  
Default =  
0.0 mA  
DMMX  
DMZE  
CUR.S  
CUR.F  
ConfigurationRSET  
ConfigurationRSET  
ConfigurationOPTN  
ConfigurationOPTN  
mA for 0%  
Demand Limit  
Default =  
10.0 mA  
To configure this option with the Navigator display:  
Current Limit  
Select  
YES  
Default: NO  
ITEM  
ITEM EXPANSION  
PATH  
VALUE  
ICE.M  
Ice Mode Enable  
ConfigurationOPTN  
ENBL  
Current Limit  
at 100%  
Default =  
2000  
A power cycle is required for the values to take effect.  
In the following example, a 4 mA signal is Demand Limit  
for compressor current is 2000 amps and a 20 mA Demand  
Limit signal corresponds with a compressor current of 0 amps.  
The 4 to 20 mA signal is connected to TB6-1 and TB6-2. The  
demand limit is a linear interpolation between the two values  
entered. If the machine receives a 12 mA signal, the machine  
controls will limit the total compressor current capacity to  
1000 amps. See Fig. 25.  
CCN LOADSHED CONTROLLED DEMAND LIMIT —  
To configure Demand Limit for CCN Loadshed control, the  
unit Operating Type Control must be in CCN control. With the  
Touch Pilot™ display, the machine must be started with CCN  
Control. For the Navigator™ display, the Operating Control  
Type (I/O Button, OPER) must be CCN CONTROL.  
Broadcast Configuration — The 30XW chiller is ca-  
pable of broadcasting time, date, and holiday status to all ele-  
ments in the CCN system. In the stand-alone mode, broadcast  
must be activated to utilize holiday schedules and adjust for  
daylight saving time. If the chiller is to be connected to a CCN  
system, determine which system element is to be the network  
broadcaster to all other system elements. Broadcast is activated  
and deactivated in the BRODEFS Table. It is accessible from  
Touch Pilot display (ConfigBRODEFS) or through Network  
Service Tool. It is not accessible through Navigator display.  
Only one element should be configured as a broadcaster. If  
a broadcast is activated by a device that has been designated as  
a network broadcaster, then broadcasted time, date, and holiday  
status will be updated over the CCN system. If broadcast is en-  
abled, a broadcast acknowledger must also be enabled. The ac-  
knowledger cannot be the same machine as the broadcasting  
machine.  
ACTIVATE — The Activate variable enables the broadcast  
function of the ComfortLink controls. If this variable is set to 0,  
this function is not used and holiday schedules and daylight  
savings compensation are not possible. Setting this variable to  
1 allows the machine to broadcast and receive broadcasts on  
the network. The following information is broadcast: the time  
with compensation for daylight savings, date, and holiday flag.  
The unit must be controlled by a Chillervisor module. The  
Chillervisor module can force the demand limit variable and  
directly control the capacity of the machine. Additionally, the  
unit’s set point will be artificially lowered to force the chiller to  
load to the demand limit value.  
Ice Storage Operation — Chiller operation can be  
configured to make and store ice. The energy management  
module and an Ice Done Switch are required for operation in  
the Ice Mode. In this configuration, the machine can operate  
with up to three cooling set points: Cooling Set Point 1 (Cool-  
ing Setpoint 1, CSP.1) is used during the Occupied period;  
Cooling Set Point 2 (Cooling Setpoint 2, CSP.2) is used dur-  
ing the Unoccupied period when the ice build is complete (Ice  
Done Switch is closed); and Cooling Ice Set Point (Cooling  
41  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2000  
1800  
1600  
1400  
1200  
1000  
800  
mA For 0% Demand Limit,  
DMZE  
600  
mA Fo  
r
100% Demand Limit,  
400  
DMMX  
200  
0
0
2
4
6
8
10  
12  
14  
16  
18  
20  
mA Signal  
a30-4832  
Fig. 25 — 4 to 20 mA Demand Limit (Compressor Current)  
Set this variable to 2 for stand-alone units that are not con-  
nected to a CCN. With this configuration, daylight saving time  
and holiday determination will be done without broadcasting  
through the bus. This variable can only be changed when using  
the Touch Pilot display, ComfortVIEW™ software, or  
Network Service Tool. This variable cannot be changed with  
the Navigator display.  
Typical configuration of the Alarm Routing variable is  
11010000. This Alarm Routing status will transmit alarms to  
ComfortVIEW software, TeLink, BAClink, and DataLINK.  
To configure this option with the Touch Pilot display:  
DISPLAY NAME  
PATH  
LINE NO.  
VALUE  
Alarm Routing  
Control  
ConfigALARMDEF  
1
Default = 00000000  
To configure this option with the Touch Pilot display:  
ALARM EQUIPMENT PRIORITY — The ComfortVIEW  
device uses the equipment priority value when sorting alarms  
by level. The purpose of the equipment priority value is to de-  
termine the order in which to sort alarms that have the same  
level. A priority of 0 is the highest and would appear first when  
sorted. A priority of 7 would appear last when sorted. For ex-  
ample, if two chillers send out identical alarms, the chiller with  
the higher priority would be listed first. The default is 4. This  
variable can only be changed when using the Touch Pilot dis-  
play, ComfortVIEW software, or Network Service Tool. This  
variable cannot be changed with the Navigator™ display. To  
configure this option with the Touch Pilot™ display:  
DISPLAY NAME  
Activate  
PATH  
LINE NO.  
VALUE  
Range = 0 to 2  
Default = 2  
ConfigBRODEFS  
1
BROADCAST ACKNOWLEDGER — This configuration  
defines if the chiller will be used to acknowledge broadcast  
messages on the CCN bus. One broadcast acknowledger is  
required per bus, including secondary buses created by the use  
of a bridge. This variable can only be changed with the Touch  
Pilot display, ComfortVIEW software, or Network Service  
Tool. This variable cannot be changed with the Navigator  
display.  
To configure this option with the Touch Pilot display:  
DISPLAY NAME  
PATH  
LINE NO.  
VALUE  
Alarm Equipment  
Priority  
Range = 0 to 7  
Default = 4  
DISPLAY NAME  
Broadcast acknowledger  
PATH  
ConfigCtlt-ID  
LINE NO.  
VALUE  
Yes  
ConfigALARMDEF  
2
10  
COMMUNICATION FAILURE RETRY TIME — This vari-  
able specifies the amount of time that will be allowed to elapse  
between alarm retries. Retries occur when an alarm is not  
acknowledged by a network alarm acknowledger, which may  
be either a ComfortVIEW software or TeLink. If acknowledge-  
ment is not received, the alarm will be re-transmitted after the  
number of minutes specified in this decision. This variable can  
only be changed with the Touch Pilot display, ComfortVIEW,  
or Network Service Tool. This variable cannot be changed with  
the Navigator display. To configure this option with the Touch  
Pilot display:  
Alarm Control  
ALARM ROUTING CONTROL — Alarms recorded on the  
chiller can be routed through the CCN. To configure this op-  
tion, the ComfortLink control must be configured to determine  
which CCN elements will receive and process alarms. Input for  
the decision consists of eight digits, each of which can be set to  
either 0 or 1. Setting a digit to 1 specifies that alarms will be  
sent to the system element that corresponds to that digit. Set-  
ting all digits to 0 disables alarm processing. The factory de-  
fault is 00000000. See Fig. 26. The default setting is is based  
on the assumption that the unit will not be connected to a net-  
work. If the network does not contain a ComfortVIEW, Com-  
fortWORKS®, TeLink, DataLINK™, or BAClink module, en-  
abling this feature will only add unnecessary activity to the  
CCN communication bus.  
DISPLAY NAME  
PATH  
LINE NO.  
VALUE  
Range =  
Comm Failure  
Retry Time  
1 to 240 minutes  
Default =  
ConfigALARMDEF  
3
10 minutes  
This option can be modified by the Touch Pilot display. It  
cannot be modified with the Navigator display.  
42  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
RE-ALARM TIME — This variable specifies the amount of  
time that will be allowed to elapse between re-alarms. A re-  
alarm occurs when the conditions that caused the initial alarm  
continue to persist for the number of minutes specified in this  
decision. Re-alarming will continue to occur at the specified in-  
terval until the condition causing the alarm is corrected. This  
variable can only be changed with the Touch Pilot display,  
ComfortVIEW, or Network Service Tool. This variable cannot  
be changed with the Navigator display. To configure this option  
with the Touch Pilot display:  
Table 32 — Daylight Savings Time Configuration  
DISPLAY NAME  
Activate  
PATH  
LINE NO.  
VALUE  
1 or 2  
ConfigBRODEFS  
1
Default = 2  
Daylight  
Enable  
ConfigBRODEFS  
ConfigBRODEFS  
ConfigBRODEFS  
7
8
Saving Select  
Default = Dsble  
Entering  
Enter Starting  
Month for  
Daylight Saving  
Month  
9
Enter the Day of  
the Week Daylight  
Saving Starts  
Day of Week  
(1=Monday)  
ConfigBRODEFS  
10  
DISPLAY  
NAME  
PATH  
LINE NO.  
VALUE  
Enter Week of  
the Month Daylight  
Saving Starts  
Range = 1 to 254 minutes  
255 = Re-Alarm Disabled  
Default = 30 minutes  
Week of Month  
Leaving  
ConfigBRODEFS  
ConfigBRODEFS  
ConfigBRODEFS  
11  
12  
13  
Realarm  
Time  
ConfigALARMDEF  
4
Enter Ending  
Month for  
Daylight Saving  
ALARM SYSTEM NAME — This variable specifies the  
system element name that will appear in the alarms generated  
by the unit control. The name can be up to 8 alphanumeric  
characters in length. This variable can only be changed when  
using the Touch Pilot display, ComfortVIEW, or Network  
Service Tool. This variable cannot be changed with the  
Navigator display.  
Month  
Enter the Day of  
the Week Daylight  
Saving ends  
Day of Week  
(1=Monday)  
ConfigBRODEFS  
ConfigBRODEFS  
14  
15  
Enter Week of  
the Month Daylight  
Saving ends  
Week of Month  
To configure this option with the Touch Pilot display:  
Capacity Control Overrides — The following ca-  
pacity control overrides (Active Capacity Override, CAP.S)  
will modify the normal operation routine. If any of the override  
conditions listed below are satisfied, the override will deter-  
mine the capacity change instead of the normal control. Over-  
rides are listed by priority order and are often linked to unit op-  
erating modes. See Table 33 for a list of overrides. See the Op-  
erating Modes section on page 54 for more information  
regarding operating modes.  
Override #1: Cooler Freeze Protection — This override at-  
tempts to avoid the freeze protection alarm. If the Leaving  
Water Temperature is less than Brine Freeze Set Point (Brine  
Freeze Setpoint, LOSP) + 2.0° F (1.1º C) then a stage of  
capacity is removed.  
DISPLAY NAME  
Alarm System  
Name  
PATH  
LINE NO.  
VALUE  
Default =  
PRO_XAXQ  
ConfigALARMDEF  
5
Daylight Saving Time Configuration — The  
30XW chiller control contains software which can automati-  
cally correct for daylight saving time. This software is accessi-  
ble from the Touch Pilot display, ComfortVIEW, or Network  
Service Tool. It is not accessible through the Navigator display.  
To enable this feature, Daylight Saving Select must be set to  
1. The start of Daylight Saving must be configured by setting  
the Month, Day of Week, and Week of Month. The end for  
Daylight Saving must also be configured. To configure this op-  
tion with the Touch Pilot display, see Table 32.  
NOTE: The freeze set point is 34 F (1.1 C) for fresh water  
systems (Cooler Fluid Type, FLUD=1). The freeze set point  
is Brine Freeze Set Point (Brine Freeze Setpoint, LOSP), for  
Medium Temperature Brine systems (Cooler Fluid Type,  
FLUD=2).  
DESCRIPTION  
STATUS  
POINT  
Alarm Routing  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
ALRM_CNT  
®
ComfortView™, or ComfortWorks  
TeLink  
Unused  
BacLink or DataLink™  
Unused  
a30-4485  
Fig. 26 — Alarm Routing Control  
43  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Override #2: Circuit A Low Saturated Suction Temperature  
another capacity stage is added or removed. If a condition of a  
higher priority override occurs, the higher priority override will  
take precedence. Operating Mode 10 (MD10) will be in effect.  
in Cooling  
Override #3: Circuit B Low Saturated Suction Temperature  
in Cooling  
Table 33 — Capacity Control Overrides  
These overrides attempt to avoid the low suction temperature  
alarms and are active only when the compressor is running  
beyond the fully unloaded level. The slide valve in the affected  
circuit will be decreased in position if the Saturated Suction  
Temperature is less than Brine Freeze Set Point (Brine Freeze  
Setpoint, LOSP) –18.0 F (–10 C) for 90 seconds, or the Satu-  
rated Suction Temperature is less than –4 F (–20 C).  
Override #5: Low Temperature Cooling and High Tempera-  
ture Heating — This override decreases capacity when the dif-  
ference between the Control Point (Control Point, CTPT) and  
the Leaving Water Temperature (Cooler Leaving Fluid, LWT)  
reaches a predetermined limit and the rate of change of the wa-  
ter is 0º F per minute or still decreasing.  
CAPACITY CONTROL OVERRIDES  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Cooler Freeze Protection  
Circuit A Low Saturated Suction Temperature in Cooling  
Circuit B Low Saturated Suction Temperature in Cooling  
—
Low Temperature cooling and High Temperature Heating (LWT)  
Low Temperature cooling and High Temperature Heating (EWT)  
Ramp Loading  
Service Manual Test Override  
Demand Limit  
10 Cooler Interlock Override  
11 High Temperature Cooling and Low Temperature Heating  
12 High Temperature Cooling and Low Temperature Heating  
(minimum load control in effect)  
Override #6: Low Temperature Cooling and High Temperature  
Heating — This override decreases capacity (approximately  
5% of circuit capacity) when the Entering Water Temperature  
(Cooler Entering Fluid, EWT) is less than the Control Point  
(Control Point, CTPT).  
13 Minimum On/Off and Off/On Time Delay  
14 Slow Change Override  
15 System Manager Capacity Control  
16 Circuit A High Pressure Override  
17 Circuit B High Pressure Override  
Override #7: Ramp Loading — No capacity stage increase  
will be made if the unit is configured for ramp loading (Ramp  
Loading Select, RL.S=ENBL) and the difference between the  
Leaving Water Temperature and the Control Point is greater  
than 4º F (2.2º C) and the rate of change of the leaving water is  
greater than Cool Ramp Loading Rate (Cooling Ramp Load-  
ing, CRMP). Operating mode 5 (MD05) will be in effect.  
Override #8: Service Manual Test Override — This over-  
ride mode indicates the unit has been placed into Service Test  
mode. The user can then use Service Test functions to test the  
unit. All safeties and higher priority overrides are monitored  
and acted upon.  
18  
—
19 Standby Mode  
20  
21  
22 Minimum On Time Delay  
23 Circuit A Low Saturated Suction Temperature in Cooling  
24 Circuit B Low Saturated Suction Temperature in Cooling  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
30  
31  
32  
33  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
NOTE: The user cannot activate this override mode.  
Override # 9: Demand Limit — This override mode is active  
when a command to limit the capacity is received. If the  
current unit capacity is greater than the active capacity limit  
value, a stage is removed. If the current capacity is lower than  
the capacity limit value, the control will not add a stage that  
will result in the new capacity being greater then the capacity  
limit value. Operating mode 4 (MD04) will be in effect.  
Override #10: Cooler Interlock Override — This override  
prohibits compressor operation until the Cooler Interlock  
(Cooler Flow Switch, LOCK) is closed.  
Override #11: High Temperature Cooling and Low Temper-  
ature Heating — This override algorithm runs once when the  
unit is switched to ON. If the difference between the Leaving  
Water Temperature (Cooler Leaving Fluid, LWT) and the  
Control Point (Control Point, CTPT) exceeds a calculated  
value and the rate of change of the water temperature is greater  
than –0.1º F/min, a stage will be added.  
Override #12: High Temperature Cooling and Low Temper-  
ature Heating — This override runs only when Minimum  
Load Control is Enabled, (Hot Gas Bypass Select, HGBP)  
and is set to 1, 2 or 3. This override will add a stage of capacity  
if the next stage is Minimum Load Control, when the differ-  
ence between the Leaving Water Temperature (Cooler Leav-  
ing Fluid, LWT) and the Control Point (Control Point, CTPT)  
exceeds a calculated value and the rate of change of the water  
temperature is greater than a fixed value.  
34 Circuit A Low Refrigerant Charge  
35 Circuit B Low Refrigerant Charge  
36  
37  
38  
39  
40  
—
—
—
—
—
41 Circuit A High Current Override  
42 Circuit B High Current Override  
43  
44 Circuit A High Suction Superheat at Part Load  
45 Circuit B High Suction Superheat at Part Load  
46  
47  
48  
49  
50  
51  
52  
53 Circuit A Delay for Unloading the Slide Valve  
54 Circuit B Delay for Unloading the Slide Valve  
55  
56  
57  
58  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
59 Circuit A Low Oil Level  
60 Circuit B Low Oil Level  
Override #13: Minimum On/Off and Off/On Time Delay —  
Whenever a capacity change has been made, the control will  
remain at this capacity stage for the next 90 seconds. During  
this time, no capacity control algorithm calculations will be  
made. If the capacity step is a compressor, an additional  
90-second delay is added to the previous hold time (see Over-  
ride #22). This override allows the system to stabilize before  
61  
—
62 Circuit A High Motor Temperature Override  
63 Circuit B High Motor Temperature Override  
64  
65  
66 Circuit A High Discharge Gas Override  
67 Circuit B High Discharge Gas Override  
—
—
44  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Override #14: Slow Change Override — This override pre-  
vents compressor stage changes when the leaving temperature  
is close to the control point and slowly moving towards it.  
Override #15: System Manager Capacity Control — If a  
Chillervisor module is controlling the unit and multiple chill-  
ers, the unit will increase capacity to attempt to load to the de-  
mand limited value.  
c. Outdoor air temperature is less than 32 F (0º C).  
d. Saturated suction temperature or saturated discharge  
temperature is less than the outdoor air temperature  
by more than 5.4º F (3.0º C).  
3. All of these conditions must be true:  
a. The saturated suction temperature or saturated  
discharge temperature is less than leaving fluid  
temperature by more than 5.4º F (3.0º C).  
b. Saturated suction temperature or saturated dis-  
charge temperature is less than 41 F (5 C).  
c. Saturated suction temperature or saturated dis-  
charge temperature is less than the brine freeze  
point (Brine Freeze Setpoint, LOSP) by more  
than 6º F (3.3º C).  
Override #16: Circuit A High Pressure Override  
Override #17: Circuit B High Pressure Override  
—
This  
override attempts to avoid a high pressure failure. The algo-  
rithm is run every 4 seconds. If the Saturated Condensing Tem-  
perature for the circuit is above the High Pressure Threshold  
(High Pressure Threshold, HP.TH) then the position of slide  
valve will be unloaded.  
Override #19: Standby Mode — This override algorithm will  
not allow a compressor to run if the unit is in Standby mode,  
(Heat/Cool Status, HC.ST=2).  
Override #22: Minimum On Time Delay — In addition to  
Override #13 Minimum On/Off and Off/On Time Delay, for  
compressor capacity changes, an additional 90-second delay  
will be added to Override #13 delay. No compressor will be  
deenergized until 3 minutes have elapsed since the last com-  
pressor has been turned ON. When this override is active, the  
capacity control algorithm calculations will be performed, but  
no capacity reduction will be made until the timer has expired.  
A control with higher precedence will override the Minimum  
On Time Delay.  
NOTE: The freeze set point is 34 F (1.1 C)  
for fresh water systems (Brine Freeze Setpoint,  
FLUD=1). The freeze set point is brine freeze set  
point (Brine Freeze Setpoint, LOSP), for medium  
temperature brine systems (Cooler Fluid Type,  
FLUD=2).  
4. All of these conditions must be true:  
a. The saturated suction temperature or saturated  
discharge temperature is less than leaving water  
temperature by more than 5.4º F (3.0º C).  
b. Saturated suction temperature or saturated discharge  
temperature is less than 41 F (5 C).  
c. Saturated suction temperature or saturated discharge  
temperature is less than the outdoor-air temperature  
by more than 9º F (5º C).  
Override #23: Circuit A Low Saturated Suction Tempera-  
ture in Cooling  
Override #24: Circuit B Low Saturated Suction Tempera-  
ture in Cooling — If the circuit is operating close to the opera-  
tional limit of the compressor, the circuit capacity will remain at  
the same point or unload to raise the saturated suction tempera-  
ture. This algorithm will be active if at least 1 compressor in the  
circuit is on and one of the following conditions is true:  
If any of these conditions 1, 2, 3 or 4 are met, the appropri-  
ate operating mode, 21 (Circuit A) or 22 (Circuit B) will be in  
effect.  
Override #41: Circuit A High Current Override  
Override #42: Circuit B High Current Override  
—
This  
1. Saturated Suction Temperature is less than the Brine  
Freeze Setpoint (Brine Freeze Setpoint, LOSP) –6º F  
(3.3º C).  
2. Saturated Suction Temperature is less than the Brine  
Freeze Setpoint (Brine Freeze Setpoint, LOSP) and the  
circuit approach (Leaving Water Temperature – Saturated  
Suction Temperature) is greater than 15º F (8.3º C) and  
the Circuit Superheat (Discharge Gas Temperature – Sat-  
urated Discharge Temperature) is greater than 25º F  
(13.9º C).  
override attempts to avoid an overcurrent failure. The algo-  
rithm is run every 4 seconds. If the compressor current is great-  
er than 79% of must trip amps (MTA) but less than 85% MTA  
then the capacity will be held at current capacity. If the com-  
pressor current is greater than 85% MTA then capacity will be  
reduced by repositioning the slide valve until the current is less  
than 85% MTA (Must Trip Amps, MTA.X).  
Override #44: Circuit A High Suction Superheat at Part  
Load  
Override #45: Circuit B High Suction Superheat at Part  
Load — If the compressor of the circuit is on, the compressor  
current is no more than 30% of the MTA, main EXV is more  
than 90% open and the suction superheat is higher than the  
superheat control point for more than 5 minutes, then the cir-  
cuit will be shut down.  
NOTE: The freeze set point is 34 F (1.1 C) for fresh  
water systems (Cooler Fluid Type, FLUD=1). The  
freeze set point is Brine Freeze Set Point (Brine Freeze  
Setpoint, LOSP), for Medium Temperature Brine  
systems (Cooler Fluid Type, FLUD=2).  
If any of these conditions are met, the appropriate operating  
mode, 21 (Circuit A) or 22 (Circuit B) will be in effect.  
Override #34: Circuit A Low Refrigerant Charge  
Override #35: Circuit B Low Refrigerant Charge — The ca-  
pacity override attempts to protect the compressor from start-  
ing with no refrigerant in the circuit. This algorithm runs only  
when the circuit is not operational (compressors is OFF). There  
are several criteria that will enable this override:  
1. The saturated suction temperature or saturated discharge  
temperature is less than –13 F (–25 C).  
Override #53: Circuit A Delay for Unloading the Slide  
Valve  
Override #54: Circuit B Delay for Unloading the Slide  
Valve — This override prevents the compressor from re-start-  
ing with locked rotor failure after being shutdown due to an  
alarm or power cycle. The delay varies depending on the size  
of the compressor. Refer to Table 34 for compressor nominal  
capacities. A delay of 20 minutes will elapse for 182 and  
204 ton compressors. The delay allows the slide valve of the  
compressor to move back to its fully unloaded position. The  
delay is adjusted according to the percent of the compressor  
running capacity before it is shut down. If the compressor is  
stopped normally, no delay will be applied. If the compressor is  
shut down by the locked rotor alarm, a full delay will be ap-  
plied before the compressor is allowed to re-start.  
2. All of these conditions must be true:  
a. The saturated suction temperature or saturated  
discharge temperature is less than leaving fluid  
temperature by more than 5.4º F (3.0º C).  
b. Saturated suction temperature or saturated dis-  
charge temperature is less than 41 F (5 C).  
45  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 34 — 30XW Compressor Nominal Capacity  
and when the condenser leaving water temperature becomes  
greater than the head pressure set point.  
Maximum and minimum condenser valve position is con-  
figurable. The minimum condenser valve position is very im-  
portant to avoid condenser freeze risks as condenser freeze pro-  
tection is ensured by the condenser pump.  
30XW UNIT SIZE  
150  
175  
200  
325  
350  
400  
Compressor Nominal Capacity (tons)  
Circuit A  
Circuit B  
182  
—
182  
—
204  
—
182  
182  
182  
182  
204  
204  
Override #59: Circuit A Low Oil Level  
To configure this option with the Touch Pilot™ display:  
Override #60: Circuit B Low Oil Level — This override is  
only effective when the circuit is not running. The override will  
prevent the circuit from starting up with a low oil level. If this  
override occurs three times, the low oil level alarm will be  
tripped.  
DISPLAY NAME  
PATH  
LINE NO.  
VALUE  
Condenser Water  
Val Sel  
ServiceFACTORY  
13  
YES  
Range: 80 to120 F  
(26.7 to 48.9 C)  
Default: 86 F (30 C)  
Water Val  
Condensing Stp  
Setpoint  
38  
Override #62: Circuit A High Motor Temperature Override  
Override #63: Circuit B High Motor Temperature Override  
Recl Valve Min  
Position  
Recl Valve Max  
Position  
Prop PID Gain  
Varifan  
Int PID Gain  
Varifan  
Range: 0 to 50%  
Default: 20%  
ServiceSERVICE1  
ServiceSERVICE1  
ServiceSERVICE1  
ServiceSERVICE1  
ServiceSERVICE1  
19  
20  
6
— This override prevents the compressor motor temperature  
from rising above the high temperature limit, but still allows  
the chiller to run close to the high temperature limit by unload-  
ing the compressor. If the motor temperature is greater than  
214 F (101.1 C), the compressor will not load. This override  
will remain active until the temperature drops below 214 F  
(101.1 C). If the motor temperature is greater than 225 F  
(107.2 C) for 60 seconds, the circuit capacity will decrease by  
one stage. If the motor temperature is greater than 228 F  
(108.9), the circuit capacity will decrease by one stage  
immediately.  
Range: 20 to 100%  
Default: 100%  
Range: -20 to 20  
Default: 2.0  
Range: -5.0 to 5.0  
Default: 0.2  
7
Deri PID Gain  
Varifan  
Range: -20 to 20  
Default: 0.4  
8
To configure this option with the Navigator™ display:  
ITEM  
ITEM EXPANSION  
PATH  
VALUE  
Condenser Valve  
Select  
CON.V  
ConfigurationUNIT YES  
Override #66: Circuit A High Discharge Gas Override  
Override #67: Circuit B High Discharge Gas Override  
Range: 80 to140 F  
(26.7 to 60 C)  
Default: 86 F (30 C)  
—
W.SCT Water Val Cond Stp SetpointMISC  
When the temperature is above the limit minus 2° F (1.1° C) in-  
crease in capacity will not be allowed. This override will re-  
main active until the discharge gas temperature drops below  
the limit by –3° F (–1.7° C).  
Reclaim Water Valve  
Range: 0 to 50%  
Default: 20%  
HR.MI  
HR.MA  
HD.PG  
HD.DG  
ConfigurationSERV  
ConfigurationSERV  
ConfigurationSERV  
ConfigurationSERV  
Min  
Reclaim Water Valve  
Max  
Range: 20 to 100%  
Default: 100%  
Varifan Proportion  
Gain  
Range: –10 to 10  
Default: 2.0  
Head Pressure Control — The Main Base Board  
(MBB) uses the saturated condensing temperature input from  
the discharge pressure transducer to control the head pressure  
control signal. Head pressure control is maintained through a  
calculated set point which is automatically adjusted based on  
actual saturated condensing and saturated suction temperatures  
so that the compressor(s) is (are) always operating within the  
manufacturer’s specified envelope. The control will automati-  
cally reduce the unit capacity as the saturated condensing tem-  
perature approaches an upper limit. See capacity overrides  
#16-18. The control will indicate through an operating mode  
that high ambient unloading is in effect. If the saturated con-  
densing temperature in a circuit exceeds the calculated maxi-  
mum, the circuit will be stopped. For these reasons, there are  
no head pressure control methods or set points to enter. The  
control will modulate the 0 to 10v head pressure control output  
signal when condensing temperature is below the minimum  
head pressure requirement for the compressor. See Table 34 for  
compressor nominal capacity.  
Varifan Derivative  
Gain  
Range: –10 to 10  
Default: 0.4  
Range: –10 to 10  
Default: 0.2  
HD.IG Varifan Integral Gain ConfigurationSERV  
NOTE: Operation of the head pressure control valve can be  
verified by entering Quick Test. From the Navigator display,  
go to Service Test\QUIC\FAN.A. From the Touch Pilot dis-  
play, go to MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1\Q_VFANA.  
PRE-START-UP  
IMPORTANT: Complete the Start-Up Checklist  
for 30XW Liquid Chillers at the end of this publication.  
The checklist assures proper start-up of a unit, and  
provides a record of unit condition, application  
requirements, system information, and operation at  
initial start-up.  
LOW CONDENSER FLUID TEMPERATURE HEAD  
PRESSURE CONTROL OPTION — Units will start and op-  
erate down to 65 F (18.3 C) entering condenser water tempera-  
ture as standard. Operation with entering condenser water tem-  
peratures below 65 F (18.3 C) requires a field supplied and in-  
stalled condenser fluid control valve.  
Sequence of Operation — Valve position is controlled  
through a 0 to 10 vdc signal provided by the MLV/COND  
board, channel 9, to maintain the head pressure set point. Unit  
sizes 325-400 use a common condenser so the MBB uses the  
highest saturated condensing temperature of either circuit. As a  
safety feature, if the circuit is on and if the saturated condens-  
ing temperature reaches the condensing set point +10° F, the  
valve is opened to its maximum position to avoid a high pres-  
sure alarm. The water valve is fully closed when the circuit is  
OFF on unit sizes 150-200 and if both circuits are off on unit  
sizes 325-400.  
Do not attempt to start the chiller until the following checks  
have been completed.  
System Check  
1. Check to ensure the unit is level per the installation  
instructions.  
2. Electrical power source must agree with unit nameplate.  
3. Check that auxiliary components, such as the chilled fluid  
and condenser fluid circulating pumps, air-handling  
equipment, or any other equipment to which the chiller  
supplies liquid are operational. Consult manufacturer's in-  
structions. If the unit has field-installed accessories, be  
sure all are properly installed and wired correctly. Refer  
to unit wiring diagrams.  
4. Open compressor suction service valves (if equipped).  
5. Open discharge, liquid line, oil line, and economizer (if  
equipped) service valves.  
If the unit is configured as a heat machine, the valve will be  
maintained fully open when the unit operates in heating mode  
46  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Fill the chiller fluid circuit with clean water (with recom-  
mended inhibitor added) or other non-corrosive fluid to  
be cooled. Bleed all air out of high points of system. If  
unit is exposed to temperatures below 32 F (0° C), suffi-  
cient inhibited propylene glycol or other suitable corro-  
sion inhibited antifreeze should be added to the chiller  
water and condenser water circuit to prevent possible  
freeze-up. The chilled water loop must be cleaned before  
the unit is connected. To set the maintenance time for  
cleaning and inspecting loop strainers, go to Water Filter  
Ctrl (days), W.FIL. Values for this item are counted as  
days. Refer to the system pump package literature for  
specific internal inspection/cleaning requirements.  
Table 35 — Temperature Limits for Standard Units  
TEMPERATURE  
Maximum Condenser EWT  
Minimum Condenser EWT  
Maximum Condenser LWT*  
Maximum Cooler EWT†  
Maximum Cooler LWT  
F
110  
65  
C
43.3  
18.3  
47.8  
21.1  
15.6  
4.4  
118  
70  
60  
Minimum Cooler LWT**  
40  
LEGEND  
EWT  
LWT  
—
—
Entering Fluid (Water) Temperature  
Leaving Fluid (Water) Temperature  
*Temperature limit for high condensing/heat reclaim option units are  
140 F (60 C).  
†For sustained operation, EWT should not exceed 85 F (29.4 C).  
**Unit requires brine modification for operation below this  
temperature.  
7. Check tightness of all electrical connections.  
8. Verify power supply phase sequence. The phase sequence  
should be A-B-C for proper compressor rotation.  
VOLTAGE  
START-UP  
CAUTION  
Main Power Supply — Minimum and maximum acceptable  
supply voltages are listed in the Installation Instructions.  
Unbalanced 3-Phase Supply Voltage — Never operate a motor  
where a phase imbalance between phases is greater than 2%.  
Do not manually operate contactors. Serious damage to the  
machine may result.  
To determine percent voltage imbalance:  
max voltage deviation from  
Actual Start-Up — Actual start-up should be done only  
avg voltage  
% Voltage Imbalance = 100 x  
under supervision of a qualified refrigeration technician.  
average voltage  
1. Be sure all discharge, oil, and suction valves (if equipped)  
and liquid line service valves are open.  
2. Using the unit control, set leaving-fluid set point (Cool-  
ing Setpoint 1, CSP.1). No cooling range adjustment is  
necessary.  
The maximum voltage deviation is the largest difference  
between a voltage measurement across 2 legs and the average  
across all 3 legs.  
Example: Supply voltage is 240-3-60.  
3. If optional control functions or accessories are being  
used, the unit must be properly configured. Refer to  
Configuration Options section for details.  
4. Start the chilled fluid and condenser pumps, if unit is not  
configured for pump control. (Cooler Pumps Sequence,  
PUMP=0; Condenser Pump Sequence, HPUM = No)  
AB = 243v  
BC = 236v  
AC = 238v  
1. Determine average voltage:  
5. Complete the Start-Up Checklist to verify all components  
are operating properly.  
6. Check the cooler flow switch for proper operation. En-  
sure that the flow switch input indicates closed when the  
pump is on and open when the pump is off.  
243+236+238  
Average voltage =  
3
717  
=
3
=
239  
7. Turn Enable/Off/Remote contact switch to Enable position.  
8. Allow unit to operate and confirm that everything is  
functioning properly. Check to see that leaving fluid  
temperature agrees with leaving set point Control Point  
(Control Point, CTPT).  
2. Determine maximum deviation from average voltage:  
(AB) 243 – 239 = 4 v  
(BC) 239 – 236 = 3 v  
(AC) 239 – 238 = 1 v  
Operating Limitations  
Maximum deviation is 4 v.  
TEMPERATURES — Unit operating temperature limits are  
3. Determine percent voltage imbalance:  
listed in Table 35.  
4
% Voltage Imbalance = 100 x  
239  
Low Condenser Water Temperature Operation — For con-  
denser entering water temperatures between 33 F (0.6 C) and  
65 F (18.3 F), field installed accessory head pressure control  
valve is required. Contact your Carrier representative for  
details.  
= 1.7%  
This voltage imbalance is satisfactory as it is below the  
maximum allowable of 2%.  
CAUTION  
IMPORTANT: If the supply voltage phase imbal-  
ance is more than 2%, contact the local electric  
utility company immediately. Do not operate unit  
until imbalance condition is corrected.  
Brine duty application (below 40 F [4.4 C] LCWT) for  
chiller normally requires factory modification. Contact a  
Carrier Representative for details regarding specific  
applications. Operation below 40 F (4.4 C) LCWT with-  
out modification can result in compressor failure.  
MINIMUM FLUID LOOP VOLUME — To obtain proper  
temperature control, loop fluid volume must be at least 3 gal-  
lons per ton (3.25 L per kW) of chiller nominal capacity for air  
conditioning and at least 6 gallons per ton (6.5 L per kW) for  
47  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
process applications. Refer to application information in Prod-  
uct Data literature for details.  
CAUTION  
FLOW RATE REQUIREMENTS — Standard chillers should  
be applied with nominal flow rates within those listed in the  
Evaporator and Condenser Flow Rates table. Higher or lower  
flow rates are permissible to obtain lower or higher tempera-  
ture rises. Minimum flow rates must be exceeded to assure  
turbulent flow and proper heat transfer in the cooler. See Table  
36. See Fig. 27-37 for cooler pressure drop curves.  
Operation below minimum flow rate could generate  
alarms, which could result in damage to the cooler.  
Consult application data section in the Product Data  
literature and job design requirements to determine flow rate  
requirements for a particular installation.  
Table 36 — Evaporator and Condenser Flow Rates  
EVAPORATOR  
CONDENSER  
NOMINAL  
Leaving Fluid/Entering Fluid  
Leaving Fluid/Entering Fluid  
Minimum  
40 F (4.4 C)/  
45 F (7.2 C)  
Maximum  
60 F (15.6 C)/  
70 F (21.1 C)  
Minimum  
70 F (21.1 C)/  
65 F (18.3 C)  
Maximum*  
118 F (47.8 C)/  
110 F (43.3 C)  
Evaporator  
Condenser  
30XW UNIT  
Minimum  
Flow Rate  
Maximum  
Flow Rate  
Minimum  
Flow Rate  
Maximum  
Flow Rate  
Nominal  
Flow Rate  
Nominal  
Flow Rate  
GPM  
L/s  
12.6  
24.2  
7.6  
GPM  
L/s  
45.4  
95.9  
30.3  
48.3  
101.9  
32.2  
54.8  
115.7  
36.5  
91.4  
193.0  
60.9  
97.4  
205.6  
64.9  
109.3  
230.8  
72.9  
GPM  
L/s  
15.1  
30.3  
—
GPM  
960  
1600  
—
L/s  
60.6  
100.9  
—
GPM  
L/s  
GPM  
L/s  
30.3  
30.3  
—
Two pass  
200  
384  
120  
213  
408  
128  
241  
463  
145  
403  
773  
242  
429  
823  
257  
481  
924  
289  
720  
1520  
480  
240  
480  
—
384  
384  
384  
408  
408  
408  
463  
463  
463  
773  
773  
773  
823  
823  
823  
924  
924  
924  
24.2  
24.2  
24.2  
25.7  
25.7  
25.7  
29.2  
29.2  
29.2  
48.8  
48.8  
48.8  
51.9  
51.9  
51.9  
58.3  
58.3  
58.3  
480  
480  
—
150  
175  
200  
325  
350  
400  
One pass  
Three pass  
Two pass  
One pass  
Three pass  
Two pass  
One pass  
Three pass  
Two pass  
One pass  
Three pass  
Two pass  
One pass  
Three pass  
Two pass  
One pass  
Three pass  
13.4  
25.7  
8.0  
765  
255  
510  
—
16.1  
32.2  
—
1020  
1700  
—
64.4  
107.3  
—
510  
510  
—
32.2  
32.2  
—
1615  
510  
15.2  
29.2  
9.1  
869  
290  
579  
—
18.3  
36.5  
—
1158  
1930  
—
731.0  
121.8  
—
579  
579  
—
36.5  
36.5  
—
1834  
579  
25.4  
48.8  
15.2  
27.0  
51.9  
16.2  
30.4  
58.3  
18.2  
1149  
3059  
966  
483  
966  
—
30.5  
60.9  
—
1932  
3220  
—
121.9  
203.2  
—
966  
966  
—
60.9  
60.9  
—
1544  
3259  
1029  
1733  
3658  
1155  
515  
1029  
—
32.5  
64.9  
—
2058  
3430  
—
129.8  
216.4  
—
1029  
1029  
—
64.9  
64.9  
—
578  
1155  
—
36.4  
72.9  
—
2310  
3850  
—
145.7  
242.9  
—
1155  
1155  
—
72.9  
72.9  
—
*Maximum condenser fluid temperature shown for standard condensing  
option. High condensing or heat machine option may have leaving fluid tem-  
peratures up to 140 F (60 C) and entering up to 128 F (53.3 C).  
(kPa) ft wg  
(119.4) 40.00  
(104.4) 35.00  
3 pass  
1 pass  
(89.5) 30.00  
(74.6) 25.00  
(59.7) 20.00  
(44.8) 15.00  
(29.8) 10.00  
(14.9) 5.00  
(0) 0.00  
2 pass  
0
(0)  
500  
(31.5)  
1000  
(63.1)  
Evaporator Flow Rate  
1500  
(94.6)  
2000 gpm  
(126.2) (L/s)  
NOTE: The table above represents pressure drops only. The table does not imply that the chiller can be properly applied over  
the entire range of evaporator water flow rates represented.  
a30-4833  
Fig. 27 — 30XW150-200 Evaporator Marine Waterbox  
48  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(kPa) ft wg  
(119.4) 40.00  
3 pass  
(104.4) 35.00  
(89.5) 30.00  
(74.6) 25.00  
(59.7) 20.00  
(44.8) 15.00  
(29.8) 10.00  
(14.9) 5.00  
(0) 0.00  
1 pass  
2 pass  
0
500  
(31.5)  
1000  
(63.1)  
1500  
(94.6)  
2000  
(126.2)  
2500  
(157.7)  
3000 gpm  
(189.3) (L/s)  
(0)  
Evaporator Flow Rate  
NOTE: The table above represents pressure drops only. The table does not imply that the chiller can be properly applied over  
the entire range of evaporator water flow rates represented.  
A30-4691  
Fig. 28 — 30XW325-400 Evaporator Marine Waterbox  
ft wg  
40.00  
35.00  
30.00  
25.00  
20.00  
15.00  
10.00  
5.00  
(kPa)  
(119.4)  
(104.4)  
(89.5)  
(74.6)  
(59.7)  
(44.8)  
(29.8)  
(14.9)  
(0)  
3 pass  
2 pass  
1 pass  
0.00  
0
(0)  
500  
(31.5)  
1000  
(63.1)  
1500  
(94.6)  
2000 gpm  
(126.2) (L/s)  
Evaporator Flow Rate  
LEGEND  
NIH — Nozzle-In-Head  
NOTE: The table above represents pressure drops only. The table does not imply that the chiller can be properly applied over the  
entire range of evaporator water flow rates represented.  
A30-4834  
Fig. 29 — 30XW150-200 Evaporator NIH Flange and NIH Victaulic  
49  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(kPa) ft wg  
(119.4) 40.00  
(104.4) 35.00  
(89.5) 30.00  
(74.6) 25.00  
(59.7) 20.00  
(44.8) 15.00  
(29.8) 10.00  
(14.9) 5.00  
(0) 0.00  
1 pass  
3 pass  
2 pass  
gpm  
(L/s)  
0
(0)  
500  
(31.5)  
1000  
(63.1)  
1500  
(94.6)  
2000  
(126.2)  
Evaporator Flow Rate  
LEGEND  
NIH — Nozzle-In-Head  
NOTE: The table above represents pressure drops only. The table does not imply that the chiller can be properly applied over the  
entire range of evaporator water flow rates represented.  
A30-4692  
Fig. 30 — 30XW325-400 Evaporator NIH Flange  
(kPa) ft wg  
(119.4) 40.00  
3 pass  
(104.4) 35.00  
1 pass  
2 pass  
(89.5) 30.00  
(74.6) 25.00  
(59.7) 20.00  
(44.8) 15.00  
(29.8) 10.00  
(14.9) 5.00  
(0) 0.00  
0
(0)  
500  
(31.5)  
1000  
(63.1)  
1500  
(94.6)  
2000  
(126.2)  
2500  
(157.7)  
3000 gpm  
(189.3) (L/s)  
Evaporator Flow Rate  
LEGEND  
NIH — Nozzle-In-Head  
A30-4693  
NOTE: The table above represents pressure drops only. The table does not imply that the chiller can be properly applied over the  
entire range of evaporator water flow rates represented.  
Fig. 31 — 30XW325-400 Evaporator NIH Victaulic  
50  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ft wg  
(kPa)  
(119.4) 40.00  
(104.4) 35.00  
(89.5) 30.00  
(74.6) 25.00  
(59.7) 20.00  
(44.8) 15.00  
(29.8) 10.00  
2 pass  
1 pass  
(14.9)  
(0)  
5.00  
0.00  
0
(0)  
500  
(31.5)  
1000  
(63.1)  
1500  
(94.6)  
2000 gpm  
(126.2) (L/s)  
Condenser Flow Rate  
NOTE: The table above represents pressure drops only. The table does not imply that the chiller can be properly applied over the  
entire range of condenser water flow rates represented.  
A30-4835  
Fig. 32 — 30XW150-200 Condenser Marine Waterbox  
(kPa) ft wg  
(119.4) 40.00  
(104.4) 35.00  
(89.5) 30.00  
(74.6) 25.00  
(59.7) 20.00  
(44.8) 15.00  
(29.8) 10.00  
(14.9) 5.00  
(0) 0.00  
1 pass  
2 pass  
0
500  
(31.5)  
1000  
(63.1)  
1500  
2000  
2500  
3000  
3500 gpm  
(0)  
(94.6) (126.2) (157.7) (189.3) (220.8) (L/s)  
Condenser Flow Rate  
NOTE: The table above represents pressure drops only. The table does not imply that the chiller can be properly applied over the  
entire range of condenser water flow rates represented.  
A30-4694  
Fig. 33 — 30XW325-400 Condenser Marine Waterbox  
51  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ft wg  
(kPa)  
(119.4) 40.00  
(104.4) 35.00  
(89.5) 30.00  
(74.6) 25.00  
(59.7) 20.00  
(44.8) 15.00  
(29.8) 10.00  
2 pass  
1 pass  
(14.9)  
(0)  
5.00  
0.00  
0
(0)  
500  
(31.5)  
1000  
(63.1)  
1500  
(94.6)  
2000  
gpm  
(126.2) (L/s)  
Condenser Flow Rate  
LEGEND  
NIH — Nozzle-In-Head  
NOTE: The table above represents pressure drops only. The table does not imply that the chiller can be properly applied over the entire  
range of evaporator water flow rates represented.  
A30-4836  
Fig. 34 — 30XW150-200 Condenser NIH Flange  
(kPa) ft wg  
(119.4) 40.00  
(104.4) 35.00  
2 pass  
1 pass  
(89.5) 30.00  
(74.6) 25.00  
(59.7) 20.00  
(44.8) 15.00  
(29.8) 10.00  
(14.9) 5.00  
(0) 0.00  
0
500  
(31.5)  
1000  
(63.1)  
1500  
(94.6)  
2000  
(126.2)  
2500 gpm  
(157.7) (L/s)  
(0)  
Condenser Flow Rate  
LEGEND  
NIH — Nozzle-In-Head  
A30-4695  
NOTE: The table above represents pressure drops only. The table does not imply that the chiller can be properly applied over the entire  
range of evaporator water flow rates represented.  
Fig. 35 — 30XW325-400 Condenser NIH Flange  
52  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ft wg  
(kPa)  
(119.4) 40.00  
(104.4) 35.00  
(89.5) 30.00  
(74.6) 25.00  
(59.7) 20.00  
(44.8) 15.00  
(29.8) 10.00  
2 pass  
(14.9)  
(0)  
5.00  
0.00  
0
500  
(31.5)  
1000  
(63.1)  
1500  
(94.6)  
2000  
gpm  
(0)  
(126.2) (L/s)  
Condenser Flow Rate  
LEGEND  
NIH — Nozzle-In-Head  
NOTE: The table above represents pressure drops only. The table does not imply that the chiller can be properly applied over the entire  
range of evaporator water flow rates represented.  
A30-4837  
Fig. 36 — 30XW150-200 Condenser NIH Victaulic  
(kPa) ft wg  
(119.4) 40.00  
(104.4) 35.00  
2 pass  
(89.5) 30.00  
(74.6) 25.00  
(59.7) 20.00  
(44.8) 15.00  
(29.8) 10.00  
(14.9) 5.00  
(0) 0.00  
0
500  
(31.5)  
1000  
(63.1)  
1500  
2000  
2500  
3000  
3500 gpm  
(0)  
(94.6) (126.2) (157.7) (189.3) (220.8) (L/s)  
Condenser Flow Rate  
LEGEND  
A30-4696  
NIH — Nozzle-In-Head  
NOTE: The table above represents pressure drops only. The table does not imply that the chiller can be properly applied over the  
entire range of evaporator water flow rates represented.  
Fig. 37 — 30XW325-400 Condenser NIH Victaulic  
53  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
calculation, and will determine which chiller, the lead or lag,  
will increase or decrease capacity. When the load reduces, the  
lag chiller will be the first chiller to unload. To accomplish this,  
the lead chiller set point is decreased by 4° F (2.2° C) until the  
lag chiller unloads.  
PUMP OPERATION — For parallel chiller pump operation,  
the lead chiller’s water pump will be started. The lag chiller’s  
water pump will be maintained off if Lag Unit Pump Control,  
LAGP=0. The internal algorithm of lead chiller will control ca-  
pacity of the lead chiller.  
OPERATION  
Sequence of Operation — With a command to start  
the chiller, the cooler and condenser pumps will start. After  
verifying water flow, the control will monitor the entering and  
leaving water temperatures. If the need for mechanical cooling  
is determined, the control decides which circuit and compres-  
sor to start. The control will start the required compressor com-  
pletely unloaded. The control will continue to load this circuit  
by moving the slide valve to satisfy cooling requirements.  
Once fully loaded, the control will start an additional circuit to  
satisfy the load as required. Shutdown of each circuit under  
normal conditions occurs in the opposite sequence to loading.  
Once the circuit is fully unloaded the compressor is shut off  
and the EXV will close completely.  
For series chiller operation, the pump is always controlled  
by the master chiller.  
Operating Modes — Operating modes are override  
modes that affect normal operation of the equipment. More  
than one operating mode can be in effect at the same time.  
Some operating modes have corresponding capacity control  
overrides in the Capacity Control Overrides section on  
page 43.  
For the Touch Pilot display, the status of the operating  
modes can be found in the MODES submenu, which is under  
the STATUS menu. Each operating mode and its status (Yes =  
active, No = inactive) is listed.  
For the Navigator display, the status of the operating modes  
can be found in the MODE submenu under the OPERATING  
MODES menu. The 6 top priority operating modes are dis-  
played in MD01 through MD06. To view the modes with the  
Navigator display:  
Dual Chiller Sequence of Operation — With  
a
command to start the chiller, the master chiller determines  
which chiller will become the lead chiller based on the configu-  
ration of Lead Lag Select, LLBL and Lead/Lag Balance Da-  
ta, LLBD. The lead chiller is always started first and the lag  
chiller is held at zero percent capacity by the master chiller  
forcing the lag demand limit value to 0%. If Lead Pulldown  
Time (Lead Pulldown Time, LPUL) has been configured, the  
lead chiller will continue to operate alone for that specified  
time. After the Lead Pulldown Time timer has elapsed and  
when the lead chiller is fully loaded, either all available com-  
pression is on or at the master demand limit value, then the lag  
start timer (Lag Start Timer, LLDY) is initiated. When the  
pulldown timer and lag start timer has elapsed and the Com-  
bined Leaving Chilled Water Temperature is more than 3° F  
(1.7° C) above the set point, then the lag chiller is started. If the  
lag chiller’s water pump was not started when the machines  
went into occupied mode, the lag chiller water pump will be  
started. The lag chiller will start with the master chiller forcing  
the lag chiller demand limit value (LAG_LIM) to the master’s  
demand limit value. If lead/lag capacity balance is selected,  
once the lag chiller has started, the master shall try to keep the  
difference in capacity between lead and lag less than 20%. The  
master shall then be responsible for water loop capacity  
ITEM ITEM EXPANSION  
PATH  
VALUE  
MD01 First Active Mode  
Operating modesMODE 0-32  
MD02 Second Active Mode Operating modesMODE 0-32  
MD03 Third Active Mode Operating modesMODE 0-32  
MD04 Fourth Active Mode Operating modesMODE 0-32  
MD05 Fifth Active Mode  
Operating modesMODE 0-32  
MD06 Sixth Active Mode  
Operating modesMODE 0-32  
See Table 37 for a list of operating modes.  
Table 37 — 30XW Operating Modes  
NAVIGATOR OPERATING  
MODE NUMBER  
TOUCH PILOT  
LINE NUMBER  
TOUCH PILOT  
VALUE  
NAVIGATOR EXPANSION  
TOUCH PILOT DISCRIPTION  
01  
02  
03  
04  
05  
06  
07  
08  
09  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
24  
25  
27  
28  
30  
31  
Startup Delay in Effect  
Second Setpoint in Use  
Reset in Effect  
Startup Delay in Effect  
Second Setpoint in Use  
Reset in Effect  
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Demand Limit Active  
Ramp Loading Active  
Cooler Heater Active  
Cooler Pumps Rotation  
Pump Periodic Start  
Night Low Noise Active  
System Manager Active  
Mast Slave Ctrl Active  
Auto Changeover Active  
Free Cooling Active  
Demand Limit Active  
Ramp Loading Active  
Cooler Heater Active  
Cooler Pumps Rotation  
Pump Periodic Start  
Night Low Noise Active  
System Manager Active  
Mast Slave Active  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
25  
26  
28  
29  
31  
32  
Auto Changeover Active  
Free Cooling Active  
Reclaim Active  
Reclaim Active  
Electric Heat Active  
Electric Heat Active  
Heating Low EWT Lockout  
Condenser Pumps Rotation  
Ice Mode in Effect  
Defrost Active on Cir A  
Defrost Active on Cir B  
Low Suction Circuit A  
Low Suction Circuit B  
High DGT Circuit A  
Heating Low EWT Lockout  
Condenser Pumps Rotation  
Ice Mode in Effect  
Defrost Active on Cir A  
Defrost Active on Cir B  
Low Suction Circuit A  
Low Suction Circuit B  
High DGT Circuit A  
High DGT Circuit B  
High DGT Circuit B  
High Pres Override Cir A  
High Pres Override Cir B  
Low Superheat Circuit A  
Low Superheat Circuit B  
High Pres Override Cir A  
High Pres Override Cir B  
Low Superheat Circuit A  
Low Superheat Circuit B  
54  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
STARTUP DELAY IN EFFECT — This mode is checked  
for when the unit is started. This mode is active when the Min-  
utes Off Time (Unit Off to On Delay, DELY) timer is active.  
The unit will not start until the timer has expired. The mode  
will terminate when the timer expires.  
SECOND SETPOINT IN USE — This mode is checked for  
when the unit is ON. The mode is active when Cooling Set-  
point 2 (Cooling Setpoint 2, CSP.2) or Ice Setpoint (Cooling  
Ice Setpoint, CSP.3) is in use. While in this mode, the Active  
Setpoint (Current Setpoint, SETP) will show the CSP.2 or  
CSP.3 value.  
While in this mode, the unit will operate to the Cooling Set-  
point 2 (CSP.2) or Ice Setpoint (CSP.3). The mode will termi-  
nate when the Cooling Setpoint 2 (CSP.2) or Ice Setpoint  
(CSP.3) is no longer in use.  
RESET IN EFFECT — This mode is checked for when the  
unit is ON. The mode will be active when Temperature Reset  
(Cooling Reset Select, CRST) is enabled either by CRST=1  
(Outside Air Temperature), CRST=2 (Return Water), CRST=3  
(4-20 mA Input), or CRST=4 (Space Temperature) and reset is  
active.  
3, 5 of the month). The mode will terminate when the pump  
shuts down.  
SYSTEM MANAGER ACTIVE — This mode is checked  
when the unit is ON or OFF. This mode is active if a System  
Manager such as Building Supervisor, Chillervisor System  
Manager, or another CCN device is controlling the machine.  
When this mode is active, the machine will respond to the  
specific commands received from the System Manager. The  
mode will be terminated if the System Manager control is  
released.  
MASTER SLAVE CONTROL ACTIVE — This mode is  
checked for if the machine is ON. This mode is active if Master  
Slave Control has been enabled. This occurs when two ma-  
chines are programmed, one as the master (Master/Slave Se-  
lect, MSSL=1 [Master]) and the other as a slave (Master/  
Slave Select, MSSL=2 [Slave]).  
Both the master and slave machines will respond to the ca-  
pacity control commands issued by the master controller. This  
may include control point changes and demand limit com-  
mands. This mode will terminate when Master Slave Control  
has been disabled.  
While in this mode, the Active Setpoint (Current Setpoint,  
SETP) will be modified according to the programmed infor-  
mation and will be displayed as the Control Point (Control  
Point, CTPT). The mode will terminate when the Temperature  
Reset is not modifying the active leaving water set point, caus-  
ing SETP to be the same as CTPT.  
AUTO CHANGEOVER ACTIVE — This mode is not  
supported.  
FREE COOLING ACTIVE — This mode is not supported.  
RECLAIM ACTIVE — This mode is not supported.  
ELECTRIC HEAT ACTIVE — This mode is not supported.  
DEMAND LIMIT ACTIVE — This mode is checked for  
when the unit is ON. The mode is active when Demand Limit  
(Demand Limit Type Select, DMDC) is enabled either by  
DMDC=1 (Switch), DMDC=2 (4-20 mA Input), or the Night  
Time Low Sound Capacity Limit (Capacity Limit, LS.LT).  
The Active Demand Limit Value (Active Demand Limit  
Val, LIM) will display the current demand limit according to  
the programmed information and the unit’s capacity will be re-  
duced to the amount shown or lower. The mode will terminate  
when the Demand Limit command has been removed.  
HEATING LOW EWT LOCKOUT — This mode is not  
supported.  
CONDENSER PUMPS ROTATION — This  
mode  
is  
checked for whether the unit is ON or OFF. The mode is active  
when the condenser pump sequence (Condenser Pump  
Sequence, HPUM = Yes) and the pump rotation delta timer  
(Pump Auto Rotation Delay, ROT.P) have expired.  
ICE MODE IN EFFECT — This mode is checked for when  
the unit is ON. This mode is active when Ice Setpoint (Cooling  
Ice Setpoint, CSP.3) is in use. While in this mode, the Active  
Setpoint (Current Setpoint, SETP) will show the Cooling Ice  
Setpoint, CSP.3 value and the unit will operate to the Ice Set-  
point (CSP.3). This mode will terminate when the Ice Setpoint  
(CSP.3) is no longer in use.  
RAMP LOADING ACTIVE — This mode is checked for  
when the unit is ON. The mode is active when Ramp Loading  
(Ramp Loading Select, RL.S) is enabled and the following  
conditions are met:  
1. The leaving water temperature is more than 4° F (2.2° C)  
DEFROST ACTIVE ON CIR A — This mode is not supported.  
DEFROST ACTIVE ON CIR B — This mode is not supported.  
LOW SUCTION CIRCUIT A  
LOW SUCTION CIRCUIT B  
from the Control Point (Control Point, CTPT), and  
2. The rate of change of the leaving water temperature is  
greater than the Cool Ramp Loading (Cooling Ramp  
Loading, CRMP).  
The control will limit the percent capacity increase until one  
of the two conditions above are no longer met, then the mode  
will terminate.  
COOLER PUMPS ROTATION — This mode is checked for  
whether the unit is ON or OFF. The mode is active when the  
Cooler Pump Sequence (Cooler Pump Run Status,  
PUMP=2) (2 Pumps Automatic Changeover) and the Pump  
Rotation Delta Timer (Pump Auto Rotation Delay, ROT.P)  
have expired.  
The control will switch the operation of the pumps. The  
lead pump will operate normally. The lag pump will be started,  
becoming the lead, and then the original lead pump will be shut  
down. This mode will terminate when the pump operation has  
been completed.  
These modes are checked when the circuit is ON. The  
appropriate circuit mode will be active if one of the follow-  
ing conditions is true:  
1. If the circuit’s saturated suction temperature (SST) is  
more than 6° F (3.3° C) less than the freeze point and  
both the cooler approach (Leaving Water Temperature –  
SST) and superheat (Suction Gas Temperature – SST) are  
greater than 15° F (8.3° C).  
2. If the circuit is ON and the circuit’s SST is more than  
18º F (10.0º C) below the freeze point for more than  
90 seconds.  
3. If the circuit’s saturated suction temperature is more  
than 6° F (3.3° C) below the freeze point for more than  
3 minutes.  
For a fresh water system (Cooler Fluid Type, FLUD =1),  
the freeze point is 34° F (1.1° C). For medium temperature  
brine systems, (Cooler Fluid Type, FLUD=2), the freeze point  
is Brine Freeze Set Point (Brine Freeze Setpoint, LOSP).  
For criterion 1, no additional capacity will be added. For cri-  
teria 2 and 3 capacity will be decreased on the circuit. The  
mode will terminate when the circuit’s SST is greater than the  
freeze point minus 6° F (3.3° C) or the circuit has alarmed.  
PUMP PERIODIC START — This mode is active when the  
cooler pump is started due to the Periodic Pump Start configu-  
ration (Pump Sticking Protection, PM.PS=YES). If the pump  
has not run that day, a pump will be started and will run for 2  
seconds at 2:00 PM. If the machine is equipped with dual  
pumps, Pump no. 1 will run on even days (such as day 2, 4, 6  
of the month). Pump no. 2 will run on odd days (such as day 1,  
55  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
If this condition is encountered, see Possible Causes for  
Alarms 56 and 57 on page 75.  
HIGH DGT CIRCUIT A  
Compressor Suction Gas Temperature — On all sizes, this  
thermistor is factory-installed in a well located on the compres-  
sor of each circuit. There is one thermistor for each circuit.  
HIGH DGT CIRCUIT B — The capacity of the affected  
circuit may be increased to reduce circuit discharge gas  
temperature.  
Compressor Discharge Gas Temperature — On all sizes, this  
thermistor is factory-installed in a well located in the discharge  
end of the compressor for the circuit. There is one thermistor  
for each circuit.  
HIGH PRES OVERRIDE CIR A  
HIGH PRES OVERRIDE CIR B — This mode is checked  
for when the circuit is ON. The appropriate circuit mode will  
be active if the discharge pressure for the circuit, Discharge  
Pressure Circuit A (Discharge Pressure, DP.A), Discharge  
Pressure Circuit B (Discharge Pressure, DP.B), or Discharge  
Pressure Circuit C (Discharge Pressure, DP.C), is greater than  
the High Pressure Threshold (High Pressure Threshold,  
HP.TH).  
The capacity of the affected circuit will be reduced. Two  
minutes following the capacity reduction, the circuit’s saturated  
condensing temperature (SCTt+2) is calculated and stored. The  
affected circuit will not be allowed to add capacity for at least 5  
minutes following the capacity reduction. If after 5 minutes,  
the circuit’s saturated condensing temperature is less than  
SCTt+2 –3° F (1.7° C), and then if required, percent capacity  
will be added. If additional capacity is required, the control will  
look for other circuits to add capacity.  
Economizer Temperature (sizes 175,200,350,400 only) —  
On all sizes, this thermistor is factory-installed in a friction fit  
well located in the economizer line for the circuit. There is one  
thermistor for each circuit.  
Compressor Motor Temperature — On all sizes, this therm-  
istor is embedded in the motor windings. There are two therm-  
istors in each compressor. One spare is provided.  
Remote Space Temperature — This sensor (part no.  
33ZCT55SPT) is a field-installed accessory mounted in the in-  
door space and is used for water temperature reset. The sensor  
should be installed as a wall-mounted thermostat would be (in  
the conditioned space where it will not be subjected to either a  
cooling or heating source or direct exposure to sunlight, and 4  
to 5 ft above the floor).  
Space temperature sensor wires are to be connected to  
terminals in the unit main control box. The space temperature  
sensor includes a terminal block (SEN) and a RJ11 female con-  
nector. The RJ11 connector is used to access the Carrier Com-  
fort Network® (CCN) system at the sensor. See Fig. 39 and 40.  
This mode will terminate once the circuit’s saturated con-  
densing temperature is less than SCTt+2 –3° F (1.7° C).  
If this condition is encountered, see Possible Causes for  
Alarm A1.03. on page 81.  
To connect the space temperature sensor (see Fig. 41):  
1. Using a 20 AWG twisted pair conductor cable rated for  
the application, connect one wire of the twisted pair to  
one SEN terminal and connect the other wire to the other  
SEN terminal located under the cover of the space  
temperature sensor.  
2. Connect the other ends of the wires to terminals 7 and 8  
on TB6 located in the unit control box.  
Units on the CCN can be monitored from the space at the  
sensor through the RJ11 connector, if desired. To wire the RJ11  
connector into the CCN:  
1. Cut the CCN wire and strip ends of the red (+), white  
(ground), and black (–) conductors. (If another wire color  
scheme is used, strip ends of appropriate wires.)  
LOW SUPERHEAT CIRCUIT A  
LOW SUPERHEAT CIRCUIT B — This mode is checked  
for when the circuit is ON. The appropriate circuit mode will  
be active if the circuit’s superheat (discharge gas temperature  
— SCT) is less than 18° F (10° C).  
No additional capacity will be added until the circuit’s su-  
perheat is greater than 18° F (10° C). The control will look for  
other circuits to add capacity if additional steps of capacity are  
required. This mode will terminate once the affected circuit’s  
superheat is greater than 18° F (10° C).  
If this condition is encountered, see Possible Causes for  
Alarms P.11 and P.12 on page 77.  
Sensors — The electronic control uses up to 13 thermistors  
to sense temperatures and up to 8 transducers to sense pressure  
for controlling chiller operation. These sensors are outlined  
below. See Fig. 38 for thermistor and transducer locations.  
2. Insert and secure the red (+) wire to terminal 5 of the  
space temperature sensor terminal block.  
3. Insert and secure the white (ground) wire to terminal 4 of  
the space temperature sensor.  
THERMISTORS (Tables 38-39B) — Thermistors that are  
monitoring the chiller’s operation include: Cooler Entering  
Water, Cooler Leaving Water, Condenser Entering Water,  
Condenser Leaving Water, Dual Chiller Leaving Water, Com-  
pressor Suction Gas Temperature, Compressor Discharge Gas  
Temperature, Economizer Temperature, and Compressor Motor  
Temperature. These thermistors are 5 kat 77 F (25 C) and are  
identical in temperature versus resistance. The Space Tempera-  
ture Thermistor is 10 kat 77 F (25 C) and has a different tem-  
perature vs. resistance. See Fig. 38 for thermistor locations.  
Cooler Leaving Water Sensor — On all sizes, this thermistor  
is installed in a well in the leaving water nozzle of the cooler.  
See Fig. 39 and 40.  
Cooler Entering Water Sensor — On all sizes, this thermis-  
tor is factory-installed in a well in the entering water nozzle of  
the cooler.  
4. Insert and secure the black (–) wire to terminal 2 of the  
space temperature sensor.  
IMPORTANT: The cable selected for the RJ11  
connector wiring MUST be identical to the CCN  
communication bus wire used for the entire network.  
Refer to Table 11 for acceptable wiring.  
5. Connect the other end of the communication bus cable to  
the remainder of the CCN communication bus.  
NOTE: The Energy Management Module (EMM) is required  
for this accessory.  
TRANSDUCERS — There are four pressure transducers per  
circuit (3 per circuit for sizes 150,325), and two different types  
of transducers: low pressure (green connector) and high pres-  
sure (black connector). See Fig. 38 for transducer locations.  
Low-pressure type:  
• Suction pressure transducer (SPT)  
• Economizer pressure transducer (EPT)  
High-pressure type:  
• Discharge pressure transducer (DPT)  
• Oil pressure transducer (OPT)  
Condenser Leaving Water Sensor — On all sizes with heat  
machine options, this thermistor is installed in a well in the  
leaving water nozzle of the condenser. See Fig. 39 and 40.  
Condenser Entering Water Sensor — On all sizes with heat  
machine options, this thermistor is factory-installed in a well in  
the entering water nozzle of the condenser.  
56  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ECTA  
(175, 200, 350, 400 ONLY)  
DGTA  
EPTA  
(175, 200, 350, 400 ONLY)  
HPSA  
A30-4838  
EPTB  
(350, 400 ONLY)  
ECTB  
(350, 400 ONLY)  
DGTB  
HPSB  
OPTB  
SGTB  
OPTA  
SGTA  
LEGEND  
DGT — Discharge Gas Thermistor  
DPT — Discharge Pressure Transducer  
ECT — Economizer Gas Thermistor  
EPT — Economizer Pressure Transducer  
HPS — High-Pressure Switch  
OPT — Oil Pressure Transducer  
SGT — Suction Gas Thermistor  
SPT — Suction Pressure Transducer  
*Not visible from angle shown.  
SPTB*  
SPTA*  
DPTB  
DPTA  
A30-4839  
Fig. 38 — Thermistor and Transducer Locations  
57  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 38 — Thermistor Identification  
THERMISTOR ID  
EWT  
DESCRIPTION  
RESISTANCE AT 77 F (25 C)  
CONNECTION POINT  
MBB-J6-CH2  
Evaporator Entering Water Thermistor  
Evaporator Leaving Water Thermistor  
Condenser Entering Water Thermistor  
Condenser Leaving Water Thermistor  
Circuit A Suction Gas Thermistor  
Circuit B Suction Gas Thermistor  
Circuit A Discharge Gas Thermistor  
Circuit B Discharge Gas Thermistor  
Circuit A Economizer Thermistor  
Circuit B Economizer Thermistor  
Dual Chiller LWT Thermistor  
5k  
5k   
5k   
5k   
5k   
5k   
5k   
5k   
5k   
5k   
5k   
5k   
5k   
10k   
LWT  
MBB-J6-CH1  
CEWT  
CLWT  
SGTA*  
SGTB*  
DGTA  
DGTB  
ECTA  
ECTB  
MBB-J6-CH4  
MBB-J6-CH5  
EXV1-J3-THA  
EXV2-J3-THA  
CPM-A-J9-CH02  
CPM-B-J9-CH02  
EXV1-J3-THB  
EXV2-J3-THB  
MBB-J6-CH3  
DUAL  
CAMT  
CBMT  
SPT  
Circuit A Motor Temperature  
CPM-A-J9-CH01  
CPM-B-J9-CH01  
EMM-J6-CH2  
Circuit B Motor Temperature  
Space Temperature Thermistor  
*SGTA and SGTB for 30XW150-325 units are connected to the EXV1 board.  
Table 39A — 5K Thermistor Temperature (°F) vs Resistance  
TEMP RESISTANCE  
TEMP RESISTANCE  
TEMP RESISTANCE  
TEMP RESISTANCE  
(F)  
(Ohms)  
(F)  
(Ohms)  
(F)  
(Ohms)  
(F)  
(Ohms)  
164  
165  
166  
167  
168  
169  
170  
171  
172  
173  
174  
175  
176  
177  
178  
179  
180  
181  
182  
183  
184  
185  
186  
187  
188  
189  
190  
191  
192  
193  
194  
195  
196  
197  
198  
199  
200  
201  
202  
203  
204  
205  
206  
207  
208  
209  
210  
211  
212  
213  
214  
215  
216  
217  
218  
219  
220  
221  
222  
223  
224  
225  
765  
750  
734  
719  
705  
690  
677  
663  
650  
638  
626  
614  
602  
591  
581  
570  
561  
551  
542  
533  
524  
516  
508  
501  
494  
487  
480  
473  
467  
461  
456  
450  
445  
439  
434  
429  
424  
419  
415  
410  
405  
401  
396  
391  
386  
382  
377  
372  
367  
361  
356  
350  
344  
338  
332  
325  
318  
311  
304  
297  
289  
282  
38  
39  
40  
41  
42  
43  
44  
45  
46  
47  
48  
49  
50  
51  
52  
53  
54  
55  
56  
57  
58  
59  
60  
61  
62  
63  
64  
65  
66  
67  
68  
69  
70  
71  
72  
73  
74  
75  
76  
77  
78  
79  
80  
81  
82  
83  
84  
85  
86  
87  
88  
89  
90  
91  
92  
93  
94  
95  
96  
97  
98  
99  
100  
13,826  
13,449  
13,084  
12,730  
12,387  
12,053  
11,730  
11,416  
11,112  
10,816  
10,529  
10,250  
9,979  
9,717  
9,461  
9,213  
8,973  
8,739  
8,511  
8,291  
8,076  
7,686  
7,665  
7,468  
7,277  
7,091  
6,911  
6,735  
6,564  
6,399  
6,238  
6,081  
5,929  
5,781  
5,637  
5,497  
5,361  
5,229  
5,101  
4,976  
4,855  
4,737  
4,622  
4,511  
4,403  
4,298  
4,196  
4,096  
4,000  
3,906  
3,814  
3,726  
3,640  
3,556  
3,474  
3,395  
3,318  
3,243  
3,170  
3,099  
3,031  
2,964  
2,898  
101  
102  
103  
104  
105  
106  
107  
108  
109  
110  
111  
112  
113  
114  
115  
116  
117  
118  
119  
120  
121  
122  
123  
124  
125  
126  
127  
128  
129  
130  
131  
132  
133  
134  
135  
136  
137  
138  
139  
140  
141  
142  
143  
144  
145  
146  
147  
148  
149  
150  
151  
152  
153  
154  
155  
156  
157  
158  
159  
160  
161  
162  
163  
2,835  
2,773  
2,713  
2,655  
2,597  
2,542  
2,488  
2,436  
2,385  
2,335  
2,286  
2,239  
2,192  
2,147  
2,103  
2,060  
2,018  
1,977  
1,937  
1,898  
1,860  
1,822  
1,786  
1,750  
1,715  
1,680  
1,647  
1,614  
1,582  
1,550  
1,519  
1,489  
1,459  
1,430  
1,401  
1,373  
1,345  
1,318  
1,291  
1,265  
1,240  
1,214  
1,190  
1,165  
1,141  
1,118  
1,095  
1,072  
1,050  
1,029  
1,007  
986  
–25  
–24  
–23  
–22  
–21  
–20  
–19  
–18  
–17  
–16  
–15  
–14  
–13  
–12  
–11  
–10  
–9  
–8  
–7  
–6  
–5  
–4  
–3  
–2  
–1  
0
98,010  
94,707  
91,522  
88,449  
85,486  
82,627  
79,871  
77,212  
74,648  
72,175  
69,790  
67,490  
65,272  
63,133  
61,070  
59,081  
57,162  
55,311  
53,526  
51,804  
50,143  
48,541  
46,996  
45,505  
44,066  
42,679  
41,339  
40,047  
38,800  
37,596  
36,435  
35,313  
34,231  
33,185  
32,176  
31,202  
30,260  
29,351  
28,473  
27,624  
26,804  
26,011  
25,245  
24,505  
23,789  
23,096  
22,427  
21,779  
21,153  
20,547  
19,960  
19,393  
18,843  
18,311  
17,796  
17,297  
16,814  
16,346  
15,892  
15,453  
15,027  
14,614  
14,214  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
30  
31  
32  
33  
34  
35  
36  
37  
965  
945  
925  
906  
887  
868  
850  
832  
815  
798  
782  
58  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 39B — 5K Thermistor Temperature (°C) vs Resistance  
TEMP RESISTANCE  
TEMP RESISTANCE  
TEMP RESISTANCE  
TEMP RESISTANCE  
(C)  
(Ohms)  
(C)  
(Ohms)  
(C)  
(Ohms)  
(C)  
(Ohms)  
3
4
14,026  
13,342  
12,696  
12,085  
11,506  
10,959  
10,441  
9,949  
9,485  
9,044  
8,627  
8,231  
7,855  
7,499  
7,161  
6,840  
6,536  
6,246  
5,971  
5,710  
5,461  
5,225  
5,000  
4,786  
4,583  
4,389  
4,204  
4,028  
3,861  
3,701  
3,549  
3,404  
3,266  
3,134  
3,008  
38  
39  
40  
41  
42  
43  
44  
45  
46  
47  
48  
49  
50  
51  
52  
53  
54  
55  
56  
57  
58  
59  
60  
61  
62  
63  
64  
65  
66  
67  
68  
69  
70  
71  
72  
2,888  
2,773  
2,663  
2,559  
2,459  
2,363  
2,272  
2,184  
2,101  
2,021  
1,944  
1,871  
1,801  
1,734  
1,670  
1,609  
1,550  
1,493  
1,439  
1,387  
1,337  
1,290  
1,244  
1,200  
1,158  
1,118  
1,079  
1,041  
1,006  
971  
–32  
–31  
–30  
–29  
–28  
–27  
–26  
–25  
–24  
–23  
–22  
–21  
–20  
–19  
–18  
–17  
–16  
–15  
–14  
–13  
–12  
–11  
–10  
–9  
100,260  
94,165  
88,480  
83,170  
78,125  
73,580  
69,250  
65,205  
61,420  
57,875  
54,555  
51,450  
48,536  
45,807  
43,247  
40,845  
38,592  
38,476  
34,489  
32,621  
30,866  
29,216  
27,633  
26,202  
24,827  
23,532  
22,313  
21,163  
20,079  
19,058  
18,094  
17,184  
16,325  
15,515  
14,749  
73  
74  
775  
747  
719  
693  
669  
645  
623  
602  
583  
564  
547  
531  
516  
502  
489  
477  
466  
456  
446  
436  
427  
419  
410  
402  
393  
385  
376  
367  
357  
346  
335  
324  
312  
299  
285  
5
75  
6
76  
7
77  
8
78  
9
79  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
30  
31  
32  
33  
34  
35  
36  
37  
80  
81  
82  
83  
84  
85  
86  
87  
88  
89  
90  
91  
92  
93  
94  
95  
96  
–8  
97  
–7  
98  
–6  
99  
–5  
100  
101  
102  
103  
104  
105  
106  
107  
–4  
–3  
938  
–2  
906  
–1  
876  
0
836  
1
805  
2
SERVICE  
Economizer Assembly —  
BRASS NUT 3/8 - 24 FOR  
O-RING  
a30-4079  
ASSEMBLY ON BRASS WELL  
Each  
circuit  
on  
30XW175,200,350,400 units has an economizer assembly. The  
30XW150,325 units do not have an economizer and have one  
main electronic expansion valve. The 30XW150,325 units are  
controlled the same way as units with a separate economizer  
assembly. See Fig. 42.  
Fig. 39 — 5K Thermistor  
(30RB660036 Thermistor Kit)  
Electronic Expansion Valve (EXV) — See Fig. 43  
for a cutaway view of the EXV. High-pressure liquid refriger-  
ant enters valve through the top. As refrigerant passes through  
the orifice, pressure drops and refrigerant changes to a 2-phase  
condition (liquid and vapor). The electronic expansion valve  
operates through an electronically controlled activation of a  
stepper motor. The stepper motor stays in position unless pow-  
er pulses initiate the two discrete sets of motor stator windings  
for rotation in either direction. The direction depends on the  
phase relationship of the power pulses.  
The motor directly operates the spindle, which has rotating  
movements that are transformed into linear motion by the  
transmission in the cage assembly. The valve cone is a V-port  
type which includes a positive shut-off when closed.  
1/4-18 NPT  
a30-4080  
6" MINIMUM  
CLEARANCE FOR  
THERMISTOR  
REMOVAL  
1.188 in.  
2.315 in.  
Fig. 40 — Dual Leaving Water Thermistor Well  
(00PPG000008000A)  
The large number of steps and long stroke results in very ac-  
curate control of the refrigerant flow. The stepper motor has ei-  
ther 4260 (main) or 2785 (economizer) steps.  
a30-4081  
SENSOR  
MAIN EXV CONTROL — Each circuit has a thermistor lo-  
cated in a well in the discharge line of the compressor (DGT)  
and another one located in the compressor motor cavity (SGT).  
Each circuit also has discharge and suction pressure transducer.  
Discharge and suction pressure as measured by the transducers  
are converted to saturated temperatures. The main control logic  
for the EXV uses discharge superheat to control the position of  
the EXV. The difference between the temperature of the  
discharge gas and the saturated discharge temperature is the  
superheat. The EXV module controls the position of the elec-  
tronic expansion valve stepper motor to maintain the discharge  
superheat set point.  
TB6  
SEN  
SEN  
7
8
Fig. 41 — Typical Remote Space Temperature  
Sensor (33ZCT55SPT) Wiring  
59  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
The EXV control logic has several overrides, which are also  
used to control the position of the EXV.  
• Approach between SST and LWT  
• Maximum Operating Pressure (MOP)  
Approach — If the approach (pinch), which is the difference  
between leaving fluid temperature and saturated suction tem-  
perature, is equal to or less than the pinch set point then the  
EXV will not open any further even though discharge super-  
heat set point is not met. Pinch set point is calculated using  
suction superheat, discharge superheat and pinch offset. Pinch  
offset is used to adjust calculated pinch set point do to accuracy  
of transducers and thermistors.  
EXV to maintain economizer superheat set point, which is ap-  
proximately 8° to 12° F (4.4° to 6.7° C). If the circuit capacity is  
less than 70%, the economizer EXV will be closed.  
The economizer EXV has one override. If the discharge gas  
temperature exceeds 195 F (90.6 C) the economizer EXV will  
start to open. The EXV will be controlled to maintain discharge  
gas temperature at approximately 195 F (90.6 C).  
If it appears that main EXV or economizer EXV is not  
properly controlling circuit operation to maintain correct super-  
heat, there are a number of checks that can be made using test  
functions and initialization features built into the microproces-  
sor control. See the Service Test section to test EXVs.  
MOP — The EXV is also used to limit cooler saturated suction  
temperature to 55 F (12.8 C). This makes it possible for the  
chiller to start at higher cooler fluid temperatures without over-  
loading the compressor. This is commonly referred to as MOP  
(maximum operating pressure). If the SST is equal to or greater  
than the MOP set point then the MBB will try to control the  
EXV position to maintain the MOP set point.  
The discharge superheat leaving the compressor is main-  
tained between approximately 18 and 25 F (10 and 14 C), or  
less. Because EXV status is communicated to the Main Base  
Board (MBB) and is controlled by the EXV modules, it is pos-  
sible to track the valve position. The unit is then protected  
against loss of charge and a faulty valve. During initial start-up,  
the EXV is fully closed. After an initialization period, valve  
position is tracked by the EXV module by constantly monitor-  
ing the amount of valve movement.  
MAIN EXV CONNECTOR  
6
1
NAME PLATE  
2
1
3
ECONOMIZER  
EXV CONNECTOR  
ECONOMIZER EXV CONTROL — The economizer EXV  
is controlled by the circuit EXV board. There is an economizer  
gas temperature thermistor and economizer pressure transducer  
located in the line, which runs from the economizer assembly to  
the compressor. The economizer pressure is converted to satu-  
rated temperature and is used to calculate economizer superheat.  
Economizer superheat equals economizer temperature minus  
saturated economizer temperature. The economizer EXV only  
operates during normal conditions when the capacity of the  
circuit is greater than 70%. Once the capacity of the circuit is  
greater than 70% the MBB will start controlling the economizer  
5
4
LEGEND  
EXV  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Electronic Expansion Valve  
Fuse Plug Adaptor  
High Flow Access Fitting  
Filter Drier  
Main Expansion Valve  
Economizer Expansion Valve  
Brazed Plate Heat Exchanger  
1
2
3
4
5
6
Fig. 42 — Economizer Assembly  
1. Cable  
2. Glass Seal  
3. Motor Housing  
4. Stepper Motor  
5. Bearing  
6. Lead Screw  
7. Insert  
8. Valve Piston  
9. Valve Seat  
10. Valve Port  
a30-4241  
Fig. 43 — Cutaway Views of the Electronic Expansion Valve  
60  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
EXV TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE — There are  
two different economizer EXVs. Both of the economizer  
EXVs have a total of 2785 steps. There are three different main  
EXVs, which all have a total of 4260 steps. The EXV motor  
moves at 150 steps per second. Commanding the valve to  
either 0% or 100% will add an additional 160 steps to the  
move, to ensure the valve is open or closed completely.  
Follow the steps below to diagnose and correct EXV  
problems. Check EXV motor operation first. Switch the  
Enable/Off/Remote (EOR) Contact switch to the Off position.  
Check the appropriate circuit EXV, Circuit A EXV % Open  
(Circuit A EXV Position, EXV.A) or Circuit B EXV % Open  
(Circuit B EXV Position, EXV.B). The current value of 0 will  
be displayed. Increase the EXV position to select 100% valve  
position. The actuator should be felt moving through the EXV.  
To close the valve, select 0%. The actuator should knock when  
it reaches the bottom of its stroke. See Table 40 for a list of  
EXV modes and submodes.  
and change Service Test Enable, T.REQ from OFF to  
ON. A password may be required. Switch the EOR  
switch to the Enable position. Under the COMP sub-  
mode, enable one of the compressors (CP.xn) for the cir-  
cuit. Let compressor run until gage on suction pressure  
port reads 10 psig (68.9 kPa). Turn the compressor off.  
The compressor will turn off. Immediately after the com-  
pressor shuts off, manually close the actuated ball valve  
(ABV). If the unit is equipped with suction service valves  
and economizer service valves, close both valves. Clos-  
ing the valves will minimize the amount of charge that  
will have to be removed from the system after pump  
down.  
2. Remove any remaining refrigerant from the system low  
side using proper recovering techniques. The economizer  
1
assembly has a /4-in. access connection which can be  
used to remove charge from the inlet of the EXVs. Turn  
off the line voltage power supply to the compressors.  
If the valve is not working properly, continue with the fol-  
lowing test procedure:  
CAUTION  
Check the 8-position DIP switch on the board for the proper  
address (Fig. 10). Check the EXV output signals at appropriate  
terminals on the EXV module. For 30XW150,325 units, con-  
nect the positive test lead to EXV-J2A terminal 5 for Circuit A  
and to EXV-J2B terminal 5 for Circuit B.  
For 30XW175,200,350,400 units connect positive test lead  
to EXV(X)-J2A terminal 5 for EXV(X) and EXV(X)-J2B ter-  
minal 5 for Economizer EXV(X). Using the Service Test pro-  
cedure on page 83, move the valve output under test to 100%.  
DO NOT short meter leads together or pin 5 to any other pin,  
as board damage will occur. During the next several seconds,  
carefully connect the negative test lead to pins 1,2,3 and 4 in  
succession. Digital voltmeters will average this signal and  
display approximately 6 vdc. If the output remains at a constant  
voltage other than 6 vdc or shows 0 volts, remove the connec-  
tor to the valve and recheck.  
Select 0% to close the valve.  
NOTE: When the valve is stationary, the output from the EXV  
board is 12-vdc.  
See Tables 6 and 7. If a problem still exists, replace the  
EXV board. If the reading is correct, the expansion valve and  
EXV wiring should be checked. Check the EXV connector and  
interconnecting wiring.  
1. Check color-coding and wire connections. Make sure  
they are connected to the correct terminals at the EXV  
board and EXV plug and that the cables are not crossed.  
Ensure refrigerant is removed from both the inlet and outlet  
of EXV assemblies. Equipment damage could result.  
3. The expansion valve motor is hermetically sealed inside  
the top portion of the valve. See Fig. 43. Disconnect the  
EXV plug. Carefully unscrew the motor portion from the  
body of the valve. The EXV operator will come out with  
the motor portion of the device. Reconnect the EXV plug.  
4. Enter the appropriate EXV test step under the (QUIC)  
Service Test mode Locate the desired item Circuit A  
EXV Position, EXV.A or Circuit B EXV Position,  
EXV.B. Change the position to 100%. Observe the opera-  
tion of the lead screw. See Fig. 43. The motor should be  
turning, raising the operator closer to the motor. Motor  
actuator movement should be smooth and uniform from  
fully closed to fully open position. Select 0% and check  
open to closed operation. If the valve is properly connect-  
ed to the processor and receiving correct signals, yet does  
not operate as described above, the sealed motor portion  
of the valve should be replaced.  
Installing EXV Motor  
IMPORTANT: Obtain replacement gasket before  
opening EXV. Do not re-use gaskets.  
If re-installing the motor, be sure to use a new gasket in the  
assembly. See Fig. 44. It is easier to install the motor assembly  
with the piston in the fully closed position. Insert the motor into  
the body of the EXV. Tighten the motor to the body to 36 ft-lb  
(50 N-m) and then tighten the valve another 30 degrees.  
Moisture Liquid Indicator — Clear flow of liquid refrigerant  
indicates sufficient charge in system. Bubbles in the sight glass  
indicate undercharged system or presence of noncondensables.  
Moisture in system, measured in parts per million (ppm),  
changes color of indicator. See Table 41. Change filter drier at  
first sign of moisture in system.  
2. Check for continuity and tight connection at all pin  
terminals.  
Check the resistance of the EXV motor windings. For  
30XW150,325 units remove the EXV module plug EXV-J2A  
for Circuit A EXV and EXV-J2B for Circuit B EXV. For  
30XW175,200,350,400 units remove the EXV module plug  
EXV(X)-J2A for main EXV and EXV(X)-J2B for economizer  
EXV. Check the resistance of the two windings between pins 1  
and 3 for one winding and pins 2 and 4 for the other winding.  
The resistance should be 52 ohms (± 5.2 ohms). Also check  
pins 1-4 for any shorts to ground.  
IMPORTANT: Unit must be in operation at least  
12 hours before moisture indicator can give an accu-  
rate reading.  
Inspecting/Opening Electronic Expansion Valves  
IMPORTANT: Obtain replacement gaskets before  
opening EXV. Do not re-use gaskets.  
With unit running, indicating element must be in con-  
tact with liquid refrigerant to give true reading.  
To check the physical operation of an EXV, the following  
steps must be performed.  
1. Close the liquid line service valve of the circuit to be  
checked. Put the Enable/Off/Remote Contact (EOR)  
switch in the Off position. Enter the Service Test mode  
Filter Drier — Whenever moisture-liquid indicator shows  
presence of moisture, replace filter drier(s). There is one filter  
drier assembly on each circuit with two cores. Refer to the Car-  
rier Standard Service Techniques Manual, Chapter 1, Refriger-  
ants, for details on servicing filter driers.  
61  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DISASSEMBLY  
CLOSED  
OPEN  
27mm / 11/16''  
NOTE: Open valve in Quick Test sub-mode before disassembling.  
OPEN VALVE IN QUICK TEST SUB-MODE BEFORE DISASSEMBLING  
ASSEMBLY  
CLOSED  
OPEN  
27mm / 11/16''  
50Nm (36 ft-lb)+ 30°  
GASKET  
EF05BD271 NV 32.5mm  
EF05BD331 NV 36mm  
NOTES:  
1. Push down on valve piston to close valve before assembling.  
2. After valve is assembled close valve in Quick Test sub-mode or cycle power before opening service valve.  
A30-4072ef  
Fig. 44 — Disassembly and Assembly of EXV Motor  
Table 40 — EXV Modes and Submodes  
EXV TYPE AND CIRCUIT  
EXV, Circuit A  
TOUCH PILOT™ PATH  
NAVIGATOR™ PATH  
Main MenuStatusQCK_TST1Q_EXVA  
Main MenuStatusQCK_TST1Q_EXVB  
Main MenuStatusQCK_TST1Q_ECO_A  
Main MenuStatusQCK_TST1Q_ECO_B  
Service Test ModeQUICEXV.A  
Service Test ModeQUICEXV.B  
Service Test ModeQUICECO.A  
Service Test ModeQUICECO.B  
EXV, Circuit B  
Economizer EXV, Circuit A  
Economizer EXV, Circuit B  
Table 41 — Color Indicators when  
Moisture is Present in Refrigerant  
Liquid Line Service Valve — This valve is located immediately  
ahead of filter drier, and has a 1/4-in. access connection for field  
charging. In combination with compressor discharge service  
valve, each circuit can be pumped down into the high side for  
servicing.  
R-134a,  
75 F (24 C)  
(ppm)  
R-134a,  
125 F (52 C)  
(ppm)  
COLOR INDICATOR  
Green — Dry  
Yellow-green — Caution  
Yellow — Wet  
<30  
30-100  
>100  
<45  
45-170  
>170  
62  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Compressor Assembly — The 30XW units utilize  
screw compressors with a modulating slide valve which varies  
capacity from 15% to 100% of compressor capacity for each  
circuit. See Fig. 45 for a view of a typical 06T compressor.  
The slide valve position is varied by opening and closing the  
2 solenoid valves located on the compressor. To unload the  
compressor, both solenoids are deenergized. To increase in  
capacity both solenoid valves are energized together which  
will cause the slide valve to slide towards the fully loaded posi-  
tion. To stop the loading process solenoid 2 is energized and  
solenoid 1 is deenergized. This will cause the slide valve to  
maintain its current position. There is no feedback for the posi-  
tion of the slide valve. The control utilizes compressor current  
as an indicator of the slide valve position. Once the calculated  
position of the slide valve reaches 100% circuit capacity, the  
control will try to increase capacity again if the compressor  
current continues to increase. The control will continue to load  
the compressor until the compressor current no longer  
increases. At that time the control will energize both solenoids  
and the circuit will be considered fully loaded.  
1
2
3
8
4
COMPRESSOR OIL SYSTEM — Each compressor/circuit  
has its own oil system which includes an oil filter, oil solenoid,  
check valve, oil level switch, oil pressure transducer, and an oil  
shut-off valve. A typical oil system is shown in Fig. 46. See  
Table 42.  
6
5
7
LEGEND  
1 — Oil Pressure Transducer  
2 — Oil Solenoid  
Table 42 — Unit Oil Quantities  
3 — Oil Filter  
4 — 1/4 in. FL (Female) Access Fitting  
5 — Shut-Off Valve  
OIL CHANGE (gal, [liters])  
30XW UNIT SIZE  
Circuit A  
6.0 [22.7]  
5.0 [18.9]  
Circuit B  
—
6 — Oil Level Sight Glass  
7 — Oil Level Switch  
A30-4842  
150-200  
325-400  
8 — 1/4 in. FL (Female) Access Fitting  
5.0 [18.9]  
Fig. 46 — Typical Oil System  
SUCTION  
TEMPERATURE  
DISCHARGE  
GAS THERMISTOR  
ACCESS  
FITTING  
MOTOR TEMPERATURE  
SENSOR 1  
COMMON  
MOTOR TEMPERATURE  
SENSOR 2  
HIGH PRESSURE  
SWITCH  
SOLENOID 1  
SOLENOID 2  
Unloader Piston  
Chamber  
Unloader Piston  
Chamber  
Unloader Piston  
Chamber  
Compression  
Process  
Compression  
Process  
Compression  
Process  
High with  
High  
Pressure  
Oil  
Discharge  
Port  
Trapped  
Oil at  
High  
Slide Valve  
Discharge  
Port  
Slide Valve  
Slide Valve  
Discharge  
Port  
Pressure  
Loaded Position  
Part Load Position  
Unloaded Position  
Bleed Line to Low Pressure Suction  
High Pressure Oil  
Bleed Line to Low Pressure Suction  
High Pressure Oil  
Bleed Line to Low Pressure Suction  
High Pressure Oil  
Energized  
NO FLOW  
Valve #2 (NO)  
Energized  
FLOW  
Valve #1 (NC)  
De-energized  
FLOW  
Valve #2 (NO)  
De-energized  
Energized  
De-energized  
NO FLOW  
NO FLOW  
NO FLOW  
Valve #1 (NC)  
Valve #2 (NO)  
Valve #1 (NC)  
FULLY LOADED OPERATION  
FULLY UNLOADED OPERATION  
MAINTAIN POSITION  
A30-4841  
Fig. 45 — Typical 06T Compressor  
63  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Oil Charge — When additional oil or a complete charge is  
required it must meet the following specifications:  
(344.7 kPa) then the control will shut down the circuit on  
Maximum Oil Filter Differential Pressure Failure.  
• Manufacturer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Emkarate RL220XL  
• Oil Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inhibited polyolester-based  
synthetic compressor lubricant for use with screw compressors.  
CAUTION  
Compressor oil is pressurized. Use proper safety precau-  
tions when relieving pressure.  
• ISO Viscosity Grade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220  
Do not reuse drained oil or any oil that has been exposed to  
the atmosphere.  
Replacing the Oil Filter — Close the oil line ball valve locat-  
ed in front of the oil filter. Connect a charging hose to the 1/4-in.  
access fitting port located downstream of the valve and bleed  
off oil trapped between the service valve and the oil solenoid  
valve. A quart of oil is typically what is removed during this  
process. Remove the charging hose. Unscrew the nuts from  
both ends of the oil filter and remove the oil filter. Remove the  
protective caps from the new oil filter and install, being careful  
not to lose or damage the new O-ring located on the new oil fil-  
ter. Draw a vacuum at the Schrader port. Remove the charging  
hose and open the oil line ball valve. Check both fittings for  
leaks.  
Oil is available in the following quantities from your local  
Carrier representative:  
QUANTITY  
1 Quart  
TOTALINE PART NO.  
P903-2325  
1 Gallon  
5 Gallon  
P903-2301  
P903-2305  
If unsure if there is low oil charge in the system, follow the  
steps below:  
1. If the unit shuts off repeatedly from a low oil level alert it  
may be an indication of inadequate oil charge; however, it  
could also indicate that the oil is not being recovered from  
the low-side of the system.  
2. Begin running the unit at full load for 11/2 hours. Use the  
manual Test Mode feature of Service Test if the unit does  
not normally run at full load.  
Cooler  
SUCTION SERVICE VALVE — The suction service valve  
is a factory-installed option for 30XW units. It is located in the  
suction outlet of the cooler. The suction service valve is bolted  
between the cooler outlet and the suction flange piping. The  
suction service valve shaft has a locking device located on the  
shaft to lock the valve in either a fully open position or a fully  
closed position. The locking device must be pulled out prior to  
moving the valve handle to a fully open or a fully closed posi-  
tion. See Fig. 47A and 47B.  
NOTE: An adequate load must be available.  
3. After running the unit for 11/2 hours at full load, allow the  
unit to restart and run normally. If low oil alarms persist,  
continue with the following steps.  
4. Close the liquid line service valve and place a pressure  
gage on top of the cooler. Enable the Service Test feature  
and turn the Enable/Off/Remote switch to the enable po-  
sition. Start the desired circuit by turning it on under the  
TEST function: CP.A for compressor A, CP.B for com-  
pressor B, or CP.C for compressor C.  
A30-4843  
5. When the compressor starts successfully observe the  
cooler pressure when the pressure reads 10 psig  
(68.9 kPa), turn the Emergency Switch (SW2) to the OFF  
position. The compressor should stop.  
6. Open the liquid line service valve and allow the unit to  
restart normally. If low oil level alarms persist, continue  
with the following steps.  
7. If none of the previous steps were successful, the unit is  
low on oil charge. Add oil to the oil separator using the  
1/4 in. access fitting that the discharge pressure transducer  
is mounted to.  
CLOSED AND UNLOCKED  
SUCTION SERVICE VALVE  
8. To facilitate the oil charging process, ensure that the unit  
is not running when adding oil. The system is under pres-  
sure even when the unit is not running, so it is necessary  
to use a suitable pump to add oil to the system.  
Fig. 47A — Suction Service Valve Locking Device,  
Closed and Unlocked  
A30-4844  
1
9. Using a suitable pump, add /2 gal (1.9 l) of oil to the  
system. Continue adding oil in 1/2 gal (1.9 l) increments  
until the problem is resolved, up to a maximum of 1.5 gal  
(5.7 l). If it is necessary to add factory oil charge levels to  
the system contact your local Carrier representative.  
Oil Filter Maintenance — Each circuit has one oil filter locat-  
ed externally to the compressor. Oil line pressure drop is  
monitored by the control. Oil line pressure drop is calculated  
by subtracting oil pressure (OP) from discharge pressure (DP).  
If the oil line pressure drop exceeds 30 psi (206.8 kPa) for  
5 minutes the control will generate a High Oil Filter Pressure  
Drop alert. The High Oil Filter Pressure Drop alert will  
not shut down the compressor, but instead indicates that the  
oil filter is dirty. If oil pressure line losses exceed 50 psi  
OPENED AND LOCKED  
SUCTION SERVICE VALVE  
Fig. 47B — Suction Service Valve Locking Device,  
Open and Locked  
64  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
LOW FLUID TEMPERATURE — Main Base Board is pro-  
grammed to shut chiller down if leaving fluid temperature  
drops below 34 F (1.1 C) for cooler fluid type water or below  
Brine Freeze Setpoint (Brine Freeze Setpoint, LOSP) for  
cooler fluid type brine. The unit will shut down without a  
pumpout. When fluid temperature rises to 6° F (3.3° C) above  
the leaving fluid set point, safety resets and chiller restarts.  
Reset is automatic as long as this is the first occurrence.  
LOSS OF FLUID FLOW PROTECTION — All 30XW ma-  
chines include an integral flow switch that protects the cooler  
against loss of cooler flow. In addition, all models ordered for  
heat reclaim duty have factory installed condenser water sen-  
sors and an integral flow switch.  
TUBE PLUGGING — A leaky tube can be plugged until  
retubing can be done. The number of tubes plugged determines  
how soon the cooler must be retubed. All tubes in the cooler  
may be removed. Loss of unit capacity and efficiency as well  
as increased pump power will result from plugging tubes.  
Failed tubes should be replaced as soon as possible. Up to 10%  
of the total number of tubes per pass can be plugged before  
retubing is necessary. Fig. 48 shows an Elliott tube plug and a  
cross-sectional view of a plug in place. See Tables 43-46 for  
plug components. If the tube failure occurs in both circuits  
using tube plugs will not correct the problem. Contact your  
local Carrier representative for assistance.  
Table 45 — Condenser (Sizes 325-400) Plug  
Component Parts  
COMPONENT  
For Tubes  
PART NUMBER  
Brass Pin  
Brass Ring  
For Holes without tubes  
Brass Pin  
Brass Ring  
Loctite  
853103-2A*  
853002-918*  
853103-3*  
853002-988*  
No. 675†  
“N”†  
Locquic  
*Order directly from Elliot Tube Company, Dayton, OH or RCD.  
†Can be obtained locally.  
Table 46 — Condenser (Sizes 325-400) Tube  
Components  
SIZE  
COMPONENT  
in.  
mm  
Tube Sheet Hole Diameter  
Tube OD  
1.000 to 1.008  
0.992 to 0.998  
25.40 to 25.60  
25.20 to 25.35  
Tube ID after Rolling  
(includes expansion due to  
clearance.)  
0.918 to 0.935  
23.32 to 23.75  
LEGEND  
ID — Inside Diameter  
OD — Outside Diameter  
CAUTION  
Use extreme care when installing plugs to prevent damage  
to the tube sheet section between the holes.  
NOTE: Tubes replaced along heat exchanger head partitions must  
be flush with tube sheet (both ends).  
RETUBING — When retubing is required, obtain service of  
qualified personnel experienced in boiler maintenance and  
repair. Most standard procedures can be followed when retub-  
ing the coolers. An 8% crush is recommended when rolling  
replacement tubes into the tubesheet.  
a30-4083  
Place one drop of Loctite No. 675 or equivalent on top of  
tube prior to rolling. This material is intended to “wick” into the  
area of the tube that is not rolled into the tube sheet, and prevent  
fluid from accumulating between the tube and the tube sheet.  
New tubes must also be rolled into the center tubesheet to  
prevent circuit to circuit leaks.  
Fig. 48 — Elliott Tube Plug  
Table 43 — Condenser (Sizes 150-200) and  
Evaporator Plug Component Parts  
COMPONENT  
For Tubes  
PART NUMBER  
TIGHTENING COOLER HEAD BOLTS  
Preparation — When reassembling cooler heads, always  
check the condition of the O-rings first. The O-ring should be  
replaced if there is visible signs of deterioration, cuts or  
damage. Apply a thin film of grease to the O-ring before  
installation. This will aid in holding the O-ring in the groove  
while the head is installed. Torque all bolts to the following  
specification and in sequence:  
3/4-in. Diameter Perimeter Bolts (Grade 5) . . . 200 to 225 ft-lb  
(271 to 305 N-m)  
1. Install all bolts finger tight.  
Brass Pin  
Brass Ring  
853103-1*  
853002-657 or 670* (Measure inside  
diameter of tube before ordering.)  
For Holes without Tubes  
Brass Pin  
Brass Ring  
Loctite  
853103-1A*  
853002-738*  
No. 675†  
“N”†  
Locquic  
*Order directly from Elliot Tube Company, Dayton, OH or RCD.  
†Can be obtained locally.  
2. Bolt tightening sequence is outlined in Fig. 49. Follow  
the numbering or lettering sequence so that pressure is  
evenly applied to O-ring.  
3. Apply torque in one-third steps until required torque is  
reached. Load all bolts to each one-third step before pro-  
ceeding to next one-third step.  
4. No less than one hour later, retighten all bolts to required  
torque values.  
5. After refrigerant is restored to system, check for refriger-  
ant leaks using recommended industry practices.  
Table 44 — Condenser (Sizes 150-200) and  
Evaporator Tube Components  
SIZE  
COMPONENT  
in.  
mm  
Tube Sheet Hole Diameter  
Tube OD  
0.752 to 0.757  
0.742 to 0.748  
19.10 to 19.23  
18.85 to 19.00  
Tube ID after Rolling  
(includes expansion due to  
clearance.)  
0.666 to 0.681  
16.92 to 17.30  
LEGEND  
ID — Inside Diameter  
OD — Outside Diameter  
6. Replace cooler insulation.  
NOTE: Tubes replaced along heat exchanger head partitions must  
be flush with tube sheet (both ends).  
65  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3. If the contacts do not close with sufficient flow, then  
check the wiring connection to the MBB. If the input sig-  
nal is not closed, then the switch needs to be replaced.  
13  
14  
17  
24  
5
12  
7
10  
18  
2
23  
4
3
1
21  
a30-4708  
20  
9
8
11  
6
22  
19  
15  
16  
A30-4845  
Fig. 49 — Cooler Head Recommended  
Bolt Torque Sequence  
INSPECTING/CLEANING HEAT EXCHANGERS — In-  
spect and clean cooler tubes at the end of the first operating  
season. Because these tubes have internal ridges, a rotary-type  
tube cleaning system is necessary to fully clean the tubes. Tube  
condition in the cooler will determine the scheduled frequency  
for cleaning, and will indicate whether water treatment is  
adequate in the chilled water/brine circuit. Inspect the entering  
and leaving water thermistor wells for signs of corrosion or  
scale. Replace the well if corroded or remove any scale if  
found.  
WIRING  
CAUTION  
Fig. 50 — Chilled Water Flow Switch  
Hard scale may require chemical treatment for its preven-  
tion or removal. Consult a water treatment specialist for  
proper treatment procedures.  
LWT  
WATER TREATMENT — Untreated or improperly treated  
water may result in corrosion, scaling, erosion or algae. The  
services of a qualified water treatment specialist should be  
obtained to develop and monitor a treatment program.  
CWFS  
EWT  
OUT  
IN  
CAUTION  
Water must be within design flow limits, clean and treated  
to ensure proper machine performance and reduce the  
potential of tubing damage due to corrosion, scaling, and  
algae. Carrier assumes no responsibility for cooler damage  
resulting from untreated or improperly treated water.  
CHILLED WATER FLOW SWITCH — A factory-installed  
flow switch is installed in the entering water nozzle for all ma-  
chines. See Fig. 50 and 51. This is a thermal-dispersion flow  
switch. Figure 50 shows typical installation. If nuisance trips of  
the sensor are occurring, follow the steps below to correct:  
When power is supplied to the device, a warm-up period is  
initiated. The warm-up period may take up to 30 seconds.  
When enough flow is detected, the switch contacts will close.  
The switch closure does not indicate minimum flow require-  
ments have been met for the machine.  
OUT  
IN  
CLWT  
CEWT  
1. Check to confirm that all strainers are clean, valves are  
open and pumps are running. For the case of variable  
frequency drive (VFD) controlled pumps, ensure the  
minimum speed setting has not been changed.  
2. Measure the pressure drop across the cooler (evaporator).  
Use the cooler pressure drop curves in Fig. 27-37 to cal-  
culate the flow and compare this to system requirements.  
LEGEND  
A30-4846  
CEWT — Condenser Entering Water Thermistor  
CLWT  
—
Condenser Leaving Water Thermistor  
CWFS — Chilled Water Flow Switch  
EWT  
LWT  
—
—
Entering Water Thermistor  
Leaving Water Thermistor  
Fig. 51 — Flow Switch (Typical)  
66  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
COOLER PROTECTION  
Refrigerant Circuit  
Low Water Temperature — Microprocessor is programmed  
to shut the chiller down if the leaving fluid temperature drops  
below 34 F (1.1 C) for water or more than 8F (4.4C) below  
set point for Fluid Type = brine. When the fluid temperature  
rises 6F (3.3C) above the leaving fluid set point, the safety  
resets and the chiller restarts. Reset is automatic as long as this  
is the first occurrence of the day.  
LEAK TESTING — Units are shipped with complete operat-  
ing charge of refrigerant R-134a or nitrogen (see Physical Data  
tables supplied in the 30XW installation instructions) and  
should be under sufficient pressure to conduct a leak test. If  
there is no pressure in the system, introduce enough nitrogen to  
search for the leak. Repair the leak using good refrigeration  
practices. After leaks are repaired, system must be evacuated  
and dehydrated.  
IMPORTANT: If unit is installed in an area where  
ambient temperatures fall below 32 F (0° C), a suit-  
able corrosion-inhibited antifreeze solution must be  
used in the chilled water and condenser water circuit.  
REFRIGERANT CHARGE — Refer to Physical Data tables  
supplied in the 30XW installation instructions. Immediately  
ahead of filter drier in each circuit is a factory-installed liquid  
1
line service valve. Each valve has a /4-in. access connection  
for charging liquid refrigerant.  
Relief Devices — Fusible plugs are located in each cir-  
cuit between the condenser and the liquid line shutoff valve.  
Charging with Unit Off and Evacuated — Close liquid line  
service valve before charging. Weigh in charge shown on unit  
nameplate. Open liquid line service valve; start unit and allow  
it to run several minutes fully loaded. Check for a clear sight  
glass. Be sure clear condition is liquid and not vapor.  
Charging with Unit Running — If charge is to be added while  
unit is operating, loop water temperatures should be near the  
ARI rating point (54/44 F evaporator; 85/95 F condenser). At  
these conditions and with the circuit at full load, charge to a  
clear sightglass and a liquid line temperature of 90 to 93 F (32.2  
to 33.9 C).  
Add 5 lb (2.3 kg) of liquid charge into the fitting located on  
the tube entering the bottom of the cooler. This fitting is located  
between the electronic expansion valve (EXV) and the cooler.  
Allow the system to stabilize and then recheck the liquid  
temperature. If needed, add additional liquid charge, 5 lb  
(2.3 kg) at a time, allowing the system to stabilize between  
each charge addition. Slowly add charge as the sight glass  
begins to clear to avoid overcharging.  
PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES — Valves are installed in each  
circuit and are located on all coolers and condensers. These  
valves are designed to relieve if an abnormal pressure condition  
arises. Relief valves on all coolers relieve at 220 psi (1517 kPa).  
These valves should not be capped. If a valve relieves, it should  
be replaced. If the valve is not replaced, it may relieve at a lower  
pressure, or leak due to trapped dirt from the system which may  
prevent resealing. Valves on standard condensers relieve at  
220 psi (1517 kPa). Valves on high condensing and heat reclaim  
units relieve at 300 psi (2068 kPa).  
3
Pressure relief valves located on shells have /4-in. NPT  
connections for relief. Some local building codes require that  
relieved gases be exhausted to a specific location. This connec-  
tion allows conformance to this requirement. Refer to Installa-  
tion Instructions for details.  
MAINTENANCE  
Recommended Maintenance Schedule — The fol-  
lowing are only recommended guidelines. Jobsite conditions  
may dictate that maintenance schedule is performed more often  
than recommended.  
IMPORTANT: When adjusting refrigerant charge, circu-  
late fluid through cooler and condenser continuously to  
prevent freezing and possible damage to both. Do not  
overcharge, and never charge liquid into the low-pressure  
side of system.  
Every month:  
• Check moisture indicating sight glass for possible refriger-  
ant loss and presence of moisture.  
Every 3 months:  
• Check refrigerant charge.  
Safety Devices — The 30XW chillers contain many  
safety devices and protection logic built into the electronic  
control. Following is a description of the major safeties.  
• Check all refrigerant joints and valves for refrigerant leaks;  
repair as necessary.  
• Check chilled water and condenser flow switch operation.  
• Check oil filter pressure drop.  
Every 12 months:  
COMPRESSOR PROTECTION  
Motor Overload — The compressor protection modules  
(CPM) protect each compressor against overcurrent. Do not  
bypass the current transducers or make any changes to the  
factory-installed and configured headers. The configuration of  
these headers defines the Must Trip Amps (MTA) at which the  
CPM will turn the compressors off. Determine the cause for  
trouble and correct the problem before resetting the CPM. See  
Appendix D for MTA settings and configuration headers.  
• Check all electrical connections; tighten as necessary.  
• Inspect all contactors and relays; replace as necessary.  
• Check accuracy of thermistors; replace if greater than ±2° F  
(1.2° C) variance from calibrated thermometer.  
• Check accuracy of transducers; replace if greater than ±5 psi  
(34.47 kPa) variance.  
• Check to be sure that the proper concentration of antifreeze  
is present in the chilled water and condenser loops, if  
applicable.  
• Verify that the chilled water loop is properly treated.  
• Check refrigerant filter driers for excessive pressure drop;  
replace as necessary.  
• Check chilled water and condenser strainers, clean as  
necessary.  
Each CPM board also reads the status of each compressor’s  
high-pressure switch. All compressors have factory-installed  
high-pressure switches. See Table 47.  
Table 47 — High-Pressure Switch Settings  
SWITCH SETTING  
psig  
30XW UNIT  
kPa  
1500 +50, –100  
2099 +50, –100  
STD  
HIGH COND  
217.6 +7.25, –14.5  
304.5 +7.25, –14.5  
• Perform Service Test to confirm operation of all components.  
• Check for excessive cooler approach (Leaving Chilled  
Water Temperature – Saturated Suction Temperature) which  
may indicate fouling. Clean cooler vessel if necessary.  
• Obtain oil analysis; change as necessary.  
If the switch opens during operation, the compressor will be  
shut down. The CPM will reset automatically when the switch  
closes, however, a manual reset of the control is required to  
restart the compressor.  
TROUBLESHOOTING  
See Table 48 for an abbreviated list of symptoms, possible  
causes and possible remedies.  
67  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 48 — Troubleshooting  
SYMPTOM  
Unit Does Not Run  
POSSIBLE CAUSE  
Check for power to unit  
POSSIBLE REMEDY  
• Check overcurrent protection device.  
• Check non-fused disconnect (if equipped).  
• Restore power to unit.  
Wrong or incorrect unit configuration  
Active alarm  
Check unit configuration.  
Check Alarm status. See the Alarms and Alerts section and follow  
troubleshooting instructions.  
Active operating mode  
Check for Operating Modes. See the Operating Modes section and follow trouble-  
shooting instructions  
Unit Operates too Long or  
Continuously  
Low refrigerant charge  
Compressor or control contacts welded  
Air in chilled water loop  
Check for leak and add refrigerant.  
Replace contactor or relay.  
Purge water loop.  
Non-condensables in refrigerant circuit.  
Inoperative EXV  
Remove refrigerant and recharge.  
• Check EXV, clean or replace.  
• Check EXV cable, replace if necessary.  
• Check EXV board for output signal.  
Load too high  
Active alarm  
Unit may be undersized for application  
Check Alarm status. See the Alarms and Alerts section and follow  
troubleshooting instructions.  
Check for Operating Modes. See the Operating Modes section and follow trouble-  
shooting instructions.  
Check Alarm status. See the Alarms and Alerts section and follow  
troubleshooting instructions.  
Circuit Does Not Run  
Circuit Does Not Load  
Active operating mode  
Active alarm  
Active operating mode  
Check for Operating Modes. See the Operating Modes section and follow trouble-  
shooting instructions.  
Low saturated suction temperature  
High circuit suction superheat  
See Operating Modes 21 and 22.  
The circuit capacity is not allowed increase if circuit superheat is greater than 36 F  
(20 C). See Alarms 74 and 75 for potential causes.  
Low suction superheat  
Active alarm  
The circuit capacity is not allowed to increase if the circuit superheat is less than  
18° F (10° C). See Alarms 74 and 75 for potential causes.  
Check Alarm status. See the Alarms and Alerts section and follow  
troubleshooting instructions.  
Compressor Does Not Run  
Active operating mode  
Inoperative compressor contactor  
Check for Operating Modes. See the Operating Modes section and follow trouble-  
shooting instructions.  
• Check control wiring.  
• Check scroll protection module.  
• Check contactor operation, replace if necessary.  
Chilled Water Pump is ON, but Cooler freeze protection  
the Machine is OFF  
Chilled water loop temperature too low. Check cooler heater.  
LEGEND  
EXV — Electronic Expansion Valve  
Alarms and Alerts — The integral control system con-  
stantly monitors the unit and generates warnings when abnor-  
mal or fault conditions occur. Alarms may cause either a circuit  
(Alert) or the whole machine (Alarm) to shut down. Alarms  
and Alerts are assigned codes as described in Fig. 52. The  
alarm/alert indicator LED on the Navigator™ module is  
illuminated when any alarm or alert condition is present. If an  
Alert is active, the Alarm Indicator LED will blink. If an Alarm  
is active, the Alarm Indicator LED will remain on. Currently  
active Alerts and Alarms can be found in (Current Alarm,  
ALRM).  
The controller generates two types of alarms. Automatic  
reset alarms will reset without any intervention if the condition  
that caused the alarm corrects itself. Manual reset alarms  
require the service technician to check for the alarm cause and  
reset the alarm. The following method must be followed to  
reset manual alarms:  
Alarm  
Alarm Descriptor  
th  
.01  
Alarm Prefix  
A1 – Compressor A1 Failure  
B1 – Compressor B1 Failure  
Co – Communication Failure  
FC – Factory Configuration Error  
MC – Master Chiller Configuration Error  
P – Process Failure  
Pr – Pressure Transducer Failure  
Sr – Service Notification  
th – Thermistor Failure  
Alarm Suffix  
Code Number to identify source  
A30-4847  
Fig. 52 — Alarm Description  
Before resetting any alarm, first determine the cause of the  
alarm and correct it. To reset the alarm, set R.ALM to YES.  
The alarms will be reset. Indicator light will be turned off when  
switched correctly. Do not reset the chiller at random without  
first investigating and correcting the cause(s) of the failure.  
Each alarm is described by a three or four-digit code. The  
first one or two digits indicate the alarm source and are listed in  
Fig. 52. The last two digits pinpoint the problem. See Table 49.  
68  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 49 — Alarm Codes  
PREFIX  
CODE  
SUFFIX  
CODE  
ALARM  
NUMBER  
ACTION TAKEN  
BY CONTROL  
RESET  
TYPE  
ALARM DESCRIPTION  
REASON FOR ALARM  
PROBABLE CAUSE  
th  
01  
1
2
Cooler Entering Fluid  
Thermistor  
Cooler Leaving Fluid  
Thermistor  
Temperature measured Unit be shut down or  
Automatic  
Faulty Sensor,  
wiring error or failed  
main base board  
by the controller is  
outside of the range  
of –40 F to 245 F  
not allowed to start  
02  
03  
04  
06  
3
4
5
Circuit A Defrost Thermistor  
Circuit B Defrost Thermistor  
Condenser Entering  
Fluid Thermistor  
None  
Configuration error  
Automatic  
07  
08  
09  
11  
6
7
Condenser Leaving  
Fluid Thermistor  
Reclaim Condenser  
Entering Thermistor  
Reclaim Condenser  
Leaving Thermistor  
Master/Slave Common Fluid  
Thermistor  
8
10  
Dual chiller deacti-  
vated. Master and  
slave machines  
operate in stand-  
alone mode  
Circuit shut down or  
not allowed to start  
Faulty Sensor,  
wiring error or failed  
main base board  
Automatic  
Automatic  
12  
13  
15  
16  
18  
19  
21  
11  
12  
14  
15  
17  
18  
19  
Circuit A Suction Gas  
Thermistor  
Circuit B Suction Gas  
Thermistor  
Circuit A Discharge Gas  
Thermistor  
Circuit B Discharge Gas  
Thermistor  
Circuit A Condenser Sub-  
cooling Liquid Thermistor  
Circuit B Condenser Sub-  
cooling Liquid Thermistor  
Space Temperature  
Thermistor  
Faulty Sensor,  
wiring error, failed  
EXV or CPM board  
Not supported  
Configuration error  
Automatic  
Automatic  
Alarm tripped  
None  
Faulty Sensor, wiring  
error, failed EMM  
board  
23  
24  
25  
01  
02  
20  
21  
22  
26  
27  
Cooler heater feedback  
thermistor  
Circuit A Economizer Gas  
Thermistor  
Circuit B Economizer Gas  
Thermistor  
Circuit A Discharge  
Transducer  
Configuration error  
Automatic  
Automatic  
Circuit economizer  
function disabled  
Faulty Sensor,  
wiring error, failed  
EXV board  
Pr  
Measured voltage is  
Circuit shut down or  
0 vdc or SST > EWT and not allowed to start  
EXV < 50% for 1 minute  
Automatic  
Faulty transducer,  
wiring error, failed  
main base board or  
fan board  
Circuit B Discharge  
Transducer  
04  
05  
07  
29  
30  
32  
Circuit A Suction Transducer  
Circuit B Suction Transducer  
Circuit A Reclaim Pump-  
down Pressure Transducer  
Circuit B Reclaim Pump-  
down Pressure Transducer  
Circuit A Oil Pressure  
Transducer  
Circuit B Oil Pressure  
Transducer  
Circuit A Economizer  
Pressure Transducer  
Circuit B Economizer  
Pressure Transducer  
None  
Configuration error  
Automatic  
Automatic  
08  
10  
11  
13  
14  
33  
34  
35  
37  
38  
Circuit shut down or  
not allowed to start  
Faulty transducer,  
wiring error, failed  
CPM board  
Measured voltage is  
0 vdc  
LEGEND  
CCN  
— Carrier Comfort Network®  
MLV — Minimum Load Valve  
CPM — Compressor Protection Module  
EMM — Energy Management Module  
EWT — Entering Water Temperature  
MOP — Maximum Operating Pressure  
MTA — Must Trip Amps  
SST — Saturated Suction Temperature  
EXV  
HPS  
— Electronic Expansion Valve  
— High Pressure Switch  
UL  
— Underwriters Laboratories  
69  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 49 — Alarm Codes (cont)  
PREFIX  
CODE  
SUFFIX  
CODE  
ALARM  
NUMBER  
ACTION TAKEN  
BY CONTROL  
RESET  
TYPE  
ALARM DESCRIPTION  
REASON FOR ALARM  
PROBABLE CAUSE  
Co  
A1  
53  
54  
Loss of communication with  
Compressor Board A  
Loss of communication with  
Compressor Board B  
No communication  
with CPM board  
Affected  
compressor shut  
down  
Automatic  
Automatic  
Automatic  
Wrong CPM address,  
wrong unit configura-  
tion, wiring error, power  
loss, failed  
B1  
CPM board  
E1  
E2  
56  
57  
Loss of communication with  
EXV Board 1  
Loss of communication with  
EXV Board 2  
No communication with  
EXV board  
Affected  
compressor  
shut down  
Wrong EXV board  
address, wrong unit  
configuration, wiring  
error, power loss,  
failed EXV board  
03  
64  
Loss of communication with  
Energy Management Board  
No communication with Disable or not allow  
Wrong board  
EMM board  
EMM functions  
3 step and 4-20 mA  
and space tempera-  
ture reset, occu-  
pancy override and  
ice build)  
address, wrong unit  
configuration, wiring  
error, power loss to  
module, failed module  
05  
01  
66  
67  
Loss of communication with  
AUX Board 6  
Wrong board  
No communication  
with MLV/COND Board  
Unit shut down or  
not allowed to start  
Automatic  
address, wrong unit  
configuration, wiring  
error, power loss to  
module, failed module  
P
Cooler Freeze Protection  
Entering or leaving therm- Unit shut down or Automatic, first Faulty thermistor, faulty  
istor sensed a tempera- not allowed to start occurrence in wiring, low water flow,  
ture at or below freeze  
point  
24 hours;  
manual if  
multiplealarms  
within 24 hours  
low loop volume, fouled  
cooler, or freeze  
conditions  
02  
03  
05  
06  
68  
69  
71  
72  
Condenser Freeze Protection  
Circuit A  
Condenser Freeze Protection  
Circuit B  
Circuit A Low Suction  
Temperature  
Circuit B Low Suction  
Temperature  
—
None  
Automatic  
Configuration error  
Low saturated suction  
temperatures detected for  
a period of time  
Circuit shut down Automatic, first Faulty thermistor, faulty  
occurrence in wiring, low water flow,  
24 hours;  
manual if  
multiplealarms  
within 24 hours  
low loop volume, fouled  
cooler, or freeze  
conditions  
08  
09  
74  
75  
Circuit A High Suction  
Superheat  
Circuit B High Suction  
Superheat  
EXV>98%,  
Circuit shut down  
Manual  
Faulty transducer,  
faulty wiring, faulty  
thermistor, faulty EXV,  
low refrigerant charge,  
plugged or restricted  
liquid line  
suction superheat > 30 F,  
and SST<MOP for more  
than 5 minutes  
LEGEND  
CCN  
— Carrier Comfort Network®  
MLV — Minimum Load Valve  
CPM — Compressor Protection Module  
EMM — Energy Management Module  
EWT — Entering Water Temperature  
MOP — Maximum Operating Pressure  
MTA — Must Trip Amps  
SST — Saturated Suction Temperature  
EXV  
HPS  
— Electronic Expansion Valve  
— High Pressure Switch  
UL  
— Underwriters Laboratories  
70  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 49 — Alarm Codes (cont)  
PREFIX  
CODE  
SUFFIX  
CODE  
ALARM  
NUMBER  
ACTION TAKEN  
BY CONTROL  
RESET  
TYPE  
ALARM DESCRIPTION  
REASON FOR ALARM  
PROBABLE CAUSE  
P
11  
77  
78  
Circuit A Low Suction  
Superheat  
Circuit B Low Suction  
Superheat  
EXV<5% and either the  
suction superheat is less  
than the set point by at  
least 5 F or the suction  
temperature is greater  
than MOP set point for  
more than 5 minutes  
Circuit shut down  
Manual  
Faulty transducer,  
faulty wiring, faulty  
thermistor, faulty EXV,  
or incorrect  
12  
configuration  
14  
28  
80  
81  
Interlock Failure  
Lockout Switch Closed  
Unit shut down or  
not allowed to start  
Unit shut down or  
not allowed to start  
Automatic  
Automatic  
Lockout Switch Closed  
on EMM board  
External pump off.  
Faulty jumper wiring  
when channel not used  
Electrical Box Thermostat  
Failure/Reverse Rotation  
External pump interlock  
open  
29  
30  
82  
83  
Loss of communication with  
System Manager  
Loss of communication  
with an external control  
device for more than  
2 minutes  
Unit change to  
stand-alone  
operation  
Automatic  
Automatic  
Faulty communication  
wiring, no power  
supply to the external  
controller  
Faulty communication  
wiring, no power or  
control power to the  
main base board of  
either module  
Master/Slave communication Communication between  
Failure  
Unit change to  
stand-alone  
operation  
the master and slave  
machines lost  
67  
68  
84  
85  
Circuit A Low Oil Pressure  
Circuit B Low Oil Pressure  
Oil pressure and suction  
pressure differential is  
less than the set point  
Circuit shut down Automatic, first Plugged oil filter, faulty  
occurrence in oil transducer, oil check  
24 hours;  
manual if  
valve stuck, plugged oil  
strainer  
multiplealarms  
within 24 hours  
70  
71  
87  
88  
Circuit A Max Oil Filter Differ- Difference between dis-  
Circuit shut down  
Alert generated  
Manual  
Manual  
Plugged oil filter,  
closed oil valve, bad oil  
solenoid, oil check  
ential Pressure  
charge pressure and oil  
pressure is greater than  
50 psi for more than  
30 seconds  
Circuit B Max Oil Filter Differ-  
ential Pressure  
valve stuck, faulty oil  
pressure transducer  
84  
85  
90  
91  
Circuit A High Oil Filter Drop  
Pressure  
Circuit B High Oil Filter Drop  
Pressure  
Difference between dis-  
charge pressure and oil  
pressure is greater than  
30 psi for more than  
5 minutes  
Plugged oil filter  
75  
76  
93  
94  
Circuit A Low Oil Level  
Circuit B Low Oil Level  
Oil level switch open  
Circuit shut down or Automatic, first  
not allowed to start occurrence in  
24 hours;  
Low oil level, faulty  
switch, wiring error,  
failed CPM board, oil  
solenoid stuck open  
manual if  
multiplealarms  
within 24 hours  
MC  
FC  
nn  
96  
Master chiller configuration  
error Number 01 to nn  
Wrong or incompatible  
configuration data  
Unit not allowed to  
start in Master-slave  
control  
Unit not allowed to  
start  
Unit not allowed to  
start  
Unit shut down or  
Automatic  
Configuration error  
n0  
nn  
31  
97  
98  
99  
No factory configuration  
No Configuration  
Automatic  
Automatic  
Automatic  
Configuration error  
Configuration error  
Illegal factory configuration  
Number 01 to 04  
Unit is in CCN emergency  
stop  
Wrong or incompatible  
configuration data  
Emergency stop com-  
mand has been received not allowed to start  
P
Carrier Comfort  
Network® Emergency  
Stop command  
received  
32  
33  
100  
101  
Cooler pump #1 fault  
Cooler pump #2 fault  
Pump interlock status  
does not match pump  
status  
Unit shuts down, if  
available, another  
pump will start  
Manual  
Faulty contacts, wiring  
error or low control  
voltage. Configuration  
error.  
15  
102  
Condenser Flow Switch  
Failure  
—
—
None  
None  
Manual  
Manual  
Configuration error,  
faulty wiring or external  
pump off  
34  
35  
37  
103  
104  
105  
Circuit A Reclaim Operation  
Failure  
Circuit B Reclaim Operation  
Failure  
Circuit A — High condensing  
temperature out of compres-  
sor envelope  
Circuit B — High condensing  
temperature out of compres-  
sor envelope  
Configuration error  
Multiple capacity over-  
rides due to high  
saturated discharge  
temperature  
Circuit shut down  
Automatic  
Low or restricted  
condenser water flow.  
Fouled condenser  
tubes.  
38  
106  
LEGEND  
CCN  
— Carrier Comfort Network®  
MLV — Minimum Load Valve  
CPM — Compressor Protection Module  
EMM — Energy Management Module  
EWT — Entering Water Temperature  
MOP — Maximum Operating Pressure  
MTA — Must Trip Amps  
SST — Saturated Suction Temperature  
EXV  
HPS  
— Electronic Expansion Valve  
— High Pressure Switch  
UL  
— Underwriters Laboratories  
71  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 49 — Alarm Codes (cont)  
PREFIX  
CODE  
SUFFIX  
CODE  
ALARM  
NUMBER  
ACTION TAKEN  
BY CONTROL  
RESET  
TYPE  
ALARM DESCRIPTION  
REASON FOR ALARM  
PROBABLE CAUSE  
P
40  
108  
109  
Circuit A — Repeated low  
suction temp overrides  
Circuit B — Repeated low  
suction temp overrides  
Multiple capacity  
overrides due to low satu-  
rated suction temperature  
Circuit shut down  
Automatic  
Inaccurate  
transducer, faulty EXV,  
low refrigerant charge,  
plugged or restricted  
liquid line filter drier.  
41  
43  
111  
Low entering water tempera-  
ture in heating  
Condenser pump #1 default  
Condenser pump #2 default  
Not supported  
—
—
—
—
73  
74  
112  
113  
None  
Manual  
Faulty contacts, wiring  
error or low control  
voltage. Configuration  
error.  
78  
79  
81  
82  
114  
115  
117  
118  
Circuit A High Discharge  
Temperature  
Circuit B High Discharge  
Temperature  
Circuit A Low Economizer  
Pressure  
Circuit B Low Economizer  
Pressure  
Discharge gas tempera-  
ture is higher than 212 F  
for more than 90 seconds  
Circuit shut down  
Manual  
Manual  
Faulty transducer/high  
pressure switch, low/  
restricted condenser  
flow  
The economizer pressure Circuit shut down  
is below the suction pres-  
sure more than 14.5 psi  
for more than 10 seconds  
Faulty transducer,  
faulty main base board,  
faulty wiring, closed  
suction service valve,  
faulty EXV  
87  
88  
120  
121  
Circuit A Slide Valve Control  
Unverifiable  
Circuit B Slide Valve Control  
Unverifiable  
If 100% load current is  
less than 1.1 times of  
30% load current, or for  
1 minute when active  
cooling setpoint is  
None  
Manual  
Slide valve stuck, inac-  
curate initial current  
reading  
greater than 32 F.  
90  
91  
123  
124  
Cooler flow switch set point  
configuration failure  
Cooler flow switch failure  
—
None  
Manual  
Configuration error  
Flow switch open  
Unit shut down  
Manual if unit Faulty flow switch, low  
is running,  
automatic  
otherwise  
cooler flow, faulty  
wiring, faulty cooler  
pump, faulty main base  
board  
Sr  
nn  
01  
128  
Service maintenance alert  
Number # nn  
Field programmed  
elapsed time has expired  
for maintenance time  
None  
Manual  
Manual  
Maintenance required  
A1, B1  
132-01, Compressor Motor tempera- Compressor temperature Circuit shut down  
133-01 ture too high  
Economizer EXV fail-  
ure (350,400 only),  
faulty CPM board,  
higher than 232 F for  
more than 90 seconds  
low refrigerant charge  
02  
03  
132-02, Compressor Motor tempera- Compressor temperature Circuit shut down  
Manual  
Faulty thermistor, faulty  
wiring, faulty CPM  
board  
133-02 ture out of range  
reading out of the range of  
–40 F to 245 F  
132-03, Compressor High pressure  
133-03 switch protection  
HPS input on CPM board Circuit shut down Manual, press Loss of condenser air  
open  
reset button on flow, operation beyond  
HPS  
compressor envelope,  
faulty high pressure  
switch, faulty wiring,  
faulty CPM board  
04  
05  
132-04, Compressor Over current  
133-04  
CPM board detects high  
motor current compared  
with MTA setting  
Circuit shut down  
Manual  
Manual  
Operating beyond  
compressor envelope,  
incorrect configuration  
Compressor motor fail-  
ure, unloader slide  
valve failure, compres-  
sor mechanical failure  
132-05, Compressor Locked rotor  
133-05  
CPM board detects locked Circuit shut down  
rotor current compared  
with MTA setting  
06  
07  
08  
09  
132-06, Compressor Phase loss L1  
133-06  
132-07, Compressor Phase loss L2  
133-07  
132-08, Compressor Phase loss L3  
133-08  
132-09, Compressor Low current  
133-09 alarm  
CPM board detects cur-  
rent unbalance greater  
than 65% for more than  
1 second  
Circuit shut down  
Manual  
Manual  
Blown fuse, wiring  
error, loose terminals  
CPM detects motor cur-  
rent less than a certain  
percentage of the MTA  
setting, compressor not  
operating  
Circuit shut down  
Power supply discon-  
nected, blown fuse,  
wiring error, contact  
deenergized, faulty  
current toroid high  
pressure switch trip.  
LEGEND  
CCN  
— Carrier Comfort Network®  
MLV — Minimum Load Valve  
CPM — Compressor Protection Module  
EMM — Energy Management Module  
EWT — Entering Water Temperature  
MOP — Maximum Operating Pressure  
MTA — Must Trip Amps  
SST — Saturated Suction Temperature  
EXV  
HPS  
— Electronic Expansion Valve  
— High Pressure Switch  
UL  
— Underwriters Laboratories  
72  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 49 — Alarm Codes (cont)  
PREFIX  
CODE  
SUFFIX  
CODE  
ALARM  
NUMBER  
ACTION TAKEN  
BY CONTROL  
RESET  
TYPE  
ALARM DESCRIPTION  
REASON FOR ALARM  
PROBABLE CAUSE  
A1, B1  
10  
132-10, Compressor Y delta starter  
If the delta mode current  
Circuit shut down  
Manual  
Power supply to delta  
contactor not  
connected, faulty delta  
contactor or wiring,  
faulty CPM board  
133-10 current increase failure alarm is not 25% greater than  
the current in Y mode  
11  
132-11, Compressor Contactor failure  
133-11  
CPM board detects  
greater than 15% of MTA  
current for 10 seconds  
after shutting off the com-  
pressor contactor. Oil  
solenoid is energized.  
CPM board detects  
greater than 15% of MTA  
current for 10 seconds  
after three attempts  
Circuit shut down  
Circuit shut down  
Manual  
Faulty contactor, con-  
tactor welded, wiring  
error  
12  
13  
132-12, Compressor Unable to stop  
133-12 motor  
Manual  
Manual  
Faulty contactor,  
contactor welded,  
wiring error  
132-13, Compressor Phase reversal CPM board detects phase Circuit shut down  
133-13  
Terminal block power  
supply lead not in  
correct phase. Power  
supply leads going  
through toroid crossed  
reversal from current  
toroid  
14  
15  
132-14, Compressor MTA configura-  
133-14 tion fault  
132-15, Compressor Configuration  
133-15 switch mismatch  
MTA setting is out of the  
allowed MTA range  
CPM board MTA setting  
do not match factory  
configuration  
Circuit shut down  
Circuit shut down  
Manual  
Manual  
Incorrect MTA setting,  
faulty CPM board  
Incorrect CPM dip-  
switch setting,  
incorrect factory MTA  
setting, faulty CPM  
board  
16  
132-16, Compressor Unexpected  
133-16 switch setting change  
CPM board dipswitch S1  
setting changed  
Circuit shut down  
Manual  
Incorrect CPM dip-  
switch setting, faulty  
CPM board  
17  
18  
19  
132-17, Compressor Power on reset  
133-17  
132-18, Compressor UL 1998 critical  
133-18 section software error  
132-19, Compressor UL 1998 current  
133-19 measure dual channel  
mismatch  
CPM board detects a  
power failure  
Circuit shut down  
Circuit shut down  
Circuit shut down  
Manual  
Manual  
Manual  
Power supply  
interruption  
Electric noise, faulty  
CPM board  
Electric noise, faulty  
CPM board  
Software error  
Software error  
LEGEND  
CCN  
— Carrier Comfort Network®  
MLV — Minimum Load Valve  
CPM — Compressor Protection Module  
EMM — Energy Management Module  
EWT — Entering Water Temperature  
MOP — Maximum Operating Pressure  
MTA — Must Trip Amps  
SST — Saturated Suction Temperature  
EXV  
HPS  
— Electronic Expansion Valve  
— High Pressure Switch  
UL  
— Underwriters Laboratories  
DIAGNOSTIC ALARM CODES AND POSSIBLE  
CAUSES  
Thermistor Failure  
Defrost Thermistor Failure  
Alarm 3 — Circuit A (th.03)  
Alarm 4 — Circuit B (th.04)  
Alarm 1 — Cooler Fluid Entering (th.01)  
Alarm 2 — Cooler Fluid Leaving (th.02)  
NOTE: Alarms 3 and 4 are not used or supported. If this condi-  
tion is encountered, confirm machine configuration.  
Criteria for Trip — This alarm criterion is tested whether the  
unit is on or off if the temperature as measured by the thermis-  
tor is outside of the range –40 to 245 F (–40 to 118.3 C).  
Action to be Taken — The unit shuts down normally, or is not  
allowed to start.  
Reset Method — Automatic, the alarm will reset once the  
thermistor reading is within the expected range.  
Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the  
following items:  
Thermistor Failure  
Alarm 5 — Condenser Entering Fluid (th.06)  
Alarm 6 — Condenser Leaving Fluid (th.07)  
NOTE: Alarms 5 and 6 are not used or supported. If this condi-  
tion is encountered, confirm machine configuration.  
Condenser Reclaim Thermistor  
Alarm 7— Reclaim Entering Fluid (th.08)  
Alarm 8 — Reclaim Leaving Fluid (th.09)  
• sensor wiring to the Main Base Board  
• sensor accuracy  
NOTE: Alarms 7 and 8 are not used or supported. If this condi-  
tion is encountered, confirm machine configuration.  
See the Thermistors section on page 56 for thermistor de-  
scription, identifiers and connections.  
73  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Alarm 10 — Master/Slave Common Fluid Thermistor  
(th.11)  
Alarm 19 — Space Temperature Sensor Failure (th.21)  
Criteria for Trip — This alarm criterion is checked whether the  
unit is ON or OFF and if Space Temperature Reset has been  
enabled. This alarm is generated if the outdoor-air temperature  
as measured by the thermistor is outside of the range –40 to  
245 F (–40 to 118.3 C).  
Action to be Taken — Unit operates under normal control.  
Temperature Reset based on Space Temperature is disabled.  
Reset Method — Automatic, once the thermistor reading is  
within the expected range. The Space Temperature Reset will  
resume once the alarm has cleared.  
Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the  
following items:  
Criteria for Trip — This alarm criterion is tested whether the  
unit is ON or OFF. The alarm will be tripped if the unit is  
configured as a master or a slave (Master/Slave Select,  
MSSL), leaving temperature control is selected (Entering  
Fluid Control, EWTO), and if the temperature measured by  
the CHWS (chilled water sensor) fluid sensor is outside the  
range of –40 to 245 F (–40 to 118.3 C).  
Action to be Taken — Master/slave operation is disabled and  
the chiller returns to stand alone mode.  
Reset Method — Reset is automatic when the thermistor read-  
ing is inside the range of –40 to 245 F (–40 to 118.3 C).  
Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the  
following items:  
• sensor wiring to the Main Base Board  
• a faulty thermistor  
See the Thermistors section on page 56 for thermistor de-  
scription, identifiers and connections.  
Suction Gas Thermistor  
• sensor wiring to the Energy Management Module  
• board for a faulty channel  
• a faulty thermistor  
For thermistor descriptions, identifiers and connections, see  
the Thermistors section.  
Alarm 20 — Cooler Heater Feedback Sensor Thermistor  
(th.23)  
Alarm 11 — Circuit A (th.12)  
Alarm 12 — Circuit B (th.13)  
NOTE: Alarm 20 is not used or supported. If this condition is  
encountered, confirm machine configuration.  
Criteria for Trip — This alarm criterion is tested whether the  
unit is ON or OFF. If the suction gas temperature as measured  
by the thermistor is outside of the range –40 to 245 F (–40 to  
118.3 C).  
Action to be Taken — The affected circuit shuts down  
normally.  
Economizer Gas Thermistor  
Alarm 21 — Circuit A (th.24)  
Alarm 22 — Circuit B (th.25)  
Criteria for Trip — This alarm criterion is tested whether the  
unit is ON or OFF. The alarm is tripped if the Economizer gas  
reading is outside the range of –40 to 245 F (–40 to 118.3 C).  
Reset Method — Automatic, once the thermistor reading is  
within the expected range. The affected circuit will restart once  
the alarm has cleared.  
Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the  
following items:  
• sensor wiring to the EXV board  
• board for a faulty channel  
• a faulty thermistor  
See the Thermistors section on page 56 for thermistor de-  
scription, identifiers and connections.  
Circuit Discharge Gas Thermistor Sensor Failure  
Action to be Taken — The unit shuts down normally, or is not  
allowed to start.  
Reset Method — Automatic, the alarm will reset once the  
thermistor reading is within the expected range.  
Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the  
following items:  
• sensor wiring to the EXV board  
• a faulty thermistor  
• a faulty channel on the board  
See the Thermistors section on page 56 for thermistor descrip-  
tion, identifiers and connections.  
Alarm 14 — Circuit A (th.15)  
Alarm 15 — Circuit B (th.16)  
Criteria for Trip — This alarm criterion is tested whether the  
unit is ON or OFF. The alarm is tripped if the temperature  
measured by the Outdoor Air Thermistor sensor is outside the  
range of –40 to 245 F (–40 to 118.3 C).  
Action to be Taken — The unit shuts down normally, or is not  
allowed to start.  
Reset Method — Automatic, the alarm will reset once the  
thermistor reading is within the expected range.  
Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the  
following items:  
• sensor wiring to the CPM board  
• a faulty thermistor  
• a faulty channel on the board  
See the Thermistors section on page 56 for thermistor descrip-  
tion, identifiers and connections.  
Condenser Subcooling Liquid Thermistor  
Alarm 17 — Circuit A (th.18)  
Alarm 18 — Circuit B (th.19)  
Discharge Transducer  
Alarm 26 — Circuit A (Pr.01)  
Alarm 27 — Circuit B (Pr.02)  
Criteria for Trip — The criterion is tested whether the circuit is  
ON or OFF. This alarm is generated if the voltage as sensed by  
the MBB or Fan Board C (FBC) is 0 vdc, which corresponds  
to the Navigator™ display of –7 psi (–48.3 kPa).  
Action to be Taken — The circuit is shut down normally, or not  
allowed to start.  
Reset Method — Automatic, once the transducer voltage is  
greater than 0 vdc, which corresponds to the Navigator display  
of a value greater than –7 psi (–48.3 kPa).  
Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the  
following items:  
• sensor wiring to Main Base Board (Alarms 24 and 25)  
• sensor wiring to Fan Board C (Alarm 26)  
• board for a faulty channel  
• for a faulty transducer  
• confirm unit configuration  
Suction Pressure Transducer Failure  
NOTE: Alarms 17 and 18 are not used or supported. If this  
condition is encountered, confirm machine configuration.  
Alarm 29 — Circuit A (Pr.04)  
Alarm 30 — Circuit B (Pr.05)  
74  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Criteria for Trip — The criteria are tested whether the circuit is  
ON or OFF. The alarm is generated if one of the following  
criteria is met:  
1. If the voltage as sensed by the MBB is 0 vdc, which  
corresponds to the Navigator™ display of –7 psi  
(–48.3 kPa).  
2. The circuit is ON in cooling mode and the Saturated  
Suction Temperature (Saturated Suction Temp, SST)  
for the circuit is greater than the Entering Water Tempera-  
ture and EXV opening is less than 50% for more than  
60 seconds.  
Action to be Taken — The circuit is shut down immediately, or  
not allowed to start.  
Reset Method  
1. Automatic, once the transducer voltage is greater than  
0 vdc, which corresponds to the Navigator display of a  
value greater than –7 psi (–48.3 kPa).  
2. Automatic once the circuit’s saturated suction tempera-  
ture is lower than the Entering Water Temperature by 3° F  
(1.6° C). If this criterion trips the alarm 3 times within a  
24-hour period, the alarm changes to a manual reset.  
Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the  
following items:  
• sensor wiring to Main Base Board  
• board for a faulty channel  
• faulty transducer  
• faulty entering water temperature sensor  
Reclaim Pumpdown Pressure Transducer  
Alarm 32 — Circuit A (Pr.07)  
Alarm 33 — Circuit B (Pr.08)  
NOTE: Alarms 30 and 31 are not used or supported. If this  
condition is encountered, confirm machine configuration.  
Oil Pressure Transducer  
Alarm 34 — Circuit A (Pr.10)  
Alarm 35 — Circuit B (Pr.11)  
Criteria for Trip — The criteria are tested whether the circuit is  
ON or OFF. The alarm is generated if one of the following cri-  
teria is met:  
Economizer Pressure Transducer Failure (sizes  
175,200,350,400 only)  
Alarm 37 — Circuit A (Pr. 13)  
Alarm 38 — Circuit B (Pr. 14)  
Criteria for Trip — The criteria are tested whether the circuit is  
ON or OFF. The alarm is generated if the voltage as sensed by  
the MBB or Fan Board C is 0 vdc, which corresponds to the  
Navigator display of –7 psi (–48.3 kPa).  
Action to be Taken — The circuit is shut down immediately, or  
not allowed to start.  
Reset Method — Automatic, once the transducer voltage is  
greater than 0 vdc, which corresponds to the Navigator display  
of a value greater than –7 psi (–48.3 kPa).  
Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the  
following items:  
• sensor wiring to EXV Board  
• EXV board for a faulty channel  
• faulty transducer  
• faulty economizer EXV or EXV wiring  
• faulty economizer EXV channel on the board  
• closed or partially closed suction service valve  
• confirm unit configuration  
Loss of Communication with Compressor Board  
Alarm 53 — Compressor Board A (Co.A1)  
Alarm 54 — Compressor Board B (Co.B1)  
Criteria for Trip — The alarm criterion is tested whether the  
unit is ON or OFF. If communication with the Compressor  
Protection Module Board (CPM) is lost for a period of 10 sec-  
onds, the alarm will be generated.  
Action to be Taken — The affected compressor will be shut  
down.  
Reset Method — Automatic, if communication is established.  
If called for, the compressor will start normally.  
Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the  
following items:  
• power supply to the affected CPM board  
• address of the CPM  
• local equipment network (LEN) wiring  
• confirm unit configuration  
1. If the voltage as sensed by the CPM board is 0 vdc,  
which corresponds to the Navigator display of –7 psi  
(–48.3 kPa).  
Loss of Communication with EXV Board  
Alarm 56 — Circuit A, EXV Board 1 (Co.E1)  
Alarm 57 — Circuit B, EXV Board 2 (Co.E2)  
2. The circuit is OFF and outside air temperature is below  
35.6 F (2 C).  
3. The circuit is OFF and the fluid type is brine.  
Criteria for Trip — The alarm criterion is tested whether the  
unit is ON or OFF. If communication with EXV1 or 2 is lost  
for a period of 10 seconds, the alarm will be triggered.  
Action to be Taken — The circuit is shut down immediately, or  
Action to be Taken — If running, Circuit A or B will shut  
down normally. If Circuit A or B is not operating, it will not be  
allowed to start.  
Reset Method — Automatic, if communication is established,  
the unit will start normally.  
Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the  
following items:  
• power supply to EXV1 or 2  
• address of the EXV board  
not allowed to start.  
Reset Method — Automatic, once the transducer voltage is  
greater than 0 vdc.  
Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the  
following items:  
• sensor wiring to CPM board  
• board for a faulty channel  
• faulty transducer  
• plugged oil filter  
• local equipment network (LEN) wiring  
• confirm unit configuration  
• faulty oil solenoid valve coil  
• stuck oil solenoid valve  
• confirm unit configuration  
75  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Alarm 64 — Loss of Communication with Energy Manage-  
ment Module Board (Co.03)  
Criteria for Trip — The criterion is tested whether the unit is  
ON or OFF and when a function that requires the Energy  
Management Module (EMM) is configured. If communication  
with the EMM is lost for a period of 10 seconds, the alarm will  
be triggered.  
• If the Leaving Water Set Point is above 40 F (4.4 C) and  
there is glycol in the loop, consider using the Medium  
Temperature Brine option (Cooler Fluid Type, FLUD=2)  
to utilize the brine freeze point instead of 34 F (1.1 C)  
Condenser Freeze Protection  
Alarm 68 — Circuit A (P.02)  
Alarm 69 — Circuit B (P.03)  
Action to be Taken — If any function controlled by the EMM  
(3-Step and 4-20 mA Demand Limit, 4-20 mA and Space  
Temperature Reset, Occupancy Override, and Ice Build) is  
active, that function will be terminated. If an EMM function is  
programmed, and communication is lost, the function will not  
be allowed to start.  
NOTE: Alarms 53-55 are not used or supported. If this condi-  
tion is encountered, confirm machine configuration.  
Low Saturated Suction Temperature  
Alarm 71 — Circuit A (P.05)  
Alarm 72 — Circuit B (P.06)  
Criteria for Trip — The criteria are tested only when the  
circuit is ON. This alarm is generated if one of the following  
criteria is met:  
• If the circuit Saturated Suction Temperature is below –13 F  
(–25 C) for more than 30 seconds or 40 seconds if OAT is  
less than 14 F (–10 C) or LWT is less than 36 F (2.2 C).  
• If the circuit Saturated Suction Temperature is below –22 F  
(–30 C) for more than 10 seconds, or 20 seconds if OAT less  
than 50 F (10 C).  
Reset Method — Automatic, if communication is established,  
the functions will be enabled.  
Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the  
following items:  
• The EMM is installed, (EMM NRCP2 Board, EMM). If  
EMM NRCP2 Board, EMM=YES, then check for a con-  
trol option that requires the EMM that may be enabled (cor-  
rect configuration if not correct).  
• power supply to EMM  
• address of the EMM  
Action to be Taken — The circuit is shut down immediately.  
• local equipment network (LEN) wiring  
• confirm unit configuration to be sure that no options that  
require the EMM are enabled  
Alarm 66 — Loss of Communication with AUX Board 6  
(Co.05)  
Criteria for Trip — The alarm criteria are checked whether the  
unit is ON or OFF. If units are configured for minimum load  
control or head pressure control (Hot Gas Bypass Select,  
HGBP=Yes or Condenser Valve Select, CON.V=Yes). If  
communication with the AUX board is lost then the alarm will  
be generated.  
Action to be Taken — Unit shut down or not allowed to start.  
Reset Method — Automatic, if communication is established,  
the unit will start normally.  
Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the  
following items:  
• power supply to the MLV/COND board  
• address of the MLV/COND board  
• local equipment network (LEN) wiring  
• confirm network configuration  
Prior to the alarm trip, the control will take action to avoid  
the alarm. See Operating Modes 21 and 22 on page 54.  
Reset Method — Automatic, first occurrence in 24 hours.  
Manual, if more than one occurrence in 24 hours.  
Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the  
following items:  
• sensor wiring to Main Base Board  
• board for a faulty channel  
• faulty suction transducer  
• cooler water flow  
• loop volume  
• EXV operation  
• liquid line refrigerant restriction, filter drier, service valve,  
etc  
• refrigerant charge  
• If the Leaving Water Set Point is above 40 F (4.4 C) and  
there is glycol in the loop, consider using the Medium  
Temperature Brine option (Cooler Fluid Type, FLUD=2)  
to utilize the brine freeze point instead of 34 F (1.1 C).  
High Suction Superheat  
Alarm 74 — Circuit A (P.08)  
Alarm 75 — Circuit B (P.09)  
Alarm 67 — Cooler Freeze Protection (P.01)  
Criteria for Trip — The alarm criteria are checked whether the  
unit is ON or OFF. If the entering or leaving water thermistor  
senses a temperature at the freeze point or less, the alarm will  
be generated. For a fresh water system (Cooler Fluid Type,  
FLUD=1), the freeze point is 34 F (1.1 C). For medium tem-  
perature brine systems (Cooler Fluid Type, FLUD=2), the  
freeze point is Brine Freeze Set Point (Brine Freeze Setpoint,  
LOSP).  
Criteria for Trip — The criteria are tested only when the cir-  
cuit is ON. This alarm is generated if all of the following crite-  
ria are met:  
• The EXV position is equal to or greater than 98%.  
• The circuit’s Suction Superheat (Suction Gas Temperature –  
Saturated Suction Temperature) is greater than the super-  
heat control set point.  
• The circuit’s Saturated Suction Temperature is less than  
Maximum Operating Pressure (MOP) set point (EXV  
MOP Setpoint, MOP) for more than 5 minutes.  
Action to be Taken — Unit shut down or not allowed to start.  
Chilled water pump will be started.  
Reset Method — Automatic, first occurrence in 24 hours if  
LWT rises to 6° F (3° C) above set point. Manual, if more than  
one occurrence in 24 hours.  
Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the  
following items:  
• entering and leaving fluid thermistors for accuracy  
• water flow rate  
• loop volume — low loop volume at nominal flow rates can  
in extreme cases bypass cold water to the cooler  
• freezing conditions  
Action to be Taken — The circuit is shut down normally.  
Reset Method — Manual.  
Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the  
following items:  
• suction pressure transducer wiring to Main Base Board  
• board for a faulty channel  
• a faulty suction transducer  
• suction gas thermistor wiring to EXV Board 1 or to EXV  
Board 2  
• suction gas thermistor sensor for accuracy  
• for EXV Board 1 or EXV Board 2 faulty channel  
• EXV operation  
• freeze protection items for proper operation  
• glycol concentration and adjust LOSP accordingly  
76  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
• a liquid line refrigerant restriction, filter drier, service valve,  
Alarm 82 — Loss of Communication with System Manager  
(P.29)  
Criteria for Trip — The criterion is tested whether the unit is  
ON or OFF. This alarm is generated if the System Manager  
had established communications with the machine and is then  
lost for more than 2 minutes.  
etc.  
• refrigerant charge  
Low Suction Superheat  
Alarm 77 — Circuit A (P.11)  
Alarm 78 — Circuit B (P.12)  
Action to be Taken — The action to be taken by the control  
depends on the configuration. If Auto Start when SM lost is  
enabled, (Cooler Heater Delta Spt, AU.SM=YES), then the  
unit will force the CCN Chiller Start Stop to ENBL and clear  
all forced points from the System Manager. The unit will revert  
to stand-alone operation.  
Criteria for Trip — The criteria are tested when the circuit is  
ON. This alarm is generated if the following criterion is met:  
The EXV position is equal to or less than 5% and the cir-  
cuit’s Suction Superheat (Suction Gas Temperature – Saturated  
Suction Temperature) is less than the Suction Superheat Set  
Point (EXVA Superheat Setpoint, SHP.A, EXVB Superheat  
Setpoint, SHP.B, or EXVC Superheat Setpoint, SHP.C) by at  
least 5° F (2.8° C) or the circuit Saturated Suction Temperature  
is greater than Maximum Operating Pressure (MOP) set point  
(EXV MOP Setpoint, MOP) for more than 5 minutes.  
Action to be Taken — The circuit is shut down normally.  
Reset Method — Automatic, first occurrence in 24 hours.  
Manual, if more than one occurrence in 24 hours.  
Reset Method  
re-established.  
—
Automatic, once communication is  
Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the  
following items:  
• communication wiring  
• power supply to the System Manager and unit controls  
Alarm 83 — Master/Slave Communication Failure (P.30)  
Criteria for Trip — The criterion is tested whether the units are  
ON or OFF and a master and slave machine has been config-  
ured, (Master/Slave Select, MSSL=1 and Master/Slave  
Select, MSSL=2). If communication is lost for more than 3  
minutes, this alarm is generated.  
Action to be Taken — Dual chiller control will be disabled and  
each unit will operate in Stand-Alone mode.  
Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the  
following items:  
• suction pressure transducer wiring to Main Base Board  
• board for a faulty channel  
• faulty suction transducer  
• suction gas thermistor wiring to EXV Board 1 or to EXV  
Board 2  
• suction gas thermistor sensor for accuracy  
• EXV Board 1 or EXV Board 2 faulty channel  
• EXV operation  
• confirm maximum operating pressure set point  
• refrigerant charge level  
Reset Method  
re-established.  
—
Automatic, once communication is  
Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the  
following items:  
• CCN wiring  
• control power to each Main Base Board, master and slave  
• confirm correct configuration  
Low Oil Pressure  
Alarm 84 — Circuit A (P.67)  
Alarm 85 — Circuit B (P.68)  
Criteria for Trip — The criteria are tested only when the com-  
pressor is ON. The alarm is generated if one of the following  
occurs, where:  
oil = oil pressure transducer reading for the appropriate com-  
pressor  
sp = suction pressure reading for the affected circuit  
dp = discharge pressure reading for the affected circuit  
oil_sp1 = 0.7 x (dp-sp) + sp  
Alarm 80 — Interlock Failure (P.14)  
Criteria for Trip — The criteria are tested whether the unit is  
ON or OFF. This alarm is generated if the lockout switch  
(located in the Energy Management Module) is closed during  
normal operation.  
Action to be Taken — All compressors are shut down immedi-  
ately without going through pumpdown. and is not allowed to  
start.  
Reset Method — Automatic, first occurrence in 24 hours.  
Manual, if more than one occurrence in 24 hours.  
Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the  
following items:  
• chilled water flow switch operation  
• water flow. Be sure all water isolation valves are open and  
check water strainer for a restriction  
• interlock wiring circuit  
oil_sp2 = sp + 7.2 psi (15 seconds after start)  
oil_sp2 = sp + 14.5 psi (45 seconds after start)  
• If the compressor starts with the ambient temperature  
(OAT less than 36° F [2° C] the oil pressure monitoring  
is delayed by 30 seconds.  
• power supply to the pump  
• control signal to the pump controller  
• chilled water pump operation  
• cooler pump contactor for proper operation  
Action to be Taken — The affected compressor will be  
stopped. The other compressors will continue to operate.  
Alarm 81 — Electrical Box Thermostat Failure/Reverse  
Rotation (P.28)  
Reset Method — Manual.  
Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the  
following items:  
Criteria for Trip — The alarm criteria are checked whether the  
unit is ON or OFF. If channel 15A on the MBB, which is used  
for field wired external pump interlock, is open then the alarm  
will be generated.  
Action to be Taken — Unit shut down or note allowed to start.  
Reset Method — Automatic, if the channel is closed, the unit  
will start normally.  
Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the  
following items:  
• jumper wiring on TB5-1 and TB5-2 when channel is not in  
use  
• external pump interlock open  
• field wiring for the external pump interlock open  
• sensor wiring to the CPM Board  
• board for a faulty channel  
• faulty transducer  
• plugged oil filter  
• faulty oil solenoid valve coil  
• stuck oil solenoid valve  
• stuck check valve  
• manual shut off valve to ensure it is not fully open  
• confirm unit configuration  
77  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Max Oil Filter Differential Pressure Failure  
Alarm 87 — Circuit A (P.70)  
Alarm 88 — Circuit B (P.71)  
Criteria for Trip — The criterion is tested when the compres-  
sor has been operating for at least 5 seconds. The alarm is  
generated if the difference between the Circuit Discharge Pres-  
sure and the Compressor Oil Pressure is greater than 50 psi  
(345 kPa) for more than 30 seconds.  
Action to be Taken — The affected compressor will be turned  
off.  
Reset Method — Manual  
Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the  
following items:  
Action to be Taken — The affected compressor will be turned  
off.  
Reset Method — Automatic, when the oil level is elevated,  
first three times the alarm is tripped in a 24-hour period. Man-  
ual if alarm is tripped more than three times in a 24-hour  
period.  
Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the  
following items:  
• oil level in the oil separator  
• oil level switch wiring to the CPM board  
• CPM board for a faulty channel  
• faulty oil level switch  
• oil solenoid valve stuck open  
Alarm 96 — Master Chiller Configuration Error (MC.nn)  
Criteria for Trip — The criterion is tested whether the unit is  
ON or OFF. The units must be configured as a Master and  
Slave machine (Master/Slave Select, MSSL=1 and Master/  
Slave Select, MSSL=2), and one of the following configura-  
tion errors has been found. The “nn” refers to the error code  
listed in Table 50.  
• check the discharge and oil sensor wiring to the Main Base  
Board and CPM board  
• boards for a faulty channel  
• faulty transducer  
• plugged oil filter  
• faulty oil solenoid valve coil  
• stuck oil solenoid valve  
• stuck check valve  
Action to be Taken — Unit not allowed to start in Master Slave  
control.  
• manual shut off valve to ensure it is not fully open  
Check the power supply to the System Manager and unit  
controls.  
High Oil Filter Pressure Drop  
Alarm 90 — Circuit A (P.84)  
Alarm 91 — Circuit B (P.85)  
Criteria for Trip — The criterion is tested when the compres-  
sor has been operating for at least 5 seconds. The alarm is gen-  
erated if the difference between the Circuit Discharge Pressure  
and the Compressor Oil Pressure is greater than 30 psi for  
more than 5 minutes.  
Action to be Taken — The compressor will continue to run.  
Reset Method — Manual  
Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the  
following items:  
• discharge and oil sensor wiring to the Main Base Board and  
CPM board  
Reset Method — Automatic  
Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the  
following:  
• CCN wiring.  
• Control power to each Main Base Board, master and slave.  
• Move to first position.  
• Confirm unit configuration.  
Alarm 97 — Initial Factory Configuration Required (FC.n0)  
Criteria for Trip — The criterion is tested whether the unit is  
ON or OFF. The alarm will be generated if the Unit Capacity  
Model, TONS=0.  
Action to be Taken — The unit is not allowed to start.  
Reset Method — Automatic after factory configuration is com-  
plete. The configuration must be manually completed.  
Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, confirm  
the unit configuration.  
Alarm 98 — Illegal Configuration (FC.nn)  
• boards for a faulty channel  
• faulty transducer  
• plugged oil filter  
• faulty oil solenoid valve coil  
• stuck oil solenoid valve  
• stuck check valve  
• manual shut off valve to ensure it is not fully open  
Criteria for Trip — The criterion is tested whether the unit is  
ON or OFF. The alarm will be generated if the one of the  
following configuration errors is detected by the control. The  
“nn” refers to the error code listed in Table 51.  
Action to be Taken — The unit is not allowed to start.  
Reset Method — Automatic after reconfiguration is completed.  
Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, confirm  
the unit configuration (None, UNIT).  
Check the power supply to the System Manager and unit  
controls.  
Low Oil Level Failure  
Alarm 99 — Unit is in Emergency Stop (P.31)  
Alarm 93 — Circuit A (P.75)  
Alarm 94 — Circuit B (P.76)  
Criteria for Trip — The criteria are tested whether the com-  
pressor is on or off. The alarm is generated if:  
Criteria for Trip — The criterion is tested whether the units are  
ON or OFF and when the machine receives a Carrier Comfort  
Network® (CCN) command for an Emergency Stop.  
• The compressor is not running and an increase in capacity is  
required and the compressor is not started.  
• The compressor is running and the oil level switch is open  
for more than 45 seconds.  
Action to be Taken — Unit will stop, or will not allowed to  
start.  
Reset Method — Automatic, once a return to normal command  
is received.  
Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check for  
CCN Emergency Stop command.  
78  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 50 — Master/Slave Alarm Code  
MC  
ERROR MASTER SLAVE  
CODE  
DESCRIPTION  
The master or slave water pump is not configured while the control of the lag unit pump is required  
(lag_pump = 1)  
01  
X
X
02  
03  
04  
X
X
X
Master and slave units have the same network address.  
There is no slave configured at the slave address  
Slave pump_seq incorrect configuration  
There is a conflict between the master and the slave LWT option: the master is configured for EWT control  
while the slave is configured for LWT control.  
There is a conflict between the master and the slave LWT option: the master is configured for LWT control  
while the slave is configured for EWT control.  
There is a conflict between the master and the slave pump option: the master is configured for lag pump  
control while the slave is not configured for lag pump control.  
There is a conflict between the master and the slave pump option: the master is not configured for lag pump  
control while the slave is configured for lag pump control.  
05  
06  
07  
08  
X
X
X
X
09  
10  
11  
12  
13  
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
The slave chiller is in local or remote control (chilstat = 3)  
The slave chiller is down due to fault (chilstat = 5)  
The master chiller operating type is not Master: master_oper_typ  
No communication with slave.  
X
Master and slave heat cool status are not the same.  
LEGEND  
EWT — Entering Water Temperature  
LWT Leaving Water Temperature  
—
Table 51 — Illegal Configuration Alarm Code  
Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the  
following items:  
• chilled water flow switch operation  
• water flow. Be sure all water isolation valves are open and  
check water strainer for a restriction  
• interlock wiring circuit  
• power supply to the pump  
• control signal to the pump controller  
• condenser water pump operation  
• condenser pump contactor for proper operation  
Reclaim Operation Failure  
Alarm 103 — Circuit A (P.34)  
Alarm 104 — Circuit B (P.35)  
NOTE: Alarms 103 and 104 are not used or supported. If this  
condition is encountered, confirm machine configuration.  
High Condensing Temperature — Out of Compressor  
Envelope  
FC  
ERROR  
DESCRIPTION  
Unit size is unknown.  
CODE  
01  
02  
Reclaim option selected for Heat Pump machine.  
03  
Hot Gas Bypass configured for a Heat Pump machine.  
Cooler Pump Fault  
Alarm 100 — Pump 1 Fault (P.32)  
Alarm 101 — Pump 2 Fault (P.33)  
Criteria for Trip — The criterion is tested whether the units are  
ON or OFF. This alarm will be generated if the cooler pump  
interlock opens. When starting the pump, the control must  
read an open circuit for 3 consecutive reads. If the pump is  
operating and the circuit opens, the alarm will be generated  
immediately.  
Action to be Taken — The pump and machine will be shut  
down. If there is another pump available, the control will start  
that pump, restart the machine and clear the alarm. If no other  
pump is available, the unit will remain OFF.  
Alarm 105 — Circuit A (P.37)  
Alarm 106 — Circuit B (P.38)  
Criteria for Trip — The criterion is tested when the circuit is  
ON. This alarm will be tripped if the circuit capacity is reduced  
more than 8 times in 30 minutes due to high discharge gas tem-  
peratures. If no override occurs in a 30-minute period, the  
counter is reset.  
Reset Method — Manual.  
Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the  
following items:  
• interlock wiring circuit  
Action to be Taken — The affected circuit will be shut down.  
• control signal to the pump controller  
• cooler pump contactor for proper operation  
• control voltage for proper voltage (on 208-volt systems, be  
sure the proper tap on TRAN1 is utilized)  
Reset Method — Automatic, after 30 minutes. If the alarm is  
cleared via the Manual method, the counter will be reset to  
zero.  
Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the  
following items:  
Alarm 102 — Condenser Flow Switch Failure (P.15)  
Criteria for Trip — The criteria are tested whether the unit is  
ON or OFF. This alarm is generated if the lockout switch  
(located in the Energy Management Module) is closed during  
normal operation.  
Action to be Taken — All compressors are shut down immedi-  
ately without going through pumpdown, and unit is not  
allowed to start.  
• Maximum Condensing Temperature (MCT) for the proper  
setting  
• noncondensables in the refrigerant circuit  
• low condenser water flow  
• refrigerant charge (overcharged)  
• condenser tubes fouled  
• discharge service valve to be sure that it is open. Check the  
discharge pressure transducer for accuracy  
• unit configuration  
Reset Method — Automatic, first occurrence in 24 hours.  
Manual, if more than one occurrence in 24 hours.  
79  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Repeated Low Suction Temperature Protection  
Alarm 108 — Circuit A (P.40)  
Alarm 109 — Circuit B (P.41)  
Criteria for Trip — The criterion is tested when the circuit is  
ON. If the circuit operates and if more than 8 successive circuit  
capacity decreases (stop the compressor) have occurred because  
of low suction temperature protection overrides, the circuit  
alarm will be tripped. If no override has occurred for more than  
30 minutes, the override counter will be reset to zero.  
Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the  
following items:  
• suction service valve is closed  
• sensor wiring to the EXV boards  
• boards for faulty channels  
• faulty transducer  
• economizer EXV operation  
Slide Valve Control Unverifiable  
Alarm 120 — Circuit A (P.87)  
Alarm 121 — Circuit B (P.88)  
Criteria for Trip — The criteria are tested when the compres-  
sor is operating and the active cooling set point is greater than  
32° F (0° C). This alarm will be tripped if:  
• The circuit is operating at 100% of capacity and the mea-  
sured current is less than 1.1 times the current at fully  
unloaded 30% for more than one minute.  
Action to be Taken — ALARM_LED will be set to blinking.  
Alert relay will be energized.  
Reset Method — Automatic, when the override counter returns  
to zero. If the alarm is cleared via the Manual method, the  
counter will be forced to zero.  
Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the  
following items:  
• suction transducer for accuracy  
• suction transducer wiring  
• EXV operation  
Action to be Taken — The affected compressor will continue to  
run.  
Reset Method — Manual.  
• refrigerant charge (undercharged)  
• evaporator loop for low water flow  
• evaporator leaving water temperature  
• suction service valve to be sure it is open. Discharge pres-  
sure transducer for accuracy  
Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the  
following items:  
• faulty unloader solenoid valves  
• faulty unloader solenoid coils  
• wiring of the unloader solenoid valves  
• CPM board for faulty channels  
• current transformer reading for accuracy  
Alarm 123 — Cooler Flow Switch Setpoint Configuration  
Failure (P.90)  
NOTE: Alarm 123 is not used or supported. If this condition is  
encountered, confirm machine configuration.  
• unit configuration  
Alarm 111 — Low Entering Water Temperature in Heating  
(P.43)  
NOTE: Alarm 111 is not used or supported. If this condition is  
encountered, confirm machine configuration.  
Condenser Default  
Alarm 112 — Pump 1 (P.73)  
Alarm 113 — Pump 2 (P.74)  
NOTE: Alarms 112 and 113 are not used or supported. If this  
condition is encountered, confirm machine configuration.  
High Discharge Temperature  
Alarm 114 — Circuit A (P.78)  
Alarm 115 — Circuit B (P.79)  
Criteria for Trip — The criterion is tested when the compressor  
is operating. This alarm will be tripped if the discharge gas tem-  
perature is higher than 212 F (100 C) for more than 90 seconds.  
Action to be Taken — The affected compressor will be  
stopped.  
Alarm 124 — Cooler Flow Switch Failure (P.91)  
Criteria for Trip — The criteria are tested when the unit is on  
or off. This alarm will be tripped when the unit is on if:  
• The flow switch fails to close after the Off/On delay.  
• If the master/slave control is active, the unit is the lag chiller  
and if the cooler flow switch fails to close within one minute  
after the cooler pump was restarted. The alarm is ignored if  
the lag cooler pump is stopped as a result of master/slave  
control.  
• The flow switch is opened during normal operation.  
The alarm will be tripped when the unit is off if:  
• The cooler pump control is enabled (Cooler Pumps  
Sequence, PUMP=0)and the cooler flow switch is checked  
when the pump is enabled (Flow Checked if C Pump Off,  
P.LOC) and the cooler flow switch is closed after the cooler  
pump is commended OFF for more than 2 minutes.  
• The flow switch fails to close after the Off/On delay after  
the cooler pump has been turned on to protect the cooler  
from freezing (Cooler Pumps Sequence, PUMP=0).  
Reset Method — Manual.  
Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the  
following items:  
• Maximum Condensing Temperature (MCT) for the proper  
setting  
• noncondensables in the refrigerant circuit  
• refrigerant charge (overcharged)  
• condenser tubes fouled  
Action to be Taken — For criteria for trip A1 and A2, the com-  
pressors will not be started.  
• the discharge service valve to be sure that it is open, check  
the discharge pressure transducer for accuracy  
• unit configuration  
For criteria for trip A3, all compressors will be stopped without  
going through pumpdown. Cooler pump will be stopped with  
no delay.  
Low Economizer Pressure  
For criteria for trip B1, the unit will not start.  
Alarm 117 — Circuit A (P.81)  
Alarm 118 — Circuit B (P.82)  
Reset Method — Manual if at least one compressor is operat-  
ing. Automatic if no compressors are operating.  
Criteria for Trip — The criterion is tested when the compres-  
sor is operating to prevent pumpdown conditions when the  
suction service valve is closed. This alarm will be tripped if the  
economizer pressure is below the suction pressure more than  
1 bar (14.5 psi) for more than 10 seconds.  
Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the  
following items:  
• a faulty flow switch  
• flow switch wiring  
• Main Base Board for a faulty channel  
Action to be Taken — The affected compressor will be  
Alarm 128 — Service Maintenance Alert (Sr.nn)  
stopped.  
Criteria for Trip — This alert is tested whether the unit is ON  
or OFF and when the Servicing Alert decisions listed under  
Time ClockMCFG have been enabled. The alarm will be  
Reset Method — Manual.  
80  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
generated if the one of the following configuration errors is  
detected by the control. The “nn” refers to the error code listed  
in Table 52.  
Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the  
following items:  
• loss of condenser water flow  
• condenser pump failure  
Table 52 — Service Maintenance Alert Codes  
• compressor operating beyond the operation envelope  
• faulty high pressure switch or wiring  
• faulty CPM board  
CODE  
Sr.01  
Sr.02  
Sr.04  
Sr.05  
Sr.06  
Sr.07  
Sr.08  
Sr.09  
Sr.10  
Sr.11  
Sr.12  
DESCRIPTION  
Circuit A Loss of Refrigerant Charge  
Circuit B Loss of Refrigerant Charge  
Water Loop Size Warning  
Air Exchanger Cleanliness Warning  
Cooler Pump 1 Servicing Required  
Cooler Pump 2 Servicing Required  
Condenser Pump 1 Servicing Required  
Condenser Pump 2 Servicing Required  
Water Filter Servicing Required  
Compressor Overcurrent  
Alarm 132-04 — Circuit A (A1.04)  
Alarm 133-04 — Circuit B (B1.04)  
Criteria for Trip — The alarm criterion is checked when the  
compressor is ON. This alarm will be generated if the CPM  
board detects a motor current greater than 93% MTA (must  
trip amps) and less than 2 times that for more than 1.7 seconds.  
Action to be Taken — The compressor will be stopped.  
Reset Method — Manual  
Compressor A Oil Filter Servicing Required  
Compressor B Oil Filter Servicing Required  
Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the  
following items:  
• Compressor operating beyond the operation envelope.  
• Incorrect MTA setting.  
Action to be Taken — None.  
Reset Method — Manual, after the service has been completed.  
Compressor Locked Rotor  
Alarm 132-05 — Circuit A (A1.05)  
Alarm 133-05 — Circuit B (B1.05)  
Criteria for Trip — The alarm criterion is checked during  
start-up when the compressor is ON. This alarm will be gener-  
ated if the CPM board detects a high motor current compared  
with the MTA (must trip amps) setting for more than 450 ms.  
Possible Causes — If the Sr-01, 02, or 03 conditions are  
encountered, check the following items:  
• sensor wiring to the Main Base Board  
• sensor for accuracy  
Compressor Motor Temperature Too High  
Alarm 132-01 — Circuit A (A1.01)  
Alarm 133-01 — Circuit B (B1.01)  
Action to be Taken — The compressor will be stopped.  
Reset Method — Manual  
Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the  
following items:  
• compressor mechanical failure  
• unloader slide valve failure  
• compressor motor failure  
Criteria for Trip — The alarm criteria are checked when the  
compressor is ON. This alarm will be generated if:  
• The temperature is greater than 245 F (118 C) and it has  
been greater than 212 F (100 C) for 10 consecutive seconds.  
• The compressor temperature is greater than 232 F (111 C)  
for 90 seconds (but less than 250 F [120 C]).  
Action to be Taken — The circuit shuts down immediately.  
Reset Method — Manual  
Compressor Phase Loss  
Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the  
following items:  
Alarm 132-06 — Circuit A L1 (A1.06)  
Alarm 133-06 — Circuit B L1 (B1.06)  
Alarm 132-07 — Circuit A L2 (A1.07)  
Alarm 133-07 — Circuit B L2 (B1.07)  
Alarm 132-08 — Circuit A L3 (A1.08)  
Alarm 133-08 — Circuit B L3 (B1.08)  
Criteria for Trip — The alarm criteria are checked during  
startup when the compressor is ON. This alarm will be gener-  
ated if:  
• The current unbalance on any of the 3 phases is greater than  
48% for more than 1 second continuously during start-up.  
• The current unbalance on any of the 3 phases is greater than  
48% for more than 2 seconds continuously during runtime.  
Action to be Taken — The compressor will be stopped.  
Reset Method — Manual  
• faulty wiring and loose plugs  
• faulty CPM board  
Compressor Motor Temperature Out of Range  
Alarm 132-02 — Circuit A (A1.02)  
Alarm 133-02 — Circuit B (B1.02)  
Criteria for Trip — The alarm criterion is checked when the  
compressor is ON. This alarm will be generated if: the temper-  
ature is greater than 245 F (118 C) and it has NOT been greater  
than 212 F (100 C) for 10 consecutive seconds.  
Action to be Taken — The compressor will be stopped.  
Reset Method — Manual  
Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the  
following items:  
• faulty compressor temperature thermistor  
• faulty wiring and loose plugs  
• faulty CPM board  
Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the  
following items:  
• power failure  
• blown fuse or tripped circuit breaker  
• power wiring errors or loose terminals  
Compressor High Pressure Switch Protection  
Alarm 132-03 — Circuit A (A1.03)  
Alarm 133-03 — Circuit B (B1.03)  
Criteria for Trip — The alarm criterion is checked when the  
compressor is ON. This alarm will be generated if the circuit  
high-pressure switch (HPS) opens for more than 2 seconds.  
The CPM board monitors the HPS switch.  
Compressor Low Current  
Alarm 132-09 — Circuit A (A1.09)  
Alarm 133-09 — Circuit B (B1.09)  
Criteria for Trip — The alarm criteria are checked when the  
compressor is ON. This alarm will be generated if:  
• The current is less than 15% MTA on all three legs for more  
than 1 second for Wye-Delta start units.  
• If the current is less than 15% of MTA on all three legs for  
more than 1 second for direct start units.  
Action to be Taken — The compressor will be stopped.  
Reset Method — Manual (reset button on switch)  
81  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Action to be Taken — The compressor will be stopped.  
Reset Method — Manual  
Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the  
following items:  
• power failure  
• blown fuse or tripped circuit breaker  
• deenergized contactor  
• faulty current toroid  
• high pressure switch (HPS) trip (when auto reset HPS is  
used)  
Compressor Wye-Delta Starter Current Increase Failure  
Alarm 132-10 — Circuit A (A1.10)  
Alarm 133-10 — Circuit B (B1.10)  
Criteria for Trip — The alarm criterion is checked during  
compressor start-up. This alarm will be generated if the current  
in Delta mode is not more than 25% greater than the current in  
Y mode within 550 ms.  
Action to be Taken — The compressor will be stopped.  
Reset Method — Manual  
Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the  
following items:  
• if power supply lead at the terminal block is not operating at  
the correct phase  
• if power supply is crossed when going through the current  
toroid  
Compressor MTA Configuration Fault  
Alarm 132-14 — Circuit A (A1.14)  
Alarm 133-14 — Circuit B (B1.14)  
Criteria for Trip — The alarm criterion is checked whether the  
compressor is ON or OFF. This alarm will be generated if the  
MTA setting is out of the allowed MTA range.  
Action to be Taken — The compressor will be stopped.  
Reset Method — Manual  
Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the  
following items:  
• incorrect MTA settings  
• faulty CPM board  
Compressor Configuration Switch Mismatch  
Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the  
following items:  
Alarm 132-15 — Circuit A (A1.15)  
Alarm 133-15 — Circuit B (B1.15)  
• power supply failure to the delta contactor  
• faulty wiring to the delta contactor  
• faulty CPM board  
Criteria for Trip — The alarm criterion is checked whether the  
compressor is ON or OFF. This alarm will be generated if  
the CPM board S1 and S2 setting does not match software  
configuration.  
Action to be Taken — The compressor will be stopped.  
Reset Method — Manual  
Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the  
following items:  
• incorrect CPM board settings  
• faulty CPM board  
• faulty current toroid  
Compressor Contactor Failure  
Alarm 132-11 — Circuit A (A1.11)  
Alarm 133-11 — Circuit B (B1.11)  
Criteria for Trip — The alarm criterion is checked during  
compressor shut-down. This alarm will be generated if the cur-  
rent is greater than 15% of the MTA on at least one phase for  
10 continuous seconds.  
Action to be Taken — The compressor will be stopped.  
Reset Method — Manual  
Compressor Unexpected Switch Setting Change  
Alarm 132-16 — Circuit A (A1.16)  
Alarm 133-16 — Circuit B (B1.16)  
Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the  
following items:  
• faulty or welded contactor  
• faulty wiring  
• faulty CPM board  
Compressor Unable to Stop Motor  
Alarm 132-12 — Circuit A (A1.12)  
Alarm 133-12 — Circuit B (B1.12)  
Criteria for Trip — The alarm criterion is checked during  
compressor shut-down. This alarm will be generated if after  
three attempts to turn off the compressor outputs and the cur-  
rent is still greater than 15% of the MTA on at least one phase  
for 10 continuous seconds.  
Criteria for Trip — The alarm criterion is checked when the  
compressor is ON. This alarm will be generated if the CPM  
board S1 setting has changed.  
Action to be Taken — The compressor will be stopped.  
Reset Method — Manual  
Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the  
following items:  
• incorrect CPM board settings  
• faulty CPM board  
Compressor Power on Reset  
Alarm 132-17 — Circuit A (A1.17)  
Alarm 133-17 — Circuit B (B1.17)  
Criteria for Trip — The alarm criterion is checked when the  
compressor is ON. This alarm will be generated if the CPM  
board detects a power failure.  
Action to be Taken — The compressor will be stopped.  
Reset Method — Manual  
Action to be Taken — The compressor will be stopped.  
Reset Method — Manual  
Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the  
following items:  
• faulty or welded contactor  
• faulty wiring  
Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check for  
power interruptions.  
Compressor Phase Reversal  
Compressor UL 1998 Critical Section Software Error  
Alarm 132-18 — Circuit A (A1.18)  
Alarm 133-18 — Circuit B (B1.18)  
Criteria for Trip — The alarm criterion is checked when the  
compressor is ON. This alarm will be generated if the CPM  
board detects a software error.  
Action to be Taken — The compressor will be stopped.  
Reset Method — Manual  
Alarm 132-13 — Circuit A (A1.13)  
Alarm 133-13 — Circuit B (B1.13)  
Criteria for Trip — The alarm criterion is checked during  
compressor start-up. This alarm will be generated if the CPM  
board detects a phase reversal from the current toroid.  
Action to be Taken — The compressor will be stopped.  
Reset Method — Manual  
82  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the  
following items:  
turning the Enable/Off/Remote Contact switch to Enable. Press  
and ON will flash. Use either arrow key to change  
ENTER  
• electrical noise  
the value to OFF and press  
. The item should be  
ENTER  
• faulty CPM board  
Compressor UL 1998 Current Measure Dual Channel Mismatch  
Alarm 132-19 — Circuit A (A1.19)  
Alarm 133-19 — Circuit B (B1.19)  
Criteria for Trip — The alarm criterion is checked when the  
compressor is ON. This alarm will be generated if the CPM  
board detects a software error.  
Action to be Taken — The compressor will be stopped.  
Reset Method — Manual  
Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the  
following items:  
• electrical noise  
• faulty CPM board  
inactive.  
To enter the Quick Test mode, the Enable/Off/Remote  
Contact switch must be in the OFF position. Move the LED to  
the Service Test mode. Press  
to access TEST. Use  
ENTER  
key until the display reads QUIC. Press  
the  
access Q.REQ. Press  
to  
ENTER  
and the display will show OFF.  
ENTER  
and OFF will flash. Enter the password if  
Press  
ENTER  
required. Use either arrow key to change the QUIC value to  
ON and press . Quick Test mode is now active. Fol-  
ENTER  
low the same instructions for the Manual Control mode to acti-  
vate a component.  
Example — Test the oil solenoid circuit A (see Table 53).  
Service Test — Main power and control circuit power  
Power must be applied to the unit. Enable/Off/Remote  
Contact switch must be in the OFF position.  
must be on for Service Test.  
The Service Test function is used to verify proper operation  
of various devices within the chiller, such as compressors, min-  
imum load valve solenoid (if installed), cooler pump(s) and re-  
mote alarm relay. This is helpful during the start-up procedure  
to determine if devices are installed correctly. See Fig. 53 for  
30XW wiring diagram.  
Test the cooler pump(s) and alarm relay by changing the  
item values from OFF to ON. These discrete outputs are then  
turned off if there is no keypad activity for 10 minutes. Test the  
compressor and minimum load valve solenoid (if installed)  
outputs in a similar manner. The minimum load valve sole-  
noids will be turned off if there is no keypad activity for  
10 minutes. Compressors will stay on until the operator turns  
them off. The Service Test mode will remain enabled for as  
long as there is one or more compressors running. All safeties  
are monitored during this test and will turn a compressor, cir-  
cuit or the machine off if required. Any other mode or sub-  
mode can be accessed, viewed, or changed during the Manual  
Control mode only. The STAT item (Run StatusVIEW) will  
display “0” as long as the Service mode is enabled. The TEST  
sub-mode value must be changed back to OFF before the chill-  
er can be switched to Enable or Remote contact for normal  
operation.  
SERVICE TEST WITH NAVIGATOR™ DISPLAY — To  
use the Service Test mode, the Enable/Off/Remote Contact  
switch must be in the OFF position. Use the display keys to  
move to the Service Test mode. The items are described in the  
Service Test table. There are two sub-modes available. Service  
Test Enable, T.REQ allows for manual control of the compres-  
sors and minimum load control. In this mode the compressors  
will operate only on command. The capacity control, head  
pressure control, and EXV control algorithms will be active.  
There must be a load on the chiller to operate for an extended  
period of time. All circuit safeties will be honored during the  
test. Quick Test Enable, Q.REQ allows for test of EXVs,  
pumps, oil solenoids, unloader solenoids and status points  
(alarm relays, running status and chiller capacity). If there are  
no keys pressed for 5 minutes, the active test mode will be  
disabled.  
NOTE: There may be up to a one-minute delay before the  
selected item is energized.  
SERVICE TEST WITH TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY —  
To enter the Manual Control mode with the Touch Pilot dis-  
play, the unit Operating Type must be Local OFF. Use the  
START/STOP button on the Touch Pilot display to stop the  
machine if necessary. To place the unit the Service Test mode,  
select Main MenuSTATUSPage DownSERV_TST  
and configure Service Test Enable to YES. Enter the pass-  
word if required. Configure the desired compressor output to  
ON. Then press the START/STOP button on the Touch Pilot  
dispaly and select Local on. Return to the SERV_TST screen  
to start and stop compressors or manually operate the compres-  
sor slide valve.  
To enter the Manual Control mode with the Navigator™  
display, the Enable/Off/Remote Contact switch must be in the  
OFF position. Move the LED to the Service Test mode. Press  
to access TEST. Press  
ENTER  
to access T.REQ.  
ENTER  
Press  
ENTER  
and the display will show OFF. Press  
and OFF will flash. Enter the password if required.  
ENTER  
Use either arrow key to change the T.REQ value to ON and  
press . Place the Enable/Off/Remote Switch in the  
ENTER  
enable position. Manual Control mode is now active. Press the  
arrow keys to move to the appropriate item. To activate an item  
To enter the Quick Test mode, the unit Operating Type must  
be Local OFF. Use the START/STOP button on the Touch Pilot  
display to stop the machine if necessary. To place the unit in  
Quick Test mode select Main MenuSTATUSPage  
DownQCK_TST1 and configure Quick Test Enable to Yes.  
Enter the password if required. Configure the desired output to  
ON, percent output or stage to confirm operation of the  
component.  
locate the item, press  
and the display will show OFF.  
ENTER  
and OFF will flash. Use either arrow key to  
Press  
ENTER  
change the value to ON and press  
. The item should  
ENTER  
be active. To turn the item off, locate the item, press  
ENTER  
and the display will show ON. The chiller must be enabled by  
83  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table 53 — Testing Circuit A Oil Solenoid  
VALUE  
DESCRIPTION  
(Units)  
MODE  
(Red LED)  
KEYPAD  
ENTRY  
DISPLAY  
EXPANSION  
SUB-MODE  
ITEM  
COMMENT  
SERVICE TEST  
ENTER  
ENTER  
ENTER  
Service Test Mode  
Manual Sequence  
TEST  
QUIC  
Q.REQ  
PASS WORD  
Password may be required  
0111  
ENTER  
ENTER  
ENTER  
ENTER  
ENTER  
Each  
will lock in the next  
digit. If 0111 is not the password,  
use the arrow keys to change the  
password digit and press  
ENTER  
when correct.  
ENTER  
ENTER  
ENTER  
Q.REQ  
Returns to the original field  
OFF  
OFF  
OFF will flash  
The Enable/Off/Remote Contact  
switch must be in the OFF  
position.  
ON  
Q.REQ  
EXV.A  
ESCAPE  
Press 15 times.  
OLS.A  
Oil Solenoid cir.A  
ENTER  
ENTER  
OFF  
OFF  
ON  
OFF will flash  
ENTER  
ENTER  
ON  
OLS.A will turn on.  
1 will flash  
ON  
OFF  
OFF  
ENTER  
OLS.A will turn off.  
LEGEND FOR FIG. 53  
ALM  
ALT  
CB  
— Isolation  
— Alert  
FIOP — Factory-Installed Option  
HGBP — Hot Gas Bypass  
— Circuit Breaker  
LWT — Leaving Water Temperature  
MBB — Main Base Board  
CDFS — Condenser Flow Switch  
CPM  
— Compressor Protection Module  
MLV — Minimum Load Valve  
CPMP — Condenser Pump Relay  
CWFS — Chilled Water Flow Switch  
PL  
— Plug  
PMP — Pump  
DPT  
— Discharge Pressure and Temperature  
SGT — Saturated Gas Temperature  
SHD — Loadshed  
ECEXV — Economizer Electronic Expansion Valve  
ECT  
EMM  
EXV  
— Entering Cooler Temperature  
— Energy Management Module  
— Electronic Expansion Valve  
SPT — Suction Pressure Transducer  
TB  
— Terminal Block  
84  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
A30-4848  
Fig. 53 — 30XW Low Voltage Control Wiring Schematic  
85  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX A — TOUCH PILOT DISPLAY TABLES  
The Touch Pilot™ display tables are formatted in alphabetical order based on the point  
NOTE: In places where duplicated point name descriptions were used, the headers were  
added to the point name description to differentiate them. For example, the description  
Compressor Output is used three times for circuits A, B, and C. In this table, the descrip-  
tions include Cir A, Cir B, and Cir C.  
name description. The line number corresponds to the line number from the top the Touch  
Pilot screen. A cross reference to the CCN tables in Appendix C is provided. Please refer  
to Appendix C for range and configuration default information.  
TOUCH PILOT  
POINT NAME  
READ/  
WRITE  
TOUCH PILOT DESCRIPTION  
TOUCH PILOT PATH  
LINE  
CCN TABLE NAME  
1 Elec Stage for backup  
3 Way Valve Position  
3 Way Valve Position  
Circuit A  
ehs_back  
MAIN MENU\Config\USER  
35  
11  
RW  
RW  
Configuration Tables\USER  
Q_3W_VLV  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST2  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST2  
fc_vlv_a  
fc_vlv_b  
fc_vlv_c  
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL  
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL  
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL  
14  
24  
34  
RO  
RO  
RO  
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL  
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL  
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
3 Way Valve Status  
Circuit A  
FC_VLV_A  
FC_VLV_B  
FC_VLV_C  
Q_RV_A  
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL  
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL  
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST2  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST2  
15  
25  
35  
13  
14  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RW  
RW  
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL  
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL  
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST2  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST2  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
4 way Valve Circuit A  
4 way Valve Circuit B  
4 Way Refrigerant Valve  
Circuit A  
Q_RV_B  
RV_A  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D  
MAIN MENU\Config\BRODEFS  
MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT  
MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT  
MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT  
MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT  
MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT  
MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST2  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST2  
MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM  
MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST2  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST2  
MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM  
MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM  
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY  
MAIN MENU\Config\ALARMDEF  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1  
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN  
MAIN MENU\Config\ALARMDEF  
MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT  
MAIN MENU\Config\ALARMDEF  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1  
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN  
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES  
MAIN MENU\Config\USER  
24  
24  
23  
1
RO  
RO  
RO  
RW  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RW  
RW  
RO  
RO  
RW  
RW  
RO  
RO  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RO  
RW  
RO  
RW  
RW  
RO  
RO  
RW  
RW  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D  
Circuit B  
RV_B  
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D  
Circuit C  
RV_C  
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D  
Activate  
ccnbroad  
over_cap  
DEM_LIM  
cap_t  
Configuration Tables\BRODEFS\BROCASTS  
Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT  
Status Display Tables\GENUNIT  
Active Capacity Override  
Active Demand Limit Val  
Actual Capacity  
20  
21  
8
Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT  
Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT  
Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT  
Status Display Tables\GENUNIT  
Actual Capacity Limit  
Actual Chiller Current  
Actual Chiller Current  
Air Cond Enter Valve A  
Air Cond Enter Valve B  
Air Cond Entering Valv A  
Air Cond Entering Valv B  
Air Cond Leaving Valv A  
Air Cond Leaving Valv B  
Air Cond Leaving Valve A  
Air Cond Leaving Valve B  
Air Cooled Reclaim Sel  
Alarm Equipment Priority  
Alarm Relay Output  
Alarm Relay Status  
Alarm Routing Control  
Alarm State  
cap_lim  
9
TOT_CURR  
TOT_CURR  
Q_HREA_A  
Q_HREA_B  
hr_ea_a  
10  
23  
3
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST2  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST2  
Status Display Tables\RECLAIM  
7
15  
25  
4
hr_ea_b  
Status Display Tables\RECLAIM  
Q_HRLA_A  
Q_HRLA_B  
hr_la_a  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST2  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST2  
Status Display Tables\RECLAIM  
8
17  
27  
10  
2
hr_la_b  
recl_opt  
EQP_TYP  
Q_ALARM  
ALARMOUT  
ALRM_CNT  
ALM  
ALRM_NAM  
Q_ALERT  
ALERT  
Mode_12  
auto_sel  
auto_sm  
AUX_BRD1  
AUX_BRD2  
AUX_BRD3  
AUX_BRD4  
AUX_BRD5  
ctrl_avg  
Status Display Tables\RECLAIM  
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY  
Configuration Tables\ALARMDEF\ALARMS01  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1  
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN  
Configuration Tables\ALARMDEF\ALARMS01  
Status Display Tables\GENUNIT  
48  
28  
1
13  
5
Alarm System Name  
Alert Relay Output  
Alert Relay Status  
Configuration Tables\ALARMDEF\ALARMS01  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1  
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN  
Status Display Tables\MODES  
49  
29  
13  
18  
18  
4
Auto Changeover Active  
Auto Changeover Select  
Auto Start When SM Lost  
AUX Board #1 Part Number  
AUX Board #2 Part Number  
AUX Board #3 Part Number  
AUX Board #4 Part Number  
AUX Board #5 Part Number  
Average Ctrl Water Temp  
Configuration Tables\USER  
MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1  
MAIN MENU\Maint\BOARD_PN  
MAIN MENU\Maint\BOARD_PN  
MAIN MENU\Maint\BOARD_PN  
MAIN MENU\Maint\BOARD_PN  
MAIN MENU\Maint\BOARD_PN  
MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT  
Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1  
Maintenance Display Tables\BOARD_PN  
Maintenance Display Tables\BOARD_PN  
Maintenance Display Tables\BOARD_PN  
Maintenance Display Tables\BOARD_PN  
Maintenance Display Tables\BOARD_PN  
Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT  
5
6
7
8
2
LEGEND  
RO — Read Only  
RW — Read/Write  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX A — TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)  
TOUCH PILOT  
POINT NAME  
READ/  
WRITE  
TOUCH PILOT DESCRIPTION  
TOUCH PILOT PATH  
LINE  
CCN TABLE NAME  
Ball Valve Closing Out  
Circuit A  
ISO_CL_A  
ISO_CL_B  
ISO_CL_C  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D  
22  
22  
22  
RO  
RO  
RO  
Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D  
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D  
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Ball Valve Opening Out  
Circuit A  
ISO_OP_A  
ISO_OP_B  
ISO_OP_C  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D  
23  
23  
23  
RO  
RO  
RO  
Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D  
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D  
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Ball Valve Position  
Circuit A  
ISO_REFA  
ISO_REFB  
ISO_REFC  
Baud rate  
flow_sp  
lowestsp  
Broadcast  
Bus  
CHIL_S_S  
Q_CATO  
CAPT_010  
CURR_LIM  
CURR_LIM  
ll_serie  
CHIL_OCC  
Q_READY  
Q_RUN  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D  
MAIN MENU\Config\Ctlr-ID  
21  
21  
21  
9
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RW  
RW  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RW  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RW  
RO  
RW  
RW  
RO  
RO  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RO  
RW  
RW  
RO  
RW  
RW  
RO  
RW  
RW  
RO  
RW  
RW  
RO  
RW  
RW  
RO  
Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D  
Circuit B  
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D  
Circuit C  
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D  
Baud rate  
Configuration Tables\!CtlrID\PD5_XAXQ  
Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1  
Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1  
Configuration Tables\!CtlrID\PD5_XAXQ  
Configuration Tables\!CtlrID\PD5_XAXQ  
Status Display Tables\GENUNIT  
Brine flow Switch SP  
Brine Freeze Setpoint  
Broadcast acknowledger  
Bus  
MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1  
MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1  
MAIN MENU\Config\Ctlr-ID  
2
3
10  
7
MAIN MENU\Config\Ctlr-ID  
CCN Chiller Start/Stop  
Chiller Capacity in0-10v  
Chiller Capacity Signal  
Chiller Current Limit  
Chiller Current Limit  
Chiller in Series  
MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1  
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN  
MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT  
MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT  
MAIN MENU\Config\MST_SLV  
MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1  
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN  
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN  
MAIN MENU\Config\USER  
5
46  
43  
11  
24  
24  
6
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1  
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN  
Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT  
Status Display Tables\GENUNIT  
Configuration Tables\MST_SLV  
Status Display Tables\GENUNIT  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1  
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN  
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN  
Configuration Tables\USER  
Configuration Tables\ALARMDEF\ALARMS01  
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY2  
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY2  
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY2  
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY2  
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY2  
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY2  
Service Configuration\CP_UNABL  
Service Configuration Tables\UPDTHOUR  
Status Display Tables\STRTHOUR  
Status Display Tables\SERV_TST  
Service Configuration Tables\UPDTHOUR  
Status Display Tables\STRTHOUR  
Service Configuration\CP_UNABL  
Service Configuration Tables\UPDTHOUR  
Status Display Tables\STRTHOUR  
Status Display Tables\SERV_TST  
Service Configuration Tables\UPDTHOUR  
Status Display Tables\STRTHOUR  
Service Configuration\CP_UNABL  
Service Configuration Tables\UPDTHOUR  
Status Display Tables\STRTHOUR  
Status Display Tables\SERV_TST  
Service Configuration Tables\UPDTHOUR  
Status Display Tables\STRTHOUR  
Chiller Occupied?  
Chiller Ready Output  
Chiller Running Output  
CHWS Temperature  
Circuit C Heater Temp  
Circuit Loading Sequence  
Comm Failure Retry Time  
Comp A Must Trip Amps  
Comp A S1 Config Switch (8->1)  
Comp B Must Trip Amps  
Comp B S1 Config Switch (8->1)  
Comp C Must Trip Amps  
Comp C S1 Config Switch (8->1)  
Compressor A Disable  
Compressor A Hours  
Compressor A Hours  
Compressor A Output  
Compressor A Starts  
Compressor A Starts  
Compressor B Disable  
Compressor B Hours  
Compressor B Hours  
Compressor B Output  
Compressor B Starts  
Compressor B Starts  
Compressor C Disable  
Compressor C Hours  
Compressor C Hours  
Compressor C Output  
Compressor C Starts  
Compressor C Starts  
41  
42  
40  
38  
1
CHWSTEMP  
T_HEAT_C  
lead_cir  
RETRY_TM  
cpa_mtac  
cpa_s1_c  
cpb_mtac  
cpb_s1_c  
cpc_mtac  
cpc_s1_c  
un_cp_a  
hr_cp_a  
MAIN MENU\Config\ALARMDEF  
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY2  
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY2  
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY2  
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY2  
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY2  
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY2  
MAIN MENU\Service\CP_UNABL  
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDTHOUR  
MAIN MENU\Status\STRTHOUR  
MAIN MENU\Status\SERV_TST  
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDTHOUR  
MAIN MENU\Status\STRTHOUR  
MAIN MENU\Service\CP_UNABL  
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDTHOUR  
MAIN MENU\Status\STRTHOUR  
MAIN MENU\Status\SERV_TST  
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDTHOUR  
MAIN MENU\Status\STRTHOUR  
MAIN MENU\Service\CP_UNABL  
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDTHOUR  
MAIN MENU\Status\STRTHOUR  
MAIN MENU\Status\SERV_TST  
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDTHOUR  
MAIN MENU\Status\STRTHOUR  
3
2
3
6
7
10  
11  
2
7
HR_CP_A  
Q_CPA  
3
3
st_cp_a  
8
st_cp_a  
4
un_cp_b  
hr_cp_b  
3
9
HR_CP_B  
Q_CPB  
5
5
st_cp_b  
10  
6
st_cp_b  
un_cp_c  
hr_cp_c  
4
11  
7
HR_CP_C  
Q_CPC  
7
st_cp_c  
12  
8
st_cp_c  
LEGEND  
RO — Read Only  
RW — Read/Write  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX A — TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)  
TOUCH PILOT  
POINT NAME  
READ/  
WRITE  
TOUCH PILOT DESCRIPTION  
TOUCH PILOT PATH  
LINE  
CCN TABLE NAME  
Compressor Output  
Circuit A  
COMP_A  
COMP_B  
COMP_C  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D  
2
2
2
RO  
RO  
RO  
Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D  
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D  
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Compressor Suction Temp  
Circuit A  
SUCT_T_A  
SUCT_T_B  
SUCT_T_C  
COND_EWT  
CONDFLOW  
cond_typ  
COND_LWT  
HPUMP_1  
hr_hpum1  
hr_hpum1  
HPUMP_2  
hr_hpum2  
hr_hpum2  
Q_HPMP1  
Q_HPMP2  
Mode_17  
hpump_seq  
cond_val  
CTRL_PNT  
CTRL_PNT  
ctr_type  
tp_error  
CTRL_WT  
cauto_sp  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_AN  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_AN  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_AN  
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN  
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN  
MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1  
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN  
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN  
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDTHOUR  
MAIN MENU\Status\STRTHOUR  
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN  
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDTHOUR  
MAIN MENU\Status\STRTHOUR  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1  
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES  
14  
14  
14  
35  
14  
4
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RW  
RO  
RO  
RW  
RO  
RO  
RW  
RO  
RW  
RW  
RO  
RW  
RW  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RW  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RW  
RO  
RO  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
Status Display Tables\CIRCA_AN  
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_AN  
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_AN  
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN  
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN  
Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1  
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN  
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN  
Service Configuration Tables\UPDTHOUR  
Status Display Tables\STRTHOUR  
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN  
Service Configuration Tables\UPDTHOUR  
Status Display Tables\STRTHOUR  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1  
Status Display Tables\MODES  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Condenser Entering Fluid  
Condenser Flow Status  
Condenser Fluid Type  
Condenser Leaving Fluid  
Condenser Pump #1 Command  
Condenser Pump #1 Hours  
Condenser Pump #1 Hours  
Condenser Pump #2 Command  
Condenser Pump #2 Hours  
Condenser Pump #2 Hours  
Condenser Pump 1  
36  
23  
15  
11  
24  
16  
12  
39  
40  
18  
7
Condenser Pump 2  
Condenser Pumps Rotation  
Condenser Pumps Sequence  
Condenser Water Val Sel  
Control Point  
MAIN MENU\Config\USER  
Configuration Tables\USER  
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY  
MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT  
MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT  
MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT  
MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT  
MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT  
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT  
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN  
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN  
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL  
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL  
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL  
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN  
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN  
MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1  
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES  
13  
5
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY  
Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT  
Status Display Tables\GENUNIT  
Control Point  
Control Type  
28  
3
Status Display Tables\GENUNIT  
Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT  
Status Display Tables\GENUNIT  
Controlled Temp Error  
Controlled Water Temp  
Cool Changeover Setpt  
Cooler Entering Fluid  
Cooler Entering Fluid  
Cooler Exchange DT Cir A  
Cooler Exchange DT Cir B  
Cooler Exchange DT Cir C  
Cooler Flow Setpoint Out  
Cooler Flow Switch  
7
29  
29  
33  
33  
6
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT  
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN  
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN  
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL  
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL  
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL  
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN  
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN  
Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1  
Status Display Tables\MODES  
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN  
Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1  
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY  
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN  
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN  
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN  
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL  
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL  
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL  
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN  
Status Display Tables\STRTHOUR  
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN  
Status Display Tables\STRTHOUR  
COOL_EWT  
COOL_EWT  
pinch_a  
pinch_b  
pinch_c  
13  
20  
18  
12  
1
SET_FLOW  
FLOW_SW  
flui_typ  
Cooler Fluid Type  
Cooler Heater Active  
Cooler Heater Command  
Cooler Heater Delta Spt  
Cooler Heater Output  
Cooler Heater Select  
Cooler Heater Temp  
Cooler Leaving Fluid  
Cooler Leaving Fluid  
Cooler Pinch Ctl Point A  
Cooler Pinch Ctl Point B  
Cooler Pinch Ctl Point C  
Cooler Pump #1 Command  
Cooler Pump #1 Hours  
Cooler Pump #2 Command  
Cooler Pump #2 Hours  
Mode_06  
7
COOLHEAT  
heatersp  
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN  
MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1  
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY  
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN  
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN  
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN  
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL  
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL  
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL  
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN  
MAIN MENU\Status\STRTHOUR  
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN  
MAIN MENU\Status\STRTHOUR  
26  
17  
36  
12  
37  
34  
34  
7
Q_CL_HT  
heat_sel  
T_HEATER  
COOL_LWT  
COOL_LWT  
pinch_spa  
pinch_spb  
pinch_spc  
CPUMP_1  
hr_cpum1  
CPUMP_2  
hr_cpum2  
14  
21  
20  
9
21  
10  
LEGEND  
RO — Read Only  
RW — Read/Write  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX A — TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)  
TOUCH PILOT  
POINT NAME  
READ/  
WRITE  
TOUCH PILOT DESCRIPTION  
TOUCH PILOT PATH  
LINE  
CCN TABLE NAME  
Cooler Pump Run Status  
Cooler Pumps Rotation  
Cooler Pumps Sequence  
Cooling Ice Setpoint  
CPUMPDEF  
Mode_07  
cpump_seq  
ice_sp  
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN  
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES  
13  
8
RO  
RO  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RO  
RW  
RW  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RO  
RO  
RW  
RW  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN  
Status Display Tables\MODES  
MAIN MENU\Config\USER  
8
Configuration Tables\USER  
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT  
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT  
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT  
MAIN MENU\Config\USER  
4
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT  
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT  
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT  
Configuration Tables\USER  
Cooling Ramp Loading  
Cooling Reset Deg. Value  
Cooling Reset Select  
Cooling Setpoint 1  
cramp_sp  
cr_deg  
14  
13  
19  
2
cr_sel  
csp1  
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT  
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT  
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL  
MAIN MENU\Service\MAINTCFG  
MAIN MENU\Service\MAINTCFG  
MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT  
MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT  
MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT  
MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT  
MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT  
MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT  
MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT  
MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT  
MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT  
MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT  
MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT  
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN  
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL  
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT  
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT  
MAIN MENU\Config\USER  
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT  
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT  
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL  
Cooling Setpoint 2  
csp2  
3
Cooling/FreeCool Timeout  
CPump 1 Ctl Delay (days)  
CPump 2 Ctl Delay (days)  
Current Alarm 1  
fc_tmout  
cpump1_c  
cpump2_c  
alarm_1  
alarm_2  
alarm_3  
alarm_4  
alarm_5  
cur100_a  
cur100_b  
cur100_c  
cur_30_a  
cur_30_b  
cur_30_c  
on_ctrl  
7
5
Service Configuration Tables\MAINTCFG  
Service Configuration Tables\MAINTCFG  
Status Display Tables\GENUNIT  
6
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
15  
16  
17  
12  
13  
14  
4
Current Alarm 2  
Status Display Tables\GENUNIT  
Current Alarm 3  
Status Display Tables\GENUNIT  
Current Alarm 4  
Status Display Tables\GENUNIT  
Current Alarm 5  
Status Display Tables\GENUNIT  
Current At 100% Load A  
Current At 100% Load B  
Current At 100% Load C  
Current At 30% Load A  
Current At 30% Load B  
Current At 30% Load C  
Current Control  
Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT  
Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT  
Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT  
Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT  
Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT  
Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT  
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN  
Current Cooling Power  
Current Full Reset Value  
Current Full Reset Value  
Current Limit at 100%  
Current Limit Select  
cool_pwr  
v_cr_fu  
4
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL  
10  
24  
31  
30  
1
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT  
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT  
Configuration Tables\USER  
v_hr_fu  
curr_ful  
curr_sel  
MODE  
MAIN MENU\Config\USER  
Configuration Tables\USER  
Current Mode (1=occup.)  
Current Mode (1=occup.)  
Current No Reset Value  
Current No Reset Value  
Current Occup Period #  
Current Occup Period #  
Current Occupied Time  
Current Occupied Time  
Current Phase 1 Comp A  
Current Phase 1 Comp B  
Current Phase 1 Comp C  
Current Phase 2 Comp A  
Current Phase 2 Comp B  
Current Phase 2 Comp C  
Current Phase 3 Comp A  
Current Phase 3 Comp B  
Current Phase 3 Comp C  
MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S  
MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S  
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT  
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT  
MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S  
MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S  
MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S  
MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S  
MAIN MENU\Maint\CUR_PHAS  
MAIN MENU\Maint\CUR_PHAS  
MAIN MENU\Maint\CUR_PHAS  
MAIN MENU\Maint\CUR_PHAS  
MAIN MENU\Maint\CUR_PHAS  
MAIN MENU\Maint\CUR_PHAS  
MAIN MENU\Maint\CUR_PHAS  
MAIN MENU\Maint\CUR_PHAS  
MAIN MENU\Maint\CUR_PHAS  
Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S  
Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S  
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT  
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT  
Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S  
Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S  
Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S  
Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S  
Maintenance Display Tables\CUR_PHASE  
Maintenance Display Tables\CUR_PHASE  
Maintenance Display Tables\CUR_PHASE  
Maintenance Display Tables\CUR_PHASE  
Maintenance Display Tables\CUR_PHASE  
Maintenance Display Tables\CUR_PHASE  
Maintenance Display Tables\CUR_PHASE  
Maintenance Display Tables\CUR_PHASE  
Maintenance Display Tables\CUR_PHASE  
MODE  
1
9
v_cr_no  
v_hr_no  
PER-NO  
PER-NO  
STRTTIME  
STRTTIME  
cpa_cur1  
cpb_cur1  
cpc_cur1  
cpa_cur2  
cpb_cur2  
cpc_cur2  
cpa_cur3  
cpb_cur3  
cpc_cur3  
23  
2
2
5
5
1
4
7
2
5
8
3
6
9
LEGEND  
RO — Read Only  
RW — Read/Write  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX A — TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)  
TOUCH PILOT  
POINT NAME  
READ/  
WRITE  
TOUCH PILOT DESCRIPTION  
Current Setpoint  
TOUCH PILOT PATH  
LINE  
CCN TABLE NAME  
SP  
MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT  
MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S  
MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S  
MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1  
MAIN MENU\Config\BRODEFS  
MAIN MENU\Config\BRODEFS  
MAIN MENU\Config\BRODEFS  
MAIN MENU\Config\BRODEFS  
MAIN MENU\Config\BRODEFS  
MAIN MENU\Config\BRODEFS  
MAIN MENU\Config\BRODEFS  
MAIN MENU\Config\Ctlr-ID  
31  
6
6
18  
47  
10  
9
11  
14  
13  
15  
7
1
20  
21  
RW  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RO  
RO  
Status Display Tables\GENUNIT  
Current Unoccupied Time  
Current Unoccupied Time  
Current Z Multiplier Val  
Customer Shutdown Out  
Daylight Sav Ent Day of Week (1=Monday)  
Daylight Sav Ent Month  
Daylight Sav Ent Week of Month  
Daylight Sav Leaving Day of Week (1=Monday)  
Daylight Sav Leaving Month  
Daylight Sav Leaving Week of Month  
Daylight Saving Select  
Decription  
ENDTIME  
ENDTIME  
zm  
Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S  
Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S  
Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1  
Q_SHUT  
startdow  
startmon  
startwom  
stopdow  
stopmon  
stopwom  
dayl_sel  
DevDesc  
Mode_19  
Mode_20  
Configuration Tables\BRODEFS\BROCASTS  
Configuration Tables\BRODEFS\BROCASTS  
Configuration Tables\BRODEFS\BROCASTS  
Configuration Tables\BRODEFS\BROCASTS  
Configuration Tables\BRODEFS\BROCASTS  
Configuration Tables\BRODEFS\BROCASTS  
Configuration Tables\BRODEFS\BROCASTS  
Configuration Tables\!CtlrID\PD5_XAXQ  
Status Display Tables\MODES  
Defrost Active On Cir A  
Defrost Active On Cir B  
Defrost Active?  
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES  
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES  
Status Display Tables\MODES  
Circuit A  
mode[19]  
mode[20]  
MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM  
MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM  
4
21  
RO  
RO  
Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM  
Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM  
Circuit B  
Defrost Duration  
Circuit A  
defr_dua  
defr_dub  
def_of_a  
def_of_b  
def_ca_a  
def_ca_b  
MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM  
MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM  
MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM  
MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM  
MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM  
MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM  
6
23  
16  
33  
15  
32  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM  
Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM  
Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM  
Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM  
Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM  
Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM  
Circuit B  
Defrost Fan Offset Cal A  
Defrost Fan Offset Cal B  
Defrost Fan Start Cal A  
Defrost Fan Start Cal B  
Defrost Number  
Circuit A  
nb_def_a  
nb_def_b  
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN  
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN  
6
7
RW  
RW  
Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN  
Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN  
Circuit B  
Defrost Number  
Circuit A  
nb_def_a  
nb_def_b  
MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS  
MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS  
3
4
RO  
RO  
Status Display Tables\FANHOURS  
Status Display Tables\FANHOURS  
Circuit B  
Defrost Temperature  
Circuit A  
DEFRT_A  
DEFRT_B  
MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM  
MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM  
5
22  
RO  
RO  
Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM  
Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM  
Circuit B  
Delta - Reference Delta  
Circuit A  
delt_v_a  
delt_v_b  
MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM  
MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM  
13  
30  
RO  
RO  
Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM  
Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM  
Circuit B  
Delta: OAT - Mean SST  
Circuit A  
delt_a  
delt_b  
dt_cr_fu  
dt_hr_fu  
dt_cr_no  
dt_hr_no  
MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM  
MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM  
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT  
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT  
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT  
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT  
11  
28  
8
22  
7
21  
RO  
RO  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM  
Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM  
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT  
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT  
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT  
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT  
Circuit B  
Delta T Full Reset Value  
Delta T Full Reset Value  
Delta T No Reset Value  
Delta T No Reset Value  
Demand Limit Active  
Demand Limit Type Select  
Deri PID Gain Varifan  
DGT Cool Solenoid  
Circuit A  
Mode_04  
lim_sel  
hd_dg  
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES  
MAIN MENU\Config\USER  
MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1  
5
24  
8
RO  
RW  
RW  
Status Display Tables\MODES  
Configuration Tables\USER  
Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1  
Q_CDGT_A  
Q_CDGT_B  
Q_CDGT_C  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1  
21  
28  
9
RW  
RW  
RO  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
LEGEND  
RO — Read Only  
RW — Read/Write  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX A — TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)  
TOUCH PILOT  
POINT NAME  
READ/  
WRITE  
TOUCH PILOT DESCRIPTION  
TOUCH PILOT PATH  
LINE  
CCN TABLE NAME  
DGT Cooling Solenoid  
Circuit A  
GASCOOLA  
GASCOOLB  
GASCOOLC  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D  
8
8
8
RO  
RO  
RO  
Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D  
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D  
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Discharge Gas Temp  
Circuit A  
DGT_A  
DGT_B  
DGT_C  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_AN  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_AN  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_AN  
10  
10  
10  
RO  
RO  
RO  
Status Display Tables\CIRCA_AN  
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_AN  
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_AN  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Discharge Pressure  
Circuit A  
DP_A  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_AN  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_AN  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_AN  
MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT  
MAIN MENU\Maint\PR_LIMIT  
MAIN MENU\Maint\PR_LIMIT  
MAIN MENU\Maint\PR_LIMIT  
MAIN MENU\Maint\PR_LIMIT  
MAIN MENU\Maint\PR_LIMIT  
MAIN MENU\Maint\PR_LIMIT  
MAIN MENU\Maint\PR_LIMIT  
MAIN MENU\Maint\PR_LIMIT  
MAIN MENU\Maint\PR_LIMIT  
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL  
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL  
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL  
MAIN MENU\Maint\SERMAINT  
MAIN MENU\Maint\SERMAINT  
MAIN MENU\Maint\SERMAINT  
MAIN MENU\Maint\SERMAINT  
MAIN MENU\Maint\SERMAINT  
MAIN MENU\Maint\SERMAINT  
MAIN MENU\Maint\SERMAINT  
MAIN MENU\Maint\SERMAINT  
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY2  
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY2  
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY2  
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL  
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL  
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL  
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL  
MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1  
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL  
MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1  
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL  
MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1  
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL  
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL  
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL  
3
3
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RW  
RO  
RW  
RO  
RW  
RO  
RO  
RO  
Status Display Tables\CIRCA_AN  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
DP_B  
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_AN  
DP_C  
3
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_AN  
Differential Water Temp  
Discharge A Gas Limit  
Discharge A Temp Average  
Discharge A Temp Rate  
Discharge B Gas Limit  
Discharge B Temp Average  
Discharge B Temp Rate  
Discharge C Gas Limit  
Discharge C Temp Average  
Discharge C Temp Rate  
Discharge Superheat A  
Discharge Superheat B  
Discharge Superheat C  
DLY 3 - Cooler Pump 1 (days)  
DLY 4 - Cooler Pump 2 (days)  
DLY 5 - Condenser Pump 1 (days)  
DLY 6 - Condenser Pump 2 (days)  
DLY 7 - Water Filter (days)  
DLY 8 - Cp A Oil Filter (days)  
DLY 9 - Cp B Oil Filter (days)  
DLY 10 - Cp C Oil Filter (days)  
Economizer A Steps Numb  
Economizer B Steps Numb  
Economizer C Steps Numb  
Economizer Position A  
Economizer Position B  
Economizer Position C  
Economizer SH Setpoint A  
Economizer SH Setpoint A  
Economizer SH Setpoint B  
Economizer SH Setpoint B  
Economizer SH Setpoint C  
Economizer SH Setpoint C  
Economizer Superheat A  
Economizer Superheat B  
Economizer Superheat C  
Economizer EXV Pos  
Circuit A  
diff_wt  
3
Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT  
Maintenance Display Tables\PR_LIMIT  
Maintenance Display Tables\PR_LIMIT  
Maintenance Display Tables\PR_LIMIT  
Maintenance Display Tables\PR_LIMIT  
Maintenance Display Tables\PR_LIMIT  
Maintenance Display Tables\PR_LIMIT  
Maintenance Display Tables\PR_LIMIT  
Maintenance Display Tables\PR_LIMIT  
Maintenance Display Tables\PR_LIMIT  
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL  
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL  
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL  
Maintenance Display Tables\SERMAINT  
Maintenance Display Tables\SERMAINT  
Maintenance Display Tables\SERMAINT  
Maintenance Display Tables\SERMAINT  
Maintenance Display Tables\SERMAINT  
Maintenance Display Tables\SERMAINT  
Maintenance Display Tables\SERMAINT  
Maintenance Display Tables\SERMAINT  
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY2  
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY2  
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY2  
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL  
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL  
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL  
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL  
Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1  
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL  
Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1  
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL  
Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1  
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL  
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL  
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL  
sdtlim_a  
sdt_m_a  
sdt_mr_a  
sdtlim_b  
sdt_m_b  
sdt_mr_b  
sdtlim_c  
sdt_m_c  
sdt_mr_c  
DSH_A  
3
1
2
7
5
6
11  
9
10  
3
DSH_B  
DSH_C  
10  
17  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
22  
23  
24  
25  
29  
33  
27  
21  
31  
22  
35  
23  
26  
30  
34  
cpump1_m  
cpump2_m  
hpump1_m  
hpump2_m  
wfilte_m  
ofilta_m  
ofiltb_m  
ofiltc_m  
eco_cnfa  
eco_cnfb  
eco_cnfc  
EXV_EC_A  
EXV_EC_B  
EXV_EC_C  
ecsh_spa  
esh_sp_a  
ecsh_spb  
esh_sp_b  
ecsh_spc  
esh_sp_c  
eco_sha  
eco_shb  
eco_shc  
Q_ECO_A  
Q_ECO_B  
Q_ECO_C  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1  
6
7
8
RW  
RW  
RW  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
LEGEND  
RO — Read Only  
RW — Read/Write  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX A — TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)  
TOUCH PILOT  
POINT NAME  
READ/  
WRITE  
TOUCH PILOT DESCRIPTION  
TOUCH PILOT PATH  
LINE  
CCN TABLE NAME  
Economizer Gas Temp  
Circuit A  
ECO_TP_A  
ECO_TP_B  
ECO_TP_C  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_AN  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_AN  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_AN  
11  
11  
11  
RO  
RO  
RO  
Status Display Tables\CIRCA_AN  
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_AN  
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_AN  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Economizer Pressure  
Circuit A  
ECON_P_A  
ECON_P_B  
ECON_P_C  
over_ehs  
ehs_th  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_AN  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_AN  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_AN  
MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT  
MAIN MENU\Config\USER  
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES  
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN  
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN  
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY  
MAIN MENU\Config\USER  
MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT  
MAIN MENU\Config\Ctlr-ID  
MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT  
MAIN MENU\Maint\BOARD_PN  
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY  
MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1  
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL  
5
5
5
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RW  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RW  
RW  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RW  
RW  
RO  
Status Display Tables\CIRCA_AN  
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_AN  
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_AN  
Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT  
Configuration Tables\USER  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
EHS Ctrl Override  
Elec Stage OAT Threshold  
Electric Heat Active  
Electrical Box Interlock  
Electrical Heat Stage  
Electrical Heat Stages  
Electrical Pulldown Time  
Electrical Pulldown?  
Element  
22  
34  
16  
16  
19  
16  
36  
24  
8
Mode_15  
ELEC_BOX  
EHS_STEP  
ehs_sel  
Status Display Tables\MODES  
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN  
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN  
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY  
Configuration Tables\USER  
ehs_pull  
ehspulld  
Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT  
Configuration Tables\!CtlrID\PD5_XAXQ  
Status Display Tables\GENUNIT  
Maintenance Display Tables\BOARD_PN  
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY  
Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1  
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL  
Element  
Emergency Stop  
EMSTOP  
EMM_NRCP  
emm_nrcp  
ewt_opt  
32  
9
EMM NRCP2 Board  
Energy Management Module  
Entering Fluid Control  
Estimated FreeCool Power  
Exchanger Frost Factor  
Circuit A  
17  
5
fc_pwr  
5
frost_a  
MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM  
MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM  
MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT  
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY2  
MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1  
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY2  
MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1  
MAIN MENU\Maint\BOARD_PN  
MAIN MENU\Maint\BOARD_PN  
MAIN MENU\Maint\BOARD_PN  
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY2  
MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1  
MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1  
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL  
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL  
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL  
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL  
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL  
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL  
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL  
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL  
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL  
2
19  
30  
18  
9
19  
10  
1
2
3
20  
11  
15  
28  
8
32  
15  
36  
22  
2
9
16  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM  
Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM  
Status Display Tables\GENUNIT  
Circuit B  
frost_b  
External Temperature  
EXV A Maximum Steps Numb  
EXV A Superheat Setpoint  
EXV B Maximum Steps Numb  
EXV B Superheat Setpoint  
EXV Board Circuit A  
EXV Board Circuit B  
EXV Board Circuit C  
EXV C Maximum Steps Numb  
EXV C Superheat Setpoint  
EXV MOP Setpoint  
EXV Override Circuit A  
EXV Override Circuit A  
EXV Override Circuit B  
EXV Override Circuit B  
EXV Override Circuit C  
EXV Override Circuit C  
EXV Position Circuit A  
EXV Position Circuit B  
EXV Position Circuit C  
EXV Position  
OAT  
exva_max  
sh_sp_a  
exvb_max  
sh_sp_b  
EXV_BRD1  
EXV_BRD2  
EXV_BRD3  
exvc_max  
sh_sp_c  
mop_sp  
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY2  
Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1  
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY2  
Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1  
Maintenance Display Tables\BOARD_PN  
Maintenance Display Tables\BOARD_PN  
Maintenance Display Tables\BOARD_PN  
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY2  
Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1  
Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1  
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL  
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL  
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL  
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL  
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL  
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL  
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL  
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL  
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL  
oc_eco_a  
ov_exv_a  
oc_eco_b  
ov_exv_b  
oc_eco_c  
ov_exv_c  
EXV_A  
EXV_B  
EXV_C  
Circuit A  
Q_EXVA  
Q_EXVB  
Q_EXVC  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1  
3
4
5
RW  
RW  
RW  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
EXV Position  
Circuit A  
EXV_A  
EXV_B  
EXV_C  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_AN  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_AN  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_AN  
15  
15  
15  
RO  
RO  
RO  
Status Display Tables\CIRCA_AN  
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_AN  
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_AN  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
LEGEND  
RO — Read Only  
RW — Read/Write  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX A — TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)  
TOUCH PILOT  
POINT NAME  
READ/  
WRITE  
TOUCH PILOT DESCRIPTION  
TOUCH PILOT PATH  
LINE  
CCN TABLE NAME  
EXV Position  
Circuit A  
Circuit B  
EXV_A  
EXV_B  
EXV_C  
fac_pass  
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL  
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL  
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL  
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY  
20  
30  
40  
19  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RW  
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL  
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL  
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL  
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY  
Circuit C  
Factory Password  
Fan #1 Hours  
Circuit A  
hr_fana1  
hr_fanb1  
hr_fanc1  
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN  
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN  
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN  
8
18  
28  
RW  
RW  
RW  
Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN  
Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN  
Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Fan #1 Hours  
Circuit A  
hr_fana1  
hr_fanb1  
hr_fanc1  
MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS  
MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS  
MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS  
5
15  
25  
RO  
RO  
RO  
Status Display Tables\FANHOURS  
Status Display Tables\FANHOURS  
Status Display Tables\FANHOURS  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Fan #2 Hours  
Circuit A  
hr_fana2  
hr_fanb2  
hr_fanc2  
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN  
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN  
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN  
9
19  
29  
RW  
RW  
RW  
Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN  
Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN  
Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Fan #2 Hours  
Circuit A  
hr_fana2  
hr_fanb2  
hr_fanc2  
MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS  
MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS  
MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS  
6
16  
26  
RO  
RO  
RO  
Status Display Tables\FANHOURS  
Status Display Tables\FANHOURS  
Status Display Tables\FANHOURS  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Fan #3 Hours  
Circuit A  
hr_fana3  
hr_fanb3  
hr_fanc3  
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN  
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN  
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN  
10  
20  
30  
RW  
RW  
RW  
Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN  
Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN  
Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Fan #3 Hours  
Circuit A  
hr_fana3  
hr_fanb3  
hr_fanc3  
MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS  
MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS  
MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS  
7
17  
27  
RO  
RO  
RO  
Status Display Tables\FANHOURS  
Status Display Tables\FANHOURS  
Status Display Tables\FANHOURS  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Fan #4 Hours  
Circuit A  
hr_fana4  
hr_fanb4  
hr_fanc4  
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN  
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN  
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN  
11  
21  
31  
RW  
RW  
RW  
Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN  
Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN  
Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Fan #4 Hours  
Circuit A  
hr_fana4  
hr_fanb4  
hr_fanc4  
MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS  
MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS  
MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS  
8
18  
28  
RO  
RO  
RO  
Status Display Tables\FANHOURS  
Status Display Tables\FANHOURS  
Status Display Tables\FANHOURS  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Fan #5 Hours  
Circuit A  
hr_fana5  
hr_fanb5  
hr_fanc5  
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN  
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN  
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN  
12  
22  
32  
RW  
RW  
RW  
Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN  
Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN  
Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Fan #5 Hours  
Circuit A  
hr_fana5  
hr_fanb5  
hr_fanc5  
MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS  
MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS  
MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS  
9
19  
29  
RO  
RO  
RO  
Status Display Tables\FANHOURS  
Status Display Tables\FANHOURS  
Status Display Tables\FANHOURS  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Fan #6 Hours  
Circuit A  
hr_fana6  
hr_fanb6  
hr_fanc6  
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN  
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN  
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN  
13  
23  
33  
RW  
RW  
RW  
Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN  
Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN  
Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Fan #6 Hours  
Circuit A  
hr_fana6  
hr_fanb6  
hr_fanc6  
MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS  
MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS  
MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS  
10  
20  
30  
RO  
RO  
RO  
Status Display Tables\FANHOURS  
Status Display Tables\FANHOURS  
Status Display Tables\FANHOURS  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
LEGEND  
RO — Read Only  
RW — Read/Write  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX A — TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)  
TOUCH PILOT  
POINT NAME  
READ/  
WRITE  
TOUCH PILOT DESCRIPTION  
TOUCH PILOT PATH  
LINE  
CCN TABLE NAME  
Fan #7 Hours  
Circuit A  
Circuit B  
hr_fana7  
hr_fanb7  
hr_fanc7  
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN  
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN  
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN  
14  
24  
34  
RW  
RW  
RW  
Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN  
Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN  
Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN  
Circuit C  
Fan #7 Hours  
Circuit A  
hr_fana7  
hr_fanb7  
hr_fanc7  
MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS  
MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS  
MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS  
11  
21  
31  
RO  
RO  
RO  
Status Display Tables\FANHOURS  
Status Display Tables\FANHOURS  
Status Display Tables\FANHOURS  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Fan #8 Hours  
Circuit A  
hr_fana8  
hr_fanb8  
hr_fanc8  
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN  
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN  
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN  
15  
25  
35  
RW  
RW  
RW  
Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN  
Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN  
Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Fan #8 Hours  
Circuit A  
hr_fana8  
hr_fanb8  
hr_fanc8  
MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS  
MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS  
MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS  
12  
22  
32  
RO  
RO  
RO  
Status Display Tables\FANHOURS  
Status Display Tables\FANHOURS  
Status Display Tables\FANHOURS  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Fan #9 Hours  
Circuit A  
hr_fana9  
hr_fanb9  
hr_fanc9  
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN  
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN  
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN  
16  
26  
36  
RW  
RW  
RW  
Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN  
Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN  
Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Fan #9 Hours  
Circuit A  
hr_fana9  
hr_fanb9  
hr_fanc9  
MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS  
MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS  
MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS  
13  
23  
33  
RO  
RO  
RO  
Status Display Tables\FANHOURS  
Status Display Tables\FANHOURS  
Status Display Tables\FANHOURS  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Fan #10 Hours  
Circuit A  
hrfana10  
hrfanb10  
hrfanc10  
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN  
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN  
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN  
17  
27  
37  
RW  
RW  
RW  
Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN  
Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN  
Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Fan #10 Hours  
Circuit A  
hrfana10  
hrfanb10  
hrfanc10  
MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS  
MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS  
MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS  
14  
24  
34  
RO  
RO  
RO  
Status Display Tables\FANHOURS  
Status Display Tables\FANHOURS  
Status Display Tables\FANHOURS  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Fan Cycle Counter  
Circuit A  
fancyc_a  
fancyc_b  
fancyc_c  
MAIN MENU\Maint\FANCTRL  
MAIN MENU\Maint\FANCTRL  
MAIN MENU\Maint\FANCTRL  
3
7
11  
RO  
RO  
RO  
Maintenance Display Tables\FANCTRL  
Maintenance Display Tables\FANCTRL  
Maintenance Display Tables\FANCTRL  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Fan Output DO #1  
Circuit A  
fan_a1  
fan_b1  
fan_c1  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D  
11  
11  
11  
RO  
RO  
RO  
Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D  
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D  
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Fan Output DO #2  
Circuit A  
fan_a2  
fan_b2  
fan_c2  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D  
12  
12  
12  
RO  
RO  
RO  
Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D  
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D  
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Fan Output DO #3  
Circuit A  
fan_a3  
fan_b3  
fan_c3  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D  
13  
13  
13  
RO  
RO  
RO  
Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D  
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D  
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Fan Output DO #4  
Circuit A  
fan_a4  
fan_b4  
fan_c4  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D  
14  
14  
14  
RO  
RO  
RO  
Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D  
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D  
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
LEGEND  
RO — Read Only  
RW — Read/Write  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX A — TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)  
TOUCH PILOT  
POINT NAME  
READ/  
WRITE  
TOUCH PILOT DESCRIPTION  
TOUCH PILOT PATH  
LINE  
CCN TABLE NAME  
Fan Output DO #5  
Circuit A  
fan_a5  
fan_b5  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D  
15  
15  
RO  
RO  
Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D  
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
fan_c5  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D  
15  
RO  
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D  
Fan Output DO #6  
Circuit A  
fan_a6  
fan_b6  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D  
16  
16  
RO  
RO  
Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D  
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
fan_c6  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D  
16  
RO  
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D  
Fan Output DO #7  
Circuit A  
fan_a7  
fan_b7  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D  
17  
17  
RO  
RO  
Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D  
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
fan_c7  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D  
17  
RO  
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D  
Fan Output DO #8  
Circuit A  
fan_a7  
fan_b7  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D  
17  
17  
RO  
RO  
Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D  
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
fan_c7  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D  
17  
RO  
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D  
Fan Sequence Started?  
Circuit A  
def_fa_a  
def_fa_b  
MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM  
MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM  
7
24  
RO  
RO  
Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM  
Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM  
Circuit B  
Fan Stages  
Circuit A  
Q_FAN_A  
Q_FAN_B  
Q_FAN_C  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1  
9
10  
11  
RW  
RW  
RW  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Fan Staging Number  
Circuit A  
FAN_ST_A  
FAN_ST_B  
FAN_ST_C  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D  
19  
19  
19  
RO  
RO  
RO  
Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D  
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D  
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Fan Staging Number  
Circuit A  
FAN_ST_A  
FAN_ST_B  
FAN_ST_C  
pump_loc  
Q_FCBVL_A  
Q_FCEXVA  
Q_FCBVL_B  
Q_FCEXVB  
fc_ready  
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL  
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL  
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL  
MAIN MENU\Config\USER  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST2  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST2  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST2  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST2  
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL  
MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS  
MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS  
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL  
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN  
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES  
13  
23  
33  
17  
18  
16  
19  
17  
8
RO  
RO  
RO  
RW  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RW  
RO  
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL  
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL  
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL  
Configuration Tables\USER  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST2  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST2  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST2  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST2  
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL  
Status Display Tables\FANHOURS  
Status Display Tables\FANHOURS  
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL  
Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN  
Status Display Tables\MODES  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Flow Checked if C Pump Off  
Free Cool A Ball Valve  
Free Cool A EXV Position  
Free Cool B Ball Valve  
Free Cool B EXV Position  
Free Cool Conditions OK?  
Free Cool Pump A Hours  
Free Cool Pump B Hours  
Free Cool Request?  
Free Cooling A Pump Hours  
Free Cooling Active  
Free Cooling Active  
Circuit A  
hr_fcm_a  
1
hr_fcm_b  
2
fc_reqst  
9
hr_fcp_a  
4
Mode_13  
14  
FC_ON_A  
FC_ON_B  
FC_ON_C  
hr_fcp_b  
FC_DSBLE  
FC_SW  
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL  
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL  
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL  
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN  
MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT  
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN  
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST2  
MAIN MENU\Config\USER  
12  
22  
32  
5
12  
6
2
15  
33  
11  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RW  
RW  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RW  
RW  
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL  
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL  
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL  
Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN  
Status Display Tables\GENUNIT  
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN  
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST2  
Configuration Tables\USER  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Free Cooling B Pump Hours  
Free Cooling Disable  
Free Cooling Disable Sw  
Free Cooling Disable?  
Free Cooling Heater  
Free Cooling OAT Limit  
Free Cooling Select  
FC_DSBLE  
Q_FC_HTR  
free_oat  
freecool  
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY  
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY  
LEGEND  
RO — Read Only  
RW — Read/Write  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX A — TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)  
TOUCH PILOT  
POINT NAME  
READ/  
WRITE  
TOUCH PILOT DESCRIPTION  
TOUCH PILOT PATH  
LINE  
CCN TABLE NAME  
Frost Integrator Gain  
Circuit A  
fr_int_a  
fr_int_b  
MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM  
MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM  
14  
31  
RO  
RO  
Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM  
Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM  
Circuit B  
Head Press Speed  
Circuit A  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Q_VFANA  
Q_VFANB  
Q_VFANC  
—
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1  
MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM  
MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM  
MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM  
MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT  
MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT  
MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT  
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT  
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES  
MAIN MENU\Config\USER  
12  
13  
14  
9
RW  
RW  
RW  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RW  
RW  
RO  
RW  
RO  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1  
Status Display Tables\RECLAIM  
Status Display Tables\RECLAIM  
Status Display Tables\RECLAIM  
Status Display Tables\GENUNIT  
Status Display Tables\GENUNIT  
Status Display Tables\GENUNIT  
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT  
Status Display Tables\MODES  
HEAT RECLAIM CIRCUIT A  
HEAT RECLAIM CIRCUIT B  
Heat Reclaim Select  
Heat Reclaim Select  
Heat/Cool Select  
—
19  
1
RECL_SEL  
RECL_SET  
HC_SEL  
HEATCOOL  
hauto_sp  
Mode_16  
heat_th  
11  
9
Heat/Cool Status  
8
Heating Changeover Setpt  
Heating Low EWT Lockout  
Heating OAT Threshold  
Heating Ramp Loading  
Heating Reset Deg. Value  
Heating Reset Select  
30  
17  
32  
26  
25  
20  
Configuration Tables\USER  
hramp_sp  
hr_deg  
hr_sel  
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT  
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT  
MAIN MENU\Config\USER  
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT  
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT  
Configuration Tables\USER  
Heating Setpoint 1  
Heating Setpoint 2  
High DGT Circuit A  
High DGT Circuit B  
High DGT Circuit C  
High Pres Override Cir A  
High Pres Override Cir B  
High Pres Override Cir C  
High Pressure Threshold  
High Tiers Display Selec  
Holiday Duration (days)  
Holiday Start Day  
Holiday Start Month  
Hot Gas Bypass Select  
Head Press Actuator Pos  
Circuit A  
hsp1  
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT  
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT  
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES  
17  
18  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
30  
16  
18  
3
RW  
RW  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT  
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT  
Status Display Tables\MODES  
hsp2  
Mode_24  
Mode_25  
Mode_26  
Mode_27  
Mode_28  
Mode_29  
hp_th  
highdisp  
HOL-LEN  
HOL-DAY  
HOL-MON  
hgbp_sel  
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES  
Status Display Tables\MODES  
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES  
Status Display Tables\MODES  
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES  
Status Display Tables\MODES  
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES  
Status Display Tables\MODES  
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES  
Status Display Tables\MODES  
MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1  
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY  
MAIN MENU\Config\HOLIDAY\HOLDY_01  
MAIN MENU\Config\HOLIDAY\HOLDY_01  
MAIN MENU\Config\HOLIDAY\HOLDY_01  
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY  
Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1  
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY  
Configuration Tables\HOLIDAY\HOLDY_01  
Configuration Tables\HOLIDAY\HOLDY_01  
Configuration Tables\HOLIDAY\HOLDY_01  
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY  
2
1
14  
hd_pos_a  
hd_pos_b  
hd_pos_c  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_AN  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_AN  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_AN  
16  
16  
16  
RO  
RO  
RO  
Status Display Tables\CIRCA_AN  
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_AN  
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_AN  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Heater Ball Valve  
Circuit A  
Q_BVL_A  
Q_BVL_B  
Q_BVL_C  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1  
19  
26  
33  
RW  
RW  
RW  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Hot Gas Bypass Output  
Circuit A  
HGBP_A  
HGBP_B  
HGBP_C  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D  
9
9
9
RO  
RO  
RO  
Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D  
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D  
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Hot Gas Bypass  
Circuit A  
Q_HGBP_A  
Q_HGBP_B  
Q_HGBP_C  
hpump1_c  
hpump2_c  
Q_CD_HT  
ICE_SW  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1  
MAIN MENU\Service\MAINTCFG  
MAIN MENU\Service\MAINTCFG  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST2  
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN  
MAIN MENU\Config\USER  
20  
27  
34  
7
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RO  
RW  
RO  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1  
Service Configuration Tables\MAINTCFG  
Service Configuration Tables\MAINTCFG  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST2  
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN  
Configuration Tables\USER  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
HPump 1 Ctl Delay (days)  
HPump 2 Ctl Delay (days)  
HR Condenser Heater  
Ice Done Storage Switch  
Ice Mode Enable  
Ice Mode in Effect  
8
12  
11  
42  
19  
ice_cnfg  
Mode_18  
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES  
Status Display Tables\MODES  
LEGEND  
RO — Read Only  
RW — Read/Write  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX A — TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)  
TOUCH PILOT  
POINT NAME  
READ/  
WRITE  
TOUCH PILOT DESCRIPTION  
TOUCH PILOT PATH  
LINE  
CCN TABLE NAME  
Int PID Gain Varifan  
Lag Capacity Limit Value  
Lag Minimum Running Time  
Lag Start Delay  
hd_ig  
MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1  
MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT  
MAIN MENU\Config\MST_SLV  
MAIN MENU\Maint\M_MSTSLV  
MAIN MENU\Config\MST_SLV  
MAIN MENU\Config\MST_SLV  
MAIN MENU\Config\DISPCONF  
MAIN MENU\Config\MST_SLV  
MAIN MENU\Config\MST_SLV  
MAIN MENU\Maint\M_MSTSLV  
MAIN MENU\Maint\M_MSTSLV  
MAIN MENU\Maint\M_MSTSLV  
MAIN MENU\Config\MST_SLV  
MAIN MENU\Maint\M_MSTSLV  
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN  
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN  
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN  
MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT  
MAIN MENU\Config\Ctlr-ID  
7
22  
20  
8
17  
21  
2
12  
18  
11  
5
RW  
RO  
RW  
RO  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RW  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RO  
RW  
RO  
RW  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RW  
RO  
RW  
RW  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1  
Status Display Tables\GENUNIT  
Configuration Tables\MST_SLV  
LAG_LIM  
lag_mini  
l_strt_d  
Maintenance Display Tables\MSTSLAVE  
Configuration Tables\MST_SLV  
Lag Start Timer  
lstr_tim  
Lag Unit Pump Control  
Language Selection  
Lead Lag Select  
lag_pump  
LANGUAGE  
lead_sel  
lead_pul  
ll_pull  
Configuration Tables\MST_SLV  
Configuration Tables\DISPCONF  
Configuration Tables\MST_SLV  
Lead Pulldown Time  
Lead Pulldown?  
Configuration Tables\MST_SLV  
Maintenance Display Tables\MSTSLAVE  
Maintenance Display Tables\MSTSLAVE  
Maintenance Display Tables\MSTSLAVE  
Configuration Tables\MST_SLV  
Lead Unit is the:  
lead_sel  
ll_chang  
ll_bal_d  
Lead/Lad Changeover?  
Lead/Lag Balance Delta  
Lead/Lag Hours Delta  
Limit 4-20mA Signal  
Limit Switch 1 Status  
Limit Switch 2 Status  
Load/Unload Factor  
Location  
10  
16  
9
ll_hr_d  
Maintenance Display Tables\MSTSLAVE  
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN  
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN  
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN  
Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT  
Configuration Tables\!CtlrID\PD5_XAXQ  
Status Display Tables\MODES  
LIM_ANAL  
LIM_SW1  
LIM_SW2  
smz  
42  
8
9
19  
2
Location  
Mode_21  
Mode_22  
Mode_23  
Mode_30  
Mode_31  
Mode_32  
fc_delta  
Low Suction Circuit A  
Low Suction Circuit B  
Low Suction Circuit C  
Low Superheat Circuit A  
Low Superheat Circuit B  
Low Superheat Circuit C  
LWT-OAT Delta  
mA For 0% Demand Limit  
mA For 100% Demand Limit  
Machine Operating Hours  
Machine Operating Hours  
Machine Starts  
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES  
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES  
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES  
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES  
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES  
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES  
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL  
MAIN MENU\Config\USER  
22  
23  
24  
31  
32  
33  
3
Status Display Tables\MODES  
Status Display Tables\MODES  
Status Display Tables\MODES  
Status Display Tables\MODES  
Status Display Tables\MODES  
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL  
Configuration Tables\USER  
lim_ze  
lim_mx  
29  
28  
5
MAIN MENU\Config\USER  
Configuration Tables\USER  
hr_mach  
HR_MACH  
st_mach  
st_mach  
ms_ctrl  
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDTHOUR  
MAIN MENU\Status\STRTHOUR  
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDTHOUR  
MAIN MENU\Status\STRTHOUR  
MAIN MENU\Config\MST_SLV  
MAIN MENU\Maint\M_MSTSLV  
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES  
MAIN MENU\Maint\M_MSTSLV  
MAIN MENU\Maint\M_MSTSLV  
MAIN MENU\Config\MST_SLV  
MAIN MENU\Maint\M_MSTSLV  
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY  
MAIN MENU\Config\DISPCONF  
MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT  
MAIN MENU\Config\Ctlr-ID  
Service Configuration Tables\UPDTHOUR  
Status Display Tables\STRTHOUR  
Service Configuration Tables\UPDTHOUR  
Status Display Tables\STRTHOUR  
Configuration Tables\MST_SLV  
1
6
Machine Starts Number  
Master Control Type  
Master Control Type  
Master Slave Active  
Master/Slave Ctrl Active  
Master/Slave Error  
Master/Slave Select  
Max Available Capacity?  
MCHX Exchanger Select  
Metric Display on STDU  
Minutes Left for Start  
Model Number  
2
7
ms_ctrl  
3
Maintenance Display Tables\MSTSLAVE  
Status Display Tables\MODES  
Maintenance Display Tables\MSTSLAVE  
Maintenance Display Tables\MSTSLAVE  
Configuration Tables\MST_SLV  
Maintenance Display Tables\MSTSLAVE  
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY  
Configuration Tables\DISPCONF  
Status Display Tables\GENUNIT  
Configuration Tables\!CtlrID\PD5_XAXQ  
Maintenance Display Tables\BOARD_PN  
Maintenance Display Tables\BOARD_PN  
Maintenance Display Tables\BOARD_PN  
Mode_11  
ms_activ  
ms_error  
ms_sel  
12  
4
12  
3
cap_max  
mchx_sel  
DISPUNIT  
min_left  
ModelNum  
cpa_mtam  
cpb_mtam  
cpc_mtam  
13  
15  
1
7
4
12  
16  
20  
Must Trip Amps  
MAIN MENU\Maint\BOARD_PN  
MAIN MENU\Maint\BOARD_PN  
MAIN MENU\Maint\BOARD_PN  
Must Trip Amps  
Must Trip Amps  
Mean SST Calculation  
Circuit A  
sst_dm_a  
sst_dm_b  
MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM  
MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM  
10  
27  
RO  
RO  
Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM  
Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM  
Circuit B  
Motor Current  
Circuit A  
CURREN_A  
CURREN_B  
CURREN_C  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_AN  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_AN  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_AN  
8
8
8
RO  
RO  
RO  
Status Display Tables\CIRCA_AN  
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_AN  
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_AN  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
LEGEND  
RO — Read Only  
RW — Read/Write  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX A — TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)  
TOUCH PILOT  
POINT NAME  
READ/  
WRITE  
TOUCH PILOT DESCRIPTION  
TOUCH PILOT PATH  
LINE  
CCN TABLE NAME  
Motor Temperature  
Circuit A  
CP_TMP_A  
CP_TMP_B  
CP_TMP_C  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_AN  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_AN  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_AN  
9
9
9
RO  
RO  
RO  
Status Display Tables\CIRCA_AN  
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_AN  
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_AN  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Next Sequence Allowed in  
Circuit A  
def_se_a  
def_se_b  
MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM  
MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM  
20  
20  
RO  
RO  
Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM  
Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM  
Circuit B  
Oil Heater  
Circuit A  
Q_HT_A  
Q_HT_B  
Q_HT_C  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1  
15  
22  
29  
RW  
RW  
RW  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Oil Heater Output  
Circuit A  
OIL_HT_A  
OIL_HT_B  
OIL_HT_C  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D  
5
5
5
RO  
RO  
RO  
Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D  
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D  
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Oil Level Input  
Circuit A  
OIL_L_A  
OIL_L_B  
OIL_L_C  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D  
7
7
7
RO  
RO  
RO  
Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D  
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D  
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Oil Pressure  
Circuit A  
OP_A  
OP_B  
OP_C  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_AN  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_AN  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_AN  
6
6
6
RO  
RO  
RO  
Status Display Tables\CIRCA_AN  
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_AN  
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_AN  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Oil Pressure Difference  
Circuit A  
DOP_A  
DOP_B  
DOP_C  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_AN  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_AN  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_AN  
7
7
7
RO  
RO  
RO  
Status Display Tables\CIRCA_AN  
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_AN  
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_AN  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Oil Solenoid  
Circuit A  
Q_OILS_A  
Q_OILS_B  
Q_OILS_C  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1  
16  
23  
30  
RW  
RW  
RW  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Oil Solenoid Output  
Circuit A  
OIL_SL_A  
OIL_SL_B  
OIL_SL_C  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D  
6
6
6
RO  
RO  
RO  
Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D  
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D  
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Optimal Fan Count  
Circuit A  
fancop_a  
fancop_b  
fancop_c  
MAIN MENU\Maint\FANCTRL  
MAIN MENU\Maint\FANCTRL  
MAIN MENU\Maint\FANCTRL  
4
8
12  
RO  
RO  
RO  
Maintenance Display Tables\FANCTRL  
Maintenance Display Tables\FANCTRL  
Maintenance Display Tables\FANCTRL  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Override State  
Circuit A  
over_d_a  
over_d_b  
MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM  
MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM  
8
25  
RO  
RO  
Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM  
Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM  
Circuit B  
Percent Total Capacity  
Circuit A  
CAPA_T  
CAPB_T  
CAPC_T  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_AN  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_AN  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_AN  
2
2
2
RO  
RO  
RO  
Status Display Tables\CIRCA_AN  
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_AN  
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_AN  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Pump Differential Press.  
Circuit A  
fc_dp_a  
fc_dp_b  
fc_dp_c  
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL  
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL  
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL  
19  
29  
39  
RO  
RO  
RO  
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL  
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL  
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Pump Inlet Pressure  
Circuit A  
fc_inp_a  
fc_inp_b  
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL  
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL  
17  
27  
RO  
RO  
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL  
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL  
Circuit B  
LEGEND  
RO — Read Only  
RW — Read/Write  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX A — TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)  
TOUCH PILOT  
POINT NAME  
READ/  
WRITE  
TOUCH PILOT DESCRIPTION  
TOUCH PILOT PATH  
LINE  
CCN TABLE NAME  
Pump Inlet Pressure  
Circuit A  
fc_inp_a  
fc_inp_b  
fc_inp_c  
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL  
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL  
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL  
17  
27  
37  
RO  
RO  
RO  
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL  
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL  
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Pump Outlet Pressure  
Circuit A  
fc_oup_a  
fc_oup_b  
fc_oup_c  
varfan_a  
varfan_b  
varfan_c  
NXTOCDAY  
NXTOCDAY  
NXTOCTIM  
NXTOCTIM  
fc_next  
NXTUNDAY  
NXTUNDAY  
NXTUNTIM  
NXTUNTIM  
nh_limit  
nh_end  
nh_start  
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL  
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL  
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL  
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY  
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY  
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY  
18  
28  
38  
5
RO  
RO  
RO  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RO  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL  
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL  
NB Fans on Varifan Cir A  
NB Fans on Varifan Cir B  
NB Fans on Varifan Cir C  
Next Occupied Day  
Next Occupied Day  
Next Occupied Time  
Next Occupied Time  
Next Session Allowed In  
Next Unoccupied Day  
Next Unoccupied Day  
Next Unoccupied Time  
Next Unoccupied Time  
Night Control Capacity Limit  
Night Control End Hour  
Night Control Start Hour  
Night Low Noise Active  
OAT Broadcast Bus #  
OAT Broadcast Element #  
OAT Full Reset Value  
OAT Full Reset Value  
OAT No Reset Value  
OAT No Reset Value  
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY  
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY  
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY  
Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S  
Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S  
Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S  
Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S  
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL  
6
7
MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S  
MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S  
MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S  
MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S  
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL  
MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S  
MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S  
MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S  
MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S  
MAIN MENU\Config\USER  
7
7
8
8
6
9
Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S  
Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S  
Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S  
Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S  
Configuration Tables\USER  
9
10  
10  
41  
40  
39  
10  
4
MAIN MENU\Config\USER  
Configuration Tables\USER  
MAIN MENU\Config\USER  
Configuration Tables\USER  
Mode_09  
oatbusnm  
oatlocad  
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES  
Status Display Tables\MODES  
MAIN MENU\Config\BRODEFS  
Configuration Tables\BRODEFS\BROCASTS  
Configuration Tables\BRODEFS\BROCASTS  
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT  
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT  
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT  
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT  
MAIN MENU\Config\BRODEFS  
5
6
oatcr_fu  
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT  
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT  
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT  
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT  
oathr_fu  
20  
5
oatcr_no  
oathr_no  
19  
LEGEND  
RO — Read Only  
RW — Read/Write  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX A — TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)  
TOUCH PILOT  
POINT NAME  
READ/  
WRITE  
TOUCH PILOT DESCRIPTION  
TOUCH PILOT PATH  
LINE  
CCN TABLE NAME  
Occupied From  
OCCTOD#  
OCC_OVSW  
UNOCTOD#  
oilfil_a  
MAIN MENU\Schedule\OCCPC01S  
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN  
MAIN MENU\Schedule\OCCPC01S  
MAIN MENU\Service\MAINTCFG  
MAIN MENU\Service\MAINTCFG  
MAIN MENU\Service\MAINTCFG  
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN  
MAIN MENU\Maint\SERMAINT  
MAIN MENU\Maint\SERMAINT  
MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT  
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN  
MAIN MENU\Config\USER  
MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT  
MAIN MENU\Schedule\OCCPC01S  
MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1  
MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1  
MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1  
MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR  
MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR  
MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR  
MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR  
MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR  
MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR  
MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR  
MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR  
MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR  
MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR  
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY  
3
10  
4
RO  
RO  
RO  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RW  
RO  
RO  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RW  
Configuration Tables\OCCPC01S  
Occupied Override Switch  
Occupied To  
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN  
Configuration Tables\OCCPC01S  
Oil Filter A Ctrl (days)  
10  
11  
12  
2
Service Configuration Tables\MAINTCFG  
Service Configuration Tables\MAINTCFG  
Service Configuration Tables\MAINTCFG  
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN  
Oil Filter B Ctrl (days)  
oilfil_b  
Oil Filter C Ctrl (days)  
oilfil_c  
On/Off - Remote Switch  
OP WARN 1- Refrigerant Charge  
OP WARN 2 - Water Loop Size  
Operating Type  
ONOFF_SW  
charge_m  
wloop_m  
OPER_TYP  
SPACETMP  
all_pass  
6
Maintenance Display Tables\SERMAINT  
Maintenance Display Tables\SERMAINT  
Status Display Tables\GENUNIT  
7
2
Optional Space temp  
39  
44  
20  
2
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN  
Pass for All User Config  
Percent Total Capacity  
Period # DOW (MTWTFSSH)  
Pinch offset circuit A  
Configuration Tables\USER  
CAP_T  
DOW#  
Status Display Tables\GENUNIT  
Configuration Tables\OCCPC01S  
p_ofst_a  
p_ofst_b  
p_ofst_c  
date_of1  
time_of1  
date_of2  
time_of2  
date_of3  
time_of3  
date_of4  
time_of4  
date_of5  
time_of5  
freq_60H  
12  
13  
14  
3
Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1  
Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1  
Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1  
Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR  
Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR  
Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR  
Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR  
Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR  
Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR  
Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR  
Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR  
Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR  
Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR  
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY  
Pinch offset circuit B  
Pinch offset circuit C  
Power Down 1: day-mon-year  
Power Down 1: hour-minute  
Power Down 2: day-mon-year  
Power Down 2: hour-minute  
Power Down 3: day-mon-year  
Power Down 3: hour-minute  
Power Down 4: day-mon-year  
Power Down 4: hour-minute  
Power Down 5: day-mon-year  
Power Down 5: hour-minute  
Power Frequency 60HZ Sel  
4
7
8
11  
12  
15  
16  
19  
20  
3
LEGEND  
RO — Read Only  
RW — Read/Write  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX A — TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)  
TOUCH PILOT  
POINT NAME  
READ/  
WRITE  
TOUCH PILOT DESCRIPTION  
TOUCH PILOT PATH  
LINE  
CCN TABLE NAME  
Power On 1: day-mon-year  
Power On 1: hour-minute  
Power On 2: day-mon-year  
Power On 2: hour-minute  
Power On 3: day-mon-year  
Power On 3: hour-minute  
Power On 4: day-mon-year  
Power On 4: hour-minute  
Power On 5: day-mon-year  
Power On 5: hour-minute  
Power Supply Voltage  
Prev unoccupied Day  
date_on1  
time_on1  
date_on2  
time_on2  
date_on3  
time_on3  
date_on4  
time_on4  
date_on5  
time_on5  
voltage  
PRVUNDAY  
PRVUNDAY  
PRVUNTIM  
PRVUNTIM  
hd_pg  
MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR  
MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR  
MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR  
MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR  
MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR  
MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR  
MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR  
MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR  
MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR  
MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR  
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY  
MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S  
MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S  
MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S  
MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S  
MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1  
MAIN MENU\Config\USER  
1
2
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RW  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RW  
RW  
RO  
RW  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RO  
RW  
RO  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR  
Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR  
Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR  
Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR  
Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR  
Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR  
Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR  
Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR  
Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR  
Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR  
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY  
Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S  
Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S  
Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S  
Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S  
Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1  
Configuration Tables\USER  
5
6
9
10  
13  
14  
17  
18  
4
11  
11  
12  
12  
6
14  
9
Prev unoccupied Day  
Prev unoccupied Time  
Prev unoccupied Time  
Prop PID Gain Varifan  
Pump Auto Rotation Delay  
Pump Periodic Start  
pump_del  
Mode_08  
pump_per  
PD_P_A  
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES  
Status Display Tables\MODES  
Pump Sticking Protection  
Pumpdown Pressure Cir A  
Pumpdown Pressure Cir B  
Pumpdown Saturated Tmp A  
Pumpdown Saturated Tmp B  
Quick EHS for Defrost  
Quick Test Enable  
MAIN MENU\Config\USER  
15  
11  
21  
13  
23  
37  
1
Configuration Tables\USER  
MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM  
MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM  
MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM  
MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM  
MAIN MENU\Config\USER  
Status Display Tables\RECLAIM  
PD_P_B  
Status Display Tables\RECLAIM  
hr_sat_a  
hr_sat_b  
ehs_defr  
Q_TSTRQ  
Q_TSTRQ  
Mode_05  
ramp_sel  
READY  
Status Display Tables\RECLAIM  
Status Display Tables\RECLAIM  
Configuration Tables\USER  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST2  
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1  
Quick Test Enable  
1
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST2  
Ramp Loading Active  
Ramp Loading Select  
6
Status Display Tables\MODES  
MAIN MENU\Config\USER  
5
Configuration Tables\USER  
Ready or Running Status  
Realarm Time  
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN  
MAIN MENU\Config\ALARMDEF  
MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1  
MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1  
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES  
30  
4
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN  
RE_ALARM  
max_3w  
min_3w  
Mode_14  
CONDFLOW  
cond_htr  
HPUMP_1  
Configuration Tables\ALARMDEF\ALARMS01  
Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1  
Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1  
Status Display Tables\MODES  
Recl Valve Max Position  
Recl Valve Min Position  
Reclaim Active  
20  
19  
15  
3
Reclaim Condenser Flow  
Reclaim Condenser Heater  
Reclaim Condenser Pump  
MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM  
MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM  
MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM  
Status Display Tables\RECLAIM  
4
2
Status Display Tables\RECLAIM  
Status Display Tables\RECLAIM  
LEGEND  
RO — Read Only  
RW — Read/Write  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX A — TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)  
TOUCH PILOT  
POINT NAME  
READ/  
WRITE  
TOUCH PILOT DESCRIPTION  
TOUCH PILOT PATH  
LINE  
CCN TABLE NAME  
Reclaim Deadband  
Reclaim Entering Fluid  
Reclaim Fluid Setpoint  
Reclaim Leaving Fluid  
Reclaim NRCP2 Board  
Reclaim Setpoint  
Reclaim Status Circuit A  
Reclaim Status Circuit B  
Reclaim Valve Position  
Reference Number  
Refrigerant Charge Ctrl  
Remote Heat/Cool Switch  
Remote Interlock Status  
Remote Reclaim Switch  
Remote Setpoint Switch  
Requested Electric Stage  
Reset Amount  
hr_deadb  
HR_EWT  
RSP  
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT  
MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM  
MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM  
MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM  
MAIN MENU\Maint\BOARD_PN  
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT  
MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM  
MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM  
MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM  
MAIN MENU\Config\Ctlr-ID  
MAIN MENU\Service\MAINTCFG  
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN  
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN  
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN  
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN  
MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT  
MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT  
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES  
MAIN MENU\Maint\SERMAINT  
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN  
MAIN MENU\Config\USER  
37  
5
RW  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RW  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RW  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RW  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT  
Status Display Tables\RECLAIM  
Status Display Tables\RECLAIM  
Status Display Tables\RECLAIM  
Maintenance Display Tables\BOARD_PN  
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT  
Status Display Tables\RECLAIM  
Status Display Tables\RECLAIM  
Status Display Tables\RECLAIM  
Configuration Tables\!CtlrID\PD5_XAXQ  
Service Configuration Tables\MAINTCFG  
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN  
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN  
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN  
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN  
Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT  
Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT  
Status Display Tables\MODES  
7
HR_LWT  
REC_NRCP  
rsp  
6
10  
36  
10  
20  
8
hrstat_a  
hrstat_b  
hr_v_pos  
RefNum  
6
charge_c  
HC_SW  
3
3
REM_LOCK  
RECL_SW  
SETP_SW  
eh_stage  
reset  
15  
5
7
23  
6
Reset in Effect  
Mode_03  
S_RESET  
SP_RESET  
al_rever  
4
1
Reset Maintenance Alert  
Reset/Setpnt 4-20mA Sgnl  
Reverse Alarms Relay  
Rotate Condenser Pumps?  
Rotate Cooler Pumps?  
Run Status  
Maintenance Display Tables\SERMAINT  
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN  
Configuration Tables\USER  
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN  
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN  
Status Display Tables\GENUNIT  
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN  
41  
43  
25  
22  
4
ROTHPUMP  
ROTCPUMP  
STATUS  
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN  
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN  
MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT  
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN  
Running Status  
RUNNING  
31  
Reference Delta  
Circuit A  
delt_r_a  
delt_r_b  
MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM  
MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM  
12  
29  
RO  
RO  
Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM  
Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM  
Circuit B  
Refrigerant Pump Out  
Circuit A  
FC_PMP_A  
FC_PMP_B  
FC_PMP_C  
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL  
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL  
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL  
16  
26  
36  
RO  
RO  
RO  
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL  
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL  
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Running Output  
Circuit A  
Q_RUN_A  
Q_RUN_B  
Q_RUN_C  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1  
43  
44  
45  
RW  
RW  
RW  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Saturated Condensing Tmp  
Circuit A  
SCT_A  
SCT_B  
SCT_C  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_AN  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_AN  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_AN  
12  
12  
12  
RO  
RO  
RO  
Status Display Tables\CIRCA_AN  
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_AN  
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_AN  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Saturated Suction Temp  
Circuit A  
SST_A  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_AN  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_AN  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_AN  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1  
13  
13  
13  
31  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RW  
Status Display Tables\CIRCA_AN  
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_AN  
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_AN  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1  
Circuit B  
SST_B  
Circuit C  
SST_C  
Circuit C  
Q_SLI_1C  
LEGEND  
RO — Read Only  
RW — Read/Write  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX A — TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)  
TOUCH PILOT  
POINT NAME  
READ/  
WRITE  
TOUCH PILOT DESCRIPTION  
TOUCH PILOT PATH  
LINE  
CCN TABLE NAME  
SCT Candidate  
Circuit A  
sct_fu_a  
sct_fu_b  
sct_fu_c  
MAIN MENU\Maint\FANCTRL  
MAIN MENU\Maint\FANCTRL  
MAIN MENU\Maint\FANCTRL  
2
6
RO  
RO  
RO  
Maintenance Display Tables\FANCTRL  
Maintenance Display Tables\FANCTRL  
Maintenance Display Tables\FANCTRL  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
10  
SCT Control Point  
Circuit A  
sct_sp_a  
sct_sp_b  
sct_sp_c  
MAIN MENU\Maint\FANCTRL  
MAIN MENU\Maint\FANCTRL  
MAIN MENU\Maint\FANCTRL  
1
5
9
RO  
RO  
RO  
Maintenance Display Tables\FANCTRL  
Maintenance Display Tables\FANCTRL  
Maintenance Display Tables\FANCTRL  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Slide Valve 1  
Circuit A  
Q_SLI_1A  
Q_SLI_1B  
Q_SLI_1C  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1  
17  
24  
31  
RW  
RW  
RW  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Slide Valve 2  
Circuit A  
Q_SLI_2A  
Q_SLI_2B  
Q_SLI_2C  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1  
18  
25  
32  
RW  
RW  
RW  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Slide Valve 1 Output  
Circuit A  
SLID_1_A  
SLID_1_B  
SLID_1_C  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D  
3
3
3
RO  
RO  
RO  
Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D  
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D  
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Slide Valve 2 Output  
Circuit A  
SLID_2_A  
SLID_2_B  
SLID_2_C  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D  
4
4
4
RO  
RO  
RO  
Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D  
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D  
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Suction Pressure  
Circuit A  
SP_A  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_AN  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_AN  
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_AN  
MAIN MENU\Maint\BOARD_PN  
MAIN MENU\Maint\BOARD_PN  
MAIN MENU\Maint\BOARD_PN  
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES  
MAIN MENU\Config\Ctlr-ID  
MAIN MENU\Status\SERV_TST  
MAIN MENU\Service\MAINTCFG  
MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT  
MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT  
MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT  
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN  
MAIN MENU\Config\MST_SLV  
MAIN MENU\Maint\M_MSTSLV  
MAIN MENU\Maint\M_MSTSLV  
MAIN MENU\Maint\M_MSTSLV  
MAIN MENU\Status\SERV_TST  
MAIN MENU\Status\SERV_TST  
MAIN MENU\Status\SERV_TST  
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY  
MAIN MENU\Config\Ctlr-ID  
4
4
4
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RW  
RW  
RO  
RO  
RW  
RO  
RW  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RO  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RO  
RW  
Status Display Tables\CIRCA_AN  
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_AN  
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_AN  
Maintenance Display Tables\BOARD_PN  
Maintenance Display Tables\BOARD_PN  
Maintenance Display Tables\BOARD_PN  
Status Display Tables\MODES  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
SP_B  
SP_C  
S1 Config Switch (8 ->1)  
S1 Config Switch (8 ->1)  
S1 Config Switch (8 ->1)  
Second Setpoint in Use  
Serial Number  
Service Test Enable  
Servicing Alert  
Setpoint Control  
Setpoint Occupied?  
Setpoint select  
Shutdown Indicator State  
Slave Address  
Slave Chiller State  
Slave Chiller Total Cap  
Slave lagstat  
cpa_s1_m  
cpb_s1_m  
cpc_s1_m  
Mode_02  
SerialNo  
Q_STREQ  
s_alert  
13  
17  
21  
3
5
Configuration Tables\!CtlrID\PD5_XAXQ  
Status Display Tables\SERV_TST  
Service Configuration Tables\MAINTCFG  
Status Display Tables\GENUNIT  
1
2
sp_ctrl  
SP_OCC  
sp_sel  
SHUTDOWN  
slv_addr  
slv_stat  
slv_capt  
lagstat  
Q_SLIA  
Q_SLIB  
Q_SLIC  
softstar  
PartNum  
spacr_fu  
spacr_no  
seq_typ  
start_dt  
Mode_01  
pump_sby  
27  
26  
25  
27  
11  
6
Status Display Tables\GENUNIT  
Status Display Tables\GENUNIT  
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN  
Configuration Tables\MST_SLV  
Maintenance Display Tables\MSTSLAVE  
Maintenance Display Tables\MSTSLAVE  
Maintenance Display Tables\MSTSLAVE  
Status Display Tables\SERV_TST  
Status Display Tables\SERV_TST  
Status Display Tables\SERV_TST  
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY  
Configuration Tables\!CtlrID\PD5_XAXQ  
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT  
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT  
Configuration Tables\USER  
7
14  
4
Slide Valve Capacity A  
Slide Valve Capacity B  
Slide Valve Capacity C  
Soft Starter Select  
Software Part Number  
Space T Full Reset Value  
Space T No Reset Value  
Staged Loading Sequence  
Start if Error Higher  
Startup Delay in Effect  
Stop Pump During Standby  
6
8
8
3
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT  
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT  
MAIN MENU\Config\USER  
MAIN MENU\Config\MST_SLV  
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES  
MAIN MENU\Config\USER  
12  
11  
4
19  
2
16  
Configuration Tables\MST_SLV  
Status Display Tables\MODES  
Configuration Tables\USER  
LEGEND  
RO — Read Only  
RW — Read/Write  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX A — TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)  
TOUCH PILOT  
POINT NAME  
READ/  
WRITE  
TOUCH PILOT DESCRIPTION  
TOUCH PILOT PATH  
LINE  
CCN TABLE NAME  
Sub Condenser Temp Cir A  
Sub Condenser Temp Cir B  
Subcooling Temperature A  
Subcooling Temperature B  
Suction A Temp Average  
Suction B Temp Average  
Suction C Temp Average  
Suction SH Control Pt A  
Suction SH Control Pt B  
Suction SH Control Pt C  
Suction Superheat A  
Suction Superheat B  
Suction Superheat C  
Switch Limit Setpoint 1  
Switch Limit Setpoint 2  
Switch Limit Setpoint 3  
System Manager Active  
TCPM Board Comp A  
TCPM Board Comp B  
TCPM Board Comp C  
Timed Overrider Hours  
Timed Overrider Hours  
Timed-Override Duration  
Timed-Override Duration  
Timed-Override in Effect  
Timed-Override in Effect  
Total Fans NB  
hr_subta  
hr_subtb  
hr_subca  
hr_subcb  
sst_m_a  
sst_m_b  
sst_m_c  
sh_sp_a  
sh_sp_b  
sh_sp_c  
SH_A  
MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM  
12  
22  
14  
24  
4
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
Status Display Tables\RECLAIM  
MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM  
Status Display Tables\RECLAIM  
MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM  
Status Display Tables\RECLAIM  
Status Display Tables\RECLAIM  
MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM  
MAIN MENU\Maint\PR_LIMIT  
Maintenance Display Tables\PR_LIMIT  
Maintenance Display Tables\PR_LIMIT  
Maintenance Display Tables\PR_LIMIT  
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL  
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL  
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL  
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL  
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL  
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL  
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT  
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT  
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT  
Status Display Tables\MODES  
MAIN MENU\Maint\PR_LIMIT  
8
MAIN MENU\Maint\PR_LIMIT  
12  
5
12  
19  
4
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL  
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL  
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL  
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL  
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL  
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL  
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT  
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT  
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT  
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES  
SH_B  
11  
18  
33  
34  
35  
11  
11  
15  
19  
1
SH_C  
lim_sp1  
lim_sp2  
lim_sp3  
Mode_10  
cpa_vers  
cpb_vers  
cpc_vers  
OVR_EXT  
OVR_EXT  
OVE_HRS  
OVE_HRS  
OVERLAST  
OVERLAST  
MAIN MENU\Maint\BOARD_PN  
MAIN MENU\Maint\BOARD_PN  
MAIN MENU\Maint\BOARD_PN  
Configuration Tables\OCCPC01S  
MAIN MENU\Schedule\OCCPC02S  
MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S  
MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S  
MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S  
MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S  
Maintenance Display Tables\BOARD_PN  
Maintenance Display Tables\BOARD_PN  
Maintenance Display Tables\BOARD_PN  
Configuration Tables\OCCPC01S  
1
Configuration Tables\OCCPC02S  
4
Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S  
Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S  
Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S  
Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S  
4
3
3
Circuit A  
nb_fan_a  
nb_fan_b  
nb_fan_c  
unitsize  
mstslv  
off_on_d  
unit_typ  
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY2  
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY2  
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY2  
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY  
MAIN MENU\Maint\M_MSTSLV  
MAIN MENU\Config\USER  
14  
15  
16  
2
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RO  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RO  
RW  
RW  
RO  
RO  
RW  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY2  
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY2  
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY2  
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY  
Maintenance Display Tables\MSTSLAVE  
Configuration Tables\USER  
Circuit B  
Circuit C  
Unit Capacity Model  
Unit is Master or Slave  
Unit Off to On Delay  
2
6
Unit Type (Heat Pump=2)  
Use Password  
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY  
MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1  
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST2  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST2  
MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM  
MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST2  
MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM  
MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM  
MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1  
MAIN MENU\Service\MAINTCFG  
MAIN MENU\Service\MAINTCFG  
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDTHOUR  
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDTHOUR  
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT  
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST2  
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY  
1
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY  
Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1  
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST2  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST2  
Status Display Tables\RECLAIM  
use_pass  
FC_HTR  
Q_HREW_A  
Q_HREW_B  
hr_ew_a  
hr_ew_b  
Q_HRLW_B  
hr_lw_a  
24  
10  
5
Valve Actuators Heaters  
Water Cond Enter Valv A  
Water Cond Enter Valv B  
Water Cond Enter Valve A  
Water Cond Enter Valve B  
Water Cond Leav Valve B  
Water Cond Leaving Valve A  
Water Cond Leaving Valve B  
Water Delta T  
9
16  
26  
10  
18  
28  
4
Status Display Tables\RECLAIM  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST2  
Status Display Tables\RECLAIM  
hr_lw_b  
delta_t  
Status Display Tables\RECLAIM  
Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1  
Service Configuration Tables\MAINTCFG  
Service Configuration Tables\MAINTCFG  
Service Configuration Tables\UPDTHOUR  
Service Configuration Tables\UPDTHOUR  
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT  
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST2  
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY  
Water Exchanger Pump 1  
Water Exchanger Pump 2  
Water Filter Ctrl (days)  
Water Loop Control  
Water Pump #1 Hours  
Water Pump #2 Hours  
Water Val Condensing Stp  
Watre Cond Leav Valve A  
Wye Delta Start Select  
Q_PMP1  
Q_PMP2  
wfilte_c  
37  
38  
9
wloop_c  
4
hr_cpum1  
hr_cpum2  
w_sct_sp  
Q_HRLW_A  
wye_delt  
13  
14  
38  
6
9
LEGEND  
RO — Read Only  
RW — Read/Write  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX B — NAVIGATOR™ DISPLAY TABLES  
MODE — RUN STATUS  
WRITE  
STATUS  
PAGE  
NO.  
ITEM  
EXPANSION  
AUTO DISPLAY  
Entering Fluid Temp  
Leaving Fluid Temp  
Active Setpoint  
UNITS  
RANGE  
COMMENT  
CCN TABLE  
CCN POINT  
VIEW  
EWT  
LWT  
SETP  
CTPT  
STAT  
XXXX.X  
0-100  
STATEGEN  
STATEGEN  
GENUNIT  
GENUNIT  
GENUNIT  
COOL_EWT  
COOL_LWT  
SP  
44  
(deg F/deg C)  
XXX.X  
0-100  
0-100  
0-100  
44  
(deg F/deg C)  
XXX.X  
35, 55  
35  
(deg F/deg C)  
XXX.X  
Control Point  
CTRL_PNT  
STATUS  
(deg F/deg C)  
Unit Run Status  
Off  
22-25  
Running  
Stopping  
Delay  
OCC  
Occupied  
Status Unit Control Type  
NO/YES  
Local Off  
Local On  
CCN  
GENUNIT  
GENUNIT  
CHIL_OCC  
ctr_type  
22-25  
22-25  
CTRL  
Remote  
0-100  
CAP  
Percent Total Capacity  
Percent Capacity Cir A  
Percent Capacity Cir B  
Percent Capacity Cir C  
Capacity Indicator  
Active Demand Limit Val  
Actual Chiller Current  
Chiller Current Limit  
Alarm State  
XXX (%)  
XXX (%)  
XXX (%)  
XXX (%)  
XX  
XXX (%)  
XXX (amps)  
XXX (amps)  
GENUNIT  
GENUNIT  
GENUNIT  
GENUNIT  
MAINT  
GENUNIT  
GENUNIT  
GENUNIT  
GENUNIT  
CAP_T  
CAP. A  
CAP. B  
CAP. C  
CAP. S  
LIM  
0-100  
CAPA_T  
CAPB_T  
CAPC_T  
OVER_CAP  
DEM-LIM  
TOT_CURR  
CURR_LIM  
ALM  
0-100  
0-100  
0-32  
43  
68  
0-100  
CURR  
CUR.L  
ALRM  
0-4000  
0-4000  
0=Normal  
1=Partial  
2=Shutdown  
DSBL/ENBL  
DSBL/ENBL  
0=Cooling  
1=Heating  
2=Standby  
NO/YES  
00:00-23:59  
1=January  
2=February  
3=March  
4=April  
EMGY  
CH.SS  
HC.ST  
Emergency Stop  
CCN Chiller Start Stop  
Heat Cool Status  
GENUNIT  
GENUNIT  
GENUNIT  
EMSTOP  
CHILL_S_S  
HEATCOOL  
Heating and  
Standby not  
supported.  
45  
RC.ST  
TIME  
MNTH  
Reclaim Select Status  
Time of Day  
Month of Year  
Not supported.  
GENUNIT  
N/A  
N/A  
reclaim_sel  
TIME  
moy  
XX.XX  
6=May  
6=June  
7=July  
8=August  
9=September  
10=October  
11=November  
12=December  
1-31  
DATE  
YEAR  
Day of Month  
XX  
XX  
N/A  
N/A  
dom  
yoc  
Year of Century  
00-99  
RUN  
MACHINE STARTS/HOURS  
Machine Operating Hours  
Machine Starts  
Water Pump 1 Run Hours  
Water Pump 2 Run Hours  
Condenser Pump 1 Hours  
COMPRESSOR RUN HOURS  
Compressor A Run Hours  
Compressor B Run Hours  
Compressor C Run Hours  
COMPRESSOR STARTS  
Compressor A Starts  
Compressor B Starts  
Compressor C Starts  
HRS.U  
STR.U  
HR.P1  
HR.P2  
HR.P3  
XXXX (hours)  
XXXX  
XXXX (hours)  
XXXX (hours)  
XXXX (hours)  
0-999000*  
0-9999*  
0-999000*  
0-999000*  
0-999999*  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
hr_mach  
st_mach  
hr_cpum1  
hr_cpum2  
hr_hpump1  
STRTHOUR  
FANHOURS  
FANHOURS  
FANHOURS  
Not supported.  
Not supported.  
Not supported.  
HOUR  
HR.A  
HR.B  
HR.C  
XXXX (hours)  
XXXX (hours)  
XXXX (hours)  
0-999000*  
0-999000*  
0-999000*  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
STRTHOUR  
STRTHOUR  
STRTHOUR  
hr_cp_a  
hr_cp_b  
hr_cp_c  
STRT  
ST.A  
ST.B  
ST.C  
XXXX  
XXXX  
XXXX  
0-999000*  
0-999000*  
0-999000*  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
STRTHOUR  
STRTHOUR  
STRTHOUR  
st_cp_a  
st_cp_b  
st_cp_c  
*As data in all of these categories can exceed 9999 the following display strategy is used:  
From 0-9999 display as 4 digits.  
From 9999-99999 display xx.xK  
From 99900-999999 display as xxxK.  
105  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX B — NAVIGATOR™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)  
MODE — RUN STATUS  
WRITE  
STATUS  
PAGE  
NO.  
ITEM  
EXPANSION  
FAN RUN HOURS  
UNITS  
RANGE  
COMMENT  
CCN TABLE  
CCN POINT  
hr_fana1  
FAN  
FR.A1  
FR.A2  
FR.A3  
FR.A4  
FR.A5  
FR.A6  
FR.A7  
FR.A8  
FR.A9  
F.A10  
FR.B1  
FR.B2  
FR.B3  
FR.B4  
FR.B5  
FR.B6  
FR.B7  
FR.B8  
FR.B9  
F.B10  
FR.C1  
FR.C2  
FR.C3  
FR.C4  
FR.C5  
FR.C6  
FR.C7  
FR.C8  
FR.C9  
F.C10  
Fan 1 Run Hours Cir A  
Fan 2 Run Hours Cir A  
Fan 3 Run Hours Cir A  
Fan 4 Run Hours Cir A  
Fan 5 Run Hours Cir A  
Fan 6 Run Hours Cir A  
Fan 7 Run Hours Cir A  
Fan 8 Run Hours Cir A  
Fan 9 Run Hours Cir A  
Fan 10 Run Hours Cir A  
Fan 1 Run Hours Cir B  
Fan 2 Run Hours Cir B  
Fan 3 Run Hours Cir B  
Fan 4 Run Hours Cir B  
Fan 5 Run Hours Cir B  
Fan 6 Run Hours Cir B  
Fan 7 Run Hours Cir B  
Fan 8 Run Hours Cir B  
Fan 9 Run Hours Cir B  
Fan 10 Run Hours Cir B  
Fan 1 Run Hours Cir C  
Fan 2 Run Hours Cir C  
Fan 3 Run Hours Cir C  
Fan 4 Run Hours Cir C  
Fan 5 Run Hours Cir C  
Fan 6 Run Hours Cir C  
Fan 7 Run Hours Cir C  
Fan 8 Run Hours Cir C  
Fan 9 Run Hours Cir C  
Fan 10 Run Hours Cir C  
COMPRESSOR DISABLE  
Compressor A Disable  
Compressor B Disable  
Compressor C Disable  
PREDICTIVE MAINTENANCE  
Refrigerant Charge  
Water Loop Size  
Pump 1 (Days)  
Pump 2 (Days)  
Cond Pump 1 (Days)  
Cond Pump 1 (Days)  
Water Filter  
Comp A OIl Filter (days)  
Comp B Oil Filter (days)  
Comp C Oil Filter (days)  
XXXX (hours)  
XXXX (hours)  
XXXX (hours)  
XXXX (hours)  
XXXX (hours)  
XXXX (hours)  
XXXX (hours)  
XXXX (hours)  
XXXX (hours)  
XXXX (hours)  
XXXX (hours)  
XXXX (hours)  
XXXX (hours)  
XXXX (hours)  
XXXX (hours)  
XXXX (hours)  
XXXX (hours)  
XXXX (hours)  
XXXX (hours)  
XXXX (hours)  
XXXX (hours)  
XXXX (hours)  
XXXX (hours)  
XXXX (hours)  
XXXX (hours)  
XXXX (hours)  
XXXX (hours)  
XXXX (hours)  
XXXX (hours)  
XXXX (hours)  
0-999999*  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
FANHOURS  
FANHOURS  
FANHOURS  
FANHOURS  
FANHOURS  
FANHOURS  
FANHOURS  
FANHOURS  
FANHOURS  
FANHOURS  
FANHOURS  
FANHOURS  
FANHOURS  
FANHOURS  
FANHOURS  
FANHOURS  
FANHOURS  
FANHOURS  
FANHOURS  
FANHOURS  
FANHOURS  
FANHOURS  
FANHOURS  
FANHOURS  
FANHOURS  
FANHOURS  
FANHOURS  
FANHOURS  
FANHOURS  
FANHOURS  
0-999999*  
0-999999*  
0-999999*  
0-999999*  
0-999999*  
0-999999*  
0-999999*  
0-999999*  
0-999999*  
0-999999*  
0-999999*  
0-999999*  
0-999999*  
0-999999*  
0-999999*  
0-999999*  
0-999999*  
0-999999*  
0-999999*  
0-999999*  
0-999999*  
0-999999*  
0-999999*  
0-999999*  
0-999999*  
0-999999*  
0-999999*  
0-999999*  
0-999999*  
hr_fana2  
hr_fana3  
hr_fana4  
hr_fana5  
hr_fana6  
hr_fana7  
hr_fana8  
hr_fana9  
hrfana10  
hr_fanb1  
hr_fanb2  
hr_fanb3  
hr_fanb4  
hr_fanb5  
hr_fanb6  
hr_fanb7  
hr_fanb8  
hr_fanb9  
hrfanb10  
hr_fanc1  
hr_fanc2  
hr_fanc3  
hr_fanc4  
hr_fanc5  
hr_fanc6  
hr_fanc7  
hr_fanc8  
CP.UN  
A.UN  
B.UN  
C.UN  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
CP_UNABL  
CP_UNABL  
CP_UNABL  
un_cp_a  
un_cp_b  
un_cp_c  
MAIN  
CHRG  
WATE  
PMP.1  
PMP.2  
PMP.3  
PMP.4  
W.FIL  
A.FIL  
B.FIL  
C.FIL  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
SERMAINT  
SERMAINT  
SERMAINT  
SERMAINT  
SERMAINT  
SERMAINT  
SERMAINT  
SERMAINT  
SERMAINT  
SERMAINT  
charge_m  
wloop_m  
cpump1_m  
cpump2_m  
hpump1_m  
hpump2_m  
wfilte_m  
(days)  
(days)  
Not supported.  
(days)  
47  
ofilta_m  
ofiltb_m  
ofiltc_m  
VERS  
SOFTWARE VERSIONS  
CSA-XXXXXXXXX  
XXXXXX-XX-XX  
XXXXXX-XX-XX  
XXXXXX-XX-XX  
XXXXXX-XX-XX  
XXXXXX-XX-XX  
XXXXXX-XX-XX  
XXXXXX-XX-XX  
XXXXXX-XX-XX  
XXXXXX-XX-XX  
XXXXXX-XX-XX  
XXXXXX-XX-XX  
XXXXXX-XX-XX  
XXXXXX-XX-XX  
XXXXXX-XX-XX  
XXXXXX-XX-XX  
XXXXXX-XX-XX  
Press ENTER  
and ESCAPE  
simultaneously  
to read version  
information  
APPL  
MARQ  
NAVI  
EXVA  
EXVB  
EXVC  
AUX1  
AUX2  
AUX3  
AUX4  
AUX5  
AUX6  
CPMA  
CPMB  
CPMC  
EMM  
R.BRD  
PD5_APPL  
STDU  
Navigator  
EXV_BRDA  
EXV_BRDB  
EXV_BRDC  
AUX_BRD1  
AUX_BRD2  
AUX_BRD3  
AUX_BRD4  
AUX_BRD5  
AUX_BRD6  
SPM_CPA  
SPM_CPB  
SPM_CPC  
EMM_NRCP  
REC_NRCP  
77  
77  
77  
76  
*As data in all of these categories can exceed 9999 the following display strategy is used:  
From 0-9999 display as 4 digits.  
From 9999-99999 display xx.xK  
From 99900-999999 display as xxxK.  
106  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX B — NAVIGATOR™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)  
MODE — SERVICE TEST  
WRITE  
PAGE  
NO.  
ITEM  
EXPANSION  
UNITS  
RANGE  
OFF/ON  
COMMENT  
CCN TABLE  
CCN POINT  
STATUS  
TEST  
MANUAL TEST MODE  
Manual Sequence  
Compressor A Output  
Remote-Off-  
Enable Switch  
must be set to  
OFF Position  
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
T.REQ  
forcible  
forcible  
service_test  
comp_serv_a  
61, 83  
64  
CP.A  
OFF/ON  
unchanged  
increase  
decrease  
OFF/ON  
unchanged  
increase  
decrease  
OFF/ON  
unchanged  
increase  
decrease  
Remote-Off-  
Enable Switch  
must be set to  
ENABLE  
SLI.A  
Slide Valve Capacity A  
forcible  
comp_ser_sid_a  
CP.B  
SLI.B  
Compressor B Output  
Slide Valve Capacity B  
Position  
forcible  
forcible  
N/A  
N/A  
comp_serv_b  
comp_ser_sid_b  
64  
64  
CP.C  
SLI.C  
Compressor C Output  
Slide Valve Capacity C  
forcible  
forcible  
comp_serv_c  
comp_ser_sid_c  
QUIC  
QUICK TEST MODE  
Remote-Off-  
Enable Switch  
must be set to  
OFF Position  
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
Q.REQ  
EXV.A  
EXV.B  
EXV.C  
ECO.A  
ECO.B  
ECO.C  
FAN.A  
FAN.B  
FAN.C  
SPD.A  
SPD.B  
SPD.C  
HT.A  
OFF/ON  
0-100  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
61  
61  
61  
Circuit A EXV % Open  
Circuit B EXV % Open  
Circuit C EXV % Open  
Circ A ECO EXV %  
Circ B ECO EXV %  
Circ C ECO EXV %  
Circuit A Fan Stages  
Circuit B Fan Stages  
Circuit C Fan Stages  
Cir A Varifan position  
Cir B Varifan position  
Cir C Varifan position  
Oil Heater Circuit A  
Slide Valve 1 Cir A  
Slide Valve 2 Cir B  
Hot Gas Bypass A Output  
Oil Solenoid Cir A  
DGT Cool Solenoid A  
Oil Heater Circuit B  
Slide Valve 1 Cir B  
Slide Valve 2 Cir B  
Hot Gas Bypass B Output  
Oil Solenoid Cir A  
DGT Cool Solenoid B  
Oil Heater Circuit C  
Slide Valve 1 Cir C  
Slide Valve 2 Cir C  
Hot Gas Bypass C Output  
Oil Solenoid Cir A  
XXX (%)  
XXX (%)  
XXX (%)  
XXX (%)  
XXX (%)  
XXX (%)  
X
0-100  
0-100  
0-100  
0-100  
0-100  
0-8  
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
X
X
0-8  
0-8  
XXX (%)  
XXX (%)  
XXX (%)  
0-100  
0-100  
0-100  
OFF/ON  
OFF/ON  
OFF/ON  
OFF/ON  
OFF/ON  
OFF/ON  
OFF/ON  
OFF/ON  
OFF/ON  
OFF/ON  
OFF/ON  
OFF/ON  
OFF/ON  
OFF/ON  
OFF/ON  
OFF/ON  
OFF/ON  
OFF/ON  
OFF/ON  
OFF/ON  
OFF/ON  
OFF/ON  
OPEN/CLSE  
OPEN/CLSE  
OPEN/CLSE  
OFF/ON  
OFF/ON  
OFF/ON  
SL1.A  
SL2.A  
HGP.A  
OLS.A  
DGT.A  
HT.B  
SL1.B  
SL2.B  
HGP.B  
OLS.B  
DGT.B  
HT.C  
SL1.C  
SL2.C  
HGP.C  
OLS.C  
DGT.C  
PMP.1  
PMP.2  
PMP.3  
CL.HT  
BVL.A  
BVL.B  
BVL.C  
Q.RDY  
Q.RUN  
SHUT  
CATO  
ALRM  
ALRT  
DGT Cool Solenoid C  
Water Exchanger Pump 1  
Water Exchanger Pump 2  
Condenser Pump 1  
Cooler Heater Output  
Ball Valve Position A  
Ball Valve Position B  
Ball Valve Position C  
Chiller Ready Status  
Chiller Running Status  
Customer Shutdown Stat  
Chiller Capacity in 0-10v  
Alarm Relay  
Not supported.  
Not supported.  
Not supported.  
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
XX.X (vdc)  
OFF/ON  
OFF/ON  
68  
Alert Relay  
107  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX B — NAVIGATOR™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)  
MODE — TEMPERATURE  
WRITE  
STATUS  
PAGE  
NO.  
ITEM  
EXPANSION  
UNITS  
RANGE  
COMMENT  
CCN TABLE  
CCN POINT  
UNIT  
UNIT TEMPERATURES  
Cooler Entering Fluid  
CEWT  
CLWT  
CD.LT  
CD.ET  
OAT  
XXX.X  
–40-245 F  
STATEGEN  
STATEGEN  
COOL_EWT  
COOL_LWT  
COND_LWT  
COND_EWT  
OAT  
(deg F/deg C)  
XXX.X  
(–40-118 C)  
–40-245 F  
(–40-118 C)  
–40-245 F  
(–40-118 C)  
–40-245 F  
(–40-118 C)  
–40-245 F  
(–40-118 C)  
–40-245 F  
(–40-118 C)  
–40-245 F  
(–40-118 C)  
–40-245 F  
(–40-118 C)  
–40-245 F  
(–40-118 C)  
Cooler Leaving Fluid  
(deg F/deg C)  
XXX.X  
Condenser Entering Fluid  
Condenser Leaving Fluid  
Outside Air Temperature  
Lead/Lag Leaving Fluid  
Optional Space Temp  
Cooler Heater Temp  
Not supported.  
Not supported.  
(deg F/deg C)  
XXX.X  
(deg F/deg C)  
XXX.X  
GENUNIT  
STATEGEN  
STATEGEN  
(deg F/deg C)  
XXX.X  
CHWS  
SPT  
CHWS  
(deg F/deg C)  
XXX.X  
SPACETMP  
TH_HEATER  
T_HEAT_C  
(deg F/deg C)  
XXX.X  
THHR  
THR.C  
(deg F/deg C)  
XXX.X  
Cooler Heat Temp Cir C  
(deg F/deg C)  
CIR.A  
CIRCUIT A TEMPERATURES  
Sat Cond Temp Circ A  
SCT.A  
XXX.X  
–40-245 F  
(–40-118 C)  
–40-245 F  
(–40-118 C)  
–40-245 F  
(–40-118 C)  
–40-245 F  
(–40-118 C)  
CIRCA_AN  
CIRCA_AN  
SCT_A  
(deg F/deg C)  
XXX.X  
SST.A  
DGT.A  
SGT.A  
Sat Suction Temp Circ A  
Discharge Gas Temp Cir A  
Suction Gas Temp Circ A  
SST_A  
(deg F/deg C)  
XXX.X  
(deg F/deg C)  
XXX.X  
DGT_A  
CIRCA_AN  
CIRCA_AN  
SUCT_T_A  
(deg F/deg C)  
XXX.X (F/C)  
XXX.X  
SUP.A  
ECT.A  
Superheat Temp Circ A  
Economizer Gas Temp A  
SH_A  
ECO_TP_A  
–40-245 F  
(–40-118 C)  
–40-245 F  
(–40-118 C)  
–40-245 F  
(–40-118 C)  
(deg F/deg C)  
XXX.X  
ESH.A  
CTP.A  
Economizer Superheat A  
Motor Temperature Cir A  
ECO_SH_A  
CP_TMP_A  
(deg F/deg C)  
XXX.X  
(deg F/deg C)  
CIR.B  
CIRCUIT B TEMPERATURES  
Sat Cond Temp Circ B  
SCT.B  
XXX.X  
–40-245 F  
(–40-118 C)  
–40-245 F  
(–40-118 C)  
–40-245 F  
(–40-118 C)  
–40-245 F  
(–40-118 C)  
CIRCB_AN  
CIRCB_AN  
SCT_B  
(deg F/deg C)  
XXX.X  
SST.B  
DGT.B  
SGT.B  
Sat Suction Temp Circ B  
Discharge Gas Temp Cir B  
Suction Gas Temp Circ B  
SST_B  
(deg F/deg C)  
XXX.X  
(deg F/deg C)  
XXX.X  
DGT_B  
CIRCB_AN  
CIRCB_AN  
SUCT_T_B  
(deg F/deg C)  
XXX.X (F/C)  
XXX.X  
SUP.B  
ECT.B  
Superheat Temp Circ B  
Economizer Gas Temp B  
SH_B  
ECO_TP_B  
–40-245 F  
(–40-118 C)  
–40-245 F  
(–40-118 C)  
–40-245 F  
(–40-118 C)  
(deg F/deg C)  
XXX.X  
ESH.B  
CTP.B  
Economizer Superheat B  
Motor Temperature Cir B  
ECO_SH_B  
CP_TMP_B  
(deg F/deg C)  
XXX.X  
(deg F/deg C)  
CIR.C  
CIRCUIT C TEMPERATURES  
Sat Cond Temp Circ C  
CIRCC_AN  
CIRCC_AN  
SCT.C  
XXX.X  
–45-245 F  
(–43-118 C)  
–45-245 F  
(–43-118 C)  
–40-245 F  
(–40-118 C)  
–45-245 F  
(–43-118 C)  
SCT_C  
(deg F/deg C)  
XXX.X  
SST.C  
DGT.C  
SGT.C  
Sat Suction Temp Circ C  
Discharge Gas Temp Cir C  
Suction Gas Temp Circ C  
CIRCC_AN  
SST_C  
(deg F/deg C)  
XXX.X  
(deg F/deg C)  
XXX.X  
DGT_C  
CIRCC_AN  
CIRCC_AN  
SUCT_T_C  
(deg F/deg C)  
XXX.X (F/C)  
XXX.X  
SUP.C  
ECT.C  
Superheat Temp Circ C  
Economizer Gas Temp C  
SH_C  
ECO_TP_C  
(deg F/deg C)  
XXX.X  
ESH.C  
CTP.C  
Economizer Superheat C  
Motor Temperature Cir C  
ECO_SH_C  
CP_TMP_C  
(deg F/deg C)  
XXX.X  
(deg F/deg C)  
108  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX B — NAVIGATOR™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)  
MODE — SET POINTS  
WRITE  
PAGE  
NO.  
ITEM  
COOL  
CSP.1  
CSP.2  
CSP.3  
EXPANSION  
UNITS  
RANGE  
COMMENT  
CCN TABLE  
SETPOINT  
SETPOINT  
SETPOINT  
CCN POINT  
csp1  
STATUS  
COOLING SETPOINTS  
Cooling Setpoint 1  
XXXX.X  
(deg F/deg C)  
–20-70 F  
forcible  
25, 41,  
55  
(–29-21 C),  
Default = 44.0  
–20-70 F  
Cooing Setpoint 2  
Ice Setpoint  
XXXX.X  
(deg F/deg C)  
forcible  
forcible  
csp2  
25, 41,  
55  
(–29-21 C),  
Default = 44.0  
–20-70 F  
(–29-21 C),  
Default = 44.0  
0-20,  
Default = 0  
0-20,  
Default = 0  
XXXX.X  
(deg F/deg C)  
ice_sp  
25, 41,  
55  
CRV1  
CRV2  
CRT1  
Current No Reset Val  
Current Full Reset Val  
Delta T No Reset Temp  
XX.X (mA)  
XX.X (mA)  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
SETPOINT  
SETPOINT  
SETPOINT  
v_cr_no  
v_cr_fu  
dt_cr_no  
36  
36  
XXX.X (F/C) 0-125 F  
35, 36  
(0-69.4 C),  
Default = 0  
CRT2  
CRO1  
CRO2  
CRS1  
CRS2  
DGRC  
Delta T Full Reset Temp  
OAT No Reset Temp  
XXX.X (F/C) 0-125 F  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
SETPOINT  
SETPOINT  
SETPOINT  
SETPOINT  
SETPOINT  
SETPOINT  
dt_cr_fu  
oatcr_no  
oatcr_fu  
spacr_no  
spacr_fu  
cr_deg  
35, 36  
(0-69.4 C),  
Default = 0  
0-125 F  
(–18-52 C),  
Default = 14.0  
0-25 F  
(–18-52 C),  
Default = 14.0  
0-125 F  
(–18-52 C),  
Default = 14.0  
0-125 F  
(–18-52 C),  
Default = 14.0  
–30-30 F  
(–16.7-16.7 C),  
Default = 0  
Default = 75.0  
XXX.X  
(deg F/deg C)  
OAT Full Reset Temp  
Space T No Reset Temp  
Space T Full Reset Temp  
Degrees Cool Reset  
XXX.X  
(deg F/deg C)  
XXX.X  
(deg F/deg C)  
36  
XXX.X  
(deg F/deg C)  
36  
XX.X (F/C)  
35, 36  
CAUT  
CRMP  
Cool Changeover Setpt  
Cool Ramp Loading  
XX.X  
Not supported.  
forcible  
forcible  
SETPOINT  
SETPOINT  
cauto_sp  
cramp_sp  
(deg F/deg C)  
X.X  
0.2-2.0 F  
(0.1-1.1 C),  
Default = 1.0  
35  
HEAT  
HEATING SETPOINTS  
Heating Setpoint 1  
HSP.1  
XXX.X  
Default = 100  
Default = 100  
Not supported.  
Not supported.  
forcible  
forcible  
SETPOINT  
SETPOINT  
HSP.1  
HSP.2  
(deg F/deg C)  
XXX.X  
HSP.2  
Heating Setpoint 2  
(deg F/deg C)  
XX.X (mA)  
XX.X (mA)  
XXX.X (F/C) Default = 0  
XXX.X (F/C) Default = 0  
XXX.X  
(deg F/deg C)  
XXX.X  
(deg F/deg C)  
XX.X (F/C)  
XX.X  
(deg F/deg C)  
X.X  
HRV1  
HRV2  
HRT1  
HRT2  
HRO1  
Current to Reset Val  
Current Full Reset Val  
Delta T No Reset Temp  
Delta T Full Reset Temp  
OAT No Reset Temp  
Default = 0  
Default = 0  
Not supported.  
Not supported.  
Not supported.  
Not supported.  
Not supported.  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
SETPOINT  
SETPOINT  
SETPOINT  
SETPOINT  
SETPOINT  
v_hr_no  
v_hr_fu  
dt_hr_no  
dt_hr_fu  
oathr_no  
Default = 14.0  
HRO2  
OAT Full Reset Temp  
Default = 14.0  
Not supported.  
forcible  
SETPOINT  
oathr_fu  
DGRH  
HAUT  
Degrees Heat Reset  
Heat Changeover Setpt  
Default = 0  
Default = 64  
Not supported.  
Not supported.  
forcible  
forcible  
SETPOINT  
SETPOINT  
DGRH  
hauto_sp  
HRMP  
Heat Ramp Loading  
Default = 1.0  
Not supported.  
forcible  
SETPOINT  
hramp_sp  
MISC  
MISC SETPOINTS  
Switch Limit Setpoint 1  
DLS1  
XXX (%)  
XXX (%)  
XXX (%)  
0-100,  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
SETPOINT  
SETPOINT  
SETPOINT  
SETPOINT  
lim_sp1  
lim_sp2  
lim_sp3  
w_sct_sp  
39, 40  
39, 40  
Default = 100  
0-100,  
DLS2  
DLS3  
W.SCT  
Switch Limit Setpoint 2  
Switch Limit Setpoint 3  
Water Val Cond Stp  
Default = 100  
0-100,  
Default = 100  
80-140 F  
XXX.X  
(deg F/deg C)  
Not supported.  
46  
(26.7-60 C)  
109  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX B — NAVIGATOR™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)  
MODE — PRESSURE  
WRITE  
STATUS  
PAGE  
NO.  
ITEM  
PRC.A  
EXPANSION  
UNITS  
RANGE  
COMMENT  
CCN TABLE  
CCN POINT  
DP_A  
CIRCUIT A PRESSURES  
Discharge Pressure Cir A  
DP.A  
SP.A  
OP.A  
DOP.A  
ECP.A  
XXX.X  
CIRCA_AN  
CIRCA_AN  
56  
56  
56  
(psig/kPa)  
XXX.X  
Suction Pressure Circ A  
Oil Pressure Circ A  
SP_A  
(psig/kPa)  
XXX.X  
OP_A  
(psig/kPa)  
XXX.X  
Oil Pressure Diff A  
DOP_A  
ECON_P_A  
(psig/kPa)  
XXX.X  
Economizer Pressure A  
(psig/kPa)  
PRC.B  
DP.B  
CIRCUIT B PRESSURES  
Discharge Pressure Cir B  
XXX.X  
CIRCB_AN  
CIRCB_AN  
DP_B  
(psig/kPa)  
XXX.X  
SP.B  
Suction Pressure Circ B  
Oil Pressure Circ B  
SP_B  
(psig/kPa)  
XXX.X  
OP.B  
DOP.B  
ECP.B  
OP_B  
(psig/kPa)  
XXX.X  
Oil Pressure Diff B  
DOP_B  
ECON_P_B  
(psig/kPa)  
XXX.X  
Economizer Pressure B  
(psig/kPa)  
PRC.C  
DP.C  
CIRCUIT A PRESSURES  
Discharge Pressure Cir C  
XXX.X  
CIRCC_AN  
CIRCC_AN  
DP_C  
(psig/kPa)  
XXX.X  
SP.C  
Suction Pressure Circ C  
Oil Pressure Circ C  
SP_C  
(psig/kPa)  
XXX.X  
OP.C  
DOP.C  
ECP.C  
OP_C  
(psig/kPa)  
XXX.X  
Oil Pressure Diff C  
DOP_C  
ECON_P_C  
(psig/kPa)  
XXX.X  
Economizer Pressure C  
(psig/kPa)  
MODE — INPUTS  
WRITE  
STATUS  
PAGE  
NO.  
ITEM  
EXPANSION  
UNITS  
RANGE  
COMMENT  
CCN TABLE  
CCN POINT  
GEN.I  
GENERAL INPUTS  
On Off Switch  
ONOF  
LOCK  
COND  
DLS1  
DLS2  
ICE.D  
DUAL  
ELEC  
PUMP  
OCCS  
HC.SW  
RLOC  
OIL.A  
OIL.B  
OIL.C  
CUR.A  
CUR.B  
CUR.C  
DMND  
RSET  
OPEN/CLSE  
OPEN/CLSE  
OPEN/CLSE  
OPEN/CLSE  
OPEN/CLSE  
OFF/ON  
STATEGEN  
STATEGEN  
STATEGEN  
STATEGEN  
STATEGEN  
STATEGEN  
STATEGEN  
STATEGEN  
STATEGEN  
STATEGEN  
STATEGEN  
STATEGEN  
STATEGEN  
STATEGEN  
STATEGEN  
STATEGEN  
STATEGEN  
STATEGEN  
STATEGEN  
STATEGEN  
ONOF  
Cooler Interlock  
LOCK_1  
44  
Condenser Flow Switch  
Demand Limit Switch 1  
Demand Limit Switch 2  
Ice Done  
Dual Setpoint Switch  
Electrical Box Safety  
Pump Run Feedback  
Occupancy Override Swit  
Heat Cool Switch Status  
Remote Interlock Switch  
Oil Level Circuit A  
Oil Level Circuit B  
Oil Level Circuit C  
Motor Current Circuit A  
Motor Current Circuit B  
Motor Current Circuit C  
4-20 mA Demand Signal  
4-20 mA Reset/Setpoint  
Not supported.  
CONFLOW  
LIM_SW1  
LIM_SW2  
ICE_SW  
39, 40  
39, 40  
OFF/ON  
SETP_SW  
ELEC_BOX  
PUMP_DEF  
OCC_OVSW  
HC_SW  
OPEN/CLSE  
OPEN/CLSE  
OFF/ON  
Not supported.  
Not supported.  
OFF/ON  
OPEN/CLSE  
LOW/HIGH  
LOW/HIGH  
LOW/HIGH  
0-600  
REM-LOCK  
OIL_L_A  
OIL_L_B  
OIL_L_C  
XXX.X (amps)  
XXX.X (amps)  
XXX.X (amps)  
XXX.X (mA)  
CURR_A  
CURR_B  
CURR_C  
LIM_ANAL  
SP_RESET  
0-600  
0-600  
4 to 20  
XXX.X (mA)  
4 to 20  
110  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX B — NAVIGATOR™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)  
MODE — OUTPUTS  
WRITE  
PAGE  
NO.  
ITEM  
EXPANSION  
UNITS  
RANGE  
COMMENT  
CCN TABLE  
CCN POINT  
CP_A  
OIL_HT_A  
SLID1_A  
SLID2_A  
OIL_SL_A  
STATUS  
CIR.A  
CIRCUIT A OUTPUTS  
Compressor A Relay  
Oil Heater Circuit A  
Slide Valve 1 Cir A  
Slide Valve 2 Cir A  
Oil Solenoid Cir A  
Hot Gas Bypass Cir A  
Circuit A Fan Stages  
Circ A Varifan Position  
Circuit A EXV % Open  
Circ A EXV ECO % Open  
DGT Cool Solenoid A  
CP.A  
OFF/ON  
CIRCA_D  
HT.A  
OFF/ON  
OFF/ON  
OFF/ON  
OFF/ON  
OFF/ON  
0-6  
SL1.A  
SL2.A  
OLS.A  
HGB.A  
FAN.A  
SPD.A  
EXV.A  
ECO.A  
DGT.A  
X
CIRCA_D  
CIRCA_AN  
CIRCA_AN  
FAN_ST_A  
hd_pos_a  
XXX (%)  
XXX (%)  
XXX (%)  
0-100  
0-100  
EXV_A  
61  
0-100  
EXV_EC_A  
dgt_gascool_a  
OFF/ON  
CIR.B  
CIRCUIT B OUTPUTS  
Compressor B Relay  
Oil Heater Circuit B  
Slide Valve 1 Cir B  
Slide Valve 2 Cir B  
Oil Solenoid Cir B  
Hot Gas Bypass Cir B  
Circuit B Fan Stages  
Circ B Varifan Position  
Circuit B EXV % Open  
Circ B EXV ECO % Open  
DGT Cool Solenoid B  
CP.B  
OFF/ON  
OFF/ON  
OFF/ON  
OFF/ON  
OFF/ON  
OFF/ON  
0-6  
CIRCB_D  
CIRCB_D  
CP_B  
HT.B  
OIL_HT_B  
SLID1_B  
SLID2_B  
OIL_SL_B  
SL1.B  
SL2.B  
OLS.B  
HGB.B  
FAN.B  
SPD.B  
EXV.B  
ECO.B  
DGT.B  
X
CIRCB_D  
CIRCB_AN  
CIRCB_AN  
FAN_ST_B  
hd_pos_b  
XXX (%)  
XXX (%)  
XXX (%)  
0-100  
0-100  
EXV_B  
61  
0-100  
EXV_EC_B  
dgt_gascool_b  
OFF/ON  
CIR.C  
CIRCUIT C OUTPUTS  
Compressor C Relay  
Oil Heater Circuit C  
Slide Valve 1 Cir C  
Slide Valve 2 Cir C  
Oil Solenoid Cir C  
Hot Gas Bypass Cir C  
Circuit C Fan Stages  
Circ C Varifan Position  
Circuit C EXV % Open  
Circ C EXV ECO % Open  
DGT Cool Solenoid C  
CP.C  
OFF/ON  
OFF/ON  
CIRCC_D  
CIRCC_D  
CP_C  
HT.C  
OIL_HT_C  
SLID1_C  
SLID2_C  
OIL_SL_C  
SL1.C  
SL2.C  
OLS.C  
HGB.C  
FAN.C  
SPD.C  
EXV.C  
ECO.C  
DGT.C  
OFF/ON  
OFF/ON  
OFF/ON  
OFF/ON  
0-6  
X
CIRCC_D  
CIRCC_AN  
CIRCC_AN  
FAN_ST_C  
hd_pos_c  
XXX (%)  
XXX (%)  
XXX (%)  
0-100  
0-100  
EXV_C  
0-100  
EXV_EC_C  
dgt_gascool_c  
OFF/ON  
GEN.O  
GENERAL OUTPUTS  
Water Exchanger Pump 1  
Water Exchanger Pump 2  
Condenser Pump 1  
Cooler Heater Output  
Ball Valve Position A  
Ball Valve Position B  
Ball Valve Position C  
Condenser Heat Output  
Chiller Ready Status  
Chiller Running Status  
Customer Shutdown Stat  
Chiller Capacity 0-10 v  
Alarm Relay  
PMP.1  
PMP.2  
PMP.3  
CO.HT  
BVL.A  
BVL.B  
BVL.C  
CN.HT  
REDY  
RUN  
OFF/ON  
STATEGEN  
STATEGEN  
STATEGEN  
STATEGEN  
CPUMP_1  
CPUMP_2  
HPUMP_1  
COOLHEAT  
ref_iso_a  
ref_iso_b  
ref_iso_c  
cond_htr  
OFF/ON  
OFF/ON  
OFF/ON  
OPEN/CLOSE  
OPEN/CLOSE  
OPEN/CLOSE  
OFF/ON  
Not supported.  
RECLAIM  
RECLAIM  
STATEGEN  
STATEGEN  
STATEGEN  
STATEGEN  
STATEGEN  
OFF/ON  
forcible  
READY  
OFF/ON  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
RUNNING  
SHUTDOWN  
CAPT_010  
ALARM  
SHUT  
CATO  
ALRM  
ALRT  
OFF/ON  
XX.X  
OFF/ON  
OFF/ON  
Alert Relay  
ALERT  
MODE — CONFIGURATION  
CCN  
TABLE  
CCN  
POINT  
ITEM  
EXPANSION  
UNITS  
RANGE  
COMMENT  
DEFAULT  
PAGE NO.  
DISP  
DISPLAY CONFIGURATION  
Test Display LEDs  
TEST  
OFF/ON  
OFF  
US  
English  
N/A  
display_test  
METR Metric Display  
US/METR  
English  
DISPCONF DISPUNIT  
DISPCONF LANGUAGE  
LANG Language Selection  
8
Espanol  
Francais  
Portugues  
Translated  
111  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX B — NAVIGATOR™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)  
MODE — CONFIGURATION (cont)  
CCN  
CCN  
ITEM  
UNIT  
EXPANSION  
UNITS  
RANGE  
COMMENT  
DEFAULT  
Air cooled  
PAGE NO.  
TABLE  
POINT  
UNIT CONFIGURATION  
Unit Type  
TYPE  
3 = Water-Cooled  
4 = Heat Machine  
0 to 1800  
(nominal size)  
0-8  
FACTORY  
FACTORY  
unit_typ  
TONS Unit Size  
XXX  
X
unitsize  
VAR.A Nb Fan on Varifan Cir A  
Not supported. 0: No low ambient FACTORY  
temperature head  
varfan_a  
pressure control  
1:low ambient  
temperature head  
pressure control  
VAR.B Nb Fan on Varifan Cir B  
VAR.C Nb Fan on Varifan Cir C  
X
X
0-8  
Not supported. 0: No low ambient FACTORY  
temperature head  
varfan_b  
varfan_c  
voltage  
pressure control  
1: low ambient  
temperature head  
pressure control  
0-8  
Not supported. 0: No low ambient FACTORY  
temperature head  
pressure control  
1: low ambient  
temperature head  
pressure control  
VOLT  
Power Supply Voltage  
XXX (volt)  
200-690  
Acceptable values FACTORY  
200, 230, 380, 460,  
and 575  
YES  
60HZ  
STAR  
Y.D.  
60 Hz Frequency  
Soft Starter Select  
Wye Delta T Start Select  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
0 to 1500  
0 to 1500  
0 to 1500  
0 to 1500  
0 to 1500  
0 to 1500  
0 to 255  
0 to 255  
0 to 255  
0 to 255  
0 to 255  
0 to 255  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
ENBL/DSBL  
1 to 0150  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
1-3  
FACTORY  
freq_60H  
softstar  
wye_delt  
cpa_mtac  
cpa_mtam  
cpb_mtac  
cpb_mtam  
cpc_mtac  
cpb_mtam  
cpa_s1_c  
cpa_s1_m  
cpb_s1_c  
cpb_s1_m  
cpc_s1_c  
cpc_s1_m  
recl_opt  
MTA.A Must Trip Amps Cir A  
R.MT.A Read Must Trip Amps A  
MTA.B Must Trip Amps Cir B  
R.MT.B Read Must Trip Amps B  
MTA.C Must Trip Amps Cir C  
R.MT.C Read Must Trip Amps C  
C.SW.A S1 Config Switch Cir A  
R.CSA Read S1 Config Switch A  
C.SW.B S1 Config Switch Cir B  
R.CSB Read S1 Config Switch B  
C.SW.C S1 Config Switch Cir C  
R.CSC Read S1 Config Switch C  
XXX (amps)  
XXX (amps)  
XXX (amps)  
XXX (amps)  
XXX (amps)  
XXX (amps)  
XXX (amps)  
XXX (amps)  
XXX (amps)  
XXX (amps)  
XXX (amps)  
XXX (amps)  
Not supported.  
Not supported.  
Not supported.  
Not supported.  
Not supported. NO  
Not supported. NO  
NO  
RECL  
BOIL  
EMM  
Heat Reclaim Select  
Boiler Command Select  
EMM Module Installed  
FACTORY  
FACTORY  
FACTORY  
FACTORY  
FACTORY  
ehs_sel  
emm_nrcp  
pass_enb  
fac_pass  
heat_sel  
PAS.E Password Enable  
PASS  
Factory Password  
XXX  
0111  
CO.HT Cooler Heater Select  
CON.V Condenser Valve Select  
HGBP Hot Gas Bypass Select  
MCHX MCHX Exchanger Select  
Not supported.  
NO  
cond_val  
hgbp_sel  
mchx_sel  
highdisp  
46, 76  
29, 76  
Not supported. NO  
Not supported. NO  
FACTORY  
FACTORY  
HI.TI  
High Tiers Display Select  
Hydronic Kit Selection  
H.KIT  
NO  
2
PA.NB Cooler Pass Number  
VLT  
VLT Fan Drive Select  
VLT Fan Drive RPM  
Not supported. NONE  
Not supported.  
RPM  
0
NO  
H.CON High Condensing Select  
NO/YES  
SERV  
FLUD  
SERVICE CONFIGURATIONS  
Cooler Fluid Type  
Water  
Water  
SERVICE1 flui_typ  
cond_typ  
27, 43, 45, 55  
Brine  
CFLU  
MOP  
Condenser Fluid Type  
EXV MOP Setpoint  
WATER  
BRINE  
40-60 F  
(4.4-15.6 C)  
XX.X  
62.0  
290  
SERVICE1 mop_sp  
SERVICE1 hp_th  
SERVICE1 sh_sp_a  
SERVICE1 sh_sp_b  
SERVICE1 sh_sp_c  
SERVICE1 heatersp  
(deg F/deg C)  
HP.TH High Pressure Threshold  
SHP.A Cir A Superheat Setp  
SHP.B Cir B Superheat Setp  
SHP.C Cir C Superheat Setp  
XXX.X (psi/kPa) 250-280 psi  
(1724-1930 kPa)  
XX.X (F/C)  
XX.X (F/C)  
XX.X (F/C)  
XX.X (F/C)  
3-14 F  
14.4  
14.4  
14.4  
(1.7-7.8 C)  
3-14 F  
(1.7-7.8 C)  
3-14 F  
(1.7-7.8 C)  
0.5-9 F  
HTR  
Cooler Heater DT Setp  
2.0  
(0.3-5.0 C)  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
–20-38 F  
(–28.9-3.3 C)  
–20-50 F  
(–20-10 C)  
0-60  
38.0  
NO  
NO  
EWTO Entering Water Control  
AU.SM Auto Start When SM Lost  
SERVICE1 ewt_opt  
SERVICE1 auto_sm  
25  
25  
LLWT  
LOSP  
Brine Minimum Fluid Temp  
Brine Freeze Setpoint  
XX.X  
Not supported.  
Not supported.  
Not supported. 2.0  
Not supported. 0.4  
Not supported. 0.2  
0
(deg F/deg C)  
XX.X  
34  
1
SERVICE1 lowestsp  
27, 43-45, 55  
(deg F/deg C)  
FL.SP Brine Flow Switch Setp  
HD.PG Varifan Proportion Gain  
HD.DG Varifan Derivative Gain  
HD.IG Varifan Integral Gain  
F.LOA Fast Load Select  
SERVICE  
flow_sp  
XX.X  
XX.X  
XX.X  
–10-10  
SERVICE1 hd_pg  
SERVICE1 hd_dg  
SERVICE1 hd_ig  
fastload  
46  
46  
46  
–10-10  
–10-10  
0-4  
AVFA  
AVFB  
AVFC  
Fan A Drive Attach  
Fan B Drive Attach  
Fan C Drive Attach  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
Not supported. NO  
Not supported. NO  
Not supported. NO  
EWT.S EWT Probe on Cir A Side  
MAXL Max Condenser LWT 45DC  
YES  
NO  
ewt_cirA  
max_clwt  
112  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX B — NAVIGATOR™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)  
MODE — CONFIGURATION (cont)  
ITEM  
OPTN  
EXPANSION  
OPTIONS CONFIGURATION  
CCNA CCN Address  
CCNB CCN Bus Number  
BAUD CCN Baud Rate  
UNITS  
RANGE  
COMMENT  
DEFAULT  
CCN TABLE  
CCN POINT PAGE NO.  
XXX  
XXX  
1-239  
1
0
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
CCNA  
CCNB  
BAUD  
0-239  
2400  
9600  
4800  
9600  
19200  
38400  
LOAD Loading Sequence Select  
Equal  
EQUAL  
USER  
USER  
lead_cir  
seq_typ  
29  
Staged  
LLCS  
Lead/Lag Circuit Select  
Automatic  
Cir A Leads  
Cir B Leads  
Cir C Leads  
ENBL/DSBL  
1 to 15  
AUTOMATIC  
29, 55  
RL.S  
DELY  
Ramp Load Select  
Minutes Off Time  
DSBL  
1
DSBL  
NO PUMP  
USER  
USER  
USER  
ramp_sel  
off_on_d  
ice_cnfg  
35  
29  
41  
47  
XX (Minutes)  
X
ICE.M Ice Mode Enable  
ENBL/DSBL  
No Pump  
1 Pump Only  
2 Pumps Auto  
PMP 1 Manual  
PMP 2 Manual  
No Pump  
1 Pump Only  
2 Pumps Auto  
PMP 1 Manual  
PMP 2 Manual  
24 to 3000  
NO-YES  
HPUM Condenser Pumps Sequence  
Not supported.  
hpum_seq  
PUMP Cooler Pumps Sequence  
NO PUMP  
USER  
pump_seq  
28, 47  
ROT.P Pump Rotation Delay  
PM.PS Periodic Pump Start  
P.SBY Stop Pump In Standby  
P.LOC Flow Checked if Pmp Off  
LS.ST Night Low Noise Start  
LS.ND Night Low Noise End  
XXXX (hours)  
Not supported.  
Not supported.  
Not supported.  
Not supported.  
48  
USER  
USER  
USER  
USER  
USER  
USER  
USER  
USER  
USER  
pump_del  
pump_per  
pump_sby  
pump_loc  
nh_start  
nh_end  
28, 55  
28, 55  
NO  
NO  
NO-YES  
NO-YES  
YES  
00.00  
00.00  
100  
NO  
28  
XX.XX  
XX.XX  
XXX (%)  
00.00-23.59  
00-00-23.59  
0-100  
LS.LT  
Low Noise Capacity Lim  
nh_limit  
55  
RV.AL Reverse Alarms Relay  
NO-YES  
al_rever  
heat_th  
OA.TH Heat Mode OAT Threshold  
XX.X  
Not supported.  
Not supported.  
5 F  
(deg F/deg C)  
XX.X  
FREE  
Free Cooling OAT Limit  
32.0  
USER  
free_oat  
(deg F/deg C)  
CUR.S Current Limit Select  
NO/YES  
0 to 5000  
NO  
2000  
curr_sel  
curr_ful  
39-41  
40-41  
CUR.F Current Limit at 100%  
XXXX  
RSET  
CRST  
RESET, DEMAND LIMIT, MASTER/SLAVE  
Cooling Reset Type  
No Reset  
NO RESET  
USER  
cr_sel  
33, 36, 55  
Out Air Temp  
Delta T Temp  
4-20 mA Input  
Space Temp  
No Reset  
HRST  
Heating Reset Type  
Not supported.  
NO RESET  
NONE  
USER  
USER  
hr_sel  
Out Air Temp  
Delta T Temp  
4-20 mA Input  
None  
Switch  
4-20 mA Input  
DMDC Demand Limit Select  
lim_sel  
39-41, 55  
DMMX mA for 100% Demand Limit  
DMZE mA for 0% Demand Limit  
MSSL Master/Slave Select  
XX.X (mA)  
XX.X (mA)  
0.0  
0.0  
DISABLE  
USER  
lim_mx  
lim_ze  
ms_sel  
40, 41  
USER  
40, 41  
Disable  
Master  
MST_SLV  
32-35, 55  
Slave  
SLVA  
LLBL  
Slave Address  
Lead/Lag Balance Select  
XXX  
1-236  
2
MST_SLV  
MST_SLV  
slv_addr  
ll_bal  
29, 32-35  
29, 32-35,  
54  
Always Lead  
Lag if Fail  
Runtime Sel  
40-400  
Always  
Lead  
LLBD  
LLDY  
Lead/Lag Balance Delta  
Lead/Lag Delay  
XXX (hours)  
XX (minutes)  
168  
10  
MST_SLV  
MST_SLV  
ll_bal_d  
lsrt_tim  
29, 32-35  
30, 32-35,  
54  
2-30  
LL.ER Start if Error Higher  
XX.X  
3-18  
4
MST_SLV  
MST_SLV  
MST_SLV  
MST_SLV  
start_dt  
lag_mini  
lag_pump  
lead_pul  
ll_serie  
30, 32-35  
(deg F/deg C)  
XXX  
LAG.M Lag Minimum Running Time  
0-150  
0
30, 32-35  
(min)  
LAGP  
LPUL  
SERI  
Lag Unit Pump Select  
Lead Pulldown Time  
Chillers in Series  
OFF if U stp  
ON if U stp  
0-60  
OFF if U stp  
0
30, 32-35,  
54  
XX (minutes)  
30, 32-35,  
54  
NO/YES  
29, 32-35  
113  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX B — NAVIGATOR™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)  
MODE — TIMECLOCK  
WRITE  
PAGE  
NO.  
ITEM  
EXPANSION  
UNITS  
RANGE  
COMMENT  
CCN TABLE  
N/A  
CCN POINT  
HH.MM  
STATUS  
forcible*  
forcible*  
TIME  
TIME OF DAY  
Hour and Minute  
HH.MM  
XX.XX  
00.00-23.59  
DATE  
DAY, DATE  
Month  
MNTH  
1=January  
2=February  
3=March  
N/A  
MNTH  
4=April  
5=May  
6=June  
7=July  
8=August  
9=September  
10=October  
11=November  
12=December  
1-31  
1=Monday  
2=Tuesday  
3=Wednesday  
4=Thursday  
5=Friday  
DOM  
DAY  
Day of Month  
Day of Week  
XX  
XX  
forcible*  
forcible*  
N/A  
N/A  
DOM  
DAY  
6=Saturday  
7=Sunday  
00-99  
YEAR  
Year of Century  
forcible*  
N/A  
YEAR  
SCH1  
SCHEDULE 1  
PER.1  
Period 1 Occ/Unocc Sel  
Occupied Time  
Unoccupied Time  
Monday Select  
Tuesday Select  
Wednesday Select  
Thursday Select  
Friday Select  
PER.1OCC.1  
PER.1UNO.1  
PER.1MON.1  
PER.1TUE.1  
PER.1WED.1  
PER.1THU.1  
PER.1FRI.1  
PER.1SAT.1  
PER.1SUN.1  
PER.1HOL.1  
PER.2  
XX.XX  
XX.XX  
00:00-23:59  
00:00-23:59  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCCTOD1  
UNOCTOD1  
DOW1  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
DOW1  
DOW1  
DOW1  
DOW1  
Saturday Select  
Sunday Select  
Holiday Select  
DOW1  
DOW1  
DOW1  
Period 2 Occ/Unocc Sel  
Occupied Time  
Unoccupied Time  
Monday Select  
Tuesday Select  
Wednesday Select  
Thursday Select  
Friday Select  
PER.2OCC.2  
PER.2UNO.2  
PER.2MON.2  
PER.2TUE.2  
PER.2WED.2  
PER.2THU.2  
PER.2FRI.2  
PER.2SAT.2  
PER.2SUN.2  
PER.2HOL.2  
PER.3  
XX.XX  
XX.XX  
00:00-23:59  
00:00-23:59  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
OCCTOD2  
UNOCTOD2  
DOW2  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
DOW2  
DOW2  
DOW2  
DOW2  
Saturday Select  
Sunday Select  
Holiday Select  
DOW2  
DOW2  
DOW2  
Period 3 Occ/Unocc Sel  
Occupied Time  
Unoccupied Time  
Monday Select  
Tuesday Select  
Wednesday Select  
Thursday Select  
Friday Select  
PER.3OCC.3  
PER.3UNO.3  
PER.3MON.3  
PER.3TUE.3  
PER.3WED.3  
PER.3THU.3  
PER.3FRI.3  
PER.3SAT.3  
PER.3SUN.3  
PER.3HOL.3  
PER.4  
XX.XX  
XX.XX  
00:00-23:59  
00:00-23:59  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
OCCTOD3  
UNOCTOD3  
DOW3  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
DOW3  
DOW3  
DOW3  
DOW3  
Saturday Select  
Sunday Select  
Holiday Select  
DOW3  
DOW3  
DOW3  
Period 4 Occ/Unocc Sel  
Occupied Time  
Unoccupied Time  
Monday Select  
Tuesday Select  
Wednesday Select  
Thursday Select  
Friday Select  
PER.4OCC.4  
PER.4UNO.4  
PER.4MON.4  
PER.4TUE.4  
PER.4WED.4  
PER.4THU.4  
PER.4FRI.4  
PER.4SAT.4  
PER.4SUN.4  
PER.4HOL.4  
PER.5  
XX.XX  
XX.XX  
00:00-23:59  
00:00-23:59  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCCTOD4  
UNOCTOD4  
DOW4  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
DOW4  
DOW4  
DOW4  
DOW4  
Saturday Select  
Sunday Select  
Holiday Select  
DOW4  
DOW4  
DOW4  
Period 5 Occ/Unocc Sel  
Occupied Time  
Unoccupied Time  
Monday Select  
Tuesday Select  
Wednesday Select  
Thursday Select  
Friday Select  
PER.5OCC.5  
PER.5UNO.5  
PER.5MON.5  
PER.5TUE.5  
PER.5WED.5  
PER.5THU.5  
PER.5FRI.5  
PER.5SAT.5  
PER.5SUN.5  
PER.5HOL.5  
PER.6  
XX.XX  
XX.XX  
00:00-23:59  
00:00-23:59  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCCTOD5  
UNOCTOD5  
DOW5  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
DOW5  
DOW5  
DOW5  
DOW5  
Saturday Select  
Sunday Select  
Holiday Select  
DOW5  
DOW5  
DOW5  
Period 6 Occ/Unocc Sel  
Occupied Time  
Unoccupied Time  
Monday Select  
Tuesday Select  
Wednesday Select  
Thursday Select  
Friday Select  
PER.6OCC.6  
PER.6UNO.6  
PER.6MON.6  
PER.6TUE.6  
PER.6WED.6  
PER.6THU.6  
PER.6FRI.6  
PER.6SAT.6  
PER.6SUN.6  
PER.6HOL.6  
XX.XX  
XX.XX  
00:00-23:59  
00:00-23:59  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCC1P01S  
OCCTOD6  
UNOCTOD6  
DOW6  
DOW6  
DOW6  
DOW6  
DOW6  
Saturday Select  
Sunday Select  
Holiday Select  
DOW6  
DOW6  
DOW6  
*Password protected.  
114  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX B — NAVIGATOR™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)  
MODE — TIMECLOCK (cont)  
WRITE  
STATUS  
PAGE  
NO.  
ITEM  
EXPANSION  
SCHEDULE 1  
UNITS  
RANGE  
COMMENT  
CCN TABLE  
CCN POINT  
SCH1  
PER.7  
Period 7 Occ/Unocc Sel  
Occupied Time  
Unoccupied Time  
Monday Select  
Tuesday Select  
Wednesday Select  
Thursday Select  
Friday Select  
PER.7OCC.7  
PER.7UNO.7  
PER.7MON.7  
PER.7TUE.7  
PER.7WED.7  
PER.7THU.7  
PER.7FRI.7  
PER.7SAT.7  
PER.7SUN.7  
PER.7HOL.7  
PER.8  
XX.XX  
XX.XX  
00:00-23:59  
00:00-23:59  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
OCCP01S  
OCCP01S  
OCCP01S  
OCCP01S  
OCCP01S  
OCCP01S  
OCCP01S  
OCCP01S  
OCCP01S  
OCCP01S  
OCCP01S  
OCCP01S  
OCCP01S  
OCCP01S  
OCCP01S  
OCCP01S  
OCCP01S  
OCCP01S  
OCCP01S  
OCCP01S  
OCCP01S  
OCCTOD7  
UNOCTOD7  
DOW7  
DOW7  
DOW7  
DOW7  
DOW7  
Saturday Select  
Sunday Select  
DOW7  
DOW7  
Holiday Select  
DOW7  
Period 8 Occ/Unocc Sel  
Occupied Time  
Unoccupied Time  
Monday Select  
Tuesday Select  
Wednesday Select  
Thursday Select  
Friday Select  
PER.8OCC.8  
PER.8UNO.8  
PER.8MON.8  
PER.8TUE.8  
PER.8WED.8  
PER.8THU.8  
PER.8FRI.8  
PER.8SAT.8  
PER.8SUN.8  
PER.8HOL.8  
XX.XX  
XX.XX  
00:00-23:59  
00:00-23:59  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
OCCTOD8  
UNOCTOD8  
DOW8  
DOW8  
DOW8  
DOW8  
DOW8  
Saturday Select  
Sunday Select  
Holiday Select  
DOW8  
DOW8  
DOW8  
SCH2  
PER.1  
SCHEDULE 2  
Period 1 Occ/Unocc Sel  
Occupied Time  
Unoccupied Time  
Monday Select  
Tuesday Select  
Wednesday Select  
Thursday Select  
Friday Select  
PER.1OCC.1  
PER.1UNO.1  
PER.1MON.1  
PER.1TUE.1  
PER.1WED.1  
PER.1THU.1  
PER.1FRI.1  
PER.1SAT.1  
PER.1SUN.1  
PER.1HOL.1  
PER.2  
XX.XX  
XX.XX  
00:00-23:59  
00:00-23:59  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
OCC2P02S  
OCC2P02S  
OCC2P02S  
OCC2P02S  
OCC2P02S  
OCC2P02S  
OCC2P02S  
OCC2P02S  
OCC2P02S  
OCC2P02S  
OCCTOD1  
UNOCTOD1  
DOW1  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
DOW1  
DOW1  
DOW1  
DOW1  
Saturday Select  
Sunday Select  
Holiday Select  
DOW1  
DOW1  
DOW1  
Period 2 Occ/Unocc Sel  
Occupied Time  
Unoccupied Time  
Monday Select  
Tuesday Select  
Wednesday Select  
Thursday Select  
Friday Select  
PER.2OCC.2  
PER.2UNO.2  
PER.2MON.2  
PER.2TUE.2  
PER.2WED.2  
PER.2THU.2  
PER.2FRI.2  
PER.2SAT.2  
PER.2SUN.2  
PER.2HOL.2  
PER.3  
XX.XX  
XX.XX  
00:00-23:59  
00:00-23:59  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
OCC2P02S  
OCC2P02S  
OCC2P02S  
OCC2P02S  
OCC2P02S  
OCC2P02S  
OCC2P02S  
OCC2P02S  
OCC2P02S  
OCC2P02S  
OCCTOD  
UNOCTOD2  
DOW2  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
DOW2  
DOW2  
DOW2  
DOW2  
Saturday Select  
Sunday Select  
Holiday Select  
DOW2  
DOW2  
DOW2  
Period 3 Occ/Unocc Sel  
Occupied Time  
Unoccupied Time  
Monday Select  
Tuesday Select  
Wednesday Select  
Thursday Select  
Friday Select  
PER.3OCC.3  
PER.3UNO.3  
PER.3MON.3  
PER.3TUE.3  
PER.3WED.3  
PER.3THU.3  
PER.3FRI.3  
PER.3SAT.3  
PER.3SUN.3  
PER.3HOL.3  
PER.4  
XX.XX  
XX.XX  
00:00-23:59  
00:00-23:59  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
OCC2P02S  
OCC2P02S  
OCC2P02S  
OCC2P02S  
OCC2P02S  
OCC2P02S  
OCC2P02S  
OCC2P02S  
OCC2P02S  
OCC2P02S  
OCCTOD  
UNOCTOD3  
DOW3  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
DOW3  
DOW3  
DOW3  
DOW3  
Saturday Select  
Sunday Select  
Holiday Select  
DOW3  
DOW3  
DOW3  
Period 4 Occ/Unocc Sel  
Occupied Time  
Unoccupied Time  
Monday Select  
Tuesday Select  
Wednesday Select  
Thursday Select  
Friday Select  
PER.4OCC.4  
PER.4UNO.4  
PER.4MON.4  
PER.4TUE.4  
PER.4WED.4  
PER.4THU.4  
PER.4FRI.4  
PER.4SAT.4  
PER.4SUN.4  
PER.4HOL.4  
PER.5  
XX.XX  
XX.XX  
00:00-23:59  
00:00-23:59  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
OCC2P02S  
OCC2P02S  
OCC2P02S  
OCC2P02S  
OCC2P02S  
OCC2P02S  
OCC2P02S  
OCC2P02S  
OCC2P02S  
OCC2P02S  
OCCTOD4  
UNOCTOD4  
DOW4  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
DOW4  
DOW4  
DOW4  
DOW4  
Saturday Select  
Sunday Select  
Holiday Select  
DOW4  
DOW4  
DOW4  
Period 5 Occ/Unocc Sel  
Occupied Time  
Unoccupied Time  
Monday Select  
Tuesday Select  
Wednesday Select  
Thursday Select  
Friday Select  
PER.5OCC.5  
PER.5UNO.5  
PER.5MON.5  
PER.5TUE.5  
PER.5WED.5  
PER.5THU.5  
PER.5FRI.5  
PER.5SAT.5  
PER.5SUN.5  
PER.5HOL.5  
PER.6  
XX.XX  
XX.XX  
00:00-23:59  
00:00-23:59  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
OCC2P02S  
OCC2P02S  
OCC2P02S  
OCC2P02S  
OCC2P02S  
OCC2P02S  
OCC2P02S  
OCC2P02S  
OCC2P02S  
OCC2P02S  
OCCTOD5  
UNOCTOD5  
DOW5  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
DOW5  
DOW5  
DOW5  
DOW5  
Saturday Select  
Sunday Select  
Holiday Select  
DOW5  
DOW5  
DOW5  
Period 6 Occ/Unocc Sel  
Occupied Time  
Unoccupied Time  
Monday Select  
Tuesday Select  
Wednesday Select  
Thursday Select  
Friday Select  
PER.6OCC.6  
PER.6UNO.6  
PER.6MON.6  
PER.6TUE.6  
PER.6WED.6  
PER.6THU.6  
PER.6FRI.6  
PER.6SAT.6  
PER.6SUN.6  
PER.6HOL.6  
XX.XX  
XX.XX  
00:00-23:59  
00:00-23:59  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
OCC2P02S  
OCC2P02S  
OCC2P02S  
OCC2P02S  
OCC2P02S  
OCC2P02S  
OCC2P02S  
OCC2P02S  
OCC2P02S  
OCC2P02S  
OCCTOD6  
UNOCTOD6  
DOW6  
DOW6  
DOW6  
DOW6  
DOW6  
Saturday Select  
Sunday Select  
Holiday Select  
DOW6  
DOW6  
DOW6  
115  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX B — NAVIGATOR™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)  
MODE — TIMECLOCK (cont)  
WRITE  
STATUS  
PAGE  
NO.  
ITEM  
EXPANSION  
UNITS  
RANGE  
COMMENT  
CCN TABLE CCN POINT  
PER.7  
Period 7 Occ/Unocc Sel  
PER.7OCC.7 Occupied Time  
PER.7UNO.7 Unoccupied Time  
PER.7MON.7 Monday Select  
XX.XX  
00:00-23:59  
forcible OCC2P02S OCCTOD7  
XX.XX  
00:00-23:59  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
UNOCTOD7  
DOW7  
DOW7  
DOW7  
DOW7  
DOW7  
DOW7  
DOW7  
DOW7  
PER.7TUE.7  
Tuesday Select  
PER.7WED.7 Wednesday Select  
PER.7THU.7  
PER.7FRI.7  
PER.7SAT.7  
Thursday Select  
Friday Select  
Saturday Select  
PER.7SUN.7 Sunday Select  
PER.7HOL.7 Holiday Select  
PER.8  
Period 8 Occ/Unocc Sel  
PER.8OCC.8 Occupied Time  
PER.8UNO.8 Unoccupied Time  
PER.8MON.8 Monday Select  
XX.XX  
XX.XX  
00:00-23:59  
00:00-23:59  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
NO/YES  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
OCCTOD8  
UNOCTOD8  
DOW8  
PER.8TUE.8  
Tuesday Select  
DOW8  
PER.8WED.8 Wednesday Select  
DOW8  
PER.8THU.8  
PER.8FRI.8  
PER.8SAT.8  
Thursday Select  
Friday Select  
Saturday Select  
DOW8  
DOW8  
DOW8  
PER.8SUN.8 Sunday Select  
DOW8  
PER.8HOL.8 Holiday Select  
DOW8  
HOLI  
HOLIDAYS*  
Holiday 1 Configuration  
HOL.1  
HOL.1MON.1 Holiday Start Month  
1=January  
2=February  
3=March  
4=April  
forcible HOLDY_01  
HOL_MON  
24  
5=May  
6=June  
7=July  
8=August  
9=September  
10=October  
11=November  
12=December  
1 to 31  
HOL.1DAY.1  
Holiday Start Day  
XX  
XX  
forcible HOLDY_01  
forcible HOLDY_01  
HOL_DAY  
HOL_LEN  
24  
24  
24  
24  
HOL.1DUR.1 Holiday Duration in Days  
HOL.1HOL.2 Holiday 2 Configuration  
HOL.1MON.2 Holiday Start Month  
1 to 99  
See  
forcible HOLDY_02  
forcible HOLDY_02  
forcible HOLDY_02  
HOL_MON  
HOL_DAY  
HOL_LEN  
HOL.1MON.1  
HOL.2DAY.2  
Holiday Start Day  
See  
24  
24  
HOL.1DAY.1  
See  
HOL.2DUR.2 Holiday Duration in Days  
HOL.1DUR.1  
HOL.16HO.16 Holiday 16 Configuration  
HOL.16MO.16 Holiday Start Month  
See  
forcible HOLDY_16  
forcible HOLDY_16  
forcible HOLDY_16  
HOL.1MON.1  
HOL.16DA.16 Holiday Start Day  
See  
HOL.1DAY.1  
See  
HOL.16DU.16 Holiday Duration in Days  
HOL.1DUR.1  
MCFG  
SERVICE MAINTENANCE CONFIGURATION  
Service Warning Select  
AL.SV  
CHRG  
WATE  
PMP.1  
PMP.2  
PMP.3  
PMP.4  
W.FIL  
A.FIL  
B.FIL  
C.FIL  
RS.SV  
NO/YES  
DEFAULT=NO forcible MAINTCFG s_alert  
DEFAULT=NO forcible MAINTCFG charge_a  
DEFAULT=NO forcible MAINTCFG wloop_c  
Refrigerant Charge  
NO/YES  
Water Loop Size  
NO/YES  
Pump 1 (days)  
XXXX (days)  
XXXX (days)  
XXXX (days)  
XXXX (days)  
XXXX (days)  
XXXX (days)  
XXXX (days)  
XXXX (days)  
0-65,500  
DEFAULT=0  
DEFAULT=0  
DEFAULT=0  
DEFAULT=0  
DEFAULT=0  
DEFAULT=0  
DEFAULT=0  
DEFAULT=0  
DEFAULT=0  
forcible MAINTCFG pump1_c  
forcible MAINTCFG pump2_c  
forcible MAINTCFG hpump1_c  
forcible MAINTCFG hpump2_c  
forcible MAINTCFG wfilte_c  
forcible MAINTCFG ofilta_c  
forcible MAINTCFG ofiltb_c  
forcible MAINTCFG ofiltc_c  
forcible SERMAINT s_reset  
Pump 2 (days)  
0-65,500  
Cond Pump 1 (days)  
Cond Pump 2 (days)  
Water Filter (days)  
0-65,500  
0-65,500  
0-65,500  
Comp A Oil Filter (days)  
Comp B Oil Filter (days)  
Comp C Oil Filter (days)  
Servicing Alert Reset  
0-65,500  
0-65,500  
0-65,500  
0=Default  
1=Refrigerant Charge  
2=Water loop size  
3=Not used  
4=Pump 1  
5=Pump 2  
6=Reclaim Pump (not used)  
7=Reclaim Pump (not used)  
8=Water Filter  
9=Compressor A Oil Filter  
10=Compressor B Oil Filter  
11=Compressor C Oil Filter  
12=Reset All  
*Holidays range from 1-16. Item has same structure, with the only difference being the two-number identifier.  
116  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX B — NAVIGATOR™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)  
MODE — OPERATING MODE  
WRITE  
PAGE  
NO.  
ITEM  
EXPANSION*  
UNITS  
RANGE  
COMMENT  
CCN TABLE  
N/A  
CCN POINT  
N/A  
STATUS  
SLCT  
OPERATING CONTROL TYPE  
Operating Control Type  
OPER  
Switch Ctrl  
Time Sched  
CCN Control  
Setpoint Occ  
Setpoint1  
Default = Switch forcible  
Ctrl  
24, 25  
SP.SE  
Setpoint Select  
Default =  
Setpoint Occ  
forcible  
N/A  
N/A  
25-27,  
32  
Setpoint2  
4-20mA Setp  
Dual Setp Sw  
Cooling  
HC.SE  
Heat Cool Select  
Default = Cooling forcible  
Not supported.  
GENUNIT  
HC_SEL  
25  
Heating  
Auto Chgover  
Heat Cool Sw  
Not supported.  
Not supported.  
MODE*  
OPERATING MODES  
First Active Mode  
Second Active Mode  
Third Active Mode  
Fourth Active Mode  
Fifth Active Mode  
Sixth Active Mode  
MD01  
MD02  
MD03  
MD04  
MD05  
MD06  
0-32  
0-32  
0-32  
0-32  
0-32  
0-32  
MODES  
MODES  
MODES  
MODES  
MODES  
MODES  
*Up to six current operating modes will be displayed.  
NOTE: See Operating Modes starting on page 54.  
MODE — ALARMS  
WRITE  
PAGE  
NO.  
ITEM  
R.ALM  
EXPANSION*  
UNITS  
RANGE  
NO/YES  
COMMENT  
CCN TABLE  
CCN POINT  
STATUS  
RESET ALL CURRENT ALARM  
forcible  
N/A  
N/A  
ALRM†  
CURRENTLY ACTIVE ALARMS  
Current Alarm 1  
GENUNIT  
GENUNIT  
GENUNIT  
GENUNIT  
GENUNIT  
alarm_1  
alarm_2  
alarm_3  
alarm_4  
alarm_5  
Current Alarm 2  
Current Alarm 3  
Current Alarm 4  
Current Alarm 5  
H.ALM**  
ALARM HISTORY  
Alarm History #1  
Alarm History #2  
Alarm History #49  
Alarm History #50  
ALRMHIST  
ALRMHIST  
ALRMHIST  
ALRMHIST  
alm_history_01  
alm_history_02  
alm_history_49  
alm_history_50  
*Expanded display will be actual alarm description.  
†History of up to five past alarms will be displayed.  
**History of fifty past alarms will be displayed.  
117  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX C — CCN TABLES  
STATUS DISPLAY TABLES  
TABLE  
CIRCA_AN  
DISPLAY NAME  
RANGE  
UNITS  
POINT NAME  
WRITE STATUS  
CIRCUIT A ANALOG VALUES  
Percent Total Capacity  
Discharge Pressure  
Suction Pressure  
0 - 100  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnnn  
%
CAPA_T  
psi  
psi  
psi  
psi  
psi  
AMPS  
°F  
DP_A  
SP_A  
Economizer Pressure  
Oil Pressure  
ECON_P_A  
OP_A  
OIl Pressure Difference  
Motor Current  
DOP_A  
CURREN_A  
CP_TMP_A  
DGT_A  
Motor Temperature  
Discharge Gas Temp  
Economizer Gas Temp  
Saturated Condensing Tmp  
Saturated Suction Temp  
Compressor Suction Temp  
EXV Position  
nnnn  
°F  
nnnn  
°F  
ECO_TP_A  
SCT_A  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
0 - 100  
0 - 100  
°F  
°F  
SST_A  
°F  
SUCT_T_A  
EXV_A  
%
Head Press Actuator Pos  
%
hd_pos_a  
CIRCA_D  
CIRCUIT A DISCRETE  
Compressor Output  
Slide Valve 1 Output  
Slide Valve 2 Output  
Oil Heater Output  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
Low/High  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
COMP_A  
SLID_1_A  
SLID_2_A  
OIL_HT_A  
OIL_SL_A  
OIL_L_A  
Oil Solenoid Output  
Oil Level Input  
DGT Cooling Solenoid  
Hot Gas Bypass Output  
GASCOOLA  
HGBP_A  
FANS OUTPUT  
Fan Output DO # 1  
Fan Output DO # 2  
Fan Output DO # 3  
Fan Output DO # 4  
Fan Output DO # 5  
Fan Output DO # 6  
Fan Output DO # 7  
Fan Output DO # 8  
Fan Staging Number  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
0-10  
fan_a1  
fan_a2  
fan_a3  
fan_a4  
fan_a5  
fan_a6  
fan_a7  
fan_a8  
FAN_ST_A  
MISCELLANEOUS  
Ball Valve Position  
OPEN/CLSE  
ON/OFF  
ISO_REFA  
ISO_CL_A  
ISO_OP_A  
RV_A  
Ball Valve Closing Out  
Ball Valve Opening Out  
4 Way Refrigerant Valve*  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
CIRCB_AN  
CIRCUIT B ANALOG VALUES  
Percent Total Capacity  
Discharge Pressure  
Suction Pressure  
0 - 100  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnnn  
%
CAPB_T  
DP_B  
psi  
psi  
psi  
psi  
psi  
AMPS  
°F  
SP_B  
Economizer Pressure  
Oil Pressure  
ECON_P_B  
OP_B  
DOP_B  
Oil Pressure Difference  
Motor Current  
Motor Temperature  
CURREN_B  
CP_TMP_B  
DGT_B  
Discharge Gas Temp  
Economizer Gas Temp  
Saturated Condensing Tmp  
Saturated Suction Temp  
Compressor Suction Temp  
EXV Position  
nnnn  
°F  
nnnn  
°F  
ECO_TP_B  
SCT_B  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
0-100  
0-100  
°F  
°F  
SST_B  
°F  
SUCT_T_B  
EXV_B  
%
Head Press Actuator Pos  
%
hd_pos_b  
CIRCB_D  
CIRCUIT B DISCRETE  
Compressor Output  
Slide Valve 1 Output  
Slide Valve 2 Output  
Oil Heater Output  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
Low/High  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
COMP_B  
SLID_1_B  
SLID_2_B  
OIL_HT_B  
OIL_SL_B  
OIL_L_B  
Oil Solenoid Output  
Oil Level Input  
DGT Cooling Solenoid  
Hot Gas Bypass Output  
GASCOOLB  
HGBP_B  
FANS OUTPUT  
Fan Output DO # 1  
Fan Output DO # 2  
Fan Output DO # 3  
Fan Output DO # 4  
Fan Output DO # 5  
Fan Output DO # 6  
Fan Output DO # 7  
Fan Output DO # 8  
Fan Staging Number  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
0-10  
fan_b1  
fan_b2  
fan_b3  
fan_b4  
fan_b5  
fan_b6  
fan_b7  
fan_b8  
FAN_ST_B  
MISCELLANEOUS  
Ball Valve Position  
OPEN/CLSE  
ON/OFF  
ISO_REFB  
ISO_CL_B  
ISO_OP_B  
RV_B  
Ball Valve Closing Out  
Ball Valve Opening Out  
4 Way Refrigerant Valve*  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
*Not supported.  
118  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX C — CCN TABLES (cont)  
STATUS DISPLAY TABLES (cont)  
TABLE  
CIRCC_AN  
DISPLAY NAME  
RANGE  
UNITS  
POINT NAME  
WRITE STATUS  
CIRCUIT C ANALOG VALUES  
Percent Total Capacity  
Discharge Pressure  
Suction Pressure  
0-100  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnnn  
%
CAPC_T  
psi  
psi  
psi  
psi  
psi  
DP_C  
SP_C  
Economizer Pressure  
Oil Pressure  
ECON_P_C  
OP_C  
Oil Pressure Difference  
Motor Current  
DOP_C  
AMPS  
°F  
CURREN_C  
CP_TMP_C  
DGT_C  
Motor Temperature  
Discharge Gas Temp  
Economizer Gas Temp  
Saturated Condensing Tmp  
Saturated Suction Temp  
Compressor Suction Temp  
EXV Position  
nnnn  
°F  
nnnn  
°F  
ECO_TP_C  
SCT_C  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
0-100  
0-100  
°F  
°F  
SST_C  
°F  
SUCT_T_C  
EXV_C  
%
Head Press Actuator Pos  
%
hd_pos_c  
CIRCC_D  
CIRCUIT C DISCRETE  
Compressor Output  
Slide Valve 1 Output  
Slide Valve 2 Output  
Oil Heater Output  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
Low/High  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
COMP_C  
SLID_1_C  
SLID_2_C  
OIL_HT_C  
OIL_SL_C  
OIL_L_C  
Oil Solenoid Output  
Oil Level Input  
DGT Cooling Solenoid  
Hot Gas Bypass Output  
GASCOOLC  
HGBP_C  
FANS OUTPUT  
Fan Output DO # 1  
Fan Output DO # 2  
Fan Output DO # 3  
Fan Output DO # 4  
Fan Output DO # 5  
Fan Output DO # 6  
Fan Output DO # 7  
Fan Output DO # 8  
Fan Staging Number  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
0-10  
fan_c1  
fan_c2  
fan_c3  
fan_c4  
fan_c5  
fan_c6  
fan_c7  
fan_c8  
FAN_ST_C  
MISCELLANEOUS  
Ball Valve Position  
Ball Valve Closing Out  
Ball Valve Opening Out  
OPEN/CLSE  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ISO_REFC  
ISO_CL_C  
ISO_OP_C  
FAN HOURS  
Free Cool A Pump Hours*  
Free Cool B Pump Hours*  
Circuit A Defrost Number*  
Circuit B Defrost Number*  
Circuit A Fan #1 Hours  
Circuit A Fan #2 Hours  
Circuit A Fan #3 Hours  
Circuit A Fan #4 Hours  
Circuit A Fan #5 Hours  
Circuit A Fan #6 Hours  
Circuit A Fan #7 Hours  
Circuit A Fan #8 Hours  
Circuit A Fan #9 Hours  
Circuit A Fan #10 Hours  
Circuit B Fan #1 Hours  
Circuit B Fan #2 Hours  
Circuit B Fan #3 Hours  
Circuit B Fan #4 Hours  
Circuit B Fan #5 Hours  
Circuit B Fan #6 Hours  
Circuit B Fan #7 Hours  
Circuit B Fan #8 Hours  
Circuit B Fan #9 Hours  
Circuit B Fan #10 Hours  
Circuit C Fan #1 Hours  
Circuit C Fan #2 Hours  
Circuit C Fan #3 Hours  
Circuit C Fan #4 Hours  
Circuit C Fan #5 Hours  
Circuit C Fan #6 Hours  
Circuit C Fan #7 Hours  
Circuit C Fan #8 Hours  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
hours  
hours  
—
hr_fem_a  
hr_fem_b  
ub_def_a  
ub_def_b  
hr_fana1  
hr_fana2  
hr_fana3  
hr_fana4  
hr_fana5  
hr_fana6  
hr_fana7  
hr_fana8  
hr_fana9  
hrfana10  
hr_fanb1  
hr_fanb2  
hr_fanb3  
hr_fanb4  
hr_fanb5  
hr_fanb6  
hr_fanb7  
hr_fanb8  
hr_fanb9  
hrfanb10  
hr_fanc1  
hr_fanc2  
hr_fanc3  
hr_fanc4  
hr_fanc5  
hr_fanc6  
hr_fanc7  
hr_fanc8  
—
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
*Not supported.  
119  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX C — CCN TABLES (cont)  
STATUS DISPLAY TABLES (cont)  
RANGE  
L-Off-Local Off  
(ComfortLink Controls= On/Off Switch=Opened)  
L-On-Local On  
TABLE  
GENUNIT  
DISPLAY NAME  
Operating Type  
Control Type  
UNITS  
POINT NAME  
OPER_TYP  
WRITE STATUS  
L-Sched-Local On/Off State based on Time Schedules  
CCN-Unit is in CCN Control  
Remote-On/Off Based on Remote Contact  
(not applied to ComfortLink Display)  
Master-Unit Operation in Lead/Lag and it is a Master  
Local  
ctr_type  
STATUS  
CCN  
Remote  
0 = Off  
Run Status  
1 = Running  
2 = Stopping  
3 = Delay  
4 = Tripout  
5 = Ready  
6 = Override  
7 = Defrost  
8 = Run Test  
9 = Test  
Enable/Disable  
Yes/No  
0-15  
CCN Chiller Start/Stop  
Chiller Occupied?  
Minutes Left for Start  
CHIL_S_S  
CHIL_OCC  
min_left  
forcible  
forcible  
min  
Heat/Cool Status  
0 = Cool  
1 = Heat  
2 = Stand-by  
3 = Both  
0 = Cool  
1 = Heat  
2 = Auto  
Yes/No  
HEATCOOL  
Heat/Cool Select  
HC_SEL  
forcible  
Heat Reclaim Select  
Free Cooling Selct  
Alarm State  
RECL_SEL  
FC_DSBLE  
ALM  
forcible*  
forcible  
Yes/No  
0 = Normal  
1 = Partial  
2 = Shutdown  
Current Alarm 1  
Current Alarm 2  
Current Alarm 3  
Current Alarm 4  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnn  
nnn  
nnn  
nnn  
nnn  
alarm_1  
alarm_2  
alarm_3  
alarm_4  
alarm_5  
CAP_T  
DEM_LIM  
LAG_LIM  
TOT_CURR  
CURR_LIM  
SP  
Current Alarm 5  
Percent Total Capacity  
Active Demand Limit Val  
Lag Capacity Limit Value  
Actual Chiller Current  
Chiller Current Limit  
Current Setpoint  
%
%
%
amps  
amps  
°F  
forcible*  
forcible†  
forcible  
nnn.n  
Setpoint Occupied?  
Setpoint Control  
Yes/No  
SP_OCC  
sp_ctrl  
forcible  
Setpt 1  
Setpt 2  
Ice_sp  
4-20mA  
Auto  
Control Point  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
Enable/Disable  
°F  
°F  
°F  
CTRL_PNT  
CTRL_WT  
OAT  
forcible*  
forcible  
Controlled Water Temp  
External Temperature  
Emergency Stop  
EMSTOP  
MODES  
Startup Delay in Effect  
Second Setpoint in Use  
Reset in Effect  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Mode_01  
Mode_02  
Mode_03  
Mode_04  
Mode_05  
Mode_06  
Mode_07  
Mode_08  
Mode_09  
Mode_10  
Mode_11  
Mode_12  
Mode_13  
Mode_14  
Mode_15  
Mode_16  
Mode_17  
Mode_18  
Mode_19  
Mode_20  
Mode_21  
Mode_22  
Mode_23  
Mode_24  
Mode_25  
Mode_26  
Mode_27  
Mode_28  
Mode_29  
Mode_30  
Mode_31  
Mode_32  
Demand Limit Active  
Ramp Loading Active  
Cooler Heater Active  
Cooler Pumps Rotation  
Pump Periodic Start  
Night Low Noise Active  
System Manager Active  
Master Slave Active  
Auto Changeover Active  
Free Cooling Active  
Reclaim Active  
Electric Heat Active  
Heating Low EWT Lockout  
Condenser Pumps Rotation  
Ice Mode in Effect  
Defrost Active On Cir A  
Defrost Active On Cir B  
Low Suction Circuit A  
Low Suction Circuit B  
Low Suction Circuit C  
High DGT Circuit A  
High DGT Circuit B  
High DGT Circuit C  
High Pres Override Cir A  
High Pres Override Cir B  
High Pres Override Cir C  
Low Superheat Circuit A  
Low Superheat Circuit B  
Low Superheat Circuit C  
*Not supported.  
†The forced value will be used.  
120  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX C — CCN TABLES (cont)  
STATUS DISPLAY TABLES (cont)  
TABLE  
QCK_TST1  
DISPLAY NAME  
Quick Test Enable  
RANGE  
no/Yes  
UNITS  
POINT NAME  
WRITE STATUS  
—
%
Q_TSTRQ  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
Circuit A EXV Position  
Circuit B EXV Position  
Circuit C EXV Position  
Cir A Economizer EXV Pos  
Cir B Economizer EXV Pos  
Cir C Economizer EXV Pos  
Circuit A Fan Stages  
0 - 100  
0 - 100  
0 - 100  
0 - 100  
0 - 100  
0 - 100  
0-10  
Q_EXVA  
%
Q_EXVB  
%
Q_EXVC  
%
Q_ECO_A  
Q_ECO_B  
Q_ECO_C  
Q_FAN_A  
Q_FAN_B  
Q_FAN_C  
Q_VFANA  
Q_VFANB  
Q_VFANC  
Q_HT_A  
%
%
—
—
—
%
Circuit B Fan Stages  
0-10  
0-10  
Circuit C Fan Stages  
Circuit A Head Press Speed  
Circuit B Head Press Speed  
Circuit C Head Press Speed  
Circuit A Oil Heater  
0 - 100  
0 - 100  
0 - 100  
Off/On  
Off/On  
Off/On  
Off/On  
Off/On  
Off/On  
Off/On  
Off/On  
Off/On  
Off/On  
Off/On  
Off/On  
Off/On  
Off/On  
Off/On  
Off/On  
Off/On  
Off/On  
Off/On  
Off/On  
Off/On  
Off/On  
Off/On  
Off/On  
Off/On  
Off/On  
Off/On  
Off/On  
Off/On  
Off/On  
0 – 10.0  
Off/On  
Off/On  
Off/On  
%
%
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
volt  
—
—
—
Circuit A Oil Solenoid  
Circuit A Slide Valve 1  
Circuit A Slide Valve 2  
Cir A Heater Ball Valve  
Cir A Hot Gas Bypass  
Cir A DGT Cool Solenoid  
Circuit B Oil Heater  
Circuit B Oil Solenoid  
Circuit B Slide Valve 1  
Circuit B Slide Valve 2  
Cir A Heater Ball Valve  
Cir B Hot Gas Bypass  
Cir B DGT Cool Solenoid  
Circuit C Oil Heater  
Q_OILS_A  
Q_SLI_1A  
Q_SLI_2A  
Q_BVL_A  
Q_HGBP_A  
Q_CDGT_B  
Q_HT_B  
Q_OILS_B  
Q_SLI_1B  
Q_SLI_2B  
Q_BVL_B  
Q_HGBP_B  
Q_CDGT_B  
Q_HT_C  
Circuit C Oil Solenoid  
Circuit C Slide Valve 1  
Circuit C Slide Valve 2  
Cir C Heater Ball Valve  
Cir C Hot Gas Bypass  
Cooler Heater Output  
Water Exchanger Pump 1  
Water Exchanger Pump 2  
Condenser Pump 1  
Q_OILS_C  
Q_SLI_1C  
Q_SLI_2C  
Q_BVL_C  
Q_HGBP_C  
Q_CL_HT  
Q_PMP1  
Q_PMP2  
Q_HPMP1  
Q_HPMP2  
Q_READY  
Q_RUN  
Condenser Pump 2*  
Chiller Ready Output  
Chiller Running Output  
Cir A Running Output  
Cir B Running Output  
Cir C Running Output*  
Chiller Capacity in 0-10v  
Customer Shutdown Out  
Alarm Relay Output  
Q_RUN_A  
Q_RUN_B  
Q_RUN_C  
Q_CATO  
Q_SHUT  
Q_ALARM  
Q_ALERT  
Alert Relay Output  
*Not supported.  
NOTE: Disable quick test: all the quick test parameters shall be reset to 0.  
TABLE  
QCK_TST2*  
DISPLAY NAME  
Quick Test Enable  
RANGE  
no/Yes  
UNITS  
POINT NAME  
WRITE STATUS  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
%
Q_TSTRQ  
Q_HREA_A  
Q_HRLA_A  
Q_HREW_A  
Q_HRLW_A  
Q_HREA_B  
Q_HRLA_B  
Q_HREW_B  
Q_HRLW_B  
Q_CD_HT  
Q_RV_A  
Q_RV_B  
Q_FC_HTR  
Q_FCEXVA  
Q_FCEXVB  
Q_FCBVL_A  
Q_FCBVL_B  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
Air Cond Enter Valve A  
Air Cond Leaving Valv A  
Water Cond Enter Valv A  
Water Cond Leav Valve A  
Air Cond Enter Valve B  
Air Cond Leaving Valv B  
Water Cond Enter Valv B  
Water Cond Leav Valve B  
HR Condenser Heater  
4 way Valve Circuit A  
4 way Valve Circuit B  
Free Cooling Heater  
Free Cool A EXV Position  
Free Cool B EXV Position  
Free Cool A Ball Valve  
Free Cool B Ball Valve  
Off/On  
Off/On  
Off/On  
Off/On  
Off/On  
Off/On  
Off/On  
Off/On  
Off/On  
Off/On  
Off/On  
On/Off  
0 - 100  
0 - 100  
Off/On  
Off/On  
%
—
—
*Not supported.  
NOTE: Disable quick test: all the quick test parameters shall be reset to 0.  
TABLE  
SERV_TST  
DISPLAY NAME  
Service Test Enable*  
Compressor A Output  
Slide Valve Capacity A  
Compressor B Output  
Slide Valve Capacity B  
Compressor C Output  
Slide Valve Capacity C  
RANGE  
no/Yes  
Off/On  
0 - 2†  
Off/On  
0 - 2†  
Off/On  
0 - 2†  
UNITS  
POINT NAME  
Q_STREQ  
Q_CPA  
Q_SLIA  
Q_CPB  
Q_SLIB  
Q_CPC  
Q_SLIC  
WRITE STATUS  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
*Yes = service test function enable.  
†0 = capacity frozen (unchanged).  
1 = capacity increase.  
2 = capacity decrease.  
121  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX C — CCN TABLES (cont)  
STATUS DISPLAY TABLES (cont)  
TABLE  
FREECOOL*  
DISPLAY NAME  
RANGE  
UNITS  
POINT NAME  
FC_DSBLE  
GENERAL PARAMETERS  
Free Cooling Disable ?  
LWT – OAT Delta  
Yes/No  
nnn.n  
nnn  
—
°F  
°F  
°F  
fc_delta  
cool_pwr  
fc_pwr  
Current Cooling Power  
Estimated FreeCoo Power  
Next Session Allowed In  
Cooling/FreeCool Timeout  
Free Cool Conditions OK ?  
Free Cool Request ?  
Valve Actuators Heaters ?  
CIRCUIT A  
Free Cooling Active  
Fan Staging Number  
3 Way Valve Position  
3 Way Valve Status  
Refrigerant Pump Out  
Pump Inlet Pressure  
Pump Outlet Pressure  
Pump Differential Pressure  
EXV Position  
nnn  
nn  
nn  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
On/Off  
minutes  
minutes  
fc_next  
fc_tmout  
fc_ready  
fc_reqst  
FC_HTR  
—
—
-
Yes/No  
1 to 6  
nnn  
—
fc_on_a  
—
FAN_ST_A  
fc_vlv_a  
FC_VLV_A  
fc_pmp_a  
fc_inp_a  
fc_oup_a  
fc_dp_a  
%
Opening/Closing/...  
—
On/Off  
nnn  
—
kPa  
kPa  
kPa  
%
nnn  
nnn  
nnn.n  
EXV_A  
CIRCUIT B  
Free Cooling Active  
Fan Staging Number  
3 Way Valve Position  
3 Way Valve Status  
Refrigerant Pump Out  
Pump Inlet Pressure  
Pump Outlet Pressure  
Pump Differential Pressure  
EXV Position  
Yes/No  
—
fc_on_b  
1 to 6  
—
FAN_ST_B  
fc_vlv_b  
FC_VLV_B  
fc_pmp_b  
fc_inp_b  
fc_oup_b  
fc_dp_b  
nnn  
%
Opening/Closing/...  
—
On/Off  
nnn  
—
kPa  
kPa  
kPa  
%
nnn  
nnn  
nnn.n  
EXV_B  
CIRCUIT C  
Free Cooling Active  
Fan Staging Number  
3 Way Valve Position  
3 Way Valve Status  
Refrigerant Pump Out  
Pump Inlet Pressure  
Pump Outlet Pressure  
Pump Differential Pressure  
EXV Position  
Yes/No  
—
fc_on_c  
FAN_ST_C  
fc_vlv_c  
1 to 6  
—
nnn  
%
Opening/Closing/...  
—
FC_VLV_C  
fc_pmp_c  
fc_inp_c  
fc_oup_c  
fc_dp_c  
On/Off  
nnn  
—
kPa  
kPa  
kPa  
%
nnn  
nnn  
nnn.n  
EXV_C  
*Not supported.  
122  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX C — CCN TABLES (cont)  
STATUS DISPLAY TABLES (cont)  
TABLE  
RECLAIM*  
DISPLAY NAME  
Heat Reclaim Select  
RANGE  
UNITS  
POINT NAME  
RECL_SEL  
WRITE STATUS  
Yes/no  
On/Off  
On/Off  
On/Off  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
Reclaim Condenser Pump  
Reclaim Condenser Flow  
Reclaim Condenser Heater  
Reclaim Entering Fluid  
Reclaim Leaving Fluid  
Reclaim Fluid Setpoint  
Reclaim Valve Position  
CONDPUMP  
CONDFLOW  
cond_htr  
HR_EWT  
HR_LWT  
RSP  
°F  
°F  
°F  
%
forcible  
hr_v_pos  
HEAT RECLAIM CIRCUIT A  
Reclaim Status Circuit A  
Pumpdown Pressure Cir A  
Sub Condenser Temp Cir A  
Pumpdown Saturated Tmp A  
Subcooling Temperature A  
Air Cond Entering Valv A  
Water Cond Enter Valve A  
Air Cond Leaving Valve A  
Water Cond Leaving Val A  
n
hrstat_a  
PD_P_A  
hr_subta  
hr_sat_a  
hr_subca  
hr_ea_a  
hr_ew_a  
hr_la_a  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
On/Off  
On/Off  
On/Off  
On/Off  
psi  
°F  
°F  
^F  
hr_lw_a  
HEAT RECLAIM CIRCUIT B  
Reclaim Status Circuit B  
Pumpdown Pressure Cir B  
Sub Condenser Temp Cir B  
Pumpdown Saturated Tmp B  
Subcooling Temperature B  
Air Cond Entering Valv B  
Water Cond Enter Valve B  
Air Cond Leaving Valve B  
Water Cond Leaving Val B  
n
hrstat_b  
PD_P_B  
hr_subtb  
hr_sat_b  
hr_subcb  
hr_ea_b  
hr_ew_b  
hr_la_b  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
On/Off  
On/Off  
On/Off  
On/Off  
psi  
°F  
°F  
^F  
hr_lw_b  
STATEGEN  
UNIT DISCRETE IN  
On/Off – Remote Switch  
Remote Heat/Cool Switch  
Current Control  
Open/Clse  
Open/Clse  
Off, On Cool, On Heat,  
On Auto  
ONOFF_SW  
HC_SW  
on_ctrl  
Remote Reclaim Switch  
Free Cooling Disable Switch*  
Remote Setpoint Switch  
Limit Switch 1 Status  
Open/Clse  
Open/Clse  
Open/Clse  
Open/Clse  
Open/Clse  
Open/Clse  
Open/Clse  
Open/Clse  
Open/Clse  
On/Off  
RECL_SW  
FC_SW  
SETP_SW  
LIM_SW1  
Limit Switch 2 Status  
LIM_SW2  
Occupied Override Switch  
Ice Done Storage Switch  
Cooler Flow Switch  
OCC_OVSW  
ICE_SW  
FLOW_SW  
CPUMPDEF  
CONDFLOW  
REM_ LOCK  
ELEC_BOX  
Cooler Pump Run Status  
Condenser Flow Status  
Remote Interlock Status  
Electrical Box Interlock*  
Open/Clse  
Open/Clse  
UNIT DISCRETE OUT  
Cooler Flow Setpoint Out*  
Electrical Heat Stage*  
Cooler Pump #1 Command  
Cooler Pump #2 Command  
Rotate Cooler Pumps ?  
Condenser Pump #1 Out  
Condenser Pump #2 Out*  
Rotate Condenser Pumps?*  
Cooler Heater Command*  
Shutdown Indicator State  
Alarm Relay Status  
On/Off  
0-4/Off  
On/Off  
On/Off  
Yes/No  
On/Off  
On/Off  
Yes/No  
On/Off  
On/Off  
On/Off  
On/Off  
On/Off  
On/Off  
SET_FLOW  
EHS_STEP  
CPUMP_1  
CPUMP_2  
ROTCPUMP  
HPUMP_1  
HPUMP_2  
ROTHPUMP  
COOLHEAT  
SHUTDOWN  
ALARMOUT  
ALERT  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
forcible  
Alert Relay Status  
Ready or Running Status*  
Running Status  
READY  
RUNNING  
UNIT ANALOG  
Cooler Entering Fluid  
Cooler Leaving Fluid  
Condenser Entering Fluid  
Condenser Leaving Fluid  
Cooler Heater Temp*  
Circuit C Heater Temp*  
Optional Space Temp  
CHWS Temperature  
Reset /Setpnt 4-20mA Sgnl  
Limit 4-20mA Signal  
Chiller Capacity Signal  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nn.n  
°F  
°F  
°F  
°F  
°F  
°F  
°F  
°F  
ma  
ma  
COOL_EWT  
COOL_LWT  
COND_EWT  
COND_LWT  
HEATER  
T_HEAT_C  
SPACETMP  
CHWSTEMP  
SP_RESET  
LIM_ANAL  
CAPT_010  
nn.n  
nn.n  
volts  
STRTHOUR  
Machine Operating Hours  
Machine Starts Number  
Compressor A Hours  
Compressor A Starts  
Compressor B Hours  
Compressor B Starts  
Compressor C Hours  
Compressor C Starts  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
hours  
HR_MACH  
st_mach  
HR_CP_A  
st_cp_a  
hours  
hours  
hours  
HR_CP_B  
st_cp_b  
HR_CP_C  
st_cp_c  
WATER PUMPS  
Cooler Pump #1 Hours  
Cooler Pump #2 Hours  
Condenser Pump #1 Hours  
Condenser Pump #2 Hours*  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hr_cpum1  
hr_cpum2  
hr_hpum1  
hr_hpum2  
*Not supported.  
123  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX C — CCN TABLES (cont)  
CONFIGURATION TABLES  
TABLE  
!CtlrID/PD5_XAXQ  
DISPLAY NAME  
RANGE  
DEFAULT  
UNITS  
POINT NAME  
DevDesc  
Device Name  
Description  
8 chars  
30XW  
24 chars  
PRO-DIALOG 5  
30XA XQ XW  
Location  
24 chars  
16 chars  
20 chars  
12 chars  
24 chars  
0-239  
Location  
PartNum  
ModelNum  
SerialNo  
RefNum  
CCNB  
Software Part Number  
Model Number  
CSA-SR-20C47nnnn  
Serial Number  
Reference Number  
CCN Bus Number  
CCN Element Number  
CCN Baud Rate  
0
1
9600  
1-239  
CCNA  
BAUD  
9600  
19200  
38400  
ALARMDEF/  
ALARMS01  
Alarm Routing Control  
Alarm Equipment Priority  
Comm Failure Retry Time  
Realarm Time  
0-11111111  
0-7  
00000000  
ALRM_CNT  
EQP_TYP  
RETRY_TM  
RE_ALARM  
ALRM_NAM  
4
1-240  
10  
30  
min  
min  
1-255  
8 chars  
Alarm System Name  
PRO_XAXQ  
BRODEFS/  
BROCASTS  
Activate  
0=Unused  
2
—
ccnbroad  
1=Broadcast time,  
date, holiday flag and  
OAT.  
2=For Standalone  
chiller. Daylight savings  
time & holiday determi-  
nation will be done  
without broadcasting  
through the bus.  
OAT Broadcast  
Bus #  
Element #  
0 to 239  
0 to 239  
0
0
oatbusnm  
oatlocad  
DAYLIGHT SAVING SELECT  
ENTERING  
Disable/Enable  
Disable  
dayl_sel  
Month  
1 to 12  
1 to 7  
1 to 5  
3
7
5
startmon  
startdow  
startwom  
Day of week* (1=Monday)  
Week Number of Month†  
LEAVING  
Month  
1 to 12  
1 to 7  
1 to 5  
10  
7
5
Stopmon  
Stoptdow  
stopwom  
Day of week* (1=Monday)  
Week Number of Month†  
HOLIDAY/HOLDY_nn Holiday Start Month  
0-12  
0-31  
0-99  
0
0
0
HOL_MON  
HOL_DAY  
HOL_LEN  
nn = 01 to 16  
Start Day  
Duration (days)  
OCCDEFCS/  
OCCnP0nS  
n = 1 or 2  
Timed Override Hours  
Period 1 DOW (MTWTFSSH)  
Occupied From  
0-4  
0
OVR_EXT  
DOW1  
OCCTOD1  
UNOCTOD1  
DOW2  
OCCTOD2  
UNOCTOD2  
DOW3  
OCCTOD3  
UNOCTOD3  
DOW4  
OCCTOD4  
UNOCTOD4  
DOW5  
OCCTOD5  
UNOCTOD5  
DOW6  
OCCTOD6  
UNOCTOD6  
DOW7  
0/1  
11111111  
00:00  
00:00-24:00  
00:00-24:00  
0/1  
00:00-24:00  
00:00-24:00  
0/1  
00:00-24:00  
00:00-24:00  
0/1  
00:00-24:00  
00:00-24:00  
0/1  
00:00-24:00  
00:00-24:00  
0/1  
00:00-24:00  
00:00-24:00  
0/1  
00:00-24:00  
00:00-24:00  
0/1  
00:00-24:00  
00:00-24:00  
Occupied To  
24:00  
Period 2 DOW (MTWTFSSH)  
Occupied From  
11111111  
00:00  
Occupied To  
00:00  
Period 3 DOW (MTWTFSSH)  
Occupied From  
00000000  
00:00  
Occupied To  
00:00  
Period 4 DOW (MTWTFSSH)  
Occupied From  
00000000  
00:00  
Occupied To  
00:00  
Period 5 DOW (MTWTFSSH)  
Occupied From  
00000000  
00:00  
Occupied To  
00:00  
Period 6 DOW (MTWTFSSH)  
Occupied From  
00000000  
00:00  
Occupied To  
00:00  
Period 7 DOW (MTWTFSSH)  
Occupied From  
00000000  
00:00  
OCCTOD7  
UNOCTOD7  
DOW8  
OCCTOD8  
UNOCTOD8  
Occupied To  
00:00  
Period 8 DOW (MTWTFSSH)  
Occupied From  
00000000  
00:00  
Occupied To  
00:00  
*Day of week where daylight savings time will occur in the morning (at  
2:00 am). Daylight savings time occurs on Sunday (7) morning, 1 hour shall  
be added when entering and 1 hour subtracted when leaving.  
†Date once selected (from 1) shall occur in the week number entered. 1: If day  
of week selected is 7 (Sunday) time change will occur the first Sunday (week  
number 1) in the month. 5: If day of week selected is 7 (Sunday) time change  
will occur the last Sunday of the month (week number 4 or 5).  
NOTE: nn is software version.  
124  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX C — CCN TABLES (cont)  
CONFIGURATION TABLES (cont)  
TABLE  
CFG_TABn  
(n = 1 to 8)  
DISPLAY NAME  
RANGE  
DEFAULT  
UNITS  
POINT NAME  
tab_nb_1  
Display x table number 1  
Display n var number 1  
Display n table number 2  
Display n var number 2  
Display n table number 3  
Display n var number 3  
Display n table number 4  
Display n var number 4  
Display n table number 5  
Display n var number 5  
Display n table number 6  
Display n var number 6  
Display n table number 7  
Display n var number 7  
Display n table number 8  
Display n var number 8  
Display n table number 9  
Display n var number 9  
85  
4
var_nb_1  
tab_nb_2  
var_nb_2  
tab_nb_3  
var_nb_3  
tab_nb_4  
var_nb_4  
tab_nb_5  
var_nb_5  
tab_nb_6  
var_nb_6  
tab_nb_7  
var_nb_7  
tab_nb_8  
var_nb_8  
tab_nb_9  
var_nb_9  
85  
20  
85  
21  
85  
28  
85  
29  
85  
30  
92  
33  
92  
34  
0
0
DISPCONF  
MST_SLV  
Metric Display on STDU  
Language Selection  
Yes/No  
No  
0
DISPUNIT  
0=English  
1=Espanol  
2=Francais  
3=Portugues  
4=Translated  
LANGUAGE  
MASTER SLAVE CONTROL  
Master/Slave Select  
0=Disable  
1=Master  
2=Slave  
1=Local Control  
2=Remote Control  
3=CCN Control  
1 to 236  
0
1
ms_sel  
ms_ctrl  
Master Control Type  
Slave Address  
Lead Lag Select  
2
0
slv_addr  
lead_sel  
0=Always Lead  
1=Lag Once  
Failed Only  
2=Lead/Lag  
Runtime Sel  
40 to 400  
Lead/Lag Balance Delta  
Lag Start Timer  
168  
10  
0
hours  
ll_bal_d  
lstr_tim  
lead_pul  
start_dt  
lag_mini  
lag_pump  
2 to 30  
0 to 60  
min  
min  
^F  
Lead Pulldown Time  
Start if Error Higher  
4
Lag Minimum Running Time  
Lag Unit Pump Control  
0
min  
0=Stop if Unit Stops  
1=Run if Unit Stops  
Yes/No  
0
Chiller in Series  
No  
II_serie  
125  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX C — CCN TABLES (cont)  
CONFIGURATION TABLES (cont)  
TABLE  
DISPLAY NAME  
Circuit Loading Sequence  
RANGE  
DEFAULT  
UNITS  
POINT NAME  
lead_cir  
USER  
0-3  
0
0=Auto,  
1=A Lead  
2=B Lead,  
3 =C Lead  
No/Yes  
Staged Loading Sequence  
Ramp Loading Select  
No  
No  
1
seq_typ  
No/Yes  
ramp_sel  
off_on_d  
hpumpseq  
cpumpseq  
Unit Off to On Delay  
1-15  
min  
Condenser Pumps Sequence  
Cooler Pumps Sequence  
0-4†  
0
0-4  
0
0=No Pump  
1=One Pump Only  
2=Two Pumps Auto  
3=Pump#1 Manual  
4=Pump#2 Manual  
24-3000  
Pump Auto Rotation Delay  
Pump Sticking Protection  
Stop Pump During Standby  
Flow Checked if Pump Off  
Auto Changeover Select*  
Cooling Reset Select  
48  
No  
No  
No  
No  
0
hours  
pump_del  
pump_per  
pump_sby  
pump_loc  
auto_sel  
cr_sel  
No/Yes  
No/Yes  
No/Yes  
No/Yes  
0-4  
Heating Reset Select*  
0-4  
0
hr_sel  
1 =OAT*,  
0=None  
2=Delta T,  
3=4-20mA Control  
4=Space Temp  
0-2  
Demand Limit Type Select  
0
lim_sel  
0=None  
1=Switch Control  
2=4-20mA Control  
0-20  
mA For 100% Demand Limit  
mA For 0% Demand Limit  
Current Limit Select  
0
ma  
ma  
lim_mx  
lim_ze  
0-20  
10  
No  
2000  
5
No/Yes  
curr_sel  
curr_ful  
heat_th  
free_dt  
fc_tmout  
both_sel  
Current Limit at 100%  
Heating OAT Threshold*  
Free Cooling Delta T Th*  
Full Load Timeout  
0 to 2000  
-4-32  
amps  
°F  
°F  
min  
14.4-27  
18  
30  
No  
20-300  
HSM Both Command Select  
No/Yes  
NIGHT CONTROL  
Start Hour  
00:00-24:00  
00:00-24:00  
0-100  
00:00  
00:00  
100  
No  
nh_start  
nh_end  
nh_limit  
ice_cnfg  
al_rever  
stopheat  
stopcool  
End Hour  
Capacity Limit  
%
Ice Mode Enable  
Reverse Alarms Relay  
Cooler pump off in heat  
Cond pump off in cool  
No/Yes  
No/Yes  
No/Yes  
No/Yes  
No  
No  
No  
*Not supported.  
†Only condenser pump sequence 1 is supported.  
function shall be ignored. Configuration 3 (4-20mA Control) and 4 (Space  
Temperature) shall require an Energy Management Module.  
3. Configuration 2 (4-20mA Control) shall require an Energy Management  
Module. Configuration 1 Switch Demand limit provides 3 step demand limit  
if an Energy Management Module is present. Otherwise, only one step is  
allowed.  
4. Reverse Alarms Relay configuration will be deenergized when an alarm  
and alert relay is present and will be energized when no alarm is present.  
NOTES:  
1. Flow checked if pump off needed when a command is sent to the primary  
pump to prevent cooler from freezing in winter conditions. Command will  
set the cooler flow switch to closed while the controls stop the cooler  
pump. The controls may then generate an alarm. If this decision is active,  
the cooler flow switch is not checked when the cooler pump is stopped.  
2. If cooling reset select set point has been selected the set point based on  
4-20mA input signal through ComfortLink™ control, then a 4-20 mA reset  
126  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX C — CCN TABLES (cont)  
SETPOINT CONFIGURATION TABLES  
TABLE  
SETPOINT  
DISPLAY NAME  
RANGE  
DEFAULT  
UNITS  
POINT NAME  
COOLING  
Cooling Setpoint 1  
Cooling Setpoint 2  
–20-70  
–20-70  
–20-70  
14-125  
14-125  
0-25  
44.0  
44.0  
44.0  
14.0  
14.0  
0.0  
°F  
°F  
°F  
°F  
°F  
^F  
^F  
ma  
ma  
°F  
°F  
^F  
^F  
csp1  
csp2  
Cooling Ice Setpoint  
OAT No Reset Value  
OAT Full Reset Value  
Delta T No Reset Value  
Delta T Full Reset Value  
Current No Reset Value  
Current Full Reset Value  
Space T No Reset Value  
SpaceT Full Reset Value  
Cooling Reset Deg. Value  
Cooling Ramp Loading  
ice_sp  
oatcr_no  
oatcr_fu  
dt_cr_no  
dt_cr_fu  
v_cr_no  
v_cr_fu  
spacr_no  
spacr_fu  
cr_deg  
0-25  
0.0  
0-20  
0-20  
14-125  
14-125  
–30-30  
0.2-2.0  
0.0  
0.0  
14.0  
14.0  
0.0  
1.0  
cramp_sp  
HEATING*  
Heating Setpoint 1  
80-140  
80-140  
14-125  
14-125  
0-25  
100.0  
100.0  
14.0  
14.0  
0.0  
°F  
hsp1  
Heating Setpoint 2  
°F  
hsp2  
OAT No Reset Value  
OAT Full Reset Value  
Delta T No Reset Value  
Delta T Full Reset Value  
Current No Reset Value  
Current Full Reset Value  
Heating Reset Deg. Value  
Heating Ramp Loading  
°F  
°F  
oathr_no  
oathr_fu  
dt_hr_no  
dt_hr_fu  
v_hr_no  
v_hr_fu  
hr_deg  
hramp_sp  
^F  
^F  
ma  
ma  
^F  
^F  
0- 25  
0.0  
0-20  
0-20  
–30-30  
0.2-2.0  
0.0  
0.0  
0.0  
1.0  
AUTO CHANGEOVER*  
Cool Changeover Setpt  
Heat Changeover Setpt  
39-122  
32-115  
75.0  
64.0  
°F  
°F  
cauto_sp  
hauto_sp  
MISCELLANEOUS  
Switch Limit Setpoint 1  
Switch Limit Setpoint 2  
Switch Limit Setpoint 3  
Reclaim Setpoint*  
0-100  
0-100  
0-100  
95-140  
5-27  
100  
100  
100  
122.0  
9.0  
%
%
%
°F  
°F  
°F  
lim_sp1  
lim_sp2  
lim_sp3  
rsp  
hr_deadb  
w_sct_sp  
Reclaim Deadband*  
Water Val Condensing Stp  
80 to 120  
86  
*Not supported.  
MAINTENANCE DISPLAY TABLES  
TABLE  
BOARD_PN  
DISPLAY NAME  
RANGE  
UNITS  
POINT NAME  
exv_brda  
WRITE STATUS  
EXV Board Circuit A  
XXXXXXXX  
XXXXXXXX  
XXXXXXXX  
XXXXXXXX  
XXXXXXXX  
XXXXXXXX  
XXXXXXXX  
XXXXXXXX  
XXXXXXXX  
XXXXXXXX  
XXXXXXXX  
EXV Board Circuit B  
exv_brdb  
exv_brdc  
aux_brd1  
aux_brd2  
aux_brd3  
aux_brd4  
aux_brd5  
emm_nrcp  
rec_nrcp  
cpa_vers  
cpa_mtam  
cpa_s1_m  
cpb_vers  
cpb_mtam  
cpb_s1_m  
cpc_vers  
cpc_mtam  
cpc_s1_m  
EXV Board Circuit C  
AUX Board #1 Part Number  
AUX Board #2 Part Number  
AUX Board #3 Part Number  
AUX Board #4 Part Number  
AUX Board #5 Part Number  
EMM NRCP2 Board  
Reclaim NRCP2 Board  
TCPM Board Comp A  
Must Trip Amps  
S1 Config Switch (8 to 1)  
TCPM Board Comp B  
Must Trip Amps  
0-600  
amps  
0
00000000  
nnnn  
0-600  
amps  
0
S1 Config Switch (8 to 1)  
TCPM Board Comp C  
Must Trip Amps  
00000000  
XXXXXXXX  
0-600  
amps  
0
S1 Config Switch (8 to 1)  
00000000  
CUR_PHASE  
DEFROSTM*  
Current Phase 1 Comp A  
Current Phase 2 Comp A  
Current Phase 3 Comp A  
Current Phase 1 Comp B  
Current Phase 2 Comp B  
Current Phase 3 Comp B  
Current Phase 1 Comp C  
Current Phase 2 Comp C  
Current Phase 3 Comp C  
CIR A DEFROST CONTROL  
Exchanger Frost Factor  
Next Sequence Allowed in  
Defrost Active?  
Defrost Temperature  
Defrost Duration  
Fan Sequence Started ?  
Override State  
Mean SST Calculation  
Delta: OAT - Mean SST  
Reference Delta  
Delta - Reference Delta  
Frost Integrator Gain  
Defrost Fan Start Cal A  
Defrost Fan Offset Cal A  
0-600  
0-600  
0-600  
0-600  
0-600  
0-600  
0-600  
0-600  
0-600  
amps  
amps  
amps  
amps  
amps  
amps  
amps  
amps  
amps  
cpa_cur1  
cpa_cur2  
cpa_cur3  
cpb_cur1  
cpb_cur2  
cpb_cur3  
cpc_cur1  
cpc_cur2  
cpc_cur3  
0-100  
nnn  
%
minutes  
frost_a  
def_se_a  
mode[19]  
DEFRT_A  
defr_dua  
def_fa_a  
over_d_a  
sst_dm_a  
delt_a  
True/False  
nnn.n  
nnn  
°F  
minutes  
n
nn  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
n.n  
°F  
^F  
^F  
°F  
delt_r_a  
del_v_a  
fr_int_a  
def_ca_a  
def_of_a  
0.00  
0.00  
psi  
psi  
CIR B DEFROST CONTROL  
Exchanger Frost Factor  
Next Sequence Allowed in  
Defrost Active?  
0-100  
nnn  
%
frost_b  
minutes  
def_se_b  
mode[20]  
DEFRT_B  
defr_dub  
def_fa_b  
over_d_b  
sst_dm_b  
delt_b  
True/False  
nnn.n  
nnn  
Defrost Temperature  
Defrost Duration  
°F  
minutes  
Fan Sequence Started?  
Override State  
Mean SST calculation  
Delta: OAT - Mean SST  
Reference Delta  
Delta - Reference Delta  
Frost Integrator Gain  
Defrost Fan Start Cal B  
Defrost Fan Offset Cal B  
n
nn  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
n.n  
°F  
^F  
^F  
^F  
delt_r_b  
del_v_b  
fr_int_b  
def_ca_b  
def_of_b  
0.00  
0.00  
psi  
psi  
*Not supported.  
NOTES: Tables for display only. Forcing shall not be supported on this maintenance screen.  
127  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX C — CCN TABLES (cont)  
MAINTENANCE DISPLAY TABLES (cont)  
TABLE  
FANCTRL*  
DISPLAY NAME  
Cir A SCT Control Point  
Cir A SCT Candidate  
RANGE  
UNITS  
POINT NAME  
sct_sp_a  
WRITE STATUS  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
°F  
°F  
sct_fu_a  
fancyc_a  
fancop_a  
sct_sp_b  
sct_fu_b  
fancyc_b  
fancop_b  
sct_sp_c  
sct_fu_c  
fancyc_c  
fancop_c  
Cir A Fan Cycle Counter  
Cir A Optimal Fan Count  
Cir B SCT Control Point  
Cir B SCT Candidate  
Cir B Fan Cycle Counter  
Cir B Optimal Fan Count  
Cir C SCT Control Point  
Cir C SCT Candidate  
Cir C Fan Cycle Counter  
Cir C Optimal Fan Count  
°F  
°F  
°F  
°F  
LAST_POR  
Power On 1: day-mon-year  
Power On 1: hour-minute  
PowerDown 1:day-mon-year  
PowerDown 1:hour-minute  
Power On 2: day-mon-year  
Power On 2: hour-minute  
PowerDown 2:day-mon-year  
PowerDown 2:hour-minute  
Power On 3: day-mon-year  
Power On 3: hour-minute  
PowerDown 3:day-mon-year  
PowerDown 3:hour-minute  
Power On 4: day-mon-year  
Power On 4: hour-minute  
PowerDown 4:day-mon-year  
PowerDown 4:hour-minute  
Power On 5: day-mon-year  
Power On 5: hour-minute  
PowerDown 5:day-mon-year  
PowerDown 5:hour-minute  
nnnnnn  
nnnn  
ddmmyy  
hhmm  
date_on1  
time_on1  
date_of1  
time_of1  
date_on2  
time_on2  
date_of2  
time_of2  
date_on3  
time_on3  
date_of3  
time_of3  
date_on4  
time_on4  
date_of4  
time_of4  
date_on5  
time_on5  
date_of5  
time_of5  
nnnnnn  
nnnn  
ddmmyy  
hhmm  
nnnnnn  
nnnn  
ddmmyy  
hhmm  
nnnnnn  
nnnn  
ddmmyy  
hhmm  
nnnnnn  
nnnn  
ddmmyy  
hhmm  
nnnnnn  
nnnn  
ddmmyy  
hhmm  
nnnnnn  
nnnn  
ddmmyy  
hhmm  
nnnnnn  
nnnn  
ddmmyy  
hhmm  
nnnnnn  
nnnn  
ddmmyy  
hhmm  
nnnnnn  
nnnn  
ddmmyy  
hhmm  
LOADFACT  
CAPACITY CONTROL  
Average Ctrl Water Temp  
Differential Water Temp  
Water Delta T  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnn  
°F  
ctrl_avg  
diff_wt  
°F  
^F  
delta_t  
Control Point  
°F  
CTRL_PNT  
reset  
tp_error  
cap_t  
Reset Amount  
Controlled Temp Error  
Actual Capacity  
^F  
^F  
%
Actual Capacity Limit  
Actual Chiller Current  
Chiller Current Limit  
Current At 30% Load A  
Current At 30% Load B  
Current At 30% Load C  
Current At 100% Load A  
Current At 100% Load B  
Current At 100% Load C  
Current Z Multiplier Val  
Load/Unload Factor  
Active Capacity Override  
nnn  
%
cap_lim  
TOT_CURR  
CURR_LIM  
cur_30_a  
cur_30_b  
cur_30_c  
cur100_a  
cur100_b  
cur100_c  
zm  
nnnn  
nnnn  
nnnn  
nnnn  
nnnn  
nnnn  
nnnn  
nnnn  
n.n  
amps  
amps  
amps  
amps  
amps  
amps  
amps  
amps  
nnn.n  
nn  
0/0  
smz  
over_cap  
EHS CAPACITY CONTROL  
EHS Ctrl Override  
Requested Electric Stage  
Electrical Pulldown?  
nn  
over_ehs  
eh_stage  
ehspulld  
nn  
True/False  
EXV_CTRL  
EXV CONTROL  
EXV Position Circuit A  
Discharge Superheat A  
Suction Superheat A  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nn.n  
nn.n  
nn.n  
nn.n  
nn  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nn.n  
nn.n  
nn.n  
nn.n  
nn  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nn.n  
nn.n  
nn.n  
nn.n  
nn  
%
EXV_A  
%
DSH_A  
SH_A  
^F  
^F  
^F  
^F  
Suction SH Control Pt A  
Cooler Exchange DT Cir A  
Cooler Pinch Ctl Point A  
EXV Override Circuit A  
EXV Position Circuit B  
Discharge Superheat B  
Suction Superheat B  
Suction SH Control Pt B  
Cooler Exchange DT Cir B  
Cooler Pinch Ctl Point B  
EXV Override Circuit B  
EXV Position Circuit C  
Discharge Superheat C  
Suction Superheat C  
sh_sp_a  
pinch_a  
pinch_spa  
ov_exv_a  
EXV_B  
DSH_B  
SH_B  
sh_sp_b  
pinch_b  
pinch_spb  
ov_exv_b  
EXV_C  
DSH_C  
SH_C  
sh_sp_c  
pinch_c  
pinch_spc  
ov_exv_c  
%
%
^F  
^F  
^F  
^F  
%
%
^F  
^F  
^F  
^F  
Suction SH Control Pt C  
Cooler Exchange DT Cir C  
Cooler Pinch Ctl Point C  
EXV Override Circuit C  
ECONOMIZER CONTROL  
Economizer Position A  
Economizer Superheat A  
Economizer SH Setpoint A  
EXV Override Circuit A  
Economizer Position B  
Economizer Superheat B  
Economizer SH Setpoint B  
EXV Override Circuit B  
Economizer Position C  
Economizer Superheat C  
Economizer SH Setpoint C  
EXV Override Circuit C  
nnn.n  
nn.n  
nn.n  
nn  
nnn.n  
nn.n  
nn.n  
nn  
nnn.n  
nn.n  
nn.n  
nn  
%
EXV_EC_A  
eco_sha  
ecsh_spa  
ov_eco_a  
EXV_EC_B  
eco_shb  
ecsh_spb  
ov_eco_b  
EXV_EC_C  
eco_shc  
ecsh_spc  
ov_eco_c  
^F  
^F  
%
^F  
^F  
%
^F  
^F  
*Not supported.  
128  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX C — CCN TABLES (cont)  
MAINTENANCE DISPLAY TABLES (cont)  
TABLE  
MSTSLAVE  
DISPLAY NAME  
RANGE  
UNITS  
POINT NAME  
WRITE STATUS  
MASTER/SLAVE CONTROL  
Unit is Master or Slave  
Master Control Type*  
Master/Slave Ctrl Active  
Lead Unit is the:  
Disable/Master/Slave  
Local/Remote/CCN  
True/False  
mstslv  
ms_ctrl  
ms_activ  
lead_sel  
slv_stat  
Master/Slave  
Slave Chiller State†  
0=Chiller is off  
1=Valid Run State in  
CCN Mode  
2=Unused for this control  
3=Chiller is in local mode  
4=Power fail restart in  
progress  
5=Shudown due to fault  
6=Communication failure  
0-100  
Slave Chiller Total Cap  
Lag Start Delay**  
Lead/Lag Hours Delta*  
Lead/Lag Changeover?**  
Lead Pulldown?  
Master/Slave Error  
Max Available Capacity?††  
Slave Lagstat  
%
minutes  
hours  
slv_capt  
l_strt_d  
ll_hr_d  
1-30  
nnnnn  
Yes/No  
ll_chang  
ll_pull  
Yes/No  
nn  
ms_error  
cap_max  
lagstat  
True/False  
0=Unit not configured  
as a slave chiller  
1=Slave pump  
configuration error  
(ms_error=1)  
2=Unit configured as  
slave chiller with  
lwt_opt=no (entering  
water control) with  
pump control  
(lag_pump=0)  
3=Unit configured as slave  
chiller with lwt_opt=yes  
(leaving water control)  
with pump control  
(lag_pump=0)  
4=Unit Configured as slave  
chiller with lwt_opt=no  
(entering water control)  
with no pump control  
(lag_pump=1)  
5=Unit configured as slave  
chiller with lwt_opt=yes  
(leaving water control)  
with no pump control  
(lag_pump=1)  
*Always CCN for the slave chiller.  
†Slave chiller chillstat value  
**This decision is consistent for master chiller only. It shall be set by default to 0 for the slave chiller.  
††This item is true when chiller has loaded its total available capacity tonnage.  
TABLE  
OCCMAINT  
DISPLAY NAME  
Current Mode (1=occup.)  
RANGE  
UNITS  
POINT NAME  
MODE  
PER_NO  
WRITE STATUS  
0/1  
Current Occp Period #  
Timed-Override in Effect  
Timed-Override Duration  
Current Occupied Time  
Current Unoccupied Time  
Next Occupied Day  
1 to 8  
Yes/No  
0-4  
OVERLAST  
OVR_HRS  
STRTTIME  
ENDTIME  
NXTOCDAY  
NXTOCTIM  
NXTUNDAY  
NXTUNTIM  
PRVUNDAY  
PRVUNTIM  
hours  
00:00-23:59  
00:00-23:59  
Mon-Sun  
Next Occupied Time  
00:00-23:59  
Mon-Sun  
Next Unoccupied Day  
Next Unoccupied Time  
Prev Unoccupied Day  
Prev Unoccupied Time  
00:00-23:59  
Mon-Sun  
00:00-23:59  
TABLE  
PR_LIMIT  
DISPLAY NAME  
RANGE  
UNITS  
POINT NAME  
WRITE STATUS  
Discharge A Temp Average  
Discharge A Temp Rate  
Discharge A Gas Limit  
Suction A Temp Average  
Discharge B Temp Average  
Discharge B Temp Rate  
Discharge B Gas Limit  
Suction B Temp Average  
Discharge C Temp Average  
Discharge C Temp Rate  
Discharge C Gas Limit  
Suction C Temp Average  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
°F  
^F  
°F  
°F  
°F  
^F  
°F  
°F  
°F  
^F  
°F  
°F  
sdt_m_a  
sdt_mr_a  
sdtlim_a  
sst_m_a  
sdt_m_b  
sdt_mr_b  
sdtlim_b  
sst_m_b  
sdt_m_c  
sdt_mr_c  
sdtlim_c  
sst_m_c  
NOTE: Table for display only. Used for Cooling and Heat Pump Compressor Envelope.  
TABLE  
SERMAINT  
DISPLAY NAME  
RANGE  
UNITS  
POINT NAME  
S_RESET  
WRITE STATUS  
forcible  
Reset Maintenance Alert  
1 to 11: reset individually  
12: reset all  
nn  
OPERATION WARNINGS  
1 — Refrigerant Charge  
2 — Water Loop Size  
Normal/Low/Disable  
Normal/Low/Disable  
charge_m  
wloop_m  
GENERAL SERVICING DELAYS  
3 — Cooler Pump 1 (days)  
4 — Cooler Pump 2 (days)  
5 — Condenser Pump 1 (days)  
6 — Condenser Pump 2 (days)  
7 — Water Filter (days)  
8 — Cp A Oil Filter (days)  
9 — Cp B Oil Filter (days)  
10 — CP.C Oil Filter (days)  
0-1000/Alert/Disable  
0-1000/Alert/Disable  
0-1000/Alert  
cpump1_m  
cpump2_m  
hpump1_m  
hpump2_m  
wfilte_m  
0-1000/Alert  
0-1000/Alert/Disable  
0-1000/Alert  
0-1000/alert  
0-1000/Alert  
oilfa_m  
oilfilb_m  
oilfic_m  
129  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX C — CCN TABLES (cont)  
SERVICE CONFIGURATION TABLES  
WRITE  
STATUS  
TABLE  
DISPLAY NAME  
RANGE  
DEFAULT  
UNITS  
POINT NAME  
TABLE USED FOR DISABLE COMPRESSORS (see notes)  
CP_UNABL  
(See Notes)  
Compressor A Disable  
Compressor B Disable  
Compressor C Disable  
No/Yes  
No/Yes  
No/Yes  
No  
No  
No  
un_cp_a  
un_cp_b  
un_cp_c  
FACTORY  
Unit Type  
1 (Cooling Only)  
2 (Heat Pump)*  
3 (Water Cooled)  
4 (Heat Machine)  
0 to 1800  
1
unit_typ  
(See Notes)  
Unit Capacity  
Nominal Unit Size  
unitsize  
freq_60H  
voltage  
varfan_a  
varfan_b  
varfan_c  
softstar  
Power Frequence 60HZ Sel  
Power Supply Voltage  
NB Fans on Varifan Cir A  
NB Fans on Varifan Cir B  
NB Fans on Varifan Cir C  
Soft Starter Select  
Yes/No  
Yes  
460  
1
1
0
No  
No  
No  
No  
Yes  
No  
No  
Yes  
No  
No  
No  
200 to 660  
0 to 6  
volts  
0 to 6  
0 to 6  
Yes/No  
Wye Delta Start Select  
Air Cooled Reclaim Sel  
Free Cooling Select  
Yes/No  
wye_delt  
recl_opt  
freecool  
heat_sel  
cond_val  
hgbp_sel  
mchx_sel  
boil_sel  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Cooler Heater Select  
Yes/No  
Condenser Water Val Sel*  
Hot Gas Bypass Select  
MCHX Exchanger Select  
Boiler Command Select  
Energy Management Module  
High Tiers Display Selec  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
emm_nrcp  
highdisp  
No = Use Navigator™  
display as user interface  
(factory installed)  
Yes = Use Touch Pilot™  
Display as user interface  
(factory installed)  
0 to 9999  
Factory Password  
111  
No  
2
0
0
No  
No  
fac_pass  
kithydro  
cpass_nb  
vlt_sel  
vlt_rpm  
highcond  
max_clwt  
Hydraulic Transducer Kit  
Cooler Pass Number  
VLT Fan Drive Select*  
VLT Fan Drive rpm*  
High Condensing Select  
Yes/No  
1 to 3  
Yes/No  
Max Condenser LWT=45degC Yes/No  
Compressor A Config  
Must Trip Amps  
S1 Config Switch (8 to 1)  
FACTORY2  
0 to 600  
Refer to Appendix D  
cpa_mtac  
cpa_s1_c  
00000000 (8 position dip Refer to Appendix D  
switch configuration)  
Compressor B Config  
Must Trip Amps  
S1 Config Switch (8 to 1)  
0 to 600  
Refer to Appendix D  
cpb_mtac  
cpb_s1_c  
00000000 (8 position dip Refer to Appendix D  
switch configuration)  
Compressor C Config  
Must Trip Amps  
S1 Config Switch (8 to 1)  
0 to 600  
0
0
cpc_mtac  
cpc_s1_c  
00000000 (8 position dip  
switch configuration)  
2 to 8  
Circuit A Total Fans NB  
0
nb_fan_a  
nb_fan_b  
nb_fan_c  
exva_max  
exvb_max  
exvc_max  
eco_cnfa  
eco_cnfb  
eco_cnfc  
Circuit B Total Fans NB  
2 to 8  
0
Circuit C Total Fans NB  
0 to 8  
0
EXV A Maximum Steps Numb  
EXV B Maximum Steps Numb  
EXV C Maximum Steps Numb  
Economizer A Steps Numb  
Economizer B Steps Numb  
Economizer C Steps Numb  
0/15000  
4260  
4260  
0
0/15000  
0/15000  
0/15000  
2785†  
2785†  
0
0/15000  
0/15000  
*Not supported.  
†0 = No economizer.  
NOTES:  
1. Table used to disable compressors for maintenance purposes. The  
capacity control will consider that these compressors (once set to YES)  
are failed manually (no alarm will appear).  
2. Enter unit size. This item allows the controls to determine capacity of each  
compressor and the total number of fans on each circuit based on a com-  
pressor arrangement array (can be viewed in table FACTORY2). It is not  
necessary to enter compressor capacity and number of fans on each cir-  
cuit. See the 30XW Installation Instructions for more information.  
3. Number of fans controlled directly by a variable speed fan actuator using  
0 to 10 vdc signal. This will enable the controls to determine the remaining  
discrete fan staging outputs from the total fans on each circuit.  
4. Used for extra functions with the purpose of energy management such as  
occupancy override switch, ice storage, setpoint reset, and demand limit.  
5. Compressor capacity will be automatically determined if unit size entered  
in FACTORY table matches the values in the unit compressor configura-  
tion table.  
6. Total number of fans includes fans controlled by a variable speed fan. This  
value will be automatically populated if unit size entered in FACTORY  
table matches the values in the unit compressor configuration table.  
130  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX C — CCN TABLES (cont)  
SERVICE CONFIGURATION TABLES (cont)  
TABLE  
MAINTCFG  
DISPLAY NAME  
RANGE  
DEFAULT  
UNITS  
POINT NAME  
s_alert  
WRITE STATUS  
MAINTENANCE CONFIG  
Servicing Alert  
Refrigerant Charge Ctrl  
Water Loop Control  
CPump 1 Ctl Delay (days)  
CPump 2 Ctl Delay (days)  
HPump 1 Ctrl Delay (days)*  
HPump 2 Ctrl Delay (days)*  
Water Filter Ctrl (days)  
Oil Filter A Ctrl (days)  
Oil Filter B Ctrl (days)  
Oil Filter C Ctrl (days)  
Enable/Disable  
Enable/Disable  
Enable/Disable  
0-1000  
Disable  
Disable  
charge_c  
wloop_c  
cpump1_c  
cpump2_c  
hpump1_c  
hpump2_c  
wfilte_c  
Disable  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0-1000  
0-1000  
0-1000  
0-1000  
0 to 1000  
0 to 1000  
0 to 1000  
oilfia_c  
oilfib_c  
oilfic_c  
*Not supported.  
TABLE  
DISPLAY NAME  
RANGE  
DEFAULT  
UNITS  
POINT NAME  
WRITE STATUS  
SERVICE1  
Cooler Fluid Type  
1/2  
1
1
34  
38  
1
flui_typ  
1=Water  
2=Brine  
0-60  
Flow Switch SP*  
flow_sp  
Brine Freeze Setpoint  
Brine Minimum Fluid Temp  
Condenser Fluid Type  
–20.0-34.0  
10.0-34.0  
1/2  
°F  
°F  
freezesp  
mini_lwt  
cond_typ  
1=Water  
2=Brine  
Yes/No  
–20.0-20.0  
–5.0-5.0  
–20.0-20.0  
20-100  
12.6-44  
12.6-44  
12.6-44  
–3.0-3.0  
–3.0-3.0  
–3.0-3.0  
40-55  
Entering Fluid Control  
Prop PID Gain Varifan  
Int PID Gain Varifan  
No  
ewt_opt  
hd_pg  
2.0  
0.2  
0.4  
100  
hd_ig  
Deri PID Gain Varifan  
hd_dg  
Maximum Ducted Fan Speed  
EXV A Superheat Setpoint  
EXV B Superheat Setpoint  
EXV C Superheat Setpoint  
Pinch offset circuit A  
%
fan_max  
sh_sp_a  
sh_sp_b  
sh_sp_c  
p_ofst_a  
p_ofst_b  
p_ofst_c  
mop_sp  
hp_th  
14.4  
14.4  
14.4  
0
^F  
^F  
^F  
^F  
^F  
^F  
°F  
psi  
^F  
Pinch offset circuit B  
0
Pinch offset circuit C  
–3.6  
62  
EXV MOP Setpoint  
High Pressure Threshold  
Cooler Heater Delta Spt  
Auto Start When SM Lost  
3way Valve Min Position  
3way Valve Max Position  
Economizer SH Setpoint A  
Economizer SH Setpoint B  
Economizer SH Setpoint C  
Fast Loading Sequence  
EWT Probe on Cir A Side  
200-290  
1-6  
275.5  
2
heatersp  
auto_sm  
min_3w  
max_3w  
esh_sp_a  
esh_sp_b  
esh_sp_c  
fastload  
ewt_cirA  
Enable/Disable  
0-50  
Disable  
0
%
%
^F  
^F  
^F  
20-100  
5-15  
100  
10.8  
10.8  
10.8  
0
5-15  
5-15  
0-4  
Yes/No  
Yes  
*Not supported. Must be configured at default.  
NOTE: This table shall be downloadable at any time. However, modified value shall not be used by tasks until the unit is in OFF state. This shall not apply to the Varifan  
gains that shall be modified at any time and used immediately by the head pressure control tasks even if the unit is in operation.  
TABLE  
DISPLAY NAME  
RANGE  
UNITS  
POINT NAME  
WRITE STATUS  
TABLE TO BE USED FOR RUN TIMES UPDATE IN CASE OF CONTROL RETROFIT  
UPDHRFAN*  
Free Cooling A Pump Hours  
Free Cooling B Pump Hours  
Circuit A Defrost Number  
Circuit B Defrost Number  
Circuit A Fan #1 Hours  
Circuit A Fan #2 Hours  
Circuit A Fan #3 Hours  
Circuit A Fan #4 Hours  
Circuit A Fan #5 Hours  
Circuit A Fan #6 Hours  
Circuit A Fan #7 Hours  
Circuit A Fan #8 Hours  
Circuit A Fan #9 Hours  
Circuit A Fan #10 Hours  
Circuit B Fan #1 Hours  
Circuit B Fan #2 Hours  
Circuit B Fan #3 Hours  
Circuit B Fan #4 Hours  
Circuit B Fan #5 Hours  
Circuit B Fan #6 Hours  
Circuit B Fan #7 Hours  
Circuit B Fan #8 Hours  
Circuit B Fan #9 Hours  
Circuit B Fan #10 Hours  
Circuit C Fan #1 Hours  
Circuit C Fan #2 Hours  
Circuit C Fan #3 Hours  
Circuit C Fan #4 Hours  
Circuit C Fan #5 Hours  
Circuit C Fan #6 Hours  
Circuit C Fan #7 Hours  
Circuit C Fan #8 Hours  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
hours  
hours  
hr_fcp_a  
hr_fcp_b  
nb_def_a  
nb_def_b  
hr_fana1  
hr_fana2  
hr_fana3  
hr_fana4  
hr_fana5  
hr_fana6  
hr_fana7  
hr_fana8  
hr_fana9  
hrfana10  
hr_fanb1  
hr_fanb2  
hr_fanb3  
hr_fanb4  
hr_fanb5  
hr_fanb6  
hr_fanb7  
hr_fanb8  
hr_fanb9  
hrfanb10  
hr_fanc1  
hr_fanc2  
hr_fanc3  
hr_fanc4  
hr_fanc5  
hr_fanc6  
hr_fanc7  
hr_fanc8  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
*Not supported.  
NOTE: This table shall be used for purposes of transplanting the devices on time in the event of a module hardware failure or software upgrade via downloading. It shall  
be usable only if all items are still null. Afterwards, its access shall be denied.  
131  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX C — CCN TABLES (cont)  
SERVICE CONFIGURATION TABLES (cont)  
TABLE  
DISPLAY NAME  
RANGE  
UNITS  
POINT NAME  
hr_mach  
st_mach  
hr_cp_a  
st_cp_a  
hr_cp_b  
st_cp_b  
hr_cp_c  
st_cp_c  
hr_cpum1  
hr_cpum2  
hr_hpum1  
hr_hpum2  
WRITE STATUS  
TABLE TO BE USED FOR RUN TIMES UPDATE IN CASE OF CONTROL RETROFIT  
UPDTHOUR  
Machine Operating Hours  
Machine Starts  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
Compressor A Hours  
Compressor A Starts  
Compressor B Hours  
Compressor B Starts  
Compressor C Hours  
Compressor C Starts  
Water Pump #1 Hours  
Water Pump #2 Hours  
Condenser Pump #1 Hours  
Condenser Pump #2 Hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
NOTE: This table shall be used for purposes of transplanting the devices on time in the event of a module hardware failure or software upgrade via downloading. It shall  
be usable only if all items are still null. Afterwards, its access shall be denied.  
132  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX D — 30XW150-400 CPM DIP SWITCH ADDRESSES  
ACROSS-THE-LINE START — STANDARD CONDENSING  
CIRCUIT A  
CIRCUIT B  
MTA  
MTA  
30XW  
VOLTAGE  
CPM DIP  
SETTING SETTING  
CIRCUIT A CIRCUIT B  
UNITSIZE (3 ph, 60Hz) SWITCHES  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
S1  
OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF  
OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF  
OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF  
ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF  
OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF  
OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF  
OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF  
OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF  
OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF  
ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF  
OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF  
OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF  
OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF  
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF  
OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF  
OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF  
OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF  
OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF  
575  
S2  
220  
278  
338  
220  
278  
338  
254  
314  
378  
220  
278  
338  
220  
278  
338  
254  
314  
378  
S1  
150,325  
175,350  
200,400  
460  
380  
575  
460  
380  
575  
460  
380  
S2  
S1  
S2  
S1  
S2  
S1  
S2  
S1  
S2  
S1  
S2  
S1  
S2  
S1  
S2  
ACROSS-THE-LINE START — HIGH CONDENSING/HEAT MACHINE  
CIRCUIT A  
CIRCUIT B  
MTA  
MTA  
30XW  
VOLTAGE  
CPM DIP  
SETTING  
SETTING  
UNITSIZE (3 ph, 60Hz) SWITCHES  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
CIRCUIT A CIRCUIT B  
S1  
OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF  
OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF  
OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF  
OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF  
OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF  
OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF  
OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF  
OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF  
OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF  
OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF  
OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF  
OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF  
OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF  
OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF  
OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF  
OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF  
OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF  
ON ON OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF  
575  
S2  
282  
354  
426  
282  
354  
426  
322  
402  
486  
282  
354  
426  
282  
354  
426  
322  
402  
486  
S1  
150,325  
175,350  
200,400  
460  
380  
575  
460  
380  
575  
460  
380  
S2  
S1  
S2  
S1  
S2  
S1  
S2  
S1  
S2  
S1  
S2  
S1  
S2  
S1  
S2  
LEGEND  
CPM  
DIP  
MTA  
—
—
—
Compressor Protection Module  
Dual In-Line Package  
Must Trip Amps  
NOTE: Sizes 150-200 are Circuit A only.  
133  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX D — 30XW150-400 CPM DIP SWITCH ADDRESSES (cont)  
WYE-DELTA START — STANDARD CONDENSING  
CIRCUIT A  
CIRCUIT B  
MTA  
MTA  
30XWUNIT VOLTAGE  
CPM DIP  
SETTING  
SETTING  
SIZE  
(3 ph, 60Hz) SWITCHES  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
CIRCUIT A CIRCUIT B  
S1  
ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF  
OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF  
ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF  
ON ON ON OFF ON ON ON OFF ON ON ON OFF ON ON ON OFF  
ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF  
ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON  
ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF  
OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF  
ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF  
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF  
ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF  
OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF  
ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF  
ON ON ON OFF ON ON ON OFF ON ON ON OFF ON ON ON OFF  
ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF  
ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON  
ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF  
OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF  
ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF  
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF  
ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF  
ON ON OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF  
ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF  
ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON  
ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF  
ON OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON  
ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF  
OFF ON ON ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON ON ON OFF ON OFF  
ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF  
OFF ON ON OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON ON ON OFF  
575  
S2  
220  
278  
338  
554  
638  
220  
278  
338  
554  
638  
254  
314  
378  
626  
722  
220  
278  
338  
554  
638  
220  
278  
338  
554  
638  
254  
314  
378  
626  
722  
S1  
460  
S2  
S1  
150,325  
380  
S2  
S1  
230  
S2  
S1  
200  
S2  
S1  
575  
S2  
S1  
460  
S2  
S1  
175,350  
380  
S2  
S1  
230  
S2  
S1  
200  
S2  
S1  
575  
S2  
S1  
460  
S2  
S1  
200,400  
380  
S2  
S1  
230  
S2  
S1  
200  
S2  
WYE-DELTA START — HIGH CONDENSING/HEAT MACHINE  
CIRCUIT A  
CIRCUIT B  
MTA  
SETTING  
CIRCUIT A  
MTA  
SETTING  
CIRCUIT B  
30XW  
VOLTAGE  
CPM DIP  
UNIT SIZE (3 ph, 60Hz) SWITCHES  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
S1  
ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF  
ON OFF OFF ON ON ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON ON ON OFF  
ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF  
575  
S2  
282  
354  
426  
706  
810  
282  
354  
426  
706  
810  
322  
402  
486  
802  
922  
282  
354  
426  
706  
810  
282  
354  
426  
706  
810  
322  
402  
486  
802  
922  
S1  
460  
S2  
ON OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF ON  
ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF  
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON  
ON OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF ON  
S1  
150,325  
175,350  
200,400  
380  
230  
200  
575  
460  
380  
230  
200  
575  
460  
380  
230  
S2  
S1  
S2  
S1  
S2  
S1  
S2  
S1  
S2  
S1  
S2  
S1  
S2  
S1  
S2  
S1  
S2  
S1  
S2  
S1  
S2  
S1  
S2  
S1  
S2  
ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF  
OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF  
ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF  
OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF ON  
ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF  
ON OFF OFF ON ON ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON ON ON OFF  
ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF  
ON OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF ON  
ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF  
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON  
ON OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF ON  
ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF  
OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF  
ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF  
OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF ON  
ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF  
ON OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF ON  
ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF  
ON OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF ON  
ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF  
ON ON ON ON ON OFF ON ON ON ON ON ON ON OFF ON ON  
ON OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF ON  
ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF  
OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON  
ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF  
OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON  
200  
LEGEND  
NOTE: Sizes 150-200 are Circuit A only.  
CPM  
—
—
—
Compressor Protection Module  
Dual In-Line Package  
Must Trip Amps  
DIP  
MTA  
134  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
A30-4849  
135  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
A30-4850  
136  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX F — GLOBAL TIME SCHEDULE CONFIGURATION FOR i-Vu® DEVICE  
AND CSM CONTROLLER  
The following is intended to assist a Carrier technician in  
configuring a 30XW chiller so either the i-Vu® 4.0 or 4.2 de-  
vice, CCN Global Schedule Master, or a CSM controller can  
Start and Stop the chiller. The 30XW chiller has unique table  
naming convention for its Time Schedules that are different  
than what is used today in CCN. The five steps outlined in the  
procedures below must be followed in order to have the i-Vu  
device and CCN products control the chiller.  
Step 1 — Chiller Configuration  
1. Make sure the chiller is shut down and that the Emergen-  
cy On/Off Switch (SW2) is in the Off Position and the  
Enable-Off-Remote (SW1) is in the Disable position.  
A30-4851  
2. Next, UPLOAD the chiller to assure the configuration is  
current.  
Fig. A — NTSV Table Name (Local Schedule)  
NOTE: This must be done in both NSTV and CVIEW.  
3. Change the chiller’s Time Schedule Table Name from  
OCCyP0xx to OCCPC0xx. See descriptions below.  
LOCAL AND NETWORK TIME SCHEDULE  
DESCRIPTIONS  
OCCPC01S — The i-Vu 4.2 device will write to this Time  
Schedule Table.  
OCC2P02S — This is for Dual Setpoint Control and MUST  
be Configured for 24/7 Occupied when the i-Vu device is writ-  
ing to OCCPC01S.  
OCCPC65E — Used with the i-Vu device or another CCN  
Global Schedule Master with Single Setpoint Control.  
OCC2P02E — This will only be used with Dual Setpoint Con-  
trol. This is not applicable in this application.  
30-4852  
Fig. B — NTSV Table Name (Network Schedule)  
TIME SCHEDULE TABLE NAME CHANGE  
NSTV — When using NSTV to edit a Time Schedule Name,  
the process is the same for both Local (S) or Network (E) Time  
Schedules.  
1. Highlight the chiller, then (at the top menu bar) click on  
ConfigureNames…  
2. When the dialog box opens, scroll down to find the four  
time schedules (as seen in Fig. A for Local Schedule or  
Fig. B for Network Time Schedule). Highlight the desired  
Time Schedule to edit.  
3. At the bottom where it says New name, double click on  
OCC1P01x and rename it with OCCPC01xclick Save  
click OK.  
-4853  
4. Download the new configuration to the chiller.  
5. Cycle power to the MBB (main base board) using SW2  
emergency stop.  
CVIEW — If using CVIEW to edit a Time Schedule Name,  
the process is the same for both Local (S) or Network (E) Time  
Schedules.  
Fig. C — CVIEW Table Name (Local Schedule)  
1. Highlight the chiller and click ConfigureTable Names.  
2. When the dialog box opens, scroll down to find the six  
OCC tables.  
NOTE: Only the "S" and "E" Schedules are editable.  
3. Highlight the Time Schedule OCC1P01x then click Mod-  
ify…  
4. In the new dialog box, rename the schedule OCCPC01x  
(as seen in Fig. C for Local Schedule or Fig. D for Net-  
work Time Schedule) then click OK to close this dialog  
box.  
5. Click Close to close the Table Names dialog box.  
6. Download the new configuration to the chiller.  
0-4854  
7. Cycle power to the MBB (main base board) using SW2  
emergency stop.  
Fig. D — CVIEW Table Name (Network Schedule)  
137  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX F — GLOBAL TIME SCHEDULE CONFIGURATION FOR i-Vu® DEVICE  
AND CSM CONTROLLER (cont)  
2. Set the Enable-Off-Remote (SW1) switch to the Enable  
position. (If Remote is used, external contacts will need  
to be closed or a jumper needs to be installed on TB-5  
no. 9, 10.) The chiller will run off either the Switch,  
Time Schedule, or CCN Mode (see Mode Descriptions  
in Step 2).  
This completes the configuration decisions needed in a  
30XW unit to enable i-Vu device scheduling to control the  
chiller start/stop.  
Step 2 — Chiller Mode Selection — There are  
3 different mode selections for the chiller which are described  
below. In order to change the mode from the default configura-  
tion, a scrolling marquee or handheld Navigator™ device must  
be used.  
1. Using a Navigator device, select Operating Modes   
SLCTOPER, then enter the password.  
2. The screen defaults to SWITCH Mode. If using an i-Vu  
device or CCN Global Scheduling, use the up arrow to  
select Time Sched and then press Enter.  
Step 5 — i-Vu Device Scheduling Setup  
CONFIGURING THE i-Vu 4.2 DEVICE (LOCAL AND  
GLOBAL SCHEDULING)  
1. After chiller has been scanned into the database, check  
the Schedule number. To do this, click on the Schedules  
Tab CCN Tab. The CCN Schedule Number needs to  
be the same number that the user edited in Fig. A or C for  
local or Fig. B or D for global (see Fig. E).  
2. Next, create a Schedule by highlighting the chiller.  
3. Click on SchedulesConfigureAdd.  
or  
Click the up arrow and select CCN to control the chiller  
using a CCN Network Command of "CHIL_S_S".  
MODE DESCRIPTIONS  
Switch — The chiller will be running 24/7 (no time schedule  
involved). DO NOT use for the i-Vu device or CCN Global  
Scheduling.  
Time Sched — This mode will allow the user to configure a  
local schedule and control the chiller by either Local Time  
Schedule or by setpoint tables 1 or 2. This mode needs to be se-  
lected if i-Vu will be writing to either a Local (S) or Network  
(E) Time Schedule.  
NOTE: The i-Vu CCN 4.0 device can only write to Network  
schedules.  
CCN — This will be used when a CCN controller, like a CSM,  
Translator, or CC will be writing to the chiller's CCN point  
name CHIL_S_S for starting and stopping the equipment.  
4. Then select the type of schedule from the drop down  
menu.  
Example: Select Normal Weekly and the schedule  
should look like Fig. F.  
5. Configure the schedule.  
NOTE: Refer to the i-Vu Installation and Startup manual for  
more information on creating a schedule in i-Vu.  
CONFIGURING THE i-Vu 4.0 DEVICE (GLOBAL  
SCHEDULING)  
Step 3 — Chiller Cooling Set Point Selec-  
tion — There are several options for controlling the Leaving  
Chilled Water temperature. For the purpose of having i-Vu able  
to start stop the chiller through the Time Schedule MODE the  
chiller's "Cooling Set Point Select" decision needs to be con-  
figured for SETPOINT 1 using a scrolling marquee or Naviga-  
tor device.  
1. Using a Navigator device, select Operating Modes   
SLCTSP.SE, then enter the password.  
2. Click the arrow up and select SETPOINT 1 then push  
Enter.  
1. After chiller has been scanned into the database, check  
the Schedule number. To do this, expand the Chiller  
on the left-hand navigation pane click the on the  
"Schedule" point Properties tab Summary Tab.  
Enter CCN Global Schedule Number. It needs to be  
the same number that the user edited in Fig. B or D (see  
Fig. G).  
2. Follow Steps 2 through 5 in the Configuring the i-Vu 4.2  
device (Local and Global Scheduling) section.  
This completes configuring a 30XW Chiller, i-Vu, and  
CCN Network Time Schedules.  
Step 4 — Chiller Switch Setup  
1. Set the Emergency On/Off Switch (SW2) switch to the  
On Position.  
A30-4855  
Fig. E — CCN Tab  
138  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX F — GLOBAL TIME SCHEDULE CONFIGURATION FOR i-Vu® DEVICE  
AND CSM CONTROLLER (cont)  
A30-4856  
Fig. F — Schedule Type Example (Weekly)  
A30-4857  
Fig. G — CCN Global Schedule Number  
139  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
INDEX  
4-20 mA temperature reset 36  
Actual start-up 47  
Local equipment network 17  
Loss of fluid flow protection 65  
Low condenser fluid temperature  
head pressure control 46  
Operating instructions 46  
Option 46  
Alarms and alerts 68  
Alarm control 42  
Equipment priority 42  
Routing control 42  
System name 43  
Board addresses 17  
Brine or glycol operation 27  
Broadcast acknowledger 20, 42  
Broadcast configuration 41  
Capacity control overrides 43  
Carrier Comfort Network® (CCN) 18  
Interface 18  
Low fluid temperature 65  
Machine control methods 20  
Machine on/off control 20  
Machine start delay 29  
Main Base Board (MBB)  
Maintenance 67  
9
Minimum fluid loop volume 47  
Minimum load control 29  
MLV/condenser board 15  
Loadshed controlled demand limit 41  
Tables 118-132  
Navigator™ display module  
Machine control 23  
7
Chilled water flow switch 66  
Chilled water fluid type selection 27  
Circuit/compressor staging  
and loading 29  
Navigator display tables 105-117  
No pump control 28  
Operating limitations 47  
Operating modes 54  
Operation 54-59  
Loading 29  
Staging 29  
Communication failure retry time 42  
Compressor  
Piping and instrumentation 135, 136  
Pressure relief valves 67  
Pre-start-up 46  
Assembly 63  
Oil system 63  
Pump operation 54  
Protection 10,67  
Ramp loading 35  
Compressor protection  
module (CPM) 10  
Re-alarm time 43  
Recommended maintenance schedule 67  
Red LED 17  
Configuration 18-46  
Control module communication 17  
Controls 9-18  
Refrigerant charge 67  
Refrigerant circuit 67  
Relief devices 67  
Remote alarm and alert relays 18  
Retubing 65  
Conventions used in this manual  
Cooler 64  
3
Pump control 28  
Cooling set point selection 25  
Return water reset 35  
CPM DIP switch addresses 133,134  
Daylight saving time configuration 43  
Demand limit 39  
Safety considerations  
Safety devices 67  
Sensors 56  
2
Externally powered capacity based 40  
Externally powered current based 40  
Switch controlled 39  
Sequence of operation 54  
Service 59-67  
Service test 83  
Diagnostic alarm codes  
Set point occupancy 25  
Single pump control 28  
Space temperature reset 36  
Start-up 47-53  
and possible causes 73  
Display module usage  
Dual chiller control 29  
3
For parallel applications 30  
For series applications 33  
Pump control for parallel  
Start-up checklist for  
30XW liquid chillers CL-1 to CL-7  
Suction service valve 64  
System check 46  
chiller applications 33  
Pump control for series  
Temperature reset 35  
Thermistors 56  
chiller applications 35  
Dual chiller sequence of operation 54  
Dual pump and manual control 28  
Economizer assembly 59  
Electronic expansion valve (EXV) 59  
EXV board 13  
Tightening cooler head bolts 65  
Touch Pilot display 3,17  
Display tables 86-104  
Machine control 20  
Operation configuration tables 18  
Transducers 56  
EXV control 60  
Main EXV control 59  
Troubleshooting 67-85  
Tube plugging 65  
Troubleshooting procedure 61  
Emergency on/off switch (SW2) 16  
Enable-off-remote contact  
switch (SW1) 16  
Voltage 47  
Water treatment 66  
Yellow LED 17  
Energy Management Module (EMM) 16  
Entering fluid control option 25  
Flow rate requirements 47  
Freeze protection 43,76  
Fresh water 27  
General (Controls)  
9
Green LED 17  
Head pressure control 46  
Heat exchangers, inspecting/cleaning 66  
Ice storage operation 41  
Leak testing 67  
Copyright 2009 Carrier Corporation  
Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.  
Catalog No. 04-53300024-01 Printed in U.S.A. Form 30XW-1T Pg 140 11-09 Replaces: New  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
START-UP CHECKLIST FOR 30XW LIQUID CHILLERS  
A. PROJECT INFORMATION  
Job Name ________________________________________________________________________________________  
Address __________________________________________________________________________________________  
City ________________________________ State ________________________ Zip ___________________________  
Installing Contractor ________________________________________________________________________________  
Sales Office_______________________________________________________________________________________  
Start-up Performed By ______________________________________________________________________________  
Design Information  
CAPACITY  
EWT  
LWT  
FLUID TYPE  
FLOW RATE  
P.D.  
Evaporator  
Condenser  
Unit  
Model _______________________________________ Serial ______________________________________  
Compressors  
Compressor A  
Model _______________________________________ Serial ______________________________________  
Compressor B  
Model _______________________________________ Serial ______________________________________  
Evaporator  
Model _______________________________________ Serial ______________________________________  
Condenser  
Model _______________________________________ Serial ______________________________________  
B. PRELIMINARY EQUIPMENT CHECK (This section to be completed by installing contractor)  
1. Is there any physical damage?  
Will this prevent start-up?  
Description  
Yes  
Yes  
No  
No  
___________________________________________________________________________________________  
___________________________________________________________________________________________  
2. Unit is installed level as per the installation instructions.  
3. Power supply agrees with the unit nameplate.  
4. Correct control voltage ________vac.  
5. Electrical power wiring is installed properly.  
6. Unit is properly grounded.  
7. Electrical circuit protection has been sized and installed properly.  
8. All terminals are tight.  
9. All plug assemblies are tight.  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
No  
No  
No  
No  
No  
No  
No  
No  
No  
No  
No  
No  
10. All cables, thermistors and transducers have been inspected for cross wires.  
11. All thermistors are fully inserted into wells.  
12. Relief valve vent piping per local codes.  
13. Mechanical room temperature maintained above 50 F (10 C).  
Chilled Water System Check  
1. All chilled water valves are open.  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
No  
No  
No  
No  
No  
No  
No  
2. All piping is connected properly.  
3. All air has been purged from the system.  
4. Chilled water pump is operating with the correct rotation.  
5. Chilled water pump starter interlocked with chiller.  
6. Chilled water flow switch operational.  
7. Inlet piping to evaporator includes a 20 mesh strainer within 10 ft.  
8. Water loop volume greater than 3 gal/ton for air conditioning  
or 6 gal/ton for process cooling and low ambient operation.  
9. Proper loop freeze protection provided to ____ F (C) for brine applications.  
Antifreeze type__________________ Concentration _____%.  
10. Outdoor piping wrapped with electric heater tape.  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
No  
No  
No  
No  
Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.  
Catalog No. 04-53300024-01 Printed in U.S.A. Form 30XW-1T CL-1 11-09 Replaces: New  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Condenser Water System Check  
1. All condenser water valves are open.  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
No  
No  
No  
No  
No  
No  
No  
No  
2. All piping is connected properly.  
3. All air has been purged from the system.  
4. Condenser water pump is operating with the correct rotation.  
5. Condenser water pump starter interlocked with chiller.  
6. Condenser water flow switch operational.  
7. Inlet piping to condenser includes a 20 mesh strainer within 10 ft.  
8. Outdoor piping wrapped with electric heater tape.  
9. Is system equipped with head pressure control?  
(Required for entering condenser water below 68 F (20 C).)  
Yes  
No  
C. UNIT START-UP  
1. All liquid line service valves are open.  
2. All discharge service valves are open.  
3. All suction service valves are open.  
4. Economizer service valves open.  
5. Oil service valves open.  
6. Leak check unit. Locate, repair and report any refrigerant leaks.  
7. Voltage at terminal block is within unit nameplate range.  
Check voltage imbalance: A-B______ A-C______B-C______  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
No  
No  
No  
No  
No  
No  
No  
Average voltage = __________ (A-B + A-C + B-C)/3  
Maximum deviation from average voltage = _______  
Voltage imbalance = ______% (max. deviation / average voltage) X 100  
Is voltage imbalance less than 2%.  
Yes  
No  
(DO NOT start chiller if voltage imbalance is greater than 2%.  
Contact local utility for assistance.)  
8. Verify evaporator flow rate  
Pressure entering evaporator  
Pressure leaving evaporator  
Evaporator pressure drop  
psig x 2.31 ft./psi =  
_____ psig  
_____ psig  
_____ psig  
_____ ft of water  
_____ mm of water  
kpa x 0.334 m/psi =  
Evaporator flow rate _____ gpm (l/s) (See Evaporator Pressure Drop Curve)  
9. Verify condenser flow rate  
Pressure entering condenser  
Pressure leaving condenser  
Condenser pressure drop  
psig x 2.31 ft./psi =  
_____ psig  
_____ psig  
_____ psig  
_____ ft of water  
_____ mm of water  
kpa x 0.334 m/psi =  
Condenser flow rate _____ gpm (l/s) (See Condenser Pressure Drop Curve)  
Start and Operate Machine  
1. Complete component test utilizing Quick Test Mode  
2. Check refrigerant and oil charge. Record charge information.  
3. Record compressor motor current.  
4. Record operating data.  
5. Provide operating instructions to owner’s personnel.  
Circuit A  
__________  
__________  
Circuit B  
Refrigerant Charge  
Additional charge required  
___________  
___________  
Oil Charge  
Additional charge required  
CL-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Record Software Versions  
TOUCH PILOT™ DESRIPTION  
NAVIGATOR ITEM  
APPL  
NAVIGATOR™ SUB-MODE  
ITEM EXPANSION  
CSA-SR- __ __ __ __ __ __  
Software Part Number  
Run StatusVERS  
(Press ENTER & ESCAPE simultaneously to obtain software versions)  
Record Configuration Information  
TOUCH PILOT  
DESCRIPTION  
NAVIGATOR  
ITEM  
NAVIGATOR  
SUBMODE  
RANGE  
DEFAULT  
ENTRY  
Metric Display on STDU  
Language Selection  
Unit Type  
METR  
LANG  
TYPE  
TONS  
VOLT  
60HZ  
STAR  
Y.D  
MTA.A  
R.MT.A  
MTA.B  
R.MT.B  
C.SW.A  
R.CSA  
ConfigurationDISP  
ConfigurationDISP  
ConfigurationUNIT  
ConfigurationUNIT  
ConfigurationUNIT  
ConfigurationUNIT  
ConfigurationUNIT  
ConfigurationUNIT  
ConfigurationUNIT  
ConfigurationUNIT  
ConfigurationUNIT  
ConfigurationUNIT  
ConfigurationUNIT  
ConfigurationUNIT  
US-METR  
x
US  
English  
Water-Cooled  
x
Unit Capacity Model  
XXX  
Power Supply Voltage  
Power Frequency 60HZ Sel  
Soft Starter Select  
Wye Delta Start Select  
Must Trip Amps (Circuit A)  
Must Trip Amps (Read Circuit A)  
Must Trip Amps (Circuit B)  
Must Trip Amps (Read Circuit B)  
S1 Config Switch (Circuit A)  
200-690  
NO-YES  
NO-YES  
NO-YES  
XXX  
XXX  
XXX  
XXX  
XXX  
200, 230, 380, 460, and 575  
YES  
NO  
NO  
S1 Config Switch  
(Read Circuit A)  
XXX  
S1 Config Switch (Circuit B)  
S1 Config Switch  
(Read Circuit B)  
C.SW.B  
R.CSB  
ConfigurationUNIT  
ConfigurationUNIT  
XXX  
XXX  
Energy Management Module  
Password Enable  
Factory Password  
Condenser Water Val Sel  
Free Cooling Select  
Hot Gas Bypass Select  
MCHX Exchanger Select  
High Tier Display Selec  
Cooler Fluid Type  
Condenser Fluid Type  
EXV MOP Setpoint  
High Pressure Threshold  
EXV A Superheat Setpoint  
EXV B Superheat Setpoint  
EXV C Superheat Setpoint  
EMM  
PAS.E  
PASS  
CON.V  
FREE  
HGBP  
MCHX  
HI.TI  
FLUD  
CFLU  
MOP  
HP.TH  
SHP.A  
SHP.B  
SHP.C  
ConfigurationUNIT  
ConfigurationUNIT  
ConfigurationUNIT  
ConfigurationUNIT  
ConfigurationUNIT  
ConfigurationUNIT  
ConfigurationUNIT  
ConfigurationUNIT  
ConfigurationSERV WATER-BRINE WATER  
ConfigurationSERV WATER-BRINE WATER  
ConfigurationSERV  
ConfigurationSERV  
ConfigurationSERV  
ConfigurationSERV  
ConfigurationSERV  
NO-YES  
ENBL/DSBL ENBL  
NO  
XXX  
0111  
NO*  
NO*  
NO  
NO  
NO  
NO-YES  
NO-YES  
NO-YES  
NO-YES  
NO-YES  
XX.X  
XXX.X  
XX.X  
XX.X  
XX.X  
62  
290  
14.4  
14.4  
14.4  
*Not supported.  
CL-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Record Configuration Information  
TOUCH PILOT™  
DESCRIPTION  
NAVIGATOR  
ITEM  
NAVIGATOR™  
SUBMODE  
RANGE  
DEFAULT  
ENTRY  
Cooler Heater Delta Spt  
Entering Fluid Control  
Auto Start When SM Lost  
Brine Freeze Setpoint  
Brine Flow Switch SP  
Element  
HTR  
EWTO  
AU.SM  
LOSP  
FL.SP  
CCNA  
CCNB  
BAUD  
LOAD  
LLCS  
RL.S  
ConfigurationSERV  
ConfigurationSERV  
ConfigurationSERV  
ConfigurationSERV  
ConfigurationSERV  
ConfigurationOPTN  
ConfigurationOPTN  
ConfigurationOPTN  
ConfigurationOPTN  
ConfigurationOPTN  
ConfigurationOPTN  
ConfigurationOPTN  
ConfigurationOPTN  
ConfigurationOPTN  
ConfigurationOPTN  
ConfigurationOPTN  
ConfigurationOPTN  
ConfigurationOPTN  
ConfigurationOPTN  
ConfigurationOPTN  
ConfigurationOPTN  
ConfigurationOPTN  
ConfigurationOPTN  
ConfigurationOPTN  
ConfigurationOPTN  
ConfigurationOPTN  
ConfigurationOPTN  
ConfigurationRSET  
ConfigurationRSET  
ConfigurationRSET  
ConfigurationRSET  
ConfigurationRSET  
ConfigurationRSET  
ConfigurationRSET  
ConfigurationRSET  
ConfigurationRSET  
ConfigurationRSET  
ConfigurationRSET  
ConfigurationRSET  
ConfigurationRSET  
ConfigurationRSET  
ConfigurationRSET  
XX.X  
NO-YES  
NO-YES  
XX.X  
XX.X  
XXX  
XXX  
X
X
X
2.0*  
NO  
NO  
34  
1*  
1
0
Bus  
Baud Rate  
3/9600  
EQUAL  
AUTOMATIC  
Circuit Loading Sequence  
Staged Loading Sequence  
Ramp Loading Select  
Unit Off to On Delay  
Ice Mode Enable  
Condenser Pumps Sequence  
Cooler Pumps Sequence  
Pump Auto Rotation Delay  
Pump Sticking Protection  
Stop Pump During Standby  
Flow Checked if C Pump On  
Start Hour (Night Control)  
End Hour (Night Control)  
Capacity Limit (Night Control)  
Reverse Alarms Relay  
Heating OAT Threshold  
Current Limit Select  
Current Limit at 100%  
Auto Changeover Select  
Cooling Reset Select  
Heating Reset Select  
Demand Limit Type Select  
mA for 100% Demand Limit  
mA for 0% Demand Limit  
Master/Slave Select  
Slave Address  
ENBL-DSBL  
XX  
ENBL-DSBL  
X
DSBL  
1
DSBL  
DELY  
ICE.M  
HPUM  
PUMP  
ROT.P  
PM.PS  
P.SBY  
P.LOC  
LS.ST  
LS.ND  
LS.LT  
RV.AL  
OA.TH  
CUR.S  
CUR.F  
AUTO  
CRST  
HRST  
DMDC  
DMMX  
DMZE  
MSSL  
SLVA  
0/NO PUMP  
0/NO PUMP  
X
XX  
48  
NO  
NO  
NO  
00.00  
00.00  
100  
NO  
5 F  
NO  
2000  
NO  
0
NO-YES  
NO-YES  
NO-YES  
XX.XX  
XX.XX  
XXX  
NO-YES  
XX.X  
NO-YES  
XXXX  
NO-YES  
X
X
X
XX.X  
XX.X  
X
XXX  
X
XXX  
XX  
XX.X  
XXX  
X
XX  
NO-YES  
0
0
0.0  
0.0  
0
2
Lead/Lag Select  
Lead/Lag Balance Delta  
Lag Start Timer  
LLBL  
LLBD  
LLDY  
LL.ER  
LAG.M  
LAGP  
LPUL  
SERI  
DSBL  
168  
10  
4
0
0
0
NO  
Start if Error Higher  
Lag Minimum Running Time  
Lag Unit Pump Control  
Lead Pulldown Time  
Chiller in Series  
*Not supported.  
CL-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Record Configuration Information  
TOUCH PILOT™  
DESCRIPTION  
NAVIGATOR  
ITEM  
NAVIGATOR™  
SUBMODE  
RANGE  
DEFAULT  
ENTRY  
Cooling Setpoint 1  
Cooling Setpoint 2  
Cooling Ice Setpoint  
CSP.1  
CSP.2  
CSP.3  
CRV1  
CRV2  
CRT1  
CRT2  
CRO1  
CRO2  
CRS1  
CRS2  
DGRC  
CAUT  
CRMP  
HSP.1  
HSP.2  
HRV1  
HRV2  
HRT1  
HRT2  
HRO1  
HRO2  
DGRH  
HAUT  
HRMP  
DLS1  
DLS2  
DLS3  
W.SCT  
OPER  
SP.SE  
HC.SE  
Set PointCOOL  
Set PointCOOL  
Set PointCOOL  
Set PointCOOL  
Set PointCOOL  
Set PointCOOL  
Set PointCOOL  
Set PointCOOL  
Set PointCOOL  
Set PointCOOL  
Set PointCOOL  
Set PointCOOL  
Set PointCOOL  
Set PointCOOL  
Set PointHEAT  
Set PointHEAT  
Set PointHEAT  
Set PointHEAT  
Set PointHEAT  
Set PointHEAT  
Set PointHEAT  
Set PointHEAT  
Set PointHEAT  
Set PointHEAT  
Set PointHEAT  
Set PointMISC  
Set PointMISC  
Set PointMISC  
Set PointMISC  
Operating ModesSLCT  
Operating ModesSLCT  
Operating ModesSLCT  
XXX.X  
XXX.X  
XXX.X  
XXX.X  
XXX.X  
XXX.X  
XXX.X  
XXX.X  
XXX.X  
XXX.X  
XXX.X  
XX.X  
XXX.X  
X.X  
XXX.X  
XXX.X  
XXX.X  
XXX.X  
XXX.X  
XXX.X  
XXX.X  
XXX.X  
XX.X  
XX.X  
X.X  
44.0° F  
44.0° F  
44.0° F  
0
Current No Reset Value (Cooling)  
Current Full Reset Value (Cooling)  
Delta T No Reset Value (Cooling)  
Delta T Full Reset Value (Cooling)  
OAT No Reset Value (Cooling)  
OAT Full Reset Value (Cooling)  
Space T No Reset Value  
Space T Full Reset Value  
Cooling Reset Deg. Value  
Cool Changeover Setpoint  
Cooling Ramp Loading  
0
0
0
14.0° F  
14.0° F  
14.0° F  
14.0° F  
0
75° F  
1.0  
100.0° F  
100.0° F  
0
Heating Setpoint 1  
Heating Setpoint 2  
Current No Reset Value (Heating)  
Current Full Reset Value (Heating)  
Delta T No Reset Value (Heating)  
Delta T Full Reset Value (Heating)  
OAT No Reset Value (Heating)  
OAT Full Reset Value (Heating)  
Heating Reset Deg. Value  
Heating Changeover Setpoint  
Heat Ramp Loading  
0
0
0
14.0° F  
14.0° F  
0
64.0° F  
1.0  
Switch Limit Setpoint 1  
Switch Limit Setpoint 2  
XXX  
XXX  
100  
100  
Switch Limit Setpoint 3  
Water Val Condensing Stp  
None (I/O Button)  
XXX  
XXX.X  
X
100  
95.0° F  
—
Setpoint Select  
X
—
Heal/Cool Select  
X
COOLING  
*Not supported.  
CL-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Component Test — Complete the following tests to make sure all peripheral components are  
operational before the compressors are started.  
TOUCH PILOT™ DESCRIPTION  
NAVIGATOR ITEM  
NAVIGATOR™  
SUBMODE  
RANGE  
CHECK WHEN COMPLETE  
Service Test Enable  
T.REQ  
CP.A  
SLI.A  
CP.B  
SLI.B  
Service TestTEST  
Service TestTEST  
Service TestTEST  
Service TestTEST  
Service TestTEST  
Service TestQUIC  
Service TestQUIC  
Service TestQUIC  
Service TestQUIC  
Service TestQUIC  
Service TestQUIC  
Service TestQUIC  
Service TestQUIC  
Service TestQUIC  
Service TestQUIC  
Service TestQUIC  
Service TestQUIC  
Service TestQUIC  
Service TestQUIC  
Service TestQUIC  
Service TestQUIC  
Service TestQUIC  
Service TestQUIC  
Service TestQUIC  
Service TestQUIC  
Service TestQUIC  
Service TestQUIC  
Service TestQUIC  
Service TestQUIC  
Service TestQUIC  
Service TestQUIC  
Service TestQUIC  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
0-2  
OFF-ON  
0-2  
OFF-ON  
XXX  
XXX  
Compressor A Output  
Slide Valve Capacity A  
Compressor B Output  
Slide Valve Capacity B  
Quick Test Enable  
Circuit A EXV Position  
Circuit B EXV Position  
Cir A Economizer EXV Position  
Cir B Economizer EXV Position  
Circuit A Oil Heater  
Circuit A Slide Valve 1  
Circuit A Slide Valve 2  
Circuit A Hot Gas Bypass  
Circuit A Oil Solenoid  
Circuit A DGT Cool Solenoid  
Circuit B Oil Heater  
Circuit B Slide Valve 1  
Circuit B Slide Valve 2  
Circuit B Hot Gas Bypass  
Circuit B Oil Solenoid  
Circuit B DGT Cool Solenoid  
Water Exchanger Pump 1  
Water Exchanger Pump 2  
Cooler Heater Output  
Cir A Heater Ball Valve  
Cir B Heater Ball Valve  
Chiller Running Output  
Customer Shutdown Out  
Chiller Capacity in 0-10V  
Alarm Relay Output  
Q.REQ  
EXV.A  
EXV.B  
ECO.A  
ECO.B  
HT.A  
SL1.A  
SL2.A  
HGP.A  
OLS.A  
DGT.A  
HT.B  
SL1.B  
SL2.B  
HGP.B  
OLS.B  
DGT.B  
PMP.1  
PMP.2  
CL.HT  
BVL.A  
BVL.B  
Q.RUN  
SHUT  
CATO  
ALRM  
ALRT  
XXX  
XXX  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OPEN-CLSE  
OPEN-CLSE  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
nn.n  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
Alert Relay Output  
CL-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Operating Data:  
Record the following information from the Run Status, Temperatures and Outputs Modes when machine is in a  
stable operating condition.  
TEMPERATURES  
COOLER ENTERING FLUID  
COOLER LEAVING FLUID  
CONDENSER ENTERING FLUID  
CONDENSER LEAVING FLUID  
CONTROL POINT  
EWT _______________  
LWT _______________  
EWT _______________  
LWT _______________  
CTPT _______________  
CAPACITY  
CAP _______________  
LEAD/LAG LEAVING FLUID  
CHWS_______________ (Dual Chiller Control Only)  
CIRCUIT A  
CIRCUIT B  
SCT.A __________  
SST.A __________  
DGT.A __________  
SGT.A __________  
SUP.A __________  
ECT.A __________  
ESH.A __________  
CTP.A __________  
EXV.A__________  
ECO.A__________  
SCT.B __________  
SST.B __________  
DGT.B __________  
SGT.B __________  
SUP.B __________  
ECT.B __________  
ESH.B __________  
CTP.B __________  
EXV.B __________  
ECO.B __________  
NOTE: EXV A and B positions are found in the output mode.  
COMPRESSOR MOTOR CURRENT  
L1  
L2  
L3  
COMPRESSOR A1  
COMPRESSOR B1  
______  
______  
______  
______  
______  
______  
COMMENTS:  
________________________________________________________________________________________________________  
________________________________________________________________________________________________________  
________________________________________________________________________________________________________  
________________________________________________________________________________________________________  
________________________________________________________________________________________________________  
________________________________________________________________________________________________________  
________________________________________________________________________________________________________  
________________________________________________________________________________________________________  
________________________________________________________________________________________________________  
________________________________________________________________________________________________________  
________________________________________________________________________________________________________  
________________________________________________________________________________________________________  
________________________________________________________________________________________________________  
________________________________________________________________________________________________________  
________________________________________________________________________________________________________  
________________________________________________________________________________________________________  
________________________________________________________________________________________________________  
________________________________________________________________________________________________________  
SIGNATURES:  
Start-up  
Technician _____________________________________  
Date ________________________________________________  
Date ________________________________________________  
Customer  
Representative __________________________________  
CL-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Copyright 2009 Carrier Corporation  
Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.  
Catalog No. 04-53300024-01  
Printed in U.S.A.  
Form 30XW-1T  
CL-8  
2-10A  
11-09  
Replaces: New  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  

Black Decker Automobile Accessories SM427 User Manual
Black Decker Drill FS6000FD User Manual
Bosch Appliances Washer WFL 2060UC User Manual
Briggs Stratton Portable Generator 40220 User Manual
BRK electronic Smoke Alarm GCO1 User Manual
Brother Fax Machine FAX 575 User Manual
Carrier Furnace 58BB User Manual
Casio Clock 32B User Manual
Chicago Electric Sander 93431 User Manual
Chicco Stroller IS0028NAFTA User Manual